Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on January 21, 2020.

Registration No. 333-235792

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware   8011   76-0707204

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

One Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900

San Francisco, CA 94111

(415) 658-6792

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Amir Dan Rubin

Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

One Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900

San Francisco, CA 94111

(415) 658-6792

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Matthew B. Hemington

John T. McKenna

Cooley LLP

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

(650) 843-5000

 

Lisa A. Mango

General Counsel

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

One Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900

San Francisco, CA 94111

(415) 658-6792

 

Alan F. Denenberg

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer     Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer     Smaller reporting company  
    Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Amount

to be

Registered(1)

 

Proposed

maximum

offering price

per share(2)

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price(1)(2)

  Amount of
registration fee(3)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  20,125,000   $16.00   $322,000,000   $41,796

 

 

(1)

Includes 2,625,000 additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)

The Registrant previously paid a registration fee of $12,980 in connection with the initial filing of this Registration Statement.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

Common Stock 17,500,000 Shares The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. Subject to completion, dated January 21, 2020. This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of 1Life Healthcare, Inc. We are offering 17,500,000 shares of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “ONEM.” We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the U.S. federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 19. Total Per Share Initial public offering price $ $ Underwriting discounts and commissions(1) $ $ Proceeds, before expenses, to us $ $ (1) See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters. We have granted the underwriters an option, for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 2,625,000 shares of common stock at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on, 2020. J.P. Morgan Morgan Stanley Allen & Company LLC Citigroup Piper Sandler Wells Fargo Securities William Blair Baird SunTrust Robinson Humphrey


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our mission To transform healthcare for all through a human-centered, technology powered model.


Table of Contents

LOGO

one medical


Table of Contents

LOGO

one medical


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     14  

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     16  

Risk Factors

     19  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     63  

Market and Industry Data

     65  

Use of Proceeds

     66  

Dividend Policy

     67  

Capitalization

     68  

Dilution

     70  

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     73  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     77  
     Page  

Business

     123  

Management

     153  

Executive Compensation

     162  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     176  

Principal Stockholders

     179  

Description of Capital Stock

     183  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     189  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     192  

Underwriting

     196  

Legal Matters

     204  

Experts

     204  

Where You Can Find More Information

     204  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  
 

 

Through and including                     , 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus or any such free writing prospectus, as applicable, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, (i) all references in this prospectus to “One Medical,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “our company” refer to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. and its consolidated affiliated professional entities, (ii) all references in this prospectus to “1Life” refer to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. and not to its consolidated affiliated professional entities and (iii) all references to the “One Medical PCs” in this prospectus refer to the professional entities affiliated with 1Life through administrative services agreements, or ASAs. 1Life and the One Medical PCs do business under the “One Medical” brand.

Overview

Our vision is to delight millions of members with better health and better care while reducing the total cost of care. Our mission is to transform health care for all through our human-centered, technology-powered model. We are a membership-based primary care platform with seamless digital health and inviting in-office care, convenient to where people work, shop, live and click. We are disrupting health care from within the existing ecosystem by simultaneously addressing the frustrations and unmet needs of key stakeholders, which include consumers, employers, providers, and health networks. As of September 30, 2019, we had approximately 397,000 members in nine markets in the United States, approximately 6,000 enterprise clients, and health network partnerships for better coordinated care covering 86% of our members.

The current state of the healthcare ecosystem leaves key stakeholders frustrated and with unmet needs.

 

   

Consumers. According to a 2016 report, 81% of consumers are dissatisfied with their healthcare experience, in part due to limited after-hours and digital access, long wait times for appointments, extended in-office delays, short and impersonal visits, uninviting medical offices in inconvenient locations, constrained access to specialists and a lack of care coordination across clinical settings.

 

   

Employers. Employers find their health benefit offerings often underperforming on such fundamental objectives as attracting and engaging employees, improving employee productivity, reducing absenteeism, producing better health outcomes and managing healthcare costs.

 

   

Providers. Within primary care, according to a 2019 Mayo Clinic report, over 50% of family physicians show symptoms of burnout, driven in part by misaligned fee-for-service compensation approaches incentivizing short transactional interactions, and excessive administrative tasks associated with burdensome electronic health record, or EHR, systems and convoluted insurance procedures.

 

   

Health Networks. Health systems and health plans, collectively referred to as health networks, have been looking to develop coordinated networks of care to better attract patients, increase attributable lives and better integrate primary care with specialty services for improved patient outcomes and lower costs. Yet even with major investments in provider groups, care management programs and technology systems, health networks have struggled to deliver on these objectives.

We have developed a modernized healthcare membership model based on direct consumer enrollment as well as employer sponsorship. Our annual membership model includes seamless access to 24/7 digital health services paired with inviting in-office care routinely covered under health insurance programs. Our technology drives high monthly active usage within our membership, promoting ongoing and longitudinal patient relationships for better health outcomes and high member retention. Our technology also helps our service-



 

1


Table of Contents

minded team in building trust and rapport with our members by facilitating proactive digital health outreach as well as responsive on-demand virtual and in-office care. Our digital health services and our well-appointed offices that are located in highly convenient locations are all serviced by our own clinical team who are employed in a salaried model, free of misaligned fee-for-service compensation incentives prevalent in health care. Additionally, we have developed clinically integrated partnerships with health networks, better coordinating more timely access to specialty care when needed by members, while advancing value-based care for employers through clinical and digital integration.

Together, these components of our human-centered and technology-powered model allow us to deliver better results for key stakeholders.

 

   

Consumers. We delight consumers with a superior experience as evidenced by our average Net Promoter Score, or NPS, of 90 over the twelve months ended September 30, 2019 and our 90th percentile results on key primary care related Healthcare Effectiveness Data and Information Set, or HEDIS, quality measures. NPS measures the willingness of consumers to recommend a company’s products or services to others. We use NPS as a proxy for gauging our members’ overall satisfaction with our providers and loyalty to the One Medical brand. See “Business—Overview” for a description of how we calculate NPS. Our members receive access to 24/7 digital health services with quick response times. Members also have access to inviting in-office care in convenient locations with warm and caring staff. Our technology platform advances consumer engagement and health through proactive digital health screenings, post-visit digital follow-ups, real-time access to medical records, and around-the-clock availability of our friendly and knowledgeable providers. We also offer walk-in immunizations and lab services, behavioral health screenings, women’s health, men’s health, LGBTQ+ care, pediatrics, sports medicine, lifestyle and wellbeing programs.

 

   

Employers. We support employers in achieving key health benefits goals of attracting and engaging employees, improving employee productivity and wellbeing, and delivering higher levels of value-based care. Employers cover our membership fee for their employees, with 71% of employers also covering their employees’ dependents’ memberships as of September 30, 2019. Our office visits are typically billed under an employer’s routine health insurance benefit program, allowing for seamless and quick implementation. With real-time video and phone consults available typically within minutes, and same and next day in-office appointments, we have demonstrated a 41% reduction in emergency room visits and total employer cost savings of 8% or more.

 

   

Providers. Our culture, technology, team-based approach and salaried provider model help address the fundamental issues driving physician burnout. Our culture allows us to attract and retain top board-certified physicians and premier team members. Our proprietary technology platform allows for meaningful reductions in desktop medicine burdens, which are the excessive administrative hassles associated with the use of EHRs. We estimate our providers perform 44% fewer EHR tasks versus a 2019 industry comparison. Our support team takes on many of the administrative burdens for scheduling and insurance coordination. Our in-office and virtual medical teams jointly deliver longitudinal health care. Our salary-based provider compensation incentivizes delivery of the right care at the right time, without the adverse financial incentives that fee-for-service or capitated compensation systems can have on clinical decision-making.

 

   

Health Networks. Health networks partner with us for consumer-driven care, direct-to-employer relationships and coordinated networks of attributable lives. Our membership base connects health networks with a primarily working-age, commercially insured population, without the costs and risks typically faced in the development of their own primary care networks. We clinically and digitally integrate with our health network partners to advance more seamless member access to partner specialists and facilities when needed, while supporting reductions in duplicative testing and excessive delays often



 

2


Table of Contents
 

seen across uncoordinated healthcare settings. Such coordinated care can deliver better service levels and outcomes for consumers, while advancing employee productivity and value-based care to employers.

We believe our model is highly scalable. We are physically present in nine markets today, including Boston, Chicago, Los Angeles, New York, Phoenix, San Diego, the San Francisco Bay Area, Seattle and Washington, D.C. and primarily serve a working-age, commercially-insured population and associated dependents. As of September 30, 2019, we had 77 physical offices including some employer on-site clinics. Additionally, our members can access our 24/7 digital health services nationwide. As of September 30, 2019, we had approximately 6,000 enterprise clients of various sizes across industries. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2019, we experienced a 97% retention rate across our enterprise clients and an 89% retention rate across our consumer members. We grew our membership by 324% from December 31, 2014 through September 30, 2019.

We derive net revenue from multiple stakeholders, including consumers, employers, health networks and insurers. We recognize net revenue as (i) membership revenue from annual employer and consumer subscription fees, (ii) partnership revenue predominantly on a per member per month, or PMPM, basis from health networks and fixed payments from enterprise clients for on-site medical services and (iii) net patient service revenue on a per visit basis from health insurers and patients. We are in-network with most health insurance plans in all of our markets.

We have experienced strong organic revenue growth since inception. Net revenue increased 20% from $176.8 million in 2017 to $212.7 million in 2018, and increased 29% from $154.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $198.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Loss from operations increased from $31.8 million in 2017 to $45.0 million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our loss from operations was $25.1 million and $35.2 million, respectively. Care margin increased from $56.1 million, or 32% of net revenue, in 2017 to $76.5 million, or 36% of net revenue, in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our care margin was $54.2 million, or 35% of net revenue, and $80.3 million, or 40% of net revenue, respectively. Net loss increased from $31.7 million in 2017 to $45.5 million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, net loss increased from $26.9 million to $34.2 million. Adjusted EBITDA decreased from $(11.5) million in 2017 to $(13.9) million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our adjusted EBITDA decreased from $(7.1) million to $(15.6) million. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information as to how we define and calculate care margin and adjusted EBITDA and for a reconciliation of loss from operations, the most comparable measure under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, to care margin, and net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, to adjusted EBITDA.

Industry Challenges and Our Opportunity

Industry Challenges

Even as the United States spent $3.6 trillion, representing 18% of GDP, on health care in 2018, health outcomes trail those of other OECD nations spending lesser percentages of GDP, according to a 2014 Commonwealth Fund report. We believe an underinvestment in primary care is a key driver of these poor outcomes. While the United States’ predominantly fee-for-service reimbursement approach financially rewards high volumes of specialty-based care, the United States spends only 5% to 7% of its healthcare dollars on primary care in contrast to the 14% spent by OECD nations, on average, according to a 2019 Patient-Centered Primary Care Collaborative report. Additionally, for every $1 spent on primary care, an estimated $13 is saved on costs in specialty care, emergency and inpatient care, according to studies from Oregon’s Patient-Centered Primary Care Home, or PCPCH, program.

Employer-sponsored commercial health insurance is the largest source of coverage in the United States, totaling 153 million people, or 57% of non-elderly people, according to a 2019 Kaiser Family Foundation, or



 

3


Table of Contents

KFF, report. For employers and employees, benefit costs continue to increase even as service levels have declined. Employer annual health benefit costs for a family hit record highs exceeding $20,000 in 2019, with employee contributions also reaching record highs of almost $6,000 per family according to KFF. Meanwhile, the average patient waited approximately 29 days to see a family medicine practitioner in 2017, an increase of 50% since 2014, according to a survey of 15 large U.S. metropolitan areas conducted by Merritt Hawkins. Factors such as long wait times for appointments, limited online and after-hours availability, complex administrative procedures and uncoordinated care systems have driven employers to look for innovative primary care solutions.

In addition to the unmet needs that consumers and employers face on the demand side of the healthcare ecosystem, providers and health networks are similarly frustrated on the supply side. By predominantly compensating primary care providers on volume, the prevalent fee-for-service approach incentivizes short and transactional medical encounters, often with insufficient time to address underlying issues related to acute care, chronic disease and behavioral health issues. On top of these volume-driven financial incentives, providers often find themselves performing excessive administrative tasks that could be better performed by other staff or eliminated altogether. These dynamics contribute to lower job satisfaction and provider burnout. Health networks are similarly struggling to provide consumers and employers with higher levels of access and better coordinated care. While health networks have made large investments in medical groups, care management approaches and technology systems, many stakeholders continue to be disappointed with the results.

The current state of the healthcare ecosystem leaves key stakeholders frustrated and with unmet needs, delivering suboptimal results for consumers, employers, providers and health networks. We believe that these unmet needs represent a significant opportunity for us.

Our Market Opportunity

We have developed a human-centered, technology-powered primary care model that simultaneously addresses the aforementioned frustrations and unmet needs of key stakeholders. We disrupt the healthcare ecosystem from within its current structure through our:

 

   

modernized member-based model that is based on direct consumer enrollment as well as employer sponsorship;

 

   

seamless bundled digital health and virtual care;

 

   

inviting offices with high quality service in convenient locations;

 

   

partnerships with health networks;

 

   

alignment with payers;

 

   

premier salaried medical group;

 

   

advanced technology-powered systems; and

 

   

service-oriented team implementing Lean processes.

We believe the aligned components of our model deployed at scale transform health care for key stakeholders.

The U.S. primary care market is estimated to be approximately $260 billion in 2019, including $159 billion within the commercially insured population. We are physically present in nine markets which represent approximately $34 billion in primary care spend within the commercially insured population alone. We believe we have only captured approximately 3% commercial market share in our most mature market and have captured



 

4


Table of Contents

approximately 1% or less in each of our other markets. In 2020, we plan to be physically present in 12 markets, which are expected to represent approximately $38 billion in primary care spend within the commercially insured population. While our members can access our digital services nationally, we believe we can expand our physical presence across the United States. The 50 largest metropolitan statistical areas, or MSAs, alone could expand our market opportunity for existing services and populations to $81 billion. We expect our total addressable market to grow as we further expand into additional services such as behavioral health, serve additional populations and explore alternative risk-sharing reimbursement models.

Our Value Proposition

Our modernized human-centered and technology-powered primary care model simultaneously addresses the frustrations and unmet needs faced by key stakeholders.

Value Proposition for Consumers

 

   

Greater engagement for better health and better care. We regularly and proactively engage our members digitally and in-person. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, 47% of our members interacted with us monthly via our website or mobile app. Members can digitally access medical information, prescriptions, lab results and other health data, and can reach out to our team regarding medical issues or health questions around-the-clock.

 

   

Unique digital health experience. Our dedicated and compassionate providers and team members deliver 24/7 digital care. Members engage through our website or mobile app in timely synchronous and asynchronous interactions, selecting their communication modality of choice, including messaging, text, voice and video. Our in-house virtual team delivers 24/7 service to address health concerns and administrative questions, coordinating with our in-office providers.

 

   

Superior in-office care experience. We provide kind and attentive in-person care in aesthetically pleasing offices with contemporary interior designs. We offer same- or next-day appointments with almost no wait upon arrival in locations convenient to where consumers work, shop and live. Our approach allows for more time to thoroughly address a broader array of issues and to develop deeper relationships than traditional primary care settings.

 

   

Longitudinal approach to care. Our approach treats the whole person by including the physical, mental, social, emotional and administrative needs of our members. Our holistic offerings include walk-in immunizations and lab services, behavioral health, women’s health, men’s health, LGBTQ+ care, pediatrics, sports medicine, lifestyle and wellbeing programs. We proactively reach out to members to assess their health status and mental wellness and follow up with reminders on key health initiatives. These initiatives support the health of our members with the goal of avoiding more costly care in the future.

 

   

Greater care coordination. We can serve as a trusted advisor to our members, and through our administrative teams and technology, help them better navigate the healthcare ecosystem. Our health network partnerships further advance clinically and digitally integrated care across primary, specialty and acute care settings.

 

   

Improved health outcomes. We help drive better health outcomes for our members, as reflected in our 90th percentile rankings on key primary care related HEDIS quality metrics. To prevent avoidable conditions and advance health, we proactively promote screening for cancers, chronic diseases, anxiety and depression.



 

5


Table of Contents

Value Proposition for Employers

 

   

Differentiated and highly valued employee benefit. We believe our model enhances the benefits offering of employers, improving their recruitment and retention of talent. According to our 2019 member satisfaction survey, 76% of new employer-sponsored members indicated that having access to our platform as a benefit has improved their opinion of their employer, with 72% of respondents noting our services as one of their employer’s most valuable benefits.

 

   

Increased workforce productivity. We reduce time away from work as well as employee distraction related to illness, injury or other medical conditions by providing quick and convenient access to care for employees and dependents, including virtual care, of which 30% occurs after business hours on average. With longer appointments, we address more needs in our primary care setting, reducing avoidable referrals and additional time away from work.

 

   

Reduced costs. We reduce costs by increasing employee productivity and providing value-based care, substituting higher cost emergency room and specialty services with lower-cost primary care. We help avoid unnecessary testing and higher cost branded prescriptions through best practice clinical protocols embedded in our technology.

 

   

Insights on improving employee health and value-based care. We support population health improvement and medical cost assessment by analyzing anonymized aggregated health record information and employee health engagement patterns. We work with employers to better understand the health needs of their employees as well as to review overall utilization patterns. Our aggregated anonymized EHR information allows for timelier and deeper insights to help employers improve their health benefits programs and achieve higher levels of value.

Value Proposition for Providers

 

   

More fulfilling way to practice. Our providers develop meaningful relationships with our members over time, allowing them to help improve healthy behaviors and better coordinate member health needs. Their relationships with members are more longitudinal and less transactional. Our providers are also supported by our technology platform, which enables them to practice at the top of their license, making their work more professionally rewarding while reducing factors driving burnout.

 

   

Team-based approach across care modalities. Our in-office providers and our virtual team collaborate for longitudinal health care across time and settings. Our virtual care team and administrative specialists reduce our in-office providers’ workloads while promoting 24/7 care. Providers can better focus on caring for patients during member interactions, while excessive administrative tasks can be handled by other team members.

 

   

Purpose-built technology platform. Our proprietary technology platform is developed with significant provider input and is purpose-built for primary care. For example, our technology is focused on capturing and surfacing the most meaningful clinical insights in a workflow that is intuitive to providers. Our platform meaningfully reduces administrative workloads by intelligently automating, streamlining and re-routing tasks across our network to the most appropriate team member, resulting in faster response times while freeing up providers to focus on caring for members.

 

   

Salaried model with flexible work schedules. Our salaried model avoids perverse fee-for-service and capitation incentives, and does not financially reward or penalize our providers based on utilization. It supports the delivery of the right amount of care in the best setting without impacting provider take-home pay. Additionally, we have flexible work arrangements and opportunities to practice in office or virtually.



 

6


Table of Contents

Value Proposition for Health Networks

 

   

Expansion of health networks. Our partnership model allows health networks to augment their existing primary care and network strategies, without significant additional investment in capital, technology or management resources. Partnering with us can be a more effective, expeditious, economical and less risky way of developing a coordinated network of attributable lives. Additionally, our model can better position health networks with consumers and employers by focusing on consumer-driven care and facilitating direct-to-employer relationships.

 

   

Attractive customer base. Health networks look to partner with us to proactively establish relationships with our members. These partnerships allow health networks to better connect with our largely commercially insured membership base.

 

   

Coordinated care. We clinically and digitally integrate our modernized primary care model with our health network partners’ provider networks, better coordinating care for members across a continuum of settings. Through better coordination, we provide members with more seamless access to specialty care when needed. We simultaneously reduce excessive health network administrative costs by linking our referral processes and digital technologies with health network partners. This coordination of care can lead to better experiences and outcomes for members, as well as reduced costs.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following are our key competitive strengths.

Modernized Membership-Based Model

We believe our membership-based model supports ongoing and longitudinal relationships where we can serve as trusted advisors to our members and as partners to our enterprise clients. Our model also generates stable revenue which is recurring in nature, as evidenced by our 97% enterprise client retention rate and 89% consumer retention rate for the twelve months ended September 30, 2019. By having an enrolled population of members, we can proactively reach out to members to encourage adherence to treatment protocols or to check in on their care needs. We proactively engage with our members on a regular basis through our digital platform and in our welcoming offices, and believe we are better able to develop long-term connections and relationships with them.

Extraordinary Customer Experience

Our human-centered approach is focused on providing a superior experience to our members. Whether members call, click or visit, they consistently experience outstanding service. Our virtual care is available around-the-clock. Our medical offices feel more like health spas, and our providers and staff are very friendly and trained in customer service. We do not keep members waiting long, if at all, and our longer appointments provide our team with more time to address member needs. Our technology is designed to promote frictionless access, ease of use and high engagement. Our administrative staff is available to answer benefits questions and help navigate the healthcare ecosystem on behalf of our members.

Simultaneously Addressing the Needs of Consumers, Employers, Providers and Health Networks

Our modernized model simultaneously addresses the frustrations and unmet needs of key stakeholders, transforming health care from within the current ecosystem. For consumers, we deliver a superior experience as evidenced by our average NPS of 90 over the twelve months ended September 30, 2019 and our 90th percentile results on key primary care related HEDIS quality measures. See “Business—Overview” for a description of how we calculate NPS. For employers, we help improve employee productivity through frictionless access to virtual



 

7


Table of Contents

and in-office care and reduce medical costs by avoiding unnecessary emergency room and specialty visits. For providers, we create a more engaging and manageable primary care work environment by leveraging a salaried model and our proprietary technology. With health networks, we clinically integrate to expand their connections to commercially insured enrollees, and we are in-network with most health insurance plans in all of our markets.

Engaged, Salaried Providers Delivering Best-in-Class Care

We offer an outstanding environment to practice primary care, as reflected in our high provider retention rates and engagement scores. Our salaried compensation approach allows our providers to deliver patient-centered care without impacting their pay as might be the case under fee-for-service compensation approaches. Our providers also have significantly fewer EHR tasks to complete due to our proprietary technology that is purpose-built for primary care, freeing up their time to focus on delivering outstanding clinical care.

Proprietary Technology Platform

Our ability to simultaneously deliver significant value to key stakeholders is deeply rooted in our purpose-built, modernized technology platform. Our proprietary technology platform powers all aspects of our company: engaging members, supporting providers and advancing business objectives. Our technology allows us to proactively engage members with personalized clinical outreach and improve health through online scheduling, virtual provider visits and ready access to health information. This has resulted in a highly engaged member base, where 47% of our members interacted with us online monthly during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Our technology also supports providers by leveraging machine learning to reduce and re-route tasks that needlessly create administrative burdens while supporting team-based care. This allows providers to spend more time delivering clinical care, while facilitating higher levels of member responsiveness. Our technology also advances operational efficiencies, as our product designers and engineers collaborate closely with clinical and operational team members to observe and optimize workflows. Our platform is built on a modern cloud-based technology stack, employing Agile development cycles and a DevOps approach to infrastructure. Our modular, service-oriented architecture utilizes application program interface, or API, standards for ease of implementing new functionalities and integrating with external systems. Our technology platform and capabilities were key contributors to our recognition on Fast Company’s “Most Innovative Companies” list for 2019, placement on CB Insights’ “Digital Health 150” list in 2019 and ranking by Alliance Bernstein as its number one “Most Disruptive” private health care company in the United States in 2019.

Operating Platform for High Performance at Scale

Our approach for operating and scaling our platform is based on leading process improvement and management practices. We leverage Lean methodologies for process improvement, human-centered design thinking, behavioral design and Agile methodologies for software development to deliver high performance levels at scale. Our operational processes, software development and staffing models, including our virtual medical team, are designed to work together to create efficiencies and uniquely achieve our objectives. Moreover, we standardize our processes and practices so we can efficiently deliver consistent outcomes at scale across existing and new markets, which we believe will further drive our financial performance.

Highly Experienced Management Team

Our management team has extensive experience working with leading health systems, health plans, technology companies, service organizations, consumer brands and enterprise-sales-driven companies. Our leadership embodies our cultural alignment around our behavioral tenants of being human-centered, team-based, unbounded in thinking, driven to excel and intellectually curious. Our leaders help organize teams of clinicians, technologists and staff to regularly engage together in designing processes and software to further advance our



 

8


Table of Contents

objectives. Accordingly, our team is well positioned to execute on our objectives and advance an outstanding workplace environment.

Our Growth Strategies

To transform health care at scale, we can pursue growth through the following avenues.

Grow consumer and enterprise membership in existing markets

We have significant opportunities to increase membership in our existing markets through (i) new sales to consumers and enterprise clients, (ii) expansion of the number of enrolled members, including dependents, within our enterprise clients and (iii) adding other potential services. In our most mature market in the San Francisco Bay Area, we believe we have only captured approximately 3% commercial market share, giving us ample room to grow. Within enterprise clients, our median activation rate as of September 30, 2019 was 45%, which we believe can increase over time as our brand awareness grows and our customer relationships mature. We define estimated activation rate for any enterprise client at a given time as the percentage of eligible lives enrolled as members. Some of our enterprise clients offer membership benefits to the dependents of their employees, for which we assume eligible lives include one dependent per employee. Additionally, while the percentage of enterprise clients offering our services to dependents of their employees has grown from 55% in 2015 to 71% as of September 30, 2019, we believe we have significant further room for growth with dependents. Furthermore, as we continue to scale our presence, we anticipate an increasing number of larger national and regional employers will look to partner with us for our services.

Expand into new markets

We are physically present in nine markets with plans to enter three new markets in 2020. Our market footprint represents $34 billion in primary care spend within the commercially insured population alone. We believe our complete offering is viable in most markets across the United States, and the 50 largest MSAs alone could expand our market opportunity for existing services and populations to $81 billion. As we enter new markets, we may work with existing enterprise clients and health networks to help enroll new members in these markets, potentially resulting in immediate membership enrollments at the time of market entry, before we even establish a physical footprint in a market.

Grow health network partnerships

To accelerate our growth and presence, we can extend existing health network partnerships into new markets where our partners may also have a presence, or we can enter into new health network partnerships in new markets. We typically partner with one health network in a given market, and as that partner grows its market presence, we can grow even further with them.

Expand services and populations

Our core offering today is centered on primary care and the commercially insured segment. However, our modernized model has been designed with flexibility to provide additional services such as behavioral health and to care for additional population segments such as Medicare beneficiaries. Additionally, our model is also well positioned for shared savings reimbursement models, such as capitation and other accountable care approaches. Our technology has also been developed with modern APIs to enable direct integration with channel partners and other third-party offerings, increasing the potential breadth of our modernized platform solution.



 

9


Table of Contents

Preliminary Estimated Unaudited Financial Results and Other Data

The data presented below reflect our preliminary estimated unaudited financial results and other data for and as of the three months and year ended December 31, 2019, based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. The data are not a comprehensive statement of our results for and as of these periods, and our actual results may differ materially from these preliminary estimated data. The data (other than members) are presented as ranges of our preliminary estimated unaudited financial results for the periods presented, and data presented under the columns titled “Percent Change” represent percentage changes over results from the applicable prior period. Our actual results remain subject to the completion of management’s and our audit committee’s reviews and our other financial closing processes as well as the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for and as of the three months and year ended December 31, 2019. During the course of the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the completion of the audit for the year ended December 31, 2019, additional adjustments to the preliminary estimated financial information presented below may be identified, and our final results for these periods may vary from these preliminary estimates. This preliminary estimated data should not be considered a substitute for the financial information to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 once it becomes available. See “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information regarding factors that could result in differences between these preliminary estimates and the actual financial and other data we will report for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The preliminary estimated unaudited financial and other data contained in this prospectus have been prepared in good faith by, and are the responsibility of, management based upon our internal reporting for and as of the three months and year ended December 31, 2019. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has not audited, reviewed, compiled or performed any procedures with respect to such preliminary data. Accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.

 

    Three Months Ended December 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
    2019 (Range)     2018     2019 (Range)     2018  
    Low     Percent
Change
    High     Percent
Change
    Low     Percent
Change
    High     Percent
Change
 
    (in thousands, except percentages)  

Net revenue

  $ 76,500       32   $ 78,500       35   $ 58,042     $  275,372       29   $  277,372       30   $  212,678  

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

    48,000       34     50,000       40     35,743       166,586       22     168,586       24     136,180  

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as a percent of net revenue

    63       64       62     60       61       64

Loss from operations

    (20,300     2     (17,300     (13 )%      (19,905     (55,451     23     (52,451     16     (45,046

Members (as of end of year)

    n/a         422       22     346       n/a         422       22     346  


 

10


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Three Months Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

The estimated increase in total net revenue of 32% to 35% is primarily attributable to membership growth of 22%, as well as an increase in net revenue per member. Net revenue per member increased by a range of 8% to 11% as we entered into new health network partnerships in 2019 that resulted in a higher net revenue rate per member than the previous fee-for-service contracts with payers in those markets.

The estimated cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased during the period by a range of 34% to 40% compared to the three months ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to provider and support employee-related expenses, medical supply costs and occupancy costs from our growth in existing offices and the 12 offices we added in 2019.

The estimated cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased during the period as a percentage of net revenue by a range of one to two percentage points compared to the three months ended December 31, 2018 as a result of the additional costs incurred during the first months of new office openings. All of the 12 office openings during 2019 occurred in the last six months of the year and therefore had a relatively greater impact on cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, during the three months ended December 31, 2019 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. By comparison, only one office was opened during the last six months of 2018. This impact was partially offset by the higher net revenue per member described above.

The estimated loss from operations changed during the period by a range of an increase of $(0.4) million to a decrease of $2.6 million from the three months ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to higher net revenue with proportional increases in total operating expenses for the period compared to the three months ended December 31, 2018. The increase in total operating expenses was primarily due to higher salaries, benefits and professional fees as we continued to expand our team to support our growth and prepared to become a public company, partially offset by the one-time stock-based compensation expense associated with our stock repurchase program during the three months ended December 31, 2018 of $7.2 million.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

The estimated increase in total net revenue of 29% to 30% is primarily attributable to membership growth of 22%, as well as an increase in net revenue per member. Net revenue per member increased by a range of 6% to 7% as we entered into new health network partnerships in 2019 that resulted in a higher net revenue rate per member than the previous fee-for-service contracts with payers in those markets.

The estimated cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased during 2019 by a range of 22% to 24% compared to 2018 primarily due to provider and support employee-related expenses, medical supply costs and occupancy costs from our growth in existing offices and the 12 offices we added in 2019.

The estimated cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, decreased during 2019 as a percentage of net revenue by a range of three to four percentage points due to the higher net revenue per member described above, partially offset by the 12 offices opened during the last six months of 2019.

The estimated loss from operations increased during 2019 by a range of $7.4 million to $10.4 million from 2018 primarily due to higher operating expenses, including higher salaries and benefits, advertising expenses and professional fees to support our growth. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of our net revenue described above.



 

11


Table of Contents

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

   

We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry, and if we fail to comply with applicable healthcare laws and government regulations, we could incur financial penalties, be excluded from participating in government healthcare programs, be required to make significant operational changes, or experience adverse publicity, which could harm our business.

 

   

The impact of healthcare reform legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending is currently unknown, and may harm our business.

 

   

If our volume of members with private health insurance coverage declines, including due to a decline in the prevalence of employer-sponsored health care, our net revenue may be reduced.

 

   

If we fail to cost-effectively develop widespread brand awareness and maintain our reputation, or if we fail to achieve and maintain market acceptance for our healthcare services, our business could suffer.

 

   

Our business model and future growth are substantially dependent on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

 

   

We have a history of losses, which we expect to continue, and we may never achieve or sustain profitability.

 

   

We are dependent on our relationships with the One Medical PCs, which are affiliated professional entities that we do not own, to provide healthcare services, and our business would be harmed if those relationships were disrupted or if our arrangements with the One Medical PCs became subject to legal challenges.

 

   

Our net revenue is derived from the number of members enrolled or patient visits, and an increase or decrease in member utilization of our services could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

If reimbursement rates paid by third-party payers are reduced or if third-party payers otherwise restrain our ability to obtain or provide services to members, our business could be harmed.

 

   

Our arrangements with health networks may be subject to governmental or regulatory scrutiny or challenge.

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business may be harmed.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and may also take advantage of the reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and the exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, for so long as we are an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain reduced reporting obligations, including a requirement to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations



 

12


Table of Contents

disclosure. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens. We have taken advantage of many of these reduced burdens in this prospectus, and intend to do so in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide stockholders may be different than you might get from other public companies in which you hold equity. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer”; the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and the last day of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of this offering occurs.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware in July 2002 under the name 1Life Healthcare, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at One Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900, San Francisco, California 94111. Our telephone number is (415) 658-6792. Our website is www.onemedical.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

“1Life,” “One Medical,” the One Medical logo and our other registered or common law trade names, trademarks or service marks appearing in this prospectus are our property. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.



 

13


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

17,500,000 shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us

2,625,000 shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

122,411,198 shares (or 125,036,198 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of 17,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $240.4 million (or approximately $277.3 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, research and development, business development, sales and marketing activities and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds, if any, to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, technologies or other assets, although we currently have no agreements or understandings with respect to any such acquisitions or investments. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price for certain of our providers at the One Medical PCs and health network partners who have expressed an interest in purchasing common stock in this offering. For additional information, see “Underwriting.”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before investing in our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Select Market trading symbol

“ONEM”

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 104,911,198 shares of common stock (including shares of preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of September 30, 2019, and excludes:

 

   

24,036,191 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of September 30, 2019 with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.99 per share, under our equity incentive plans;

 

   

4,133,429 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted subsequent to September 30, 2019 through January 15, 2020, with an exercise price of $11.56 per share;



 

14


Table of Contents
   

1,278,778 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2019 (after giving effect to (i) an additional 4,607,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan subsequent to September 30, 2019 and (ii) the issuance of stock options subsequent to September 30, 2019 through January 15, 2020 to purchase 4,133,429 shares of common stock described above), which shares will be transferred to our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan at the time it becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

   

673,241 shares of preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2019, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.96 per share;

 

   

45,112,387 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (including 1,278,778 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2019 that will be transferred to our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan upon its effectiveness), which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as (i) any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan and (ii) upon the expiration or termination prior to exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, an equal number of shares of common stock underlying such options; and

 

   

2,800,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan.

In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we will file in connection with the closing of this offering, and our amended and restated bylaws adopted in connection with this offering are effective;

 

   

the conversion of all 86,251,669 outstanding shares of preferred stock into an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

the conversion of all outstanding warrants to purchase 673,241 shares of preferred stock into warrants to purchase an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding options or warrants; and

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.



 

15


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2019, are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other period in the future and our interim results for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2019, or any other period.

You should read the consolidated financial and other data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes, the information in “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and the information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2017     2018     2018     2019  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

       

Net revenue

  $ 176,769     $ 212,678     $ 154,636     $ 198,872  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

    120,705       136,180       100,438       118,586  

Sales and marketing

    19,172       25,789       14,374       28,830  

General and administrative

    57,964       85,808       57,596       77,167  

Depreciation and amortization

    10,686       9,947       7,369       9,440  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    208,527       257,724       179,777       234,023  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (31,758     (45,046     (25,141     (35,151
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

       

Interest income

    386       2,251       805       3,676  

Interest expense

    (834     (804     (626     (393

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    646       (1,877     (1,897     (2,226
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    198       (430     (1,718     1,057  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (31,560     (45,476     (26,859     (34,094

Provision for income taxes

    126       25       15       83  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (31,686     (45,501     (26,874     (34,177

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (889     (1,086     (888     (1,049
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

  $ (30,797   $ (44,415   $ (25,986   $ (33,128
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

  $ (2.05   $ (2.65   $ (1.59   $ (1.80
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    15,002,472       16,735,541       16,388,617       18,371,298  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders—basic and diluted(1)

    $ (0.46     $ (0.30
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

      91,664,049         104,622,967  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 


 

16


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2017     2018     2018     2019  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Other Data:

       

Members (as of end of period)(2)

    272       346       323       397  

Care margin(3)

  $ 56,064     $ 76,498     $ 54,198     $ 80,286  

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

  $ (11,542   $ (13,918   $ (7,070   $ (15,581

 

(1)

See Note 18, “Net Loss Per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share,” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information on the calculation of net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders and unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders.

(2)

We define a member as a person who has paid for membership themselves or whose membership has been paid for by an enterprise client and who has registered an account with us. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

(3)

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we have disclosed care margin and adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP financial measures. We define care margin as loss from operations excluding depreciation and amortization, general and administrative expense and sales and marketing expense. We define adjusted EBITDA as net loss excluding interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, change in the fair value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability and provision for income taxes. Care margin and adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to measures of financial performance or liquidity derived in accordance with GAAP. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation from loss from operations, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to care margin, and a reconciliation from net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to adjusted EBITDA, as well as a discussion about the limitations of care margin and adjusted EBITDA.

 

     As of September 30, 2019  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)     Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities

   $ 170,346     $ 170,346     $ 410,784  

Working capital

     147,658       147,658       388,940  

Total assets

     418,399       418,399       657,993  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     5,927       —         —    

Total liabilities

     186,255       180,328       179,484  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     402,488       —         —    

Accumulated deficit

     (261,642     (265,148     (265,148

Total (deficit) equity

     (170,344     238,071       478,509  

 

(1)

The pro forma balance sheet data give effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, of which 86,251,669 shares were outstanding as of September 30, 2019, into an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, (ii) the reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to total equity as all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will become warrants to purchase an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, (iii) $3.5 million of stock-based compensation related to the vesting of 1,589,798 performance-based options upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering and (iv) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering.

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data give further effect to our receipt of net proceeds from the sale of 17,500,000 shares of common stock at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the



 

17


Table of Contents
 

midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (of which $844,000 was recorded as an accrued current liability with a corresponding amount recorded as a non-current asset as of September 30, 2019).

(3)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities, working capital, total assets and total equity by $16.4 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease the amount of cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities, working capital, total assets and total equity by $14.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.



 

18


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occur, it could harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. Unless otherwise indicated, references to our business being harmed in these risk factors will include harm to our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, net revenue and future prospects. In such event, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you might lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry, and if we fail to comply with applicable healthcare laws and government regulations, we could incur financial penalties, become excluded from participating in government healthcare programs, be required to make significant operational changes or experience adverse publicity, which could harm our business.

The U.S. healthcare industry is heavily regulated and closely scrutinized by federal, state and local authorities. Comprehensive statutes and regulations govern the manner in which we provide and bill for services and collect reimbursement from governmental programs and private payers, our contractual relationships with our providers, vendors, health network partners and customers, our marketing activities and other aspects of our operations. Of particular importance are:

 

   

state laws that prohibit general business corporations, such as us, from practicing medicine, controlling physicians’ medical decisions or engaging in practices such as splitting fees with physicians;

 

   

federal and state laws pertaining to non-physician practitioners, such as nurse practitioners and physician assistants, including requirements for physician supervision of such practitioners and reimbursement-related requirements;

 

   

the federal physician self-referral law, commonly referred to as the Stark Law, which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits physicians from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity for the provision of certain “designated health services” if the physician or a member of the physician’s immediate family has a direct or indirect financial relationship (including an ownership interest or a compensation arrangement) with the entity;

 

   

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which, subject to certain exceptions known as “safe harbors,” prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any bribe, kickback, rebate or other remuneration, in cash or in kind, in return for the referral of an individual for, or the lease, purchase, order or recommendation of, items or services covered, in whole or in part, by government healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

   

the federal False Claims Act, which imposes civil and criminal liability on individuals or entities that knowingly or recklessly submit false or fraudulent claims to Medicare, Medicaid, and other government-funded programs or make or cause to be made false statements in order to have a claim paid;

 

   

a provision of the Social Security Act that imposes criminal penalties on healthcare providers who fail to disclose or refund known overpayments;

 

   

the criminal healthcare fraud provisions of the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their implementing regulations, or collectively, HIPAA, and related rules that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program or falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any material false, fictitious or

 

19


Table of Contents
 

fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

 

   

the Civil Monetary Penalties Law, which prohibits the offering or giving of remuneration to Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries that is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider or supplier;

 

   

federal and state laws that prohibit providers from billing and receiving payment from Medicare and Medicaid for services unless the services are medically necessary, adequately and accurately documented, and billed using codes that accurately reflect the type and level of services rendered;

 

   

laws that regulate debt collection practices;

 

   

federal and state laws and policies related to healthcare providers’ licensure, certification, accreditation, Medicare and Medicaid program enrollment and reassignment of benefits;

 

   

federal and state laws and policies related to the prescribing and dispensing of pharmaceuticals and controlled substances;

 

   

state laws related to the advertising and marketing of services by healthcare providers;

 

   

federal and state laws related to confidentiality, privacy and security of personal information, including medical information and records, that limit the manner in which we may use and disclose that information, impose obligations to safeguard such information and require that we notify third parties in the event of a breach;

 

   

federal laws that impose civil administrative sanctions for, among other violations, inappropriate billing of services to government healthcare programs or employing or contracting with individuals who are excluded from participation in government healthcare programs;

 

   

laws and regulations limiting the use of funds in health savings accounts for individuals with high deductible health plans;

 

   

state laws pertaining to anti-kickback, fee splitting, self-referral and false claims, some of which are not limited to relationships involving government-funded programs; and

 

   

state laws governing healthcare entities that bear financial risk.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Achieving and sustaining compliance with these laws may prove costly. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are sometimes complex and open to a variety of interpretations. Failure to comply with these laws and other laws can result in civil and criminal penalties such as fines, damages, recoupments of overpayments, imprisonment, loss of enrollment status and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Our failure to accurately anticipate the application of these laws and regulations to our business or any other failure to comply with regulatory requirements could create liability for us and negatively affect our business. Any action against us for violation of these laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business and result in adverse publicity.

To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General, or OIG, regularly scrutinize healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Responding to and managing government investigations can be time- and resource-consuming, divert management’s attention from the business and generate adverse publicity. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have a negative impact on our business, even if we are ultimately found to

 

20


Table of Contents

be in compliance with the relevant laws. Moreover, if one of our health system partners or another third party fails to comply with applicable laws and becomes the target of a government investigation, government authorities could require our cooperation in the investigation, which could cause us to incur additional legal expenses and result in adverse publicity.

In addition, because of the potential for large monetary exposure under the federal False Claims Act, which provides for treble damages and penalties of $11,463 to $22,927 per false claim or statement (as of 2019, and subject to annual adjustments for inflation), healthcare providers often resolve allegations without admissions of liability for significant amounts to avoid the uncertainty of treble damages that may be awarded in litigation proceedings. Such settlements often contain additional compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree, settlement agreement or corporate integrity agreement. Given the significant size of actual and potential settlements, it is expected that the government will continue to devote substantial resources to investigating healthcare providers’ compliance with the healthcare reimbursement rules and fraud and abuse laws.

The One Medical PCs’ operation of medical practices is also subject to various state laws. Among other things, states regulate the licensure of healthcare providers, the supervision by physicians of non-physician practitioners such as physician assistants, nurse practitioners and registered nurses, the retention and storage of medical records, patient privacy and the protection of health information, and the prescribing and dispensing of pharmaceuticals and controlled substances. All such laws, and interpretations thereof, are subject to change. We could be subject to financial penalties and fines, criminal prosecution or other sanctions if our operations are found to not comply with these laws.

In addition, our ability to provide our full range of services in each state is dependent upon a state’s treatment of telemedicine and emerging technologies (such as digital health services), which are subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. Many states have laws that limit or restrict the practice of telemedicine, such as laws that require a provider to be licensed and/or physically located in the same state where the patient is located. For example, of the jurisdictions in which we operate, California, Georgia, New York, Massachusetts, Oregon and Washington, D.C. are not members of the Interstate Medical Licensure Compact, which streamlines the process by which physicians licensed in one state are able to practice in other participating states. Failure to comply with these laws could result in denials of reimbursement for our services (to the extent such services are billed), recoupments of prior payments, professional discipline for our providers or civil or criminal penalties.

The laws, regulations and standards governing the provision of healthcare services may change significantly in the future. New or changed healthcare laws, regulations or standards may harm our business. A review of our business by judicial, law enforcement, regulatory or accreditation authorities could result in challenges or actions against us that could harm our business and operations.

The impact of healthcare reform legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending on us is currently unknown, but may harm our business.

Our revenue is dependent on the healthcare industry and could be affected by changes in healthcare spending and policy. The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA, made major changes in how health care is delivered and reimbursed, and increased access to health insurance benefits to the uninsured and underinsured population of the United States.

The PPACA, among other things, increased the number of individuals with Medicaid and private insurance coverage, implemented reimbursement policies that tie payment to quality, facilitated the creation of accountable care organizations that may use capitation and other alternative payment methodologies, strengthened enforcement of fraud and abuse laws and encouraged the use of information technology. Such changes in the

 

21


Table of Contents

regulatory environment may also result in changes to our payer mix that may affect our operations and net revenue.

In addition, certain provisions of the PPACA authorize voluntary demonstration projects, which include the development of bundling payments for acute, inpatient hospital services, physician services and post-acute services for episodes of hospital care. Further, the PPACA may negatively impact payers by increasing medical costs generally, which could have an effect on the industry and potentially impact our business and revenue as payers seek to offset these increases by reducing costs in other areas. The full impact of these changes on us cannot be determined at this time.

We are also impacted by the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act, under which physicians must choose to participate in one of two payment formulas, Merit-Based Incentive Payment System, or MIPS, or Alternative Payment Models, or APMs. Beginning in 2019, MIPS allows eligible physicians to receive upward or downward adjustments to their Medicare Part B payments based on certain quality and cost metrics, among other measures. As an alternative, physicians can choose to participate in an Advanced APM. Advanced APMs are exempt from the MIPS requirements, and physicians who are meaningful participants in APMs will receive bonus payments from Medicare pursuant to the law.

In addition, current and prior healthcare reform proposals have included the concept of creating a single payer or public option for health insurance. If enacted, these proposals could have an extensive impact on the healthcare industry, including us. We are unable predict whether such reforms may be enacted or their impact on our operations.

We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments and other third-party payers will pay for healthcare services, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our volume of members with private health insurance coverage declines, including due to a decline in the prevalence of employer-sponsored health care, our revenue may be reduced.

Private third-party payers, including health maintenance organizations, or HMOs, preferred provider organizations and other managed care plans, as well as medical groups and independent practice associations, referred to collectively as IPAs, that contract with HMOs, typically reimburse healthcare providers at a higher rate than Medicare, Medicaid or other government healthcare programs. Reimbursement rates are set forth by contract when the One Medical PCs are in-network, and payers utilize plan structures to encourage or require the use of in-network providers. As a result, our ability to maintain or increase patient volumes covered by private third-party payers and to maintain and obtain favorable contracts with private third-party payers significantly affects our revenue and operating results.

We currently derive a large portion of our revenue from members acquired under our contractual arrangements with enterprise clients that purchase health care for their employees (either via insurance or self-funded benefit plans). A large part of the demand for our solutions and services among enterprise clients depends on the need of these employers to manage the costs of healthcare services that they pay on behalf of their employees. While the percentage of employers who are self-insured has been increasing over the past decade, this trend may not continue. Some experts have predicted that future healthcare reform will encourage employer-sponsored health insurance to become significantly less prevalent as employees migrate to obtaining their own insurance over state-sponsored insurance marketplaces. The resulting loss in members may also decrease the fees we receive under our contracts with health network partners as fewer members engage in their healthcare networks. Were this to occur, there is no guarantee that we would be able to compensate for the loss in revenue derived from enterprise clients and health network partners by increasing retail member acquisition. In addition, health network partners who rely on our contracts with them for primary care patients to use their healthcare networks, particularly specialty care, may become dissatisfied with the terms under the applicable contract and

 

22


Table of Contents

seek to amend or terminate, or elect not to renew, these contracts. In these cases, our business and results of operations would be harmed.

Private third-party payers, including managed care plans, continue to demand discounted fee structures, and the ongoing trend toward consolidation among payers tends to increase their bargaining power over fee structures. Payers may utilize plan structures such as narrow networks and tiered networks that limit beneficiary provider choices or impose significantly higher cost sharing obligations when care is obtained from providers in a disfavored tier. Other healthcare providers may impact the ability of the One Medical PCs to enter into managed care contracts or negotiate increases in reimbursement and other favorable terms and conditions. In addition to increasing negotiating leverage of private third-party payers, alignment efforts between third-party payers and healthcare providers may also result in other competitive advantages, such as greater access to performance and pricing data. Our future success will depend, in part, on the ability of the One Medical PCs to retain and renew third-party payer contracts and enter into new contracts on favorable terms. It is not clear what impact, if any, future health reform efforts or the repeal of, or further changes to, the PPACA will have on the ability of the One Medical PCs to negotiate reimbursement increases and participate in third-party payer networks on favorable terms. If the One Medical PCs are unable to retain and negotiate favorable contracts with third-party payers or experience reductions in payment increases or amounts received from third-party payers, our revenue may be reduced.

If we fail to cost-effectively develop widespread brand awareness and maintain our reputation, or if we fail to achieve and maintain market acceptance for our healthcare services, our business could suffer.

We believe that developing and maintaining widespread awareness of our brand and maintaining our reputation for providing access to high quality and efficient health care in a cost-effective manner is critical to attracting new members and enterprise clients and maintaining existing members. Our business and revenue are heavily reliant on growing and maintaining our membership base. We have historically derived a significant portion of net revenue from patient visits at the One Medical PCs. In addition, we have a growing number of strategic relationships with health systems and health plans, or collectively, health networks. Market acceptance of our solutions and services and member acquisition depends on educating people, as well as enterprise clients and health networks, as to the distinct features, ease-of-use, positive lifestyle impact, cost savings, quality, and other perceived benefits of our solutions and services as compared to alternative avenues for health care. In particular, market acceptance is highly dependent on our ability to sufficiently saturate a particular geographic area with medical offices to provide services to local members. The level of saturation required depends on the needs of the local market and the healthcare preferences of the members in that market, among other things. For example, certain markets will require more saturation if transportation to our medical offices, or general convenience of accessing our medical offices, is a concern for members. Further, we rely on word of mouth to spread awareness of our solutions and services, which in turn is dependent on members relaying positive experiences with our solutions, services and providers. If we are not successful in demonstrating to existing and potential members and enterprise clients the benefits of our solutions and services, if we are not able to sufficiently saturate a market with medical offices in convenient locations for members, or if we are not able to achieve the support of enterprise clients, health networks, healthcare providers and insurance carriers for our solutions and services, we could experience lower than expected sales of new memberships and a higher rate of existing membership termination, including termination of membership purchases by enterprise clients. Further, the loss or dissatisfaction of any member may substantially harm our brand and reputation, inhibit widespread adoption of our solutions and services, reduce our revenue from enterprise clients and health networks, and impair our ability to attract new members and maintain existing members.

Our brand promotion activities may not generate awareness or increase revenue and, even if they do, any increase in revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, we may fail to attract or retain members, health networks and enterprise clients necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts or to achieve the widespread brand awareness that is critical for broad adoption of our solutions and services. Our marketing efforts depend

 

23


Table of Contents

significantly on our ability to call upon our current members to provide positive references to potential new members. For example, we rely on word of mouth and informal member referrals within our enterprise clients to acquire new members, including dependents of existing members.

Further, even if we are successful in our brand promotion activities and deliver high quality and efficient service through the One Medical PCs, we cannot guarantee the quality and efficiency of healthcare service, particularly specialty health care, from our health network partners, over which we have no control. Many of our health network partners are large institutions with significant operations across a wide network of patients and may be unable to provide consistent levels of service across specialty area, physician or location to our members. We heavily rely on our NPS and other member satisfaction scores to promote our brand, increase awareness of our solutions and services and expand our membership base, including in new geographic areas. Patients who experience poor quality healthcare provision from such partners may impute such dissatisfaction to our solutions and services, which would have a negative impact on member retention and acquisition. Any of these consequences could lower our membership retention rate, reduce our revenue and harm our business.

Our solutions and services may also be perceived by our members or enterprise clients to be more complicated or less effective than traditional approaches, and people may be unwilling to deviate from traditional or competing healthcare access options. Accordingly, healthcare providers may not recommend our solution or services until there is sufficient evidence to convince them to alter their current approach. Finally, enterprise clients may be unwilling to market our solutions and services, or may prohibit us from marketing our solutions and services, to their employees. Any such resistance to adoption of our solutions and services, or impediment to our ability to market our solutions and services, may harm our business and results of operations.

Our business model and future growth are substantially dependent on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

We will continue to substantially depend on our relationships with third parties, including health network partners and enterprise clients to grow our business. We have historically derived a significant portion of our membership revenue from annual membership fees sponsored by our enterprise clients for their employees and patient visit revenue from such employees. In addition, our growth depends on maintaining existing, and developing new, strategic affiliations with health network partners. Further, we rely on a number of partners such as benefits enrollment platforms, professional employment organizations, consultants and other distribution partners in order to sell our solutions and services and enroll members onto our platform.

Our agreements with our enterprise clients often provide for fees based on the number of members that are covered by such clients’ programs each month, known as capitation arrangements. Certain of our enterprise clients also pay us a fixed fee per year regardless of number of registered members. The number of individuals who register as members through our enterprise clients is often affected by factors outside of our control, such as plan endorsement by the employer and member outreach and retention initiatives. Enterprise clients may also prohibit us from engaging in direct outreach with employees as potential members, or we may be unsuccessful in spreading brand awareness among employees who perceive competitors as offering better solutions and services, which would decrease growth in membership and reduce our net revenue. Increasing rates of unemployment may also result in loss of members at our enterprise clients, and economic recessions or slowdowns can result in our enterprise clients terminating their employee sponsorship arrangements with us for budgetary reasons. In addition, during periods of economic slowdown, enterprise clients may face less competition for new hires or may not need to hire as many employees, and as a result, they may not need to sponsor memberships with us as a means to attract new hires. If the number of members covered by one or more of such clients’ programs were to be reduced, such decrease would lead to a decrease in our patient service revenue and may also result in non-renewals of our contracts with enterprise clients due to low member activation. For example, even if we maintain a contract with an enterprise client to sponsor membership fees, employees of that customer may not sign up as members due to lack of awareness, inadequate marketing penetration due to information overflow at that customer or otherwise, or perceived inadequacy of our solutions or services as compared to those of

 

24


Table of Contents

competitors sponsored by the same customer. In addition, the growth forecasts of our clients are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the markets in which our customers and partners compete meet the size estimates and growth forecasted, their program membership could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. Historical activation rates within a given enterprise client may also not be indicative of future membership levels at that enterprise client or activation rates of similarly situated enterprise clients. Further, high activation rates do not necessarily result in increased patient service revenue or membership revenue. We define estimated activation rate for any enterprise client at a given time as the percentage of eligible lives enrolled as members. Some of our enterprise clients offer membership benefits to the dependents of their employees, for which we assume eligible lives include one dependent per employee.

We also derive a portion of our revenue from partnership revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, we derived 3%, 12% and 29%, respectively, of our net revenue from partnership revenue. A substantial portion of our partnership revenue is derived from contracts with health network partners, including HMOs. Under these contracts, we closely collaborate with each health network on certain strategic initiatives such as the expansion of practice sites in a particular jurisdiction or service area, and clinical and digital integration between our primary care and their specialty care services. Our contracts with the health network partners are typically bespoke, with varying terms across health network partners. However, each contract generally provides for fees on a PMPM basis or a fee-for-service basis. Under contracts providing for PMPM fees, when our medical offices provide professional clinical services to covered members, we, as administrator, perform billing and collection services on behalf of the health network, and the health network receives the fees for services provided, including those paid by members’ insurance plans. If we do not adequately satisfy the objectives of our partners and perform against contractual obligations, we may lose revenue under the applicable health network partner contract and the health network partner may become dissatisfied with the terms or our performance under the contract, which could result in its early termination or amendment, if permitted, and as a result, harm to our business and results of operations, including reduction in net revenue. We have experienced a contractual dispute with a health network partner in the past, have separately entered into a contractual renegotiation with a health network partner and may experience additional disputes and renegotiations in the future. Our contracts with health network partners are often exclusive in the applicable jurisdiction; as a result, in new potential markets should we pursue a health network partnership, we would need to successfully contract with a sufficiently competitively viable health network partner, as we may not be able to terminate any such contract for several years without penalty or be able to partner with other health network partners in the same market due to competitive pressures or lack of counterparties. We cannot guarantee that our health network partners will continue to be satisfied with the terms or circumstances under existing contracts as well, even if unrelated to our performance under the contracts. If we are unable to successfully continue our strategic relationships with our health network partners, on terms favorable to us or at all, or if we do not successfully contract with health network partners in new jurisdictions, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

Identifying partners, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. Our competitors may be more effective in executing such relationships and performing against them. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our net revenue could be impaired and our results of operations may suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in increased member use of our solutions and services or increased net revenue.

Our arrangements with health networks may be subject to governmental or regulatory scrutiny or challenge.

Some of our relationships with health networks involve risk arrangements, such as capitated payments designed to achieve alignment of financial incentives and to encourage close collaboration on clinical care for patients. Although we believe that our health network contracts involving capitated payments comply with the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the Stark Law, there can be no assurance that regulators or other governmental

 

25


Table of Contents

entities will agree with our interpretation of these arrangements under applicable law. If our health network partnerships are challenged and found to violate the Anti-Kickback Statute or the Stark Law, we could incur substantial financial penalties, reimbursement denials, repayments or recoupments, or exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, which could harm our business.

We have a history of losses, which we expect to continue, and we may never achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred significant losses in each period since our inception. We incurred net losses of $31.7 million, $45.5 million, $26.9 million and $34.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. As of September 30, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $261.6 million. These net losses and accumulated deficit reflect the substantial investments we made to acquire new health network partners and members, build our proprietary network of healthcare providers and develop our technology platform. We intend to continue scaling our business to increase our customer, member and provider bases, broaden the scope of our partnerships and expand our applications of technology through which members can access our services. Accordingly, we anticipate that cost of care and other operating expenses will increase substantially in the foreseeable future. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. We cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will be able to sustain or increase profitability. Our prior net losses, combined with our expected future net losses, have had and will continue to have a negative impact on our total (deficit) equity and working capital. As a result of these factors, we may need to raise additional capital through debt or equity financings in order to fund our operations, and such capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all.

Evolving government regulations may increase costs or negatively impact our results of operations.

In a regulatory climate that is uncertain, our operations may be subject to direct and indirect adoption, expansion or reinterpretation of various laws and regulations. Compliance with these future laws and regulations may require us to change our practices at an undeterminable and possibly significant initial and recurring monetary expense. These additional monetary expenditures may increase future overhead, which could harm our results of operations.

We have identified what we believe are areas of government regulation that, if changed, could be costly to us. These include: fraud, waste and abuse laws; rules governing the practice of medicine by providers; licensure standards for doctors and behavioral health professionals; laws limiting the corporate practice of medicine and professional fee splitting; tax laws and regulations applicable to our annual membership fees; cybersecurity and privacy laws; laws and rules relating to the distinction between independent contractors and employees (including recent developments in California that have expanded the scope of workers that are treated as employees instead of independent contractors); and tax and other laws encouraging employer-sponsored health insurance and group benefits. There could be laws and regulations applicable to our business that we have not identified or that, if changed, may be costly to us, and we cannot predict all the ways in which implementation of such laws and regulations may affect us.

In the jurisdictions in which we operate, we believe we are in compliance with all applicable laws, but, due to the uncertain regulatory environment, certain jurisdictions may determine that we are in violation of their laws. In the event that we must remedy such violations, we may be required to modify our solutions and services in a manner that undermines our solutions’ or services’ attractiveness to our customers, members, providers, payers or partners, we may become subject to fines or other penalties or, if we determine that the requirements to operate in compliance in such jurisdictions are overly burdensome, we may elect to terminate our operations in such places. In each case, our revenue may decline and our business may be harmed.

Additionally, the introduction of new services may require us to comply with additional, yet undetermined, laws and regulations. Compliance may require obtaining appropriate licenses or certificates, increasing our

 

26


Table of Contents

security measures and expending additional resources to monitor developments in applicable rules and ensure compliance. The failure to adequately comply with these future laws and regulations may delay or possibly prevent some of our solutions or services from being offered to clients and members, which could harm our business.

We are dependent on our relationships with the One Medical PCs, which are affiliated professional entities that we do not own, to provide healthcare services, and our business would be harmed if those relationships were disrupted or if our arrangements with the One Medical PCs become subject to legal challenges.

The corporate practice of medicine prohibition exists in some form, by statute, regulation, board of medicine or attorney general guidance, or case law, in certain of the states in which we operate. These laws generally prohibit the practice of medicine by lay persons or entities and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons or entities from interfering with or inappropriately influencing providers’ professional judgment. Due to the prevalence of the corporate practice of medicine doctrine, including in certain of the states where we conduct our business, we do not own the One Medical PCs and contract for healthcare provider services for our members through ASAs with such entities. The One Medical PCs are wholly owned by providers licensed in their respective states, including Andrew Diamond, M.D., Ph.D., the Chief Medical Officer of One Medical Group, Inc., a consolidated One Medical PC, who oversees their operation. Dr. Diamond generally serves as the sole director and officer of each One Medical PC. Under the ASAs between 1Life and each One Medical PC, we provide various administrative and operations support services in exchange for scheduled fees at the fair market value of our services provided to each One Medical PC. As a result, our ability to receive cash fees from the One Medical PCs is limited to the fair market value of the services provided under the ASAs. To the extent our ability to receive cash fees from the One Medical PCs is limited, our ability to use that cash for growth, debt service or other uses at the One Medical PC may be impaired and, as a result, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Our ability to perform medical and digital health services in a particular U.S. state is directly dependent upon the applicable laws governing the practice of medicine, healthcare delivery and fee splitting in such locations, which are subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. The extent to which a U.S. state considers particular actions or relationships to constitute the practice of medicine is subject to change and to evolving interpretations by medical boards and state attorneys general, among others, each of which has broad discretion. There is a risk that U.S. state authorities in some jurisdictions may find that our contractual relationships with the One Medical PCs, which govern the provision of medical and digital health services and the payment of administrative and operations support fees, violate laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting. The extent to which each state may consider particular actions or contractual relationships to constitute improper influence of professional judgment varies across the states and is subject to change and to evolving interpretations by state boards of medicine and state attorneys general, among others. Accordingly, we must monitor our compliance with laws in every jurisdiction in which we operate on an ongoing basis, and we cannot provide assurance that our activities and arrangements, if challenged, will be found to be in compliance with the law. Additionally, it is possible that the laws and rules governing the practice of medicine, including the provision of digital health services, and fee splitting in one or more jurisdictions may change in a manner adverse to our business. While the ASAs prohibit us from controlling, influencing or otherwise interfering with the practice of medicine at each One Medical PC, and provide that physicians retain exclusive control and responsibility for all aspects of the practice of medicine and the delivery of medical services, there can be no assurance that our contractual arrangements and activities with the One Medical PCs will be free from scrutiny from U.S. state authorities, and we cannot guarantee that subsequent interpretation of the corporate practice of medicine and fee splitting laws will not circumscribe our business operations. State corporate practice of medicine doctrines also often impose penalties on physicians themselves for aiding the corporate practice of medicine, which could discourage providers from participating in our network of physicians. If a successful legal challenge or an adverse change in relevant laws were to occur, and we were unable to adapt our business model accordingly, our operations in affected jurisdictions would be disrupted, which could harm our business.

 

27


Table of Contents

While we expect that our relationships with the One Medical PCs and their affiliates will continue, a material change in our relationship with these entities, or among the One Medical PCs, whether resulting from a dispute among the entities, a challenge from a governmental regulator, a change in government regulation, or the loss of these relationships or contracts with the One Medical PCs, could impair our ability to provide services to our members and could harm our business. For example, our arrangements in place to help ensure an orderly succession of the owner or owners of the One Medical PCs upon the occurrence of certain events may be challenged, which may impact our relationship with the One Medical PCs and harm our business and results of operations. The ASAs and these succession arrangements could also subject us to additional scrutiny by federal and state regulatory bodies regarding federal and state fraud and abuse laws. Any scrutiny, investigation or litigation with regard to our arrangement with the One Medical PCs, and any resulting penalties, including monetary fines and restrictions on or mandated changes to our current business and operating arrangements, could harm our business.

Our net revenue is derived from the number of members enrolled or patient visits, and an increase or decrease in member utilization of our services could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Historically, we have relied on patient visits at the One Medical PCs for a substantial portion of our net revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, net patient service revenue accounted for 78% and 68% of our net revenue, respectively, and 68% and 52% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. While we intend to increase revenue contribution from health network partners, our revenue mix will continue to be driven by patient visits over the near term. As we develop additional digital health solutions through our mobile platform, we cannot guarantee that our members will consistently make in-office visits in addition to using our digital health solutions. Further, it may be difficult for us to accurately forecast future patient in-office visits over time, which may vary across geographies and depend on patient demographics within a given market. In addition, we will continue to rely on our reputation and recommendations from members and key enterprise clients to promote our solutions and services to potential new members. A substantial portion of our members hold subscriptions through their respective employers with which we have membership arrangements. The loss of any of our key enterprise clients, or a failure of some of them to renew or expand their arrangements with us, could have a significant impact on the growth rate of our revenue, reputation and our ability to obtain new members. In addition, mergers and acquisitions involving such enterprise clients could lead to cancellation or non-renewal of our contracts with those clients or by the acquiring or combining companies, thereby reducing the number of our existing and potential clients and members. If we are unable to attract and retain sufficient members in any given market, our clinics in that market may have reduced in-office visits which could harm the results of operations of those clinics, reduce our revenue and harm our business.

In addition, under certain of our contracts with enterprise clients, we base our fees on the number of individuals to whom our clients provide benefits. Under certain of our health network partner agreements, we collect fees from members who receive healthcare services within the health network partner’s network. Many factors, most of which we do not control, may lead to a decrease in the number of individuals covered by our enterprise clients, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

failure of our enterprise clients to adopt or maintain effective business practices;

 

   

changes in the nature or operations of our enterprise clients;

 

   

changes of control of our enterprise clients;

 

   

reduced demand in particular geographies;

 

   

shifts away from employer-sponsored health plans toward employee self-insurance;

 

   

shifting regulatory climate and new or changing government regulations; and

 

   

increased competition or other changes in the benefits marketplace.

If the number of members covered by our enterprise clients and health network partners decreases, our revenue will likely decrease.

 

28


Table of Contents

If reimbursement rates paid by third-party payers are reduced or if third-party payers otherwise restrain our ability to obtain or provide services to members, our business could be harmed.

Private third-party payers pay for the services that we provide to many of our members. As of September 30, 2019, over 95% of our members were commercially insured. If any commercial third-party payers reduce their reimbursement rates or elect not to cover some or all of our services, our business may be harmed. Third-party payers also are entering into sole source contracts with some healthcare providers, which could effectively limit our pool of potential members.

Private third-party payers often use plan structures, such as narrow networks or tiered networks, to encourage or require members to use in-network providers. In-network providers typically provide services through private third-party payers for a negotiated lower rate or other less favorable terms. Private third-party payers generally attempt to limit use of out-of-network providers by requiring members to pay higher copayment and/or deductible amounts for out-of-network care. Additionally, private third-party payers have become increasingly aggressive in attempting to minimize the use of out-of-network providers by disregarding the assignment of payment from members to out-of-network providers (i.e., sending payments directly to members instead of to out-of-network providers), capping out-of-network benefits payable to members, waiving out-of-pocket payment amounts and initiating litigation against out-of-network providers for interference with contractual relationships, insurance fraud and violation of state licensing and consumer protection laws. If we become out of network for insurers, our business could be harmed and our patient service revenue could be reduced because members could stop using our services.

If reimbursement rates paid by federal or state healthcare programs are reduced or if government payers otherwise restrain our ability to obtain or provide services to members, our business, financial condition and results of operation could be harmed.

A portion of our revenue comes from government healthcare programs, principally Medicare. Payments from federal and state government programs are subject to statutory and regulatory changes, administrative rulings, interpretations and determinations, requirements for utilization review and federal and state funding restrictions, each of which could increase or decrease program payments, as well as affect the cost of providing service to patients and the timing of payments to the One Medical PCs. We are unable to predict the effect of recent and future policy changes on our operations. In addition, the uncertainty and fiscal pressures placed upon federal and state governments as a result of, among other things, deterioration in general economic conditions and the funding requirements from the federal healthcare reform legislation, may affect the availability of taxpayer funds for Medicare and Medicaid programs. Changes in government healthcare programs may reduce the reimbursement we receive and could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

As federal healthcare expenditures continue to increase, and state governments continue to face budgetary shortfalls, federal and state governments have made, and continue to make, significant changes in the Medicare and Medicaid programs. These changes include reductions in reimbursement levels and to new or modified demonstration projects authorized pursuant to Medicaid waivers. Some of these changes have decreased, or could decrease, the amount of money we receive for our services relating to these programs. In some cases, private third-party payers rely on all or portions of Medicare payment systems to determine payment rates. Changes to government healthcare programs that reduce payments under these programs may negatively impact payments from private third-party payers.

We are subject to comprehensive laws and rules governing billing and payment, noncompliance with which could result in non-payment or recoupment of overpayments for our services or other sanctions.

Payers typically have differing and complex billing and documentation requirements. If we fail to comply with these payer-specific requirements, we may not be paid for our services or payment may be substantially delayed or reduced.

 

29


Table of Contents

Numerous state and federal laws also apply to our claims for payment, including but not limited to (i) “coordination of benefits” rules that dictate which payer must be billed first when a patient has coverage from multiple payers, (ii) requirements that overpayments be refunded within a specified period of time, (iii) “reassignment” rules governing the ability to bill and collect professional fees on behalf of other providers, (iv) requirements that electronic claims for payment be submitted using certain standardized transaction codes and formats, and (v) laws requiring all health and financial information of patients in a manner that complies with applicable security and privacy standards.

Both Medicare and commercial payers carefully monitor compliance with these and other applicable rules. Our failure to comply with these rules could result in our obligation to refund amounts previously paid for such services or non-payment for our services, in addition to other civil or criminal sanctions.

We may become subject to billing or other compliance investigations by government authorities, private insurers or health network partners.

Federal and state laws, rules and regulations impose substantial penalties, including criminal and civil fines, monetary penalties, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs and imprisonment, on entities or individuals (including any individual corporate officers or physicians deemed responsible) that fraudulently or wrongfully bill government-funded programs or other third-party payers for healthcare services. Both federal and state government agencies have heightened and coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies, as well as their executives and managers, with enforcement actions covering a variety of topics, including referral and billing practices. Further, the federal False Claims Act and a growing number of state laws allow private parties to bring qui tam or “whistleblower” lawsuits against companies for false billing violations. Some of our activities could become the subject of governmental investigations or inquiries.

Governmental agencies and private insurers also conduct audits of healthcare providers. Such audits can result in repayment demands based on findings that our services were not medically necessary, were billed at an improper level or otherwise violated applicable billing requirements. Our health network partners also conduct audits under their agreements with us, which audits can also result in disgorgement of fees paid to us under such agreements based on findings that our services were not performed in accordance with the applicable agreement or that we were otherwise not in compliance with any terms of the applicable agreement. Our failure to comply with rules related to billing or adverse findings from audits by our health network partners could result in, among other penalties, non-payment for services rendered or recoupments or refunds of amounts previously paid for such services.

Audits, inquiries and investigations from government agencies, private insurers and health network partners will occur from time to time in the ordinary course of our business, and could result in costs to us and a diversion of management’s time and attention. New regulations and heightened enforcement activity also could negatively affect our cost of doing business and our risk of becoming the subject of an audit or investigation. We cannot predict whether any future audits, inquiries or investigations, or the public disclosure of such matters, likely would negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and the trading price of our securities.

We operate in a competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively our business would be harmed.

The market for healthcare solutions and services is intensely competitive. We compete in a highly fragmented primary care market with direct and indirect competitors that offer varying levels of impact to key stakeholders such as consumers, employers, providers, and health networks. Our competitive success is contingent on our ability to simultaneously address the needs of key stakeholders efficiently and with superior outcomes at scale compared with competitors. We compete across various segments within the healthcare

 

30


Table of Contents

market, including with respect to traditional healthcare providers and medical practices, technology platforms, care management and coordination, digital health, telehealth and telemedicine and health information exchange. Competition in our market involves rapidly changing technologies, evolving regulatory requirements and industry expectations, frequent new product and service introductions and changes in customer requirements. If we are unable to keep pace with the evolving needs of our clients, members and partners and continue to develop and introduce new applications and services in a timely and efficient manner, demand for our solutions and services may be reduced and our business and results of operations would be harmed.

Our business and future growth are highly dependent on gaining new members and retaining existing members in both existing and target markets. However, the healthcare market is competitive, which could make it difficult for us to succeed. We currently face competition in the healthcare industry for our solutions and services from a range of companies and providers, including traditional healthcare providers and medical practices that offer similar services, often at lower prices, and that are continuing to develop additional products and becoming more sophisticated and effective. These competitors primarily include primary care providers who are employed by or affiliated with health networks. Our indirect competitors also include episodic consumer-driven point solutions such as telemedicine as well as urgent care providers, which may typically pay providers on a fee-for-service basis rather than a salary basis as we employ. In addition, large, well-financed health plans have in some cases developed their own health care or expert medical service tools and may provide these solutions to their customers at discounted prices. Generally, other hospitals and outpatient centers in the local communities we serve provide services similar to those we offer, and, in some cases, our competitors (1) are more established or newer than ours, (2) may offer a broader array of services or more desirable facilities to patients and providers than ours, and (3) may have larger or more specialized medical staffs to admit and refer patients, among other things. Furthermore, healthcare consumers are now able to access hospital performance data on quality measures and patient satisfaction, as well as standard charges for services, to compare competing providers; if any of the One Medical PCs achieve poor results (or results that are lower than our competitors’) on quality measures or patient satisfaction surveys, or if our standard charges are or are perceived to be higher than our competitors, we may attract fewer members. Additional quality measures and trends toward clinical or billing transparency, including recent price transparency proposals that would require third-party payers and hospitals to make their pricing information publicly available, may have a negative impact on our competitive position and patient volumes, as patients may prefer to use lower cost healthcare providers if they deliver services that are perceived to be similar in quality to ours. Finally, our enterprise clients or health network partners may elect to terminate their arrangements with us and enter into arrangements with our competitors, particularly in primary care. For example, our health network partners may wish to enter into competitor arrangements that are more favorable from a fee or price perspective or that provide greater exposure to, or volume of, patients. Competition from specialized providers, health plans, medical practices, digital health companies and other parties will result in continued member acquisition and patient visit and utilization volume pressure, which could negatively impact our revenue and market share.

Some of our competitors may have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and significantly greater resources than we do. Further, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater available resources. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements and may have the ability to initiate or withstand substantial price competition. In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and may in the future establish, cooperative relationships with vendors of complementary technologies or services to increase the availability of their solutions in the marketplace. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances may emerge that have greater market share, a larger member or patient base, more widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise, greater financial resources and larger sales forces than we have, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Our competitors could also be better positioned to serve certain segments of the healthcare market, which would limit our member and patient growth. In light of these factors, even if our solution is more effective than those of our competitors, current or potential members, health network partners and enterprise clients may accept competitive solutions in lieu of purchasing our solution. If we are unable to successfully compete in the healthcare market, our business would be harmed.

 

31


Table of Contents

In the future, we expect to encounter increased competition from system-affiliated hospitals and healthcare companies, as well as health insurers and private equity companies seeking to acquire providers, in specific geographic markets. We also face competition from specialty hospitals (some of which are physician-owned), primary care providers and affiliates of our health network partners and unaffiliated freestanding outpatient centers for market share in high margin services and for quality providers and personnel. In recent years, the number of freestanding specialty hospitals, surgery centers, emergency departments, urgent care centers and diagnostic imaging centers in the geographic areas in which we operate has increased significantly. Furthermore, some of the clinics and medical offices that compete with the One Medical PCs are owned by government agencies or not-for-profit organizations supported by endowments and charitable contributions and can finance capital expenditures and operations on a tax-exempt basis. In addition, in any geographic area, we may enter into an exclusive contractual arrangement with a single health network partner, which could allow competitors to contract with other health network partners in the same area and gain market share for potential patients. Competitors may also be better positioned to contract with leading health network partners in our target markets, including existing markets after our current contracts expire. If our competitors are better able to attract patients, contract with health network partners, recruit providers, expand services or obtain favorable managed care contracts at their facilities than we are, we may experience an overall decline in member volumes and net revenue.

Our future growth will also depend on our ability to enhance our solutions and services with next generation technologies and to develop or to acquire and market new services to access new patient populations. There is no guarantee that we will possess the resources, either financial or personnel, for the research, design and development of new applications or services, or that we will be able to utilize these resources successfully and avoid technological or market obsolescence. Further, there can be no assurance that technological advances by one or more of our competitors or future competitors will not result in our present or future applications and services becoming uncompetitive or obsolete.

We may not grow at the rates we historically have achieved or at all, even if our key metrics may imply future growth, including if we are unable to successfully execute on our growth initiatives and business strategies, which could have a negative impact on the market price of our common stock.

We have experienced significant growth in our recent history. We are continually executing a number of growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans designed to enhance our business. For example, we are expanding our strategic relationships with health network partners to build integrated delivery networks for broad access to their networks of specialists and hospitals. The anticipated benefits from these efforts are based on several assumptions that may prove to be inaccurate. Moreover, we may not be able to successfully complete these growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans and realize all of the benefits, including growth targets and cost savings, that we expect to achieve, or it may be more costly to do so than we anticipate.

Future revenue may not grow at these same rates or may decline. Our future growth will depend, in part, on our ability to grow consumer and enterprise members in existing markets, expand into new markets, expand our services offering and grow our health network partnership. We can provide no assurances that we will be successful in executing on these growth strategies or that, even if our key metrics would indicate future growth, we will continue to grow our revenue or to generate net income. Our ability to maintain our current membership levels and patient visits and our existing health network partners and enterprise client relationships and to expand our customer and member base depends on, among other things, the attractiveness of our services relative to those offered by our competitors, our ability to demonstrate the value of our existing and future services, and our ability to attract and retain a sufficient number of qualified sales and marketing leadership and support personnel. A variety of risks could cause us not to realize some or all of these growth plans and benefits. These risks include, among others, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to such growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans, increased difficulty and cost in implementing these efforts, including difficulties in complying with new regulatory requirements and the incurrence of other unexpected costs associated with operating the business. Moreover, our continued implementation of these programs may disrupt our operations

 

32


Table of Contents

and performance. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will realize these benefits. If, for any reason, the benefits we realize are less than our estimates or the implementation of these growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans negatively impact our operations or cost more or take longer to effectuate than we expect, or if our assumptions prove inaccurate, our business may be harmed.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our expenses could increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase proportionally or at all, and we may be unable to implement our business strategy.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, which puts strain on our business, operations and employees. For example, we grew from 1,341 employees as of December 31, 2018 to 1,600 employees as of September 30, 2019. We have also increased our customer and membership bases significantly over the past two years. We anticipate that our operations will continue to rapidly expand. To manage our current and anticipated future growth effectively, we must continue to maintain and enhance our IT infrastructure, financial and accounting systems and controls. In particular, in order for our providers to provide quality healthcare services and longitudinal care to patients and avoid burn-out, we need to provide them with adequate IT and technology support, which requires sufficient staffing for these areas. In addition, as we expand in existing markets and move into new markets, we will need to attract and retain an increasing number of quality healthcare professionals and providers. Failure to retain a sufficient number of providers may result in overworking of existing personnel leading to burn-out or poor quality of healthcare services. In addition, our strategy is to provide longitudinal care to members and patients, which requires substantial time and attention from our providers. We must also attract, train and retain a significant number of qualified sales and marketing personnel, customer support personnel, professional services personnel, software engineers, technical personnel and management personnel, and the availability of such personnel, in particular software engineers, may be constrained.

A key aspect to managing our growth is our ability to scale our capabilities to implement our solutions and services satisfactorily with respect to both large and demanding enterprise clients and health network partners as well as individual consumers. Large clients and partners often require specific features or functions unique to their membership base, which, at a time of significant growth or during periods of high demand, may strain our implementation capacity and hinder our ability to successfully provide our services to our clients and partners in a timely manner. We may also need to make further investments in our technology to decrease our costs. If we are unable to address the needs of our clients, partners or members, or our clients, partners or members are unsatisfied with the quality of our solutions or services, they may not renew their contracts or memberships, seek to cancel or terminate their relationship with us or renew on less favorable terms, any of which could harm our business and results of operations.

Failure to effectively manage our growth could also lead us to over-invest or under-invest in development and operations, result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems or controls, give rise to operational mistakes, financial losses, loss of productivity or business opportunities and result in loss of employees and reduced productivity of remaining employees. Our growth is expected to require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects such as the development of new applications and services. In particular, as we enter new markets or seek to expand our presence in existing markets, we will need to lease medical office space, acquire medical equipment, furnish our medical offices and incur related expenses. This process can be lengthy and cost-intensive, and we may encounter difficulties or unanticipated issues during the process of opening such new medical offices. There can be no assurance that we will be able to open our planned new medical offices, in existing or new markets, within our operating budgets and planned timelines, or at all. Cost overruns in the process of opening new offices can result in higher than expected cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, and operating expenses as compared to revenue in the applicable quarter. In addition, there can be no assurance that new medical offices will operate efficiently or be strategically placed to attract the optimal number of patients. If an office is underperforming for any reason, we could incur additional costs to relocate or shut down that office. Further, as we expand in existing markets or to new markets and make related upfront capital expenditures, including to lease or build new clinics and staff providers with those clinics,

 

33


Table of Contents

our margins may be reduced during those periods as we will not recognize patient revenue until those clinics open and begin receiving patients. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase or may grow more slowly than expected and we may be unable to implement our business strategy. The quality of our services may also suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation and harm our ability to attract and retain members and clients.

It is essential to our ongoing business that we attract and retain an appropriate number of quality primary care providers to support our services and that we maintain good relations with those providers.

The success of our business depends in significant part on the number, quality, specialties and admitting and scheduling practices of the licensed providers who have been admitted to the medical staffs of the One Medical PCs, as well as providers who affiliate with us and use the One Medical PCs as an extension of their practices. Members of the medical staffs of the One Medical PCs are free to terminate their association at any time. In addition, although providers who own interests in the One Medical PCs are generally subject to agreements restricting them from owning an interest in competitive facilities or transferring their ownership interests in the One Medical PCs without our consent, we may not learn of, or be unsuccessful in preventing, our provider partners from acquiring interests in competitive facilities or making transfers without our consent. Moreover, in certain states in which we operate, non-competition and other restrictive covenants may be limited in their enforceability, particularly against physicians and providers. For example, California, our largest market as of September 30, 2019, is particularly strict with the limitations that may be imposed by non-competition agreements.

If we are unable to recruit and retain board-certified providers and other healthcare professionals, our business and results of operations could be harmed and our ability to grow could be impaired. In any particular market, providers could demand higher payments or take other actions that could result in higher medical costs, less attractive service for our members or difficulty meeting regulatory or accreditation requirements. Our ability to develop and maintain satisfactory relationships with providers also may be negatively impacted by other factors not associated with us, such as changes in Medicare and/or Medicaid reimbursement levels and other pressures on healthcare providers and consolidation activity among hospitals, provider groups and healthcare providers.

We expect to encounter increased competition from health insurers and private equity companies seeking to acquire providers in the markets where we operate practices and, where permitted by law, employ providers. In some of our markets, provider recruitment and retention are affected by a shortage of providers and the difficulties that providers can experience in obtaining affordable malpractice insurance or finding insurers willing to provide such insurance. Providers may also leave the One Medical PCs or perceive them as providing a poor quality of life if the One Medical PCs do not adequately manage causes of provider burnout and workload, some of which we have little to no control over under the ASAs. Our business is dependent on providing longitudinal and long-term care for members, including through our digital health and virtual care solutions. This model requires providers to consistently follow members over time, track overall long-term health and be available 24/7 for virtual care questions and services. If we are unable to efficiently manage provider workload and capacity to provide longitudinal and long-term care, our providers may depart and our patients may experience lower quality of care, which would harm our business. Furthermore, our ability to recruit and employ providers is closely regulated. For example, the types, amount and duration of compensation and assistance we can provide to recruited providers are limited by the Stark law, the Anti-kickback Statute, state anti-kickback statutes and related regulations. If we are unable to attract and retain sufficient numbers of quality providers by providing adequate support personnel, technologically advanced equipment and facilities that meet the needs of those providers and their patients, memberships and patient visits may decrease, our enterprise clients may alter or terminate their membership contracts with us and our operating performance may decline.

 

34


Table of Contents

We incur significant upfront costs in our enterprise client and health network partner relationships, and if we are unable to maintain and grow these relationships over time, we are likely to fail to recover these costs, which could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business model and growth depends heavily on achieving economies of scale because our initial upfront investment for any enterprise client or health network partner is costly and the associated revenue is recognized on a ratable basis. We devote significant resources to establishing relationships with our clients and partners and implementing our solutions and services. This is particularly so in the case of large enterprises that, to date, have contributed a large portion of our membership base and revenue as well as health network partners, who often require specific features or functions unique to their particular processes or under the terms of their contracts with us, including significant systems integration and interoperability undertakings. Accordingly, our results of operations will depend in substantial part on our ability to deliver a successful experience for these clients and related members and partners to persuade our clients and partners to maintain and grow their relationship with us over time. Additionally, as our business is growing significantly, our new customer and partner acquisition costs could outpace our revenue growth and we may be unable to reduce our total operating costs through economies of scale such that we are unable to achieve profitability. If we fail to achieve appropriate economies of scale or if we fail to manage or anticipate the evolution and in future periods, demand of our clients and partners, our business may be harmed.

If our existing enterprise clients and health network partners do not continue or renew their contracts with us or renew at lower fee levels or upon unfavorable contract terms, it could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We expect to derive a significant portion of our revenue from existing enterprise client and health network partner contracts. As a result, continuation of our contracts with existing enterprise clients and health network partners is critical to our future business, revenue growth and results of operations. Factors that may affect our ability to maintain existing contracts include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

member satisfaction with our solution and services, including maintenance of a high NPS;

 

   

performance and functionality of our services;

 

   

the availability, price, performance and functionality of competing solutions and services;

 

   

our ability to develop and provide complementary services to existing members, including addition of employee dependents at enterprise clients;

 

   

the stability, performance and security of our technology infrastructure and services;

 

   

changes in healthcare laws, regulations or trends;

 

   

any governmental investigations or inquiries into or challenges to our relationships with health network partners; and

 

   

the business environment of our enterprise clients and health network partners and, in particular, headcount reductions by such entities.

We enter into contractual arrangements with our enterprise clients and health network partners. Most of our enterprise clients and health network partners have no obligation to renew their agreements with us after the initial term expires. In addition, our health network partners and enterprise clients may negotiate terms less advantageous to us upon renewal, which may reduce our revenue from these entities. If our health network partners or enterprise clients fail to renew their contracts, renew their contracts upon less favorable terms or at lower fee levels or fail to purchase new solutions and services from us, our revenue may decline or our future revenue growth may be constrained. In addition, our health network partner and enterprise client contracts generally allow partners to terminate such agreements for cause. If a partner or customer terminates its contract early and revenue and cash flows expected from a partner or enterprise client are not realized in the time period expected or not realized at all, our business could be harmed.

 

35


Table of Contents

Our marketing cycle can be long and unpredictable and requires considerable time and expense, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate.

The marketing cycle for our solutions and services from initial contact with a potential enterprise client or health network partner to contract execution and implementation varies widely by enterprise client or partner. Some of our partners undertake a significant and prolonged evaluation process, including to determine whether our solutions and services meet their unique healthcare needs, which evaluation can be complex given the size and scale of our clients and partners. Our contractual arrangements with our health network partners are often highly specific to each partner depending on their needs, the characteristics and patient demographics of the market they serve, their growth plans and their operations, among other things. As a result, our marketing efforts to any new health network partner must be tailored to meet its specific strategic demands, which can be time consuming and require significant upfront cost. These efforts also must address interoperability between our IT infrastructure and systems and such partner’s systems, which can result in substantial cost without any assurance that we will ultimately enter into a contractual arrangement with any such partner.

Our large enterprise clients often initially restrict direct access by us to their employees to curb information overflow. As a result, we may not be able to directly market our solutions and services to, and educate, employees at our enterprise clients until much later after execution of an agreement with such clients. This can result in limited membership acquisition at any such enterprise client for a significant period of time following contract execution, and there can be no assurance that we are able to gain sufficient membership acquisition to justify our upfront investments. Further, even after contract execution with a particular enterprise client, we generally compete with other health service providers who market to the same employees at such customer, and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in our marketing and employee education efforts to win members from other competing services, many of which are considered more traditional healthcare models that employees are more familiar with. If our sales cycle lengthens or our substantial upfront sales and implementation investments do not result in sufficient sales to justify our investments, it could harm our business.

We also incur significant marketing costs to grow awareness of our solution and services in both existing markets and new geographic markets for potential new members. Our marketing efforts for member acquisition are dependent in part on word of mouth, which may take substantial time to spread. In addition, for both new and existing geographic markets, we will need to continuously open medical offices in targeted locations to build awareness, which is both time-intensive and requires substantial upfront fixed costs.

If we are unable to successfully market our solutions and services in existing and new geographic locations as well as to potential members at our existing and new enterprise clients, it could harm our business and results of operations.

We could experience losses or liability, including medical liability claims, causing us to incur significant expenses and requiring us to pay significant damages if not covered by insurance.

Our business entails the risk of medical liability claims against both the One Medical PCs and us, and we have in the past been subject to such claims in the ordinary course of business. Although the One Medical PCs carry insurance covering medical malpractice claims in amounts that we believe are appropriate in light of the risks attendant to our business, successful medical liability claims could result in substantial damage awards that exceed the limits of the One Medical PCs’ insurance coverage. Each One Medical PC carries professional liability insurance for itself and each of its healthcare professionals and a general insurance policy, which covers medical malpractice claims. Professional liability insurance is expensive and insurance premiums may increase significantly in the future, particularly as we expand our services. As a result, adequate professional liability insurance may not be available to our providers or to us in the future at acceptable costs or at all. Any claims made against us that are not fully covered by insurance could be costly to defend against, result in substantial damage awards against us and divert the attention of our management and our providers from our operations, which could harm our business. In addition, any claims may significantly harm our business or reputation.

 

36


Table of Contents

In addition, our business exposes us to risks that are inherent in the provision of health care. If members, clients or partners assert liability claims against us, any ensuing litigation, regardless of outcome, could result in a substantial cost to us, divert management’s attention from operations, and decrease market acceptance of our solutions and services. We do not control the providers and other healthcare professionals at the One Medical PCs with respect to the practice of medicine and the provision of healthcare services. While we seek to attract high quality professionals, the risk of liability, including through unexpected medical outcomes, is inherent in the healthcare industry, and negative outcomes may result for any of our members. We attempt to limit our liability to members, clients and partners by contract; however, the limitations of liability set forth in the contracts may not be enforceable or may not otherwise protect us from liability for damages. Additionally, we may be subject to claims that are not explicitly covered by such contractual limits.

We also maintain general liability coverage for certain risks, claims and litigation proceedings. However, this coverage may not continue to be available on acceptable terms, may not be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims against us, and may include larger self-insured retentions or exclusions. In addition, the insurer might disclaim coverage as to any future claim. Any liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could also result in an increase of our insurance premiums, and insurance coverage would also not address any reputational damage from a claim. Further, even unsuccessful claims could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources. A successful claim not fully covered by our insurance could have a negative impact on our liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations.

Current or future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend.

We are subject, and in the future may become subject from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business such as claims brought by our members, clients or partners in connection with commercial disputes, consumer class action claims, employment claims made by our current or former employees or other litigation matters. In particular, as we grow our base of consumer members, we may be subject to an increasing number of consumer claims, disputes and class action complaints, including an ongoing claim alleging misrepresentations with respect to membership fee requirements for our healthcare services. While our membership terms generally require individual arbitration, there can be no assurance that such terms will be enforced, which may result in costly class action litigation. Litigation may result in substantial costs, settlement and judgments and may divert management’s attention and resources, which may substantially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Insurance may not cover such claims, may not provide sufficient payments to cover all of the costs to resolve one or more such claims and may not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the market price of our common stock.

We rely on internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, other third parties and our own systems to provide a proprietary services platform to our members and clients, and any failure or interruption in the services provided by these third parties or our own systems could expose us to litigation and hurt our reputation and relationships with members and clients.

Our ability to maintain our proprietary services platform, including our digital health services, is dependent on the development and maintenance of the infrastructure of the internet and other telecommunications services by third parties. This includes maintenance of a reliable network connection with the necessary speed, data capacity and security for providing reliable internet access and services and reliable telephone and facsimile services. Our platform is designed to operate without perceptible interruption in accordance with our service level commitments.

We have, however, experienced limited interruptions in these systems in the past, including server failures that temporarily slow down the performance of our platform, and we may experience similar or more significant interruptions in the future. We rely on internal systems as well as third-party suppliers, including bandwidth and

 

37


Table of Contents

telecommunications equipment providers, to maintain our platform and related services. We do not currently maintain redundant systems or facilities for some of these services. Interruptions in these systems or services, whether due to system failures, cyber incidents, physical or electronic break-ins or other events, could affect the security or availability of our platform or services and prevent or inhibit the ability of our members to access our platform or services. In the event of a catastrophic event with respect to one or more of these systems or facilities, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which could result in substantial costs to remedy those problems or harm our relationship with our members and our business.

Additionally, any disruption in the network access, telecommunications or co-location services provided by third-party providers or any failure of or by third-party providers’ systems or our own systems to handle current or higher volume of use could significantly harm our business. We exercise limited control over our third-party suppliers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with services they provide. Any errors, failures, interruptions or delays experienced in connection with these third-party technologies and information services or our own systems could hurt our relationships with health network partners, enterprise clients and members and expose us to third-party liabilities.

The reliability and performance of our internet connection may be harmed by increased usage or by denial-of-service attacks or related cyber incidents. The services of other companies delivered through the internet have experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damages to portions of the internet’s infrastructure, and such outages and delays could affect our systems and services in the future. These outages and delays could reduce the level of internet usage as well as the availability of the internet to us for delivery of our internet-based services. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We rely on third-party vendors to host and maintain our technology platform.

We rely on third-party vendors to host and maintain our technology platform. Our ability to offer our solutions and services and operate our business is dependent on maintaining our relationships with third-party vendors and entering into new relationships to meet the changing needs of our business. Any deterioration in our relationships with such vendors or our failure to enter into agreements with vendors in the future could harm our business and our ability to pursue our growth strategy. Because of the large amount of data that we collect and manage, it is possible that, despite precautions taken at our vendors’ facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster, cyber incident, decision to close the facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems could result in our non-compliance with privacy laws and regulations, loss of proprietary or personally identifiable information, or PII, and in lengthy interruptions in our service. These service interruptions could also cause our platform to be unavailable to our health network partners, enterprise clients and members, and impair our ability to deliver solutions and services and to manage our relationships with new and existing health network partners, enterprise clients and members.

If our third-party vendors are unable or unwilling to provide the services necessary to support our business, or if our agreements with such vendors are terminated, our operations could be significantly disrupted. Some of our vendor agreements may be unilaterally terminated by the licensor for convenience, including with respect to Amazon Web Services, and if such agreements are terminated, we may not be able to enter into similar relationships in the future on reasonable terms or at all. We may also incur substantial costs, delays and disruptions to our business in transitioning such services to ourselves or other third-party vendors. In addition, third-party vendors may not be able to provide the services required in order to meet the changing needs of our business. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

38


Table of Contents

If our or our vendors’ security measures fail or are breached and unauthorized access to our employees’, contractors’, members’, clients’ or partners’ data is obtained, our services may be perceived as insecure, we may incur significant liabilities, including through private litigation or regulatory action, our reputation may be harmed, and we could lose members, clients and partners.

Our services and operations involve the storage and transmission of health network partners’ and our members’ proprietary information, sensitive or confidential data, including valuable intellectual property and personal information of employees, contractors, clients, customers, members and others, as well as the protected health information, or PHI, of our members. Because of the extreme sensitivity of the information we store and transmit, the security features of our and our third-party vendors’ computer, network, and communications systems infrastructure are critical to the success of our business. A breach or failure of our or our third-party vendors’ security measures could result from a variety of circumstances and events, including third-party action, employee negligence or error, malfeasance, computer viruses, cyber-attacks by computer hackers, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software and databases, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, user errors, or catastrophic events. Information security risks have generally increased in recent years because of the proliferation of new technologies and the increased number, sophistication and activities of perpetrators of cyber-attacks. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to further enhance our information security measures and/or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. If our or our third-party vendors’ security measures fail or are breached, it could result in unauthorized access to sensitive patient or member data (including PHI) or other personal information of employees, contractors, clients, members or others, a loss of or damage to our data, an inability to access data sources, or process data or provide our services to our members, health network partners and enterprise clients. Such failures or breaches of our or our third-party vendors’ security measures, or our or our third-party vendors’ inability to effectively resolve such failures or breaches in a timely manner, could severely damage our reputation, adversely impact customer, partner, member or investor confidence in us, and reduce the demand for our solutions and services. In addition, we could face litigation, significant damages for contract breach or other breaches of law, significant monetary penalties, or regulatory actions for violation of applicable laws or regulations, and incur significant costs for remedial measures to prevent future occurrences and mitigate past violations. Although we maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and in any event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from a security incident.

We or our third-party vendors may experience cybersecurity and other breach incidents that remain undetected for an extended period. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched, we or our third-party vendors may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our or our third-party vendors’ security occurs, or if we or our third-party vendors are unable to effectively resolve such breaches in a timely manner, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose current and potential members, partners and clients, which could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our proprietary software may not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to claims against us or divert application of our resources from other purposes, any of which could harm our business.

Our proprietary technology platform provides members with the ability to, among other things, register for our services, request a visit (either scheduled or on demand) and communicate and interact with providers, and allows our providers to, among other things, chart patient notes, maintain medical records, and conduct visits (via video, phone or the internet). Proprietary software development is time-consuming, expensive and complex, and may involve unforeseen difficulties. We may encounter technical obstacles, and it is possible that we may discover additional problems that prevent our proprietary software from operating properly. We are currently implementing software with respect to a number of new applications and services. If our solutions do not

 

39


Table of Contents

function reliably or fail to achieve member, partner or client expectations in terms of performance, we may lose or fail to grow member usage, members, partners and clients could assert liability claims against us, and partners and clients may attempt to cancel their contracts with us. This could damage our reputation and impair our ability to attract or maintain health network partners, enterprise clients and members.

The information that we provide to our health network partners, enterprise clients and members could be inaccurate or incomplete, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We provide healthcare-related information for use by our health network partners, enterprise clients and members. Because data in the healthcare industry is fragmented in origin, inconsistent in format and often incomplete, the overall quality of data in the healthcare industry is poor, and we frequently discover data issues and errors. If the data that we provide to our health network partners, enterprise clients and members are incorrect or incomplete or if we make mistakes in the capture or input of these data, our reputation may suffer and our ability to attract and retain health network partners, enterprise clients and members may be harmed. In addition, a court or government agency may take the position that our storage and display of health information exposes us to personal injury liability or other liability for wrongful delivery or handling of healthcare services or erroneous health information, which could harm our business.

If we cannot implement our technology solutions for members, integrate our systems with health network partners or resolve technical issues in a timely manner, we may lose clients and partners and our reputation may be harmed.

Our health network partners utilize a variety of data formats, applications, systems and infrastructure. Moreover, each health network partner may have a unique technology ecosystem and infrastructure. To maintain our strategic relationships with such partners, our solutions and services must be seamlessly integrated and interoperable with our partners’ complex systems, which may cause us to incur significant upfront and maintenance costs. Additionally, we do not control our partners’ integration schedules. As a result, if our partners do not allocate the internal resources necessary to meet their integration responsibilities, which resources can be significant as many of them are large healthcare institutions with substantial operations to manage, or if we face unanticipated integration difficulties, the integration may be delayed. In addition, competitors with more efficient operating models with lower integration costs could jeopardize our partner relationships. If the integration process with our partners is not executed successfully or if execution is delayed, we could incur significant costs, partners could become dissatisfied and decide not to continue a strategic contractual relationship with us beyond an initial period during their term commitment or, in some cases, revenue recognition could be delayed, any of which could harm our business and results of operations.

Our members depend on our technology solutions, digital health platform, including our mobile app, and support services to access on-demand digital health services or schedule in-office visits. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate increases in member demand for support services, particularly as we increase the size of our membership base. We also may be unable to modify the format of our technology solutions and support services to compete with changes in such solutions and services provided by competitors. If we are unable to address members’ needs or preferences in a timely fashion or further develop and enhance our technology solutions, or if members are not satisfied with the quality of work performed by us or with the technical support services rendered, then we could incur additional costs to redress the situation, and our business may be impaired and members’ and clients’ dissatisfaction with our technology solutions could damage our ability to maintain or expand our membership base. While we have not issued refunds or credits for membership fees for these reasons, and historically any refunds or credits issued have not had a significant impact on net revenue, there can be no assurance as to whether we may need to issue additional refunds or credits for membership fees in the future as a result of member dissatisfaction. For example, our members expect on-demand healthcare services through our mobile app and rapid in-office visit scheduling. Failure to maintain these standards may reduce our overall NPS, harm our reputation and cause us to lose members. Moreover, negative publicity related to our technology solutions, regardless of its accuracy, may further damage our business by affecting our reputation, NPS or ability to compete for new members and enterprise clients. If our

 

40


Table of Contents

technology solutions or support services are perceived as subpar or if we fail to meet the standards requested or preferred by our members, we may lose current and potential members, and our enterprise clients may terminate or decide not to renew their contracts with us. In addition, our enterprise clients expect our technology solutions to facilitate long-term cost of care reductions through high employee digital engagement, which we market as potential benefits for employers in providing employees with memberships for our solutions and services. If employers do not perceive our solutions and services as providing such efficiencies and cost savings, they may terminate their contracts with us or elect not to renew. Any such outcomes could also negatively affect our ability to contract with new enterprise clients through damage to our reputation. If any of these were to occur, our revenue may decline and our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be harmed.

Our use and disclosure of PII, including PHI, is subject to federal and state privacy and security regulations, and our failure to comply with those regulations or to adequately secure such information we hold could result in significant liability or reputational harm and, in turn, substantial harm to our health network partner and enterprise client base, membership base and revenue.

We receive, store, process and use personal information as part of our business. Numerous state and federal laws and regulations inside the United States govern the collection, dissemination, use, privacy, confidentiality, security, availability and integrity of PII including PHI. These laws and regulations include HIPAA, as amended by the HITECH Act, and their implementing regulations. As well as state privacy and data protection laws. HIPAA establishes a set of basic national privacy and security standards for the protection of PHI, by health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, referred to as covered entities, which includes the One Medical PCs, and the business associates with whom such covered entities contract for services that involve the use or disclosure of PHI, which includes us. States may enforce more stringent privacy and data protection laws exceeding the requirements of HIPAA. Compliance with data protection laws and regulations in the United States could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices and compliance procedures in a manner adverse to our business. We strive to comply with applicable laws, regulations, policies and other legal obligations relating to privacy, data protection and information security. However, the various regulatory frameworks for privacy and data protection is, and is likely to remain, uncertain for the foreseeable future, and it is possible that these or other actual or alleged obligations may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules and subject our business practices to uncertainty.

HIPAA requires healthcare providers like us to develop and maintain policies and procedures with respect to PHI that is used or disclosed, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information. HIPAA also implemented the use of standard transaction code sets and standard identifiers that covered entities must use when submitting or receiving certain electronic healthcare transactions, including activities associated with the billing and collection of healthcare claims.

Penalties for violations of these laws vary. For example, penalties for violations of HIPAA and its implementing regulations start at $114 per violation and are not to exceed $57,051 per violation, subject to a cap of $1.7 million for violations of the same standard in a single calendar year (as of 2019, and subject to periodic adjustments for inflation). However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards, which could result in significant fines. HIPAA also authorizes state attorneys general to file suit on behalf of their residents. Courts will be able to award damages, costs and attorneys’ fees related to violations of HIPAA in such cases, which may be significant. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action allowing individuals to sue us in civil court for violations of HIPAA, its standards have been used as the basis for duty of care in state civil suits such as those for negligence or recklessness in the misuse or breach of PHI. Any such penalties or lawsuits could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, HIPAA mandates that the Secretary of Health and Human Services, or HHS, conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities or business associates for compliance with the HIPAA Privacy and Security Standards and Breach Notification Rule. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the civil monetary penalty fine or settlement paid by the violator.

 

41


Table of Contents

HIPAA further requires that patients be notified of any unauthorized acquisition, access, use or disclosure of their unsecured PHI that compromises the privacy or security of such information, with certain exceptions related to unintentional or inadvertent use or disclosure by employees or authorized individuals or where there is a good faith belief that the person who received the impermissible disclosure would not have been able to retain the information. HIPAA specifies that such notifications must be made “without unreasonable delay and in no case later than 60 calendar days after discovery of the breach.” If a breach affects 500 patients or more, it must be reported to HHS without unreasonable delay, and HHS will post the name of the breaching entity on its public web site. Breaches affecting 500 patients or more in the same state or jurisdiction must also be reported to the local media. If a breach involves fewer than 500 people, the covered entity must record it in a log and notify HHS at least annually. Any such notifications, including notifications to the public, could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects

Numerous other federal and state laws protect the confidentiality, privacy, availability, integrity and security of PII, including PHI. For example, various states, such as California and Massachusetts, have implemented privacy laws and regulations that in many cases are more restrictive than, and may not be preempted by, the HIPAA rules and may be subject to varying interpretations by courts and government agencies, creating complex compliance issues for us and our health network partners and enterprise clients and potentially exposing us to additional expense, adverse publicity and liability.

Further, as regulatory focus on privacy issues continues to increase, new laws and regulations, including health information standards, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, congressional action or otherwise, could have a significant effect on the manner in which we must handle healthcare-related data, and the cost of complying with standards could be significant and may include providing enhanced data security infrastructure. If we do not comply with existing or new laws and regulations related to PHI, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions, as well as reputational harm.

Because of the extreme sensitivity of the PII we store and transmit, the security features of our technology platform are very important. If our security measures, some of which are managed by third parties, are breached or fail, unauthorized persons may be able to obtain access to sensitive employee, contractor, patient and member data, including HIPAA-regulated PHI. As a result, our reputation could be severely damaged, harming patient and member confidence. Members may curtail their use of or stop using our services or our member base could decrease, which would cause our business to suffer. In addition, we could face litigation, significant damages for contract breach, significant penalties and regulatory actions for violation of HIPAA and other applicable laws or regulations and significant costs for remediation, notification to individuals and the public and measures to prevent future occurrences. Any potential security breach could also result in increased costs associated with liability for stolen assets or information, repairing system damage that may have been caused by such breaches, remediation offered to employees, contractors, health network partners, enterprise clients or members in an effort to maintain our business relationships after a breach and implementing measures to prevent future occurrences, including organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees and engaging third-party experts and consultants. While we maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and in any event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from a security incident. In addition, we might not continue to be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at an acceptable cost.

We outsource important aspects of the storage and transmission of patient and member information, and thus rely on third parties to manage functions that have material cybersecurity risks. We attempt to address these risks by requiring outsourcing subcontractors who handle patient and member information to sign information protection addenda and business associate agreements contractually requiring those subcontractors to adequately safeguard PII, including PHI, to the same extent that applies to us and in some cases by requiring such outsourcing subcontractors to undergo third-party security examinations. In addition, we periodically hire third-party security experts to assess and test our security posture. However, we cannot assure that these contractual

 

42


Table of Contents

measures and other safeguards will adequately protect us from the risks associated with the storage and transmission of employees’, contractors’, patients’ and members’ proprietary information, PII and PHI.

We also publish statements to our members that describe how we handle and protect personal information. If federal or state regulatory authorities or private litigants consider any portion of these statements to be untrue, we may be subject to claims of misrepresentation and/or deceptive practices, which could lead to significant liabilities and consequences, including, without limitation, significant costs of responding to investigations, defending against litigation, settling claims and complying with regulatory or court orders.

We also expect that there will continue to be new laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security proposed and enacted in various jurisdictions. For example, California recently enacted legislation, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, or the CCPA, that will afford consumers expanded privacy protections when it goes into effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA was recently amended, and it is possible that it will be amended again before it goes into effect. The potential effects of this legislation are far-reaching and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply. For example, the CCPA gives California residents expanded rights to access and require deletion of their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. Failure to comply with the CCPA may result in attorney general enforcement action and damage to our reputation. The CCPA also provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that may increase data breach litigation.

Additionally, if third parties we work with, such as vendors or developers, violate applicable laws or regulations or our policies, such violations may cause us to incur significant liability and may also put our users’ content at risk, any of which could in turn harm our business. Any significant change to applicable laws, regulations or industry practices regarding the collection, use, retention, security or disclosure of our users’ content, or regarding the manner in which the express or implied consent of users for the collection, use, retention or disclosure of such content is obtained, could increase our costs and require us to modify our services and features, possibly in a material manner, which we may be unable to complete and may limit our ability to store and process user data, optimize our operations or develop new services and features. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Individuals may claim our text messaging services are not compliant with applicable law, including the Telephone Consumer Protection Act.

We send short message service, or SMS, text messages to potential members who are eligible to use our service, including through certain clients. While we obtain consent from these individuals to send text messages, federal or state regulatory authorities or private litigants may claim that the notices and disclosures we provide, form of consents we obtain or our SMS texting practices are not adequate or violate applicable law. These SMS texting campaigns are potential sources of risk for class action lawsuits and liability for our company. Numerous class-action suits under federal and state laws have been filed in recent years against companies who conduct SMS texting programs, with many resulting in multi-million-dollar settlements to the plaintiffs. Any future such litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend. In addition, we must ensure that our SMS text messaging complies with regulations and agency guidance under the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or TCPA, a federal statute that protects consumers from unwanted telephone calls, faxes and text messages. While we strive to adhere to strict policies and procedures, the Federal Communications Commission, as the agency that implements and enforces the TCPA, may disagree with our interpretation of the TCPA and subject us to penalties and other consequences for noncompliance. Determination by a court or regulatory agency that our SMS text messaging violates the TCPA could subject us to civil penalties, could require us to change some portions of our business and could otherwise harm our business. Even an unsuccessful challenge by members, clients or regulatory authorities of our activities could result in adverse publicity and could require a costly response from and defense by us.

 

43


Table of Contents

Our labor costs could be negatively impacted by competition for staffing, the shortage of experienced nurses and labor union activity.

The operations of the One Medical PCs are dependent on the efforts, abilities and experience of our management and medical support personnel, including nurses, therapists, and lab technicians, as well as our providers. We compete with other healthcare providers in recruiting and retaining employees, and, like others in the healthcare industry, we continue to experience a shortage of nurses in certain disciplines and geographic areas. As a result, from time to time, we may be required to enhance wages and benefits to recruit and retain experienced employees, make greater investments in education and training for newly licensed medical support personnel, or hire more expensive temporary or contract employees. Furthermore, state-mandated nurse-staffing ratios in California affect not only our labor costs, but, if we are unable to hire the necessary number of experienced nurses to meet the required ratios, they may also cause us to limit patient volumes, which would have a corresponding negative impact on our net revenue. In addition, while none of our employees are represented by a labor union as of September 30, 2019, our employees may seek to be represented by a labor union in the future. If some or all of our employees were to become unionized, it could increase labor costs. In general, our failure to recruit and retain qualified management, experienced nurses and other medical support personnel, or to control labor costs, could harm our business.

Certain U.S. state tax authorities may assert that we have a state nexus and seek to impose state and local income taxes which could harm our results of operations.

As of September 30, 2019, we are qualified to operate in, and file income tax returns in, ten states as well as Washington, D.C. There is a risk that certain state tax authorities where we do not currently file a state income tax return could assert that we are liable for state and local income taxes based upon income or gross receipts allocable to such states. States are becoming increasingly aggressive in asserting a nexus for state income tax purposes. We could be subject to state and local taxation, including penalties and interest attributable to prior periods, if a state tax authority successfully asserts that our activities give rise to a nexus. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest may adversely impact our results of operations.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

In general, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating losses, or NOLs, to offset future taxable income. A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. As of December 31, 2018, we have $174.7 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards and $193.2 million of state and local net operating loss carryforwards. The federal net operating loss carryforwards of $38.2 million arising in 2018, and as well as those arising in subsequent years carry forward indefinitely, but the deduction for these carryforwards is limited to 80% of current-year taxable income. The federal net operating loss carryforwards of $136.5 million from prior years will begin to expire in 2025. The state and local net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2024. Our ability to utilize NOLs may be currently subject to limitations due to prior ownership changes. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code, further limiting our ability to utilize NOLs arising prior to such ownership change in the future. There is also a risk that due to statutory or regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. We have recorded a full valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets attributable to our NOLs.

 

44


Table of Contents

In order to support the growth of our business, we may need to incur additional indebtedness under our existing loan agreement or seek capital through new equity or debt financings, which sources of additional capital may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception and we intend to continue to make significant investments to support our business growth, respond to business challenges or opportunities, expand our services in new geographic locations, enhance our existing solutions and services, enhance our operating infrastructure and potentially acquire complementary businesses and technologies. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our net cash used in operating activities was $2.7 million, $18.4 million and $24.1 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2019, we had $31.9 million of cash and cash equivalents and $138.5 million of short-term marketable securities, which are held for working capital purposes. As of September 30, 2019, we had $4.4 million aggregate principal amount of notes outstanding under our loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank entered into in January 2013, or the LSA.

Borrowings under our credit facility under the LSA are secured by substantially all of our properties, rights and assets, excluding intellectual property. Additionally, the LSA contains certain customary restrictive covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness and liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends, amend the ASAs and transfer or dispose of assets. These covenants could limit our ability to seek capital through the incurrence of new indebtedness or, if we are unable to meet our revenue growth or liquidity obligations, require us to repay any outstanding amounts with sources of capital we may otherwise use to fund our business, operations and strategy.

Our future capital requirements may be significantly different from our current estimates and will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, membership renewal activity and growth, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new or enhanced services, expansion of services to new geographic locations, addition of new health network partners and the continuing market acceptance of our healthcare services. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings or collaborative arrangements to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve additional restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, during times of economic instability, it has been difficult for many companies to obtain financing in the public markets or to obtain debt financing, and we may not be able to obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, it could harm our business and growth prospects.

Our revenues have historically been concentrated among our top customers, and the loss of any of these customers could reduce our revenues and adversely impact our operating results.

Historically, our revenue has been concentrated among a small number of customers. In 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our top customers accounted for 42%, 37% and 36% of our net revenue, respectively. These customers included Google Inc., which accounted for 10% of our net revenue for 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019. In 2017, our top customers consisted of several commercial payers, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our top customers also included a commercial payer and a health network partner. As a result, the loss of one or more of these customers could reduce our revenue, harm our results of operation and limit our growth.

 

45


Table of Contents

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock.

Our quarterly results of operations, including our net revenue, loss from operations, net loss and cash flows, have varied and may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful. Accordingly, our quarterly results should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, without limitation, the following:

 

   

the addition or loss of health network partners or enterprise clients, including through acquisitions or consolidations of such entities;

 

   

the addition or loss of contracts with, or modification of contract terms with, payers, including the reduction of reimbursements for our services or the termination of our network contracts with payers;

 

   

seasonal and other variations in the timing and volume of patient visits, such as the historically higher volume of use of our service during peak cold and flu season months;

 

   

fluctuations in unemployment rates resulting in reductions in total members;

 

   

slowdown in the overall economy resulting in losses of enterprise clients as they scale back on expenses;

 

   

new enterprise sponsorships and renewal of existing enterprise sponsorships and the timing thereof as well as enterprise and consumer member activation and renewal and timing thereof;

 

   

the timing of recognition of revenue;

 

   

the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure, including upfront capital expenditures and other costs related to expanding in existing markets or entering new markets, as well as providing administrative and operational services to the One Medical PCs under the ASAs;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage the size and composition of our proprietary network of healthcare professionals relative to the level of demand for services from our members;

 

   

the timing and success of introductions of new applications and services by us or our competitors, including well-known competitors with significant market clout and perceived ability to compete favorably due to access to resources and overall market reputation;

 

   

changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, health network partners or enterprise clients; and

 

   

the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill from acquired companies.

A large portion of our net revenue in any given quarter is derived from contracts entered into with our partners and clients during previous quarters as well as membership fees that are recognized ratably over the term of each membership. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed contracts or memberships in any one quarter may not be fully reflected in our net revenue for that quarter. Such declines, however, would negatively affect our net revenue in future periods and the effect of loss of members, and potential changes in our rate of renewals or renewal terms, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. While we encourage enterprise clients to purchase memberships off of their periodic enrollment cycle, we cannot guarantee that they will do so. Accordingly, the effect of changes in the industry impacting our business or loss of members may not be reflected in our short-term results of operations. Any fluctuation in our quarterly results may not accurately reflect the underlying performance of our business and could cause a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

 

46


Table of Contents

We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could harm our business.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our key executive officers, particularly our Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President. These executive officers are at-will employees and therefore they may terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. We also do not maintain any key person life insurance policies. Further, we rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, marketing, services and general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would likely involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

To continue to execute our growth strategy, we also must attract and retain highly skilled personnel. Competition is intense for qualified professionals. We may not be successful in continuing to attract and retain qualified personnel. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled personnel with appropriate qualifications. The pool of qualified personnel with experience working in the healthcare market is limited overall. In addition, many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have.

In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in high-technology industries, job candidates often consider the value of the stock options or other equity-based awards they are to receive in connection with their employment. Volatility in the price of our stock may, therefore, negatively impact our ability to attract or retain highly skilled personnel. Further, the requirement to expense stock options and other equity-based compensation may discourage us from granting the size or type of stock option or equity awards that job candidates require to join our company. Failure to attract new personnel or failure to retain and motivate our current personnel, could harm our business.

We are dependent on our ability to recruit, retain and develop a very large and diverse workforce. We must evolve our culture in order to successfully grow our business.

Our services and our operations require a large number of employees. Our success is dependent on our ability to evolve our culture, align our talent with our business needs, engage our employees and inspire our employees to be open to change, to innovate and to maintain member- and customer-focus when delivering our services. Our business would be harmed if we fail to adequately plan for succession of our executives and senior management; or if we fail to effectively recruit, integrate, retain and develop key talent and/or align our talent with our business needs, in light of the current rapidly changing environment. While we have succession plans in place and we have employment arrangements with a limited number of key executives, these do not guarantee that the services of these or suitable successor executives will continue to be available to us. We are particularly dependent on the Chief Medical Officer of One Medical Group, Inc. who is responsible for overseeing our services to the One Medical PCs under the ASAs, among other things. While we have a succession arrangement for the Chief Medical Officer of One Medical Group, Inc., our business and future growth may be harmed if were required to find a suitable replacement for him.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and we may have difficulty integrating any such acquisitions successfully or realizing the anticipated benefits therefrom, any of which could harm our business.

We may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, applications and services or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our business, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated.

 

47


Table of Contents

In addition, if we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

inability to integrate or benefit from acquired technologies or services in a profitable manner;

 

   

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

 

   

difficulty integrating the accounting systems, operations and personnel of the acquired business;

 

   

difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy products and hosting infrastructure of the acquired business;

 

   

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

   

negative impacts to our existing relationships with enterprise clients or health network partners as a result of the acquisition;

 

   

the potential loss of key employees;

 

   

use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and

 

   

use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our results of operations based on this impairment assessment process, which could harm our results of operations.

Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could harm our results of operations. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our business may be harmed.

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect sales and use or similar taxes for our membership and enterprise offerings which could negatively impact our results of operations.

We do not collect sales and use and similar taxes in any states for our membership and enterprise offerings based on our belief that our services are not subject to such taxes in any state. Sales and use and similar tax laws and rates vary greatly from state to state. Certain states in which we do not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties and interest with respect to past services, and we may be required to collect such taxes for services in the future. For example, the State of New York audited our sales and use tax records from March 2011 through February 2017 and issued a determination that we owe back taxes, penalties and interest. While we intend to dispute the results of the audit, we may not be successful, in which case we may be required to make payments in tax assessments, penalties or interest. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest or future requirements may negatively impact our results of operations.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market and revenue growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. In particular, the size and growth of the overall U.S. healthcare market is subject to significant variables, including a changing regulatory environment and population demographic, which can be difficult to measure, estimate or quantify. Our business depends on

 

48


Table of Contents

member acquisition and retention, which further drives revenue from our contracts with health network partners; estimates and forecasts of these factors in any given market is difficult and affected by multiple variables such as population growth, concentration of enterprise clients and population density, among other things. Further, there can be no assurance that we will be able to sufficiently penetrate certain market segments included in our estimates and forecasts, including due to limited deployable capital, ineffective marketing efforts or the inability to develop sufficient presence in a given market to gain members or contract with employers and health network partners in that market. Once we acquire a member, apart from fixed annual membership fees, we derive revenue from patient in-office visits, which may be difficult to forecast over time. Finally, our contractual arrangements with health network partners typically have highly tailored capitation and other fee structures which vary across health network partner and are dependent on the number of members that receive healthcare services in a health network partner’s network. As a result, we may not be able to accurately forecast revenue from our health network partners. For these reasons, the estimates and forecasts in this prospectus relating to the size and expected growth of our target markets may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the markets in which we compete meet our size estimates and forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

The emergence and effects related to a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease could negatively impact our operations.

If a pandemic, epidemic, outbreak of an infectious disease or other public health crisis were to occur in an area in which we operate, our operations could be negatively impacted. Such a crisis could diminish the public trust in healthcare facilities, especially facilities that fail to accurately or timely diagnose, or are treating (or have treated) patients affected by infectious diseases. If any of the One Medical PCs were involved, or perceived as being involved, in treating patients from such an infectious disease, patients might cancel elective procedures or fail to seek needed care at the One Medical PCs. Further, a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak might negatively impact our operations by causing a temporary shutdown or diversion of members, by disrupting or delaying production and delivery of materials and products in the supply chain or by causing staffing shortages in the One Medical PCs. We have disaster plans in place and operate pursuant to infectious disease protocols, but the potential emergence of a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak is difficult to predict and could harm our business and operations.

Natural or man-made disasters and other similar events may significantly disrupt our business and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our offices and facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, power outages, fires, floods, nuclear disasters and acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to operate our business for some period of time. In particular, certain of the facilities we lease to house our computer and telecommunications equipment are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity, and our insurance coverage may not compensate us for losses that may occur in the event of an earthquake or other significant natural disaster. Any disruptions in our operations related to the repair or replacement of our offices, could negatively impact our business and results of operations and harm our reputation. Although we maintain an insurance policy covering damage to property we rent, such insurance may not be sufficient to compensate for losses that may occur. Any such losses or damages could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our health network partners’ facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by such natural or man-made disasters, which may cause disruptions, difficulties or other negative effects on our business and operations.

Our financial results may be adversely impacted by changes in accounting principles applicable to us.

Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, the SEC and other various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. For example, in May 2014, the FASB issued accounting standards update No. 2014-09 (Topic 606), Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The core principle of Topic 606 is that an entity should recognize revenue to

 

49


Table of Contents

depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services; this new accounting standard also impacts the recognition of sales commissions.

We have adopted this standard as of January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective method. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. As a result of adopting this standard, we recorded an adjustment to deferred contract costs of $65 thousand as of January 1, 2019, to reflect an increase in the amount of commission costs previously recorded. The application of this new guidance could harm our operating results in one or more periods as compared to what they would have been under previous standards.

Under Topic 606, more estimates, judgments, and assumptions are required within the revenue recognition process than were previously required. Our reported financial position and financial results may be harmed if our estimates or judgments prove to be wrong, assumptions change, or actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions. Any difficulties in implementing these pronouncements could cause us to fail to meet our financial reporting obligations, which could result in regulatory discipline and harm our business.

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our results of operations could be harmed.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates.” The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities, and equity and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant assumptions and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements include those related to revenue recognition, determination of useful lives for property and equipment, intangible assets including goodwill, capitalized internal-use software, allowance for doubtful accounts, valuation of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, self-insurance reserves, valuation of common stock, stock options valuations, contingent liabilities and income taxes. Our results of operations may be harmed if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our results of operations to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

We may not be able to successfully manage the growth of our business if we are unable to improve our internal systems, processes and controls.

We need to continue to improve our internal systems, processes, and controls to effectively manage our operations and growth. We may not be able to successfully implement and scale improvements to our systems and processes in a timely or efficient manner or in a manner that does not negatively affect our operating results. For example, we may not be able to effectively monitor certain extraordinary contract requirements or provisions that are individually negotiated as the number of transactions continues to grow. In addition, our systems and processes may not prevent or detect all errors, omissions, or fraud, including any fraudulent activities conducted or facilitated by our employees or the providers or staff at the One Medical PCs. We may experience difficulties in managing improvements to our systems, processes, and controls or in connection with third-party software, which could impair our ability to offer our platform to our members in a timely manner, causing us to lose members or increase our technical support costs.

 

50


Table of Contents

As a result of being a public company, we are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting and any failure to maintain the adequacy of these internal controls may negatively impact investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

We will be required pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. We have not yet commenced the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation required under Section 404. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. Any failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities and our access to the capital markets could be restricted in the future.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could harm our business and negatively impact the value of our common stock.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting resulting from an ineffective risk assessment process, which led to improperly designed controls. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Specifically, as a result of the ineffective risk assessment, we identified the following material weaknesses as we did not effectively design, implement and maintain: (i) adequate controls over the accounting for significant and unusual transactions (ii) adequate controls to address segregation of duties and (iii) adequate controls over information technology general controls including the following: program change management, user access, computer operations controls and program development.

These IT deficiencies, when aggregated, could impact effective segregation of duties as well as the effectiveness of IT-dependent controls that could result in misstatements potentially impacting all financial statement accounts and disclosures that would not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, our management has determined these deficiencies in the aggregate constitute a material weakness.

In addition, the material weakness related to significant and unusual transactions resulted in a prior restatement of previously issued financial statements. The material weaknesses related to segregation of duties and IT general controls did not result in any material misstatements of our financial statements or disclosures. Each of these material weaknesses could, however, result in a misstatement of account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected.

We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting and remediate the control deficiencies contributed to the material weaknesses noted above. Specifically, we are

 

51


Table of Contents

designing and implementing controls related to (i) the preparation and review of accounting for significant and unusual transactions, (ii) implementing formal processes and controls to identify, monitor and mitigate segregation of duties conflicts and (iii) enhancing existing policies and implementing appropriate processes to strengthen our information technology general controls across the relevant IT domains (access to programs and data, program changes, computer operations and program development). We cannot assure you that the measures we are taking will be sufficient to avoid potential future material weaknesses. Accordingly, there could continue to be a possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain, maintain and enforce intellectual property protection for our technology and solutions or if the scope of our intellectual property protection is not sufficiently broad, others may be able to develop and commercialize technology and solutions substantially similar to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and solutions may be compromised.

Our business depends on proprietary technology and content, including software, processes, databases, confidential information and know-how, the protection of which is crucial to the success of our business. We rely on a combination of trademark, trade-secret and copyright laws, confidentiality procedures, cybersecurity practices and contractual provisions to protect the intellectual property rights of our proprietary technology and content. We do not own any issued patents or pending patent applications. Accordingly, it is possible that third parties, including our competitors, may obtain patents relating to technologies that overlap or compete with our technology. If third parties obtain patent protection with respect to such technologies, they may assert that our technology infringes their patents and seek to charge us a licensing fee or otherwise preclude the use of our technology. We may, over time, increase our investment in protecting our intellectual property through additional trademark, patent and other intellectual property filings, which could be expensive and time-consuming. We may not be able to obtain protection for our technology and even if we are successful in obtaining effective patent, trademark, trade-secret and copyright protection, it is expensive to maintain these rights and the costs of defending our rights could be substantial. Moreover, our failure to develop and properly manage new intellectual property could hurt our market position and business opportunities. Furthermore, recent changes to U.S. intellectual property laws may jeopardize the enforceability and validity of our intellectual property portfolio and harm our ability to obtain patent protection of some of our unique business methods.

In addition, these measures may not be sufficient to offer us meaningful protection or provide us with any competitive advantages. If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, our competitive position and our business could be harmed, as third parties may be able to commercialize and use technologies and software solutions that are substantially the same as ours to compete with us without incurring the development and licensing costs that we have incurred. Any of our owned or licensed intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed, misappropriated or violated, our trade secrets and other confidential information could be disclosed in an unauthorized manner to third parties, or our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to permit us to take advantage of current market trends or to otherwise to provide us with competitive advantages, which could result in costly redesign efforts, business disruptions, discontinuance of some of our offerings or other competitive harm.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Third parties, including our competitors, could be infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. From time to time, we seek to analyze our competitors’ solutions and services, and may in the future seek to enforce our rights against potential infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property. However, the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to enforce our rights as against such

 

52


Table of Contents

infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property. We may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Any inability to meaningfully enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our ability to compete and reduce demand for our solutions and services.

We are, and may in the future become, involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could harm our business. In any lawsuit we bring to enforce our intellectual property rights, a court may refuse to the stop the other party from using the technology at issue on grounds that our intellectual property rights do not cover the use or technology in question. Further, in such proceedings, the defendant could counterclaim that our intellectual property is invalid or unenforceable and the court may agree, in which case we could lose valuable intellectual property rights. The outcome in any such lawsuits are unpredictable, and even if we prevail, the process can be extended and costly.

Any claim of infringement, misappropriation or violation of another party’s intellectual property rights could cause us to incur significant costs and to cease the commercialization of our solutions and services.

In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States involving intellectual property rights. Companies in the Internet and technology industries are increasingly bringing and becoming subject to lawsuits alleging infringement, misappropriation or violation of intellectual property rights, particularly patent rights, and our competitors and other third parties may hold patents or have pending patent applications or other intellectual property rights, which could be related to our business. These risks have been amplified by the increase in third parties, which we refer to as non-practicing entities, whose sole primary business is to assert such claims. Regardless of the merits of any other intellectual property litigation, we may be required to expend significant management time and financial resources on the defense of such claims, and any adverse outcome of any such claim or the above referenced review could harm our business. We expect that we may receive in the future notices that claim we or our partners, clients or members using our solutions and services have misappropriated or misused other parties’ intellectual property rights, particularly as the number of competitors in our market grows and the functionality of applications amongst competitors overlaps. Any future litigation, whether or not successful, could be extremely costly to defend, divert our management’s time, attention and resources, damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business.

If any of our technologies, solutions or services are found to infringe, misappropriate or violate a third party’s intellectual property rights, we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to continue commercializing or using such technologies, solutions and services. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to us, and it could require us to make substantial licensing and royalty payments. We also could be forced, including by court order, to cease the commercialization or use of the violating technology, solutions or services. Accordingly, we may be forced to design around such violated intellectual property, which may be expensive, time-consuming or infeasible. In addition, we could be found liable for significant monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent or other intellectual property right. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could similarly harm our business. If we are required to make substantial payments or undertake any of the other actions noted above as a result of any intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or violation claims against us, such payments, costs or actions could affect our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Intellectual property litigation could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

Litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims, even if resolved in our favor, may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities. In

 

53


Table of Contents

addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions, or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing, or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of intellectual property proceedings could harm our ability to compete in the marketplace. In addition, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we fail to comply with our obligations under license or technology agreements with third parties, we may be required to pay damages and we could lose license rights that are critical to our business.

We license certain intellectual property, including technologies and software from third parties, that is important to our business, and in the future we may enter into additional agreements that provide us with licenses to valuable intellectual property or technology. If we fail to comply with any of the obligations under our license agreements, we may be required to pay damages and the licensor may have the right to terminate the license. Termination by the licensor would cause us to lose valuable rights, and could prevent us from selling our solutions and services, or adversely impact our ability to commercialize future solutions and services. Our business would suffer if any current or future licenses terminate, if the licensors fail to abide by the terms of the license, if the licensors fail to enforce licensed patents against infringing third parties, if the licensed intellectual property are found to be invalid or unenforceable, or if we are unable to enter into necessary licenses on acceptable terms. In addition, our rights to certain technologies, are licensed to us on a non-exclusive basis. The owners of these non-exclusively licensed technologies are therefore free to license them to third parties, including our competitors, on terms that may be superior to those offered to us, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage. Moreover, our licensors may own or control intellectual property that has not been licensed to us and, as a result, we may be subject to claims, regardless of their merit, that we are infringing or otherwise violating the licensor’s rights. In addition, the agreements under which we license intellectual property or technology from third parties are generally complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we cannot license rights to use technologies on reasonable terms, we may not be able to commercialize new solutions or services in the future.

In the future, we may identify additional third-party intellectual property we may need to license in order to engage in our business, including to develop or commercialize new solutions or services. However, such licenses may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater development or commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. Even if such licenses are available, we may be required to pay the licensor substantial royalties based on sales of our solutions and services. Such royalties are a component of the cost of our solutions or services and may affect the margins on our solutions and services. In addition, such licenses may be non-exclusive, which could give our competitors access to the same intellectual property licensed to us. If we

 

54


Table of Contents

are unable to enter into the necessary licenses on acceptable terms or at all, if any necessary licenses are subsequently terminated, if our licensors fail to abide by the terms of the licenses, if our licensors fail to prevent infringement by third parties, or if the licensed intellectual property rights are found to be invalid or unenforceable, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be affected. If licenses to third-party intellectual property rights are or become required for us to engage in our business, the rights may be non-exclusive, which could give our competitors access to the same technology or intellectual property rights licensed to us. Moreover, we could encounter delays and other obstacles in our attempt to develop alternatives. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any of these licenses on favorable terms could prevent us from commercializing solutions and services, which could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may not be able to enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

We may also be required to protect our proprietary technology and content in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful, or which we may not pursue in every location. Filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending, and enforcing intellectual property rights on our solutions, services, and technologies in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained protection to develop their own solutions and services and, further, may export otherwise violating solutions and services to territories where we have protection but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These solutions and services may compete with our solutions and services, and our intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and many companies have encountered significant challenges in establishing and enforcing their proprietary rights outside of the United States. These challenges can be caused by the absence or inconsistency of the application of rules and methods for the establishment and enforcement of intellectual property rights outside of the United States. In addition, the legal systems of some countries, particularly developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of intellectual property protection, especially those relating to health care. This could make it difficult for us to stop the misappropriation or other violation of our other intellectual property rights. Accordingly, we may choose not to seek protection in certain countries, and we will not have the benefit of protection in such countries. Proceedings to enforce our intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate. In addition, changes in the law and legal decisions by courts in the United States and foreign countries may affect our ability to obtain adequate protection for our solutions, services and other technologies and the enforcement of intellectual property. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our competitive position may be harmed.

The registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names that we own may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic, lapsed or determined to be infringing on or dilutive of other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition with potential members. In addition, third parties have filed, and may in the future file, for registration of trademarks similar or identical to our trademarks, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such third-party rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to develop brand recognition of our technologies, solutions or services. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. If we are unable to establish or protect our trademarks and trade names, or if we are unable to build name

 

55


Table of Contents

recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively, which could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

We rely heavily on trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect our unpatented know-how, technology, and other proprietary information, including our technology platform, and to maintain our competitive position. With respect to our technology platform, we consider trade secrets and know-how to be one of our primary sources of intellectual property. However, trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect these trade secrets and other proprietary technology, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside contractors, consultants, advisors, and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. We cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary information, including our technology and processes. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants, or advisors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their current or former employers or claims asserting ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees, consultants, and advisors are currently or were previously employed at other companies in our field, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants, and advisors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual’s current or former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our use of open source software could compromise our ability to offer our services and subject us to possible litigation.

We use open source software in connection with our solutions and services. Companies that incorporate open source software into their solutions have, from time to time, faced claims challenging the use of open

 

56


Table of Contents

source software and compliance with open source license terms. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or claiming noncompliance with open source licensing terms. Some open source software licenses require users who distribute software containing open source software to publicly disclose all or part of the source code to the licensee’s software that incorporates, links or uses such open source software, and make available to third parties for no cost, any derivative works of the open source code created by the licensee, which could include the licensee’s own valuable proprietary code. While we monitor our use of open source software and try to ensure that none is used in a manner that would require us to disclose our proprietary source code or that would otherwise breach the terms of an open source agreement, such use could inadvertently occur, or could be claimed to have occurred, in part because open source license terms are often ambiguous. There is little legal precedent in this area and any actual or claimed requirement to disclose our proprietary source code or pay damages for breach of contract could harm our business and could help third parties, including our competitors, develop solutions and services that are similar to or better than ours. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price may be volatile, and the value of our common stock may decline.

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and may fluctuate or decline substantially as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are beyond our control or are related in complex ways, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

 

   

variance in our financial performance from expectations of securities analysts or investors;

 

   

changes in the pricing we offer our members;

 

   

changes in our projected operating and financial results;

 

   

our relationships with our health network partners and any changes to or terminations of our contracts with the health network partners;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our solutions and services;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, acquisitions, or new offerings;

 

   

publicity associated with issues with our services and technology platform;

 

   

our involvement in litigation, including medical malpractice claims and consumer class action claims;

 

   

any governmental investigations or inquiries into or challenges to our relationships with the One Medical PCs under the ASAs or to our relationships with health network partners;

 

   

future sales of our common stock or other securities, by us or our stockholders, as well as the anticipation of lock-up releases;

 

   

changes in senior management or key personnel;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

 

   

actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally, including competition or perceived competition from well-known and established companies or entities;

 

   

the trading volume of our common stock;

 

   

changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our market;

 

57


Table of Contents
   

rates of unemployment; and

 

   

general economic, regulatory, and market conditions, including economic recessions or slowdowns.

Broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political, regulatory, and market conditions, may negatively impact the market price of our common stock. In addition, given the relatively small expected public float of shares of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Select Market, or Nasdaq, the trading market for our shares may be subject to increased volatility. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us, because companies reliant on technology solutions have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

There has been no prior market for our common stock. An active market may not develop or be sustainable and investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price, if at all. An active or liquid market in our common stock may not develop after this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares of common stock you purchase in this offering.

The assumed initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of $11.29 per share, or $11.07 per share if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the sale of common stock in this offering and the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. See “Dilution.” If outstanding options or warrants are exercised in the future, you will experience additional dilution.

We will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds from this offering and may invest or spend the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not yield a return.

We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering. Investors may not agree with our decisions, and our use of the proceeds may not yield any return on your investment. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital, research and development, business development, sales and marketing activities, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. Our failure to apply the net proceeds of this offering effectively could impair our ability to pursue our growth strategy or could require us to raise additional capital. In addition, pending their use, the proceeds of this offering may be placed in investments that do not produce income or that may lose value.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market following the closing of this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our common stock.

 

58


Table of Contents

Based on 104,911,198 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2019, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of 122,411,198 shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and including the shares sold through the directed share program described in “Underwriting”. All of our executive officers and directors and the holders of substantially all the shares of our capital stock are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters or market stand-off provisions in agreements with us that restrict their ability to transfer shares of our common stock, stock options and other securities convertible into, exchangeable for, or exercisable for our common stock during the period ending on, and including, the 180th day after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in their discretion, permit our stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. As of September 30, 2019, we had 104,911,198 shares of common stock outstanding. All of these shares will become eligible for sale after the lock-up agreements expire, of which 47,996,939 shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and various vesting agreements.

As of September 30, 2019, there were 24,036,191 shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options. We intend to register all of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, and upon exercise of settlement of any options or other equity incentives we may grant in the future, for public resale under the Securities Act. Accordingly, these shares will be able to be freely sold in the public market upon issuance as permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, subject to the lock-up agreements with the underwriters or market stand-off provisions in agreements with us described above. These shares of common will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent such stock options are exercised, subject to the lock-up agreements described above and compliance with applicable securities laws.

In addition, holders of 86,924,910 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock and shares of preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements for the public resale of the common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares or to include such shares in registration statements that we may file on our behalf or for other stockholders. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2019 and including the 17,500,000 shares to be sold in this offering, upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers, directors and current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 71.5% of our common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase an additional 2,625,000 shares of common stock). These stockholders, acting together, will be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger or other significant corporate transactions. The interests of this group of stockholders may not coincide with the interests of other stockholders.

Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than investors purchasing shares in this offering. For example, because many of these stockholders purchased their shares at prices substantially below the price at which shares are being sold in this offering and have held their shares for a longer period, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquirer than other investors, or they may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable or inaccurate research about our business, our common stock price and trading volume could decline.

Our stock price and trading volume will be heavily influenced by the way analysts and investors interpret our financial information and other disclosures. If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or

 

59


Table of Contents

reports about our business, delay publishing reports about our business or publish negative reports about our business, regardless of accuracy, our common stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. We expect that only a limited number of analysts will cover our company following our initial public offering. If the number of analysts that cover us declines, demand for our common stock could decrease and our common stock price and trading volume may decline.

Even if our common stock is actively covered by analysts, we do not have any control over the analysts or the measures that analysts or investors may rely upon to forecast our future results. Over-reliance by analysts or investors on any particular metric to forecast our future results may result in forecasts that differ significantly from our own.

Regardless of accuracy, unfavorable interpretations of our financial information and other public disclosures could have a negative impact on our stock price. If our financial performance fails to meet analyst estimates, for any of the reasons discussed above or otherwise, or one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or change their opinion of our common stock, our stock price would likely decline.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future and, as a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and may be restricted by the terms of any then-current credit facility, including the LSA. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.

We are an emerging growth company and our compliance with the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and we expect to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved and extended adoption period for accounting pronouncements. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We expect such expenses to further increase after we are no longer an emerging growth company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of Nasdaq, and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies. Furthermore, the senior members of our management team do not have significant experience with operating a public company. As a result, our management and other personnel will have to

 

60


Table of Contents

devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur as a public company or the timing of such costs.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents to be in effect upon the closing of this offering and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include provisions that:

 

   

provide for a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered terms;

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights, and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our common stock;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

   

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, or our chief executive officer;

 

   

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

   

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

provide that our directors may be removed for cause only upon the vote of the holders of at least 6623% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

 

   

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum; and

 

   

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of at least 662/3% of our outstanding shares of common stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our management could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or, under certain circumstances, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forums for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery of the State of

 

61


Table of Contents

Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) is the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law for:

 

   

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

 

   

any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty;

 

   

any action arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws; and

 

   

any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal-affairs doctrine.

These provisions would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America have exclusive jurisdiction. Our stockholders cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of, and consented to, the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation described in the preceding sentences. These exclusive-forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. If a court were to find the exclusive-forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will designate the U.S. federal district courts as the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. We may be unable to enforce this provision.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will designate the U.S. federal district courts as the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware recently determined that the exclusive forum provision of federal district courts of the United States of America for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act is not enforceable. However, this decision may be reviewed and ultimately overturned by the Delaware Supreme Court. If this ultimate adjudication were to occur, the federal district court exclusive forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would no longer be contingent.

 

62


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations, financial condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” or “would,” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, factors and assumptions described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, regarding, among other things:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

 

   

variance in our financial performance from expectations of securities analysts or investors;

 

   

changes in our projected operating and financial results;

 

   

changes in the pricing we offer our members;

 

   

our relationships with our health network partners and enterprise clients and any changes to or terminations of our contracts with the health network partners or enterprise clients;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our solutions and services;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, acquisitions or new offerings;

 

   

actual or anticipated developments in our business, our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

   

publicity associated with issues with our services and technology platform;

 

   

our involvement in litigation, including medical malpractice claims and consumer class actions;

 

   

any governmental investigations or inquiries into or challenges to our relationships with the One Medical PCs under the ASAs;

 

   

future sales of our common stock or other securities, by us or our stockholders, as well as the anticipation of lock-up releases;

 

   

changes in senior management or key personnel;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

 

   

the trading volume of our common stock;

 

   

general economic, regulatory and market conditions;

 

   

our estimates of our market opportunity and changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our market;

 

   

our ability to retain and recruit key personnel and expand our sales force;

 

   

the ability of the One Medical PCs to attract and retain high quality providers;

 

   

our ability to fund our working capital requirements;

 

63


Table of Contents
   

our compliance with, and the cost of, federal, state and foreign regulatory requirements; and

 

   

our expected use of proceeds from this offering.

These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus may include additional factors that could harm our business and financial performance. New risk factors may emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in, or implied by, any forward-looking statements.

You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. While we believe that information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, that information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

64


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry and our business, including estimated market size, and projected growth rates of the markets in which we participate. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market, medical and other information from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources.

This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe the third-party market position, market opportunity and market size data included in this prospectus are reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this third-party data. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

 

65


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $240.4 million (or approximately $277.3 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase an additional 2,625,000 shares in full), based on the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $16.4 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $14.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock, and facilitate our future access to the capital markets. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, research and development, business development, sales and marketing activities and capital expenditures. We may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to make scheduled principal and accrued interest payments due under the LSA. As of September 30, 2019, the outstanding principal amount under the LSA was $4.4 million. Borrowings under the LSA bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater of 5.56% or the prime rate plus 1.81%. We are required to make 30 equal monthly payments of principal, plus accrued interest, from April 1, 2018 through September 1, 2020, the maturity date under the LSA. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for acquisitions or strategic investments in complementary businesses, services, products or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments to enter into any such acquisitions or investments at this time.

We cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the proceeds of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of this offering. The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business. Pending their application, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade investments, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

66


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination regarding the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, we have entered into, and may enter into agreements in the future, that contain restrictions on payments of cash dividends.

 

67


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities and our capitalization as of September 30, 2019, on:

 

   

an actual basis;

 

   

a pro forma basis to give effect to (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, of which 86,251,669 shares were outstanding as of September 30, 2019, into an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering; (2) the reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to total equity as all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will become warrants to purchase an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering; (3) $3.5 million of stock-based compensation related to the vesting of 1,589,798 performance-based options upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and (4) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

   

a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the issuance and sale of 17,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, the information set forth in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2019  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As

Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities

   $ 170,346     $ 170,346     $ 410,784  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 5,927     $ —       $ —    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value—89,338,425 shares authorized, 86,251,669 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     402,488       —         —    

Equity (deficit):

      

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value—no shares authorized, issued, or outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —         —         —    

Common stock, $0.001 par value—150,000,000 shares authorized, 18,659,529 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 104,911,198 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 122,411,198 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     19       105       123  

Additional paid-in capital

     88,107       499,942       740,362  

Accumulated deficit

     (261,642     (265,148     (265,148

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     45       45       45  

Noncontrolling interests

     3,127       3,127       3,127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (deficit) equity

     (170,344     238,071       478,509  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 238,071     $ 238,071     $ 478,509  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities, additional paid-in capital, total equity and total capitalization by $16.4 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities, additional paid-in capital, total equity and total capitalization by $14.0 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and will depend on the actual initial public offering price, number of shares offered and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on 104,911,198 shares of common stock (including shares of preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of September 30, 2019, and excludes:

 

   

24,036,191 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of September 30, 2019 with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.99 per share, under our equity incentive plans;

 

   

4,133,429 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted subsequent to September 30, 2019 through January 15, 2020, with an exercise price of $11.56 per share;

 

   

1,278,778 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2019 (after giving effect to (i) an additional 4,607,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan subsequent to September 30, 2019 and (ii) the issuance of stock options subsequent to September 30, 2019 through January 15, 2020 to purchase 4,133,429 shares of common stock described above), which shares will be transferred to our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan at the time it becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

   

673,241 shares of preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2019, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.96 per share;

 

   

45,112,387 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (including 1,278,778 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2019 that will be transferred to our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan upon its effectiveness), which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as (i) any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan and (ii) upon the expiration or termination prior to exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, an equal number of shares of common stock underlying such options; and

 

   

2,800,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan.

 

69


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after this offering.

As of September 30, 2019, our historical net tangible book deficit was $(195.7) million, or $(10.49) per share of common stock. Historical net tangible book value represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and noncontrolling interests, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2019.

As of September 30, 2019, our pro forma net tangible book value was $212.7 million, or $2.03 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and noncontrolling interests, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2019, after giving effect to (i) the conversion of all 86,251,669 outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and (ii) the reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to stockholders’ equity, as all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will become warrants to purchase an equal number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

After giving further effect to the receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of 17,500,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2019, was $454.0 million, or $3.71 per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $1.68 per share to our existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $11.29 per share to investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to investors in this offering:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $ 15.00  

Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of September 30, 2019

   $ (10.49  

Increase per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

     12.52    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2019

     2.03    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributed to investors purchasing shares in this offering

     1.68    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

       3.71  
    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering

     $ 11.29  
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.13 and dilution to investors in this offering by $0.87, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. An increase of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $0.08 per share and the dilution to investors in this offering would decrease by $0.08 per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. A decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $0.09 per share and the dilution to investors in this offering would increase by $0.09 per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

70


Table of Contents

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $3.93 per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $1.90 per share and the dilution per share to investors in this offering would be $11.07 per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The dilution information above is for illustration purposes only. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value following the closing of this offering will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2019, on a pro forma basis:

 

   

the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us by our existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares in this offering;

 

   

the total consideration paid to us by our existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering; and

 

   

the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares in this offering.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders

     104,911,198        86   $ 424,121,577        62   $ 4.04  

New investors

     17,500,000        14       262,500,000        38       15.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     122,411,198        100   $ 686,621,577        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase an additional 2,625,000 shares in full, our existing stockholders would own 84% and investors in this offering would own 16% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, the total consideration paid by investors in this offering by $17.5 million and increase or decrease, respectively, the total consideration paid by investors in this offering by 6.7%, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on 104,911,198 shares of common stock (including shares of preferred stock on an as-converted basis), outstanding as of September 30, 2019, and excludes:

 

   

24,036,191 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of September 30, 2019 with a weighted-average exercise price of $4.99 per share, under our equity incentive plans;

 

   

4,133,429 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted subsequent to September 30, 2019 through January 15, 2020, with an exercise price of $11.56 per share;

 

   

1,278,778 additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2019 (after giving effect to (i) an additional 4,607,000 shares of

 

71


Table of Contents
 

common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan subsequent to September 30, 2019 and (ii) the issuance of stock options subsequent to September 30, 2019 through January 15, 2020 to purchase 4,133,429 shares of common stock described above), which shares will be transferred to our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan at the time it becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

   

673,241 shares of preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2019, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.96 per share;

 

   

45,112,387 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (including 1,278,778 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2019 that will be transferred to our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan upon its effectiveness), which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as (i) any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan and (ii) upon the expiration or termination prior to exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, an equal number of shares of common stock underlying such options; and

 

   

2,800,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan.

To the extent any outstanding options or warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors purchasing in this offering.

 

72


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2019, are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other period in the future and our interim results for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2019, or any other period.

You should read the selected consolidated financial and other data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and the information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial and other data included in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Net revenue

   $ 176,769     $ 212,678     $ 154,636     $ 198,872  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     120,705       136,180       100,438       118,586  

Sales and marketing

     19,172       25,789       14,374       28,830  

General and administrative

     57,964       85,808       57,596       77,167  

Depreciation and amortization

     10,686       9,947       7,369       9,440  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     208,527       257,724       179,777       234,023  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (31,758     (45,046     (25,141     (35,151
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest income

     386       2,251       805       3,676  

Interest expense

     (834     (804     (626     (393

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     646       (1,877     (1,897     (2,226
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     198       (430     (1,718     1,057  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (31,560     (45,476     (26,859     (34,094

Provision for income taxes

     126       25       15       83  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (31,686     (45,501     (26,874     (34,177

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (889     (1,086     (888     (1,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

   $ (30,797   $ (44,415   $ (25,986   $ (33,128
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders, basic and diluted(1)

   $ (2.05   $ (2.65   $ (1.59   $ (1.80
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     15,002,472       16,735,541       16,388,617       18,371,298  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to stockholders—basic and diluted(1)

     $ (0.46     $ (0.30
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

       91,664,049         104,622,967  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  
     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Other Data:

        

Members (as of end of period)(2)

     272       346       323       397  

Care margin(3)

   $ 56,064     $ 76,498     $ 54,198     $ 80,286  

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

   $ (11,542   $ (13,918   $ (7,070   $ (15,581

 

(1)

See Note 18, “Net Loss Per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share,” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information on the calculation of net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders and unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders.

(2)

We define a member as a person who has paid for membership themselves or whose membership has been paid for by an enterprise client and who has registered an account with us. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

(3)

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we have disclosed care margin and adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP financial measures. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation from loss from operations, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to care margin, and a reconciliation from net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to adjusted EBITDA, as well as a discussion about the limitations of care margin and adjusted EBITDA.

 

     As of December 31,     As of
September 30, 2019
 
     2017     2018  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities

   $ 42,785     $ 230,561     $ 170,346  

Working capital

     19,959       202,801       147,658  

Total assets

     132,507       326,319       418,399  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     2,686       3,701       5,927  

Total liabilities

     67,459       72,071       186,255  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     184,832       402,488       402,488  

Accumulated deficit

     (184,034     (228,449     (261,642

Total deficit

     (119,784     (148,240     (170,344

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we have disclosed care margin and adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP financial measures.

Care Margin

We define care margin as loss from operations excluding depreciation and amortization, general and administrative expense and sales and marketing expense. We consider care margin to be an important measure to monitor our performance, specific to the direct costs of delivering care. We believe this margin is useful to investors to measure whether we are sufficiently controlling our direct expenses included in the provision of care, represented by cost of care, excluding depreciation and amortization.

Care margin is not a financial measure of, nor does it imply, profitability. We have not yet achieved profitability and, even in periods when our net revenue exceeds our cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and

 

74


Table of Contents

amortization, we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability. The relationship of operating loss to cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization is not necessarily indicative of future performance. Other companies that present care margin may calculate it differently and, therefore, similarly titled measures presented by other companies may not be directly comparable to ours. In addition, care margin has limitations as an analytical tool, including that it does not reflect depreciation and amortization or other overhead allocations.

The following table provides a reconciliation of loss from operations, the most closely comparable GAAP financial measure, to care margin:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
          2017                 2018                 2018                 2019        
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Loss from operations

  $ (31,758   $ (45,046   $ (25,141   $ (35,151

Depreciation and amortization

    10,686       9,947       7,369       9,440  

General and administrative

    57,964       85,808       57,596       77,167  

Sales and marketing

    19,172       25,789       14,374       28,830  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Care margin

  $ 56,064     $ 76,498     $ 54,198     $ 80,286  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

We define adjusted EBITDA as net loss excluding interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, change in the fair value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability and provision for income taxes. We include adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is an important measure upon which our management assesses, and believes investors should assess, our operating performance. We consider adjusted EBITDA to be an important measure because it helps illustrate underlying trends in our business and our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis.

Our definition of adjusted EBITDA may differ from the definition used by other companies and therefore comparability may be limited. In addition, other companies may not publish this or similar metrics. Thus, our adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, or in isolation from, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, such as net loss.

In addition, adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, including:

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash used for capital expenditures for such replacements or for new capital expenditures;

 

   

adjusted EBITDA does not include the dilution that results from stock-based compensation or any cash outflows included in stock-based compensation, including from our purchases of shares of outstanding common stock; and

 

   

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense on our debt or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments.

We provide investors and other users of our financial information with a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety, not to rely on any single financial measure and to view adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with net loss.

 

75


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of net loss, the most closely comparable GAAP financial measure, to adjusted EBITDA:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
          2017                 2018                 2018                 2019        
    (in thousands)  

Net loss

  $ (31,686   $ (45,501   $ (26,874   $ (34,177

Interest income

    (386     (2,251     (805     (3,676

Interest expense

    834       804       626       393  

Depreciation and amortization

    10,686       9,947       7,369       9,440  

Stock-based compensation(1)

    9,530       21,181       10,702       10,131  

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (646     1,877       1,897       2,226  

Provision for income taxes

    126       25       15       83  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (11,542   $ (13,918   $ (7,070   $ (15,581
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

In October 2018, we purchased 1,553,424 shares of common stock from certain directors, employees and executive officers for net total consideration of $14.8 million, after considering net share settlement. The amount paid in excess of the then-current estimated fair value of our common stock of $7.2 million was recorded as stock-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

76


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion includes both historical information and forward-looking information based upon current expectations that involve risk, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from management’s expectations as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

Our vision is to delight millions of members with better health and better care while reducing the total cost of care. Our mission is to transform health care for all through our human-centered, technology-powered model. We are a membership-based primary care platform with seamless digital health and inviting in-office care, convenient to where people work, shop, live and click. We are disrupting health care from within the existing ecosystem by simultaneously addressing the frustrations and unmet needs of key stakeholders, which include consumers, employers, providers, and health networks. As of September 30, 2019, we had approximately 397,000 members in nine markets in the United States, approximately 6,000 employer clients, and health network partnerships for better coordinated care covering 86% of our members.

We have developed a modernized healthcare membership model based on direct consumer enrollment as well as employer sponsorship. Our annual membership model includes seamless access to 24/7 digital health services paired with inviting in-office care routinely covered under health insurance programs. Our technology drives high monthly active usage within our membership, promoting ongoing and longitudinal patient relationships for better health outcomes and high member retention. Our technology also helps our service-minded team in building trust and rapport with our members by facilitating proactive digital health outreach as well as responsive on-demand virtual and in-office care. Our digital health services and our well-appointed offices that are located in highly convenient locations are all serviced by our own clinical team who are employed in a salaried model, free of misaligned fee-for-service compensation incentives prevalent in health care. Additionally, we have developed clinically integrated partnerships with health networks, better coordinating more timely access to specialty care when needed by members, while advancing value-based care for employers through clinical and digital integration.

Together, these components of our human-centered and technology-powered model allow us to deliver better results for key stakeholders.

 

   

Consumers. We delight consumers with a superior experience as evidenced by our average NPS of 90 over the twelve months ended September 30, 2019 and our 90th percentile results on key primary care related HEDIS quality measures. Our members receive access to 24/7 digital health services with quick response times. NPS measures the willingness of consumers to recommend a company’s products or services to others. We use NPS as a proxy for gauging our members’ overall satisfaction with our providers and loyalty to the One Medical brand. See “Business—Overview” for a description of how we calculate NPS. Members also have access to inviting in-office care in convenient locations with warm and caring staff. Our technology platform advances consumer engagement and health through proactive digital health screenings, post-visit digital follow-ups, real-time access to medical records, and around-the-clock availability of our friendly and knowledgeable providers. We also offer walk-in immunizations and lab services, behavioral health screenings, women’s health, men’s health, LGBTQ+ care, pediatrics, sports medicine, lifestyle and wellbeing programs.

 

   

Employers. We support employers in achieving key health benefits goals of attracting and engaging employees, improving employee productivity and wellbeing, and delivering higher levels of value-based care. Employers cover our membership fee for their employees, with 71% of employers also

 

77


Table of Contents
 

covering their employees’ dependents’ memberships as of September 30, 2019. Our office visits are typically billed under an employer’s routine health insurance benefit program, allowing for seamless and quick implementation. With real-time video and phone consults available typically within minutes, and same and next day in-office appointments, we have demonstrated a 41% reduction in emergency room visits and total employer cost savings of 8% or more.

 

   

Providers. Our culture, technology, team-based approach and salaried provider model help address the fundamental issues driving physician burnout. Our culture allows us to attract and retain top board-certified physicians and premier team members. Our proprietary technology platform allows for meaningful reductions in desktop medicine burdens, which are the excessive administrative hassles associated with the use of EHRs. We estimate our providers perform 44% fewer EHR tasks versus a 2019 industry comparison. Our support team takes on many of the administrative burdens for scheduling and insurance coordination. Our in-office and virtual medical teams jointly deliver longitudinal health care. Our salary-based provider compensation incentivizes delivery of the right care at the right time, without the adverse financial incentives that fee-for-service or capitated compensation systems can have on clinical decision-making.

 

   

Health Networks. Health networks partner with us for consumer-driven care, direct-to-employer relationships, and coordinated networks of attributable lives. Our membership base connects health networks with a primarily working-age, commercially insured population, without the costs and risks typically faced in the development of their own primary care networks. We clinically and digitally integrate with our health network partners to advance more seamless member access to partner specialists and facilities when needed, while supporting reductions in duplicative testing and excessive delays often seen across uncoordinated healthcare settings. Such coordinated care can deliver better service levels and outcomes for consumers, while advancing employee productivity and value-based care to employers.

 

78


Table of Contents

Our focus on simultaneously addressing the unfulfilled needs and frustrations of key stakeholders has allowed us to consistently grow the number of members we serve. We were founded in 2007 in San Francisco and have since grown to 397,000 members and 77 medical offices in nine markets across the United States as of September 30, 2019. From December 31, 2014 through September 30, 2019, we grew our membership by 324%. During the twelve months ended September 30, 2019 as compared to the twelve months ended December 31, 2014, our net revenue grew 265%, our digital interactions with our members grew 852%, and the number of in-office visits by our members grew 173%.

 

Members (in thousands)*

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Net Revenue (in millions)*

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Digital Interactions (in thousands)*

 

 

LOGO

 

ln-Office Visits (in thousands)*

 

 

LOGO

 

*

Net revenue, in-office visits and digital interactions are shown for trailing twelve months. Members are shown as of end of each period. See “—Key Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for our definition of members.

Net revenue increased 20% from $176.8 million in 2017 to $212.7 million in 2018 and increased 29% from $154.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $198.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Loss from operations increased from $31.8 million in 2017 to $45.0 million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our loss from operations was $25.1 million and $35.2 million, respectively. Care margin increased from $56.1 million, or 32% of net revenue, in 2017, to $76.5 million, or 36% of net revenue, in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our care margin was $54.2 million, or 35% of net revenue, and $80.3 million, or 40% of net revenue, respectively. Net loss increased from $31.7 million in 2017 to $45.5 million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, net loss increased from $26.9 million to $34.2 million. Adjusted EBITDA decreased from $(11.5) million in 2017 to $(13.9) million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our adjusted EBITDA decreased from $(7.1) million to $(15.6) million. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information as to how we define and calculate care margin and adjusted EBITDA and for a reconciliation of loss from operations, the most comparable GAAP measure, to care margin, and net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, to adjusted EBITDA.

 

79


Table of Contents

Our Business Model

We have developed a modernized healthcare membership model based on direct consumer enrollment as well as employer sponsorship. Our annual membership model includes seamless access to 24/7 digital health paired with inviting in-office care routinely covered under health insurance programs. Our members join either individually as consumers by paying an annual membership fee or are sponsored by an enterprise client who purchases a subscription for their employees and, increasingly, their dependents. All members have actively registered with us. As of September 30, 2019, we had 397,000 members. Digital health services are delivered via our mobile app and website, through such modalities as video and voice encounters, chat and messaging, and our in-office care is delivered at any of our 77 medical offices as of September 30, 2019.

Our Revenue

We derive net revenue from multiple stakeholders, including consumers, employers, health networks and insurers. We recognize net revenue as (i) membership revenue from annual employer and consumer subscription fees, (ii) partnership revenue predominantly on a PMPM basis from health networks, fixed payments from enterprise clients for on-site medical services, and capitation payments from IPAs and (iii) net patient service revenue on a per visit basis from health insurers and patients. We are in-network with most health insurance plans in all of our markets.

We generate a portion of our revenue through membership fees charged to either consumer members or enterprise clients. As of September 30, 2019, our current annual consumer membership fee for new members was $199. Our enterprise clients typically pay a discounted fee collected in advance, based on a rate per employee per month.

We have entered into clinically integrated care partnerships with health networks, which generate revenue either through fee-for-service reimbursements for member in-office visits under the health network’s contracts or as fixed PMPM payments independent of office visits or services provided. For our health network arrangements that provide for fixed PMPM payments, when our medical offices provide professional clinical services to covered members, we, as administrator, perform billing and collection services on behalf of the health network, and the health network receives the fees for services provided, including those paid by members’ insurance plans. In those circumstances, we earn PMPM payments in lieu of per visit fees for services from member office visits. See “Business—Our Health Network Partnerships.” As of September 30, 2019, 86% of our members were covered under health network partnerships. We expect the percentage of members covered by our health network partners to increase over the long term.

We generate partnership revenue from (i) our health network partners on a fixed PMPM basis, (ii) fixed price or fixed price per employee contracts with enterprise clients with on-site medical services, or (iii) capitation payments from IPAs that contract with HMOs for medical services provided to covered participants.

Our membership fee revenue and partnership revenue are contractual and recurring in nature. Membership revenue and partnership revenue represented 22%, 32% and 48% of total net revenue for 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively. The increased percentage of revenue that is contractual and recurring in nature is due to expanded health network partnerships in 2018 and new agreements with health network partners in 2019.

The remainder of our net revenue is primarily received on a per visit fee-for-service basis from member health insurance plans or patients, and in certain markets, with billing rates based on our agreements with health network partners. We call this patient service revenue. We use historical patient visit rates, our historical mix of services performed, and current reimbursement rates to help us analyze and explain historical patient service revenue from this part of our business.

In 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, we had four, four and three customers, respectively, that each represented 10% or more of our net revenue for each period, including Google Inc., which

 

80


Table of Contents

accounted for 10% of net revenue during each of 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019. In 2017 and 2018, each customer other than Google Inc. that represented 10% or more of our net revenue was a commercial payer. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our customers that each represented 10% or more of our net revenue were Google Inc., a commercial payer and a health network partner.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

We believe that our future growth, success and performance are dependent on many factors, including those set forth below. While these factors present significant opportunities for us, they also represent the challenges that we must successfully address in order to grow our business and improve our results of operations.

 

   

Acquisition of Net New Members and Enterprise Clients. We believe that our ability to increase our membership will enable us to drive financial growth as members drive our membership revenue, partnership revenue and net patient service revenue. We have significant opportunities to increase members in our existing markets through (i) new sales to consumers and enterprise clients, (ii) expansion of the number of enrolled members, including dependents, within our enterprise clients, and (iii) adding other potential services. In our most mature market in the San Francisco Bay Area, we believe we have only captured approximately 3% commercial market share. Our ability to enroll new members either as consumer members or through enterprise clients will impact our results of operations. Within enterprise clients with at least 275 eligible employees, our median estimated activation rate as of September 30, 2019 was 45%, which we believe we can increase over time. We define estimated activation rate for any enterprise client at a given time as the percentage of eligible lives enrolled as members. Some of our enterprise clients offer membership benefits to the dependents of their employees, for which we assume eligible lives include one dependent per employee. The levels of activation rates at our enterprise clients may also affect the renewal rates of our enterprise clients. Separately, the percentage of enterprise clients offering us to employee dependents has grown from 55% as of December 31, 2014 to 71% as of September 30, 2019, and changes to that percentage will also impact our growth in members. While we do not regularly monitor activation rates and related metrics across enterprise clients, we may use these metrics to compare member activation across different enterprise clients and to look for opportunities for additional membership activation within existing enterprise clients. We also intend to acquire members by expanding into new markets, including by entering three new markets in 2020.

 

   

Components of Revenue. Our ability to maintain or improve pricing levels under our contracts with health networks will impact our results of operations. We recognize net patient service revenue on a per visit basis at amounts dependent on (i) our billing rates and third-party payer contracted rates, including in certain cases through agreements with health networks, (ii) the mix of members who are commercially insured and (iii) the nature of visits. In addition, we may add additional services in the future for which we may charge in a variety of ways. To the extent the net amounts we charge our members, partners and clients change, our net revenue will also change.

 

   

Care Margin. Care margin is driven by net revenue, expansion of new medical offices or new services, average utilization of our services, and provider- and office-related expenses. As we open new medical offices or add new services, our care margin is likely to decrease initially due to a lag in realization of revenue from those new offices or services. In markets where we earn partnership revenue on fixed PMPM contracts, higher patient visits, longer lengths of visits or increased use of medical supplies will lower our care margin. In markets where we earn patient service revenue, increased visits typically result in higher care margin. To the extent we need to increase the compensation for our providers, our care margin may decline.

 

   

Investments in Growth. We expect to continue to focus on long-term growth through investments in sales and marketing, technology research and development, and existing and new medical offices. We are working to enhance our digital health and technology offering and increase the potential breadth of our modernized platform solution. As we expand to new markets, we expect to make significant

 

81


Table of Contents
 

upfront investments in sales and marketing to establish brand awareness and acquire new members. Additionally, we intend to continue to invest in new offices in new and existing markets. Accordingly, in the short term, we expect these activities to increase our operating expenses and cost of care; however, in the long term we anticipate that these investments will positively impact our results of operations.

 

   

Seasonality. As a result of seasonal trends, we experience our highest levels of office visits and patient service revenue during the first and fourth quarters of each year when compared to other quarters of the year. Conversely, the second and third quarters of the year have historically been the period of lower office visits, and as a result, lower patient service revenue relative to the other quarters of the year. However, the effects of this seasonality have historically been partially offset by our partnership revenue and membership revenue, which are recognized ratably over the period of each contract and recurring in nature, as well as our period-over-period growth.

Key Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We review a number of operating and financial metrics, including the following key metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate our business plan and make strategic decisions.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017      2018      2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Members (as of end of period)

     272        346        323       397  

Net revenue

   $ 176,769      $ 212,678      $ 154,636     $ 198,872  

Care margin(1)

   $ 56,064      $ 76,498      $ 54,198     $ 80,286  

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

   $ (11,542    $ (13,918    $ (7,070   $ (15,581

 

(1)

See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information as to how we define and calculate care margin and adjusted EBITDA and for a reconciliation of loss from operations, the most comparable GAAP measure, to care margin, and net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, to adjusted EBITDA. For 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our loss from operations was $31.8 million, $45.0 million, $25.1 million and $35.2 million, respectively. For 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our net loss was $31.7 million, $45.5 million, $26.9 million and $34.2 million, respectively.

Members

A member is a person who has paid for membership themselves or an employee or dependent whose membership has been paid for by an enterprise client and who has registered with us. Members help drive membership revenue, partnership revenue and patient service revenue. We believe growth in the number of members is a key indicator of the performance of our business. This depends, in part, on our ability to successfully market our services directly to consumers and to employers that are not yet enterprise clients and our activation rate within existing clients. While growth in the number of members is an important indicator of expected revenue growth, it also informs our management of the areas of our business that will require further investment to support expected future member growth.

 

82


Table of Contents

Members (in thousands)*

 

 

LOGO

*    Number of members is shown as of the end of each period.

Care Margin

We define care margin as loss from operations excluding depreciation and amortization, general and administrative expense and sales and marketing expense. We consider care margin to be an important measure to monitor our performance, specific to the direct costs of delivering care. We believe this margin is useful to measure whether we are controlling our direct expenses included in the provision of care sufficiently and whether we are effectively pricing our services. Care margin is presented for supplemental informational purposes only and should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of care margin to loss from operations, its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

Adjusted EBITDA

We define adjusted EBITDA as net loss excluding interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, change in the fair value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability and provision for income taxes. We include adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is an important measure upon which our management assesses and believes investors should assess our operating performance. We consider adjusted EBITDA to be an important measure because it helps illustrate underlying trends in our business and our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis. Adjusted EBITDA is presented for supplemental informational purposes only and should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, its most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Net Revenue

We generate net revenue through net patient service revenue, partnership revenue, and membership revenue.

 

83


Table of Contents

Net Patient Service Revenue. We generate net patient service revenue from providing primary care services to patients in our offices when we bill the member or their insurance plan on a fee-for-service basis as medical services are rendered. While substantially all of our patients are members, we occasionally also provide care to non-members. Net patient service revenue accounted for 78% and 68% of our net revenue during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and 68% and 52% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Partnership Revenue. Partnership revenue is generated from the following:

 

   

Beginning in 2019, contracts with health systems as health network partners, for which the health system pays a fixed price per member per month;

 

   

Contracts with enterprise clients for on-site medical services, for which the employer pays a fixed price or a fixed price per employee; and

 

   

Capitation payments from IPAs for which IPAs pay a fixed price per IPA participant.

Under our partnership arrangements, we generally receive fixed fees regardless of services provided, which services are consistent across the various arrangements. All partnership revenue is recognized during the period in which we are obligated to provide professional clinical services to the member, employee, or participant, as applicable, and associated management, operational and administrative services to the health network partner, enterprise client, or IPA, as applicable. Partnership revenue accounted for 3% and 12% of our net revenue during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and 12% and 29% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Membership Revenue. Membership revenue is generated from annual membership fees paid by consumer members and from enterprise clients who purchase access to memberships for their employees and dependents. Membership revenue is recognized ratably over the contract period with the individual member or enterprise client. Membership revenue accounted for 19% and 20% of our net revenue during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and 20% and 19% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Operating Expenses

Cost of Care, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, primarily includes provider and support employee-related costs for both in-office and virtual care, occupancy costs, medical supplies, insurance and other operating costs. A large portion of these costs are fixed relative to member utilization of our services, such as occupancy costs and insurance costs. As a result, as net revenue increases due to improved pricing, which can result from, for example, higher net revenue per member under agreements with enterprise clients and health network partners, or when we provide services to more members without increasing our infrastructure or related costs, cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue typically decreases. Providers include doctors of medicine, doctors of osteopathy, nurse practitioners and physician assistants. Support employees include phlebotomists and administrative assistants assisting our members with all non-medical related services. Virtual care includes video visits and other synchronous and asynchronous communication via our app and website. Our cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, also excludes allocations of general and administrative expenses. In the near term, as we open new offices, we expect cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, to increase in absolute dollars.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist of employee-related expenses, including salaries and related costs, commissions and stock-based compensation costs for our employees engaged in marketing, sales, account

 

84


Table of Contents

management and sales support. Sales and marketing expenses also include advertising production and delivery costs of communications materials that are produced to generate greater awareness and engagement among our clients and members, third-party independent research, trade shows and brand messages and public relations costs.

We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase as we strategically invest to expand our business. We expect to hire additional sales personnel and related account management and sales support personnel to capture an increasing amount of our market opportunity. We also expect to continue our brand awareness and targeted marketing campaigns. As we scale our sales and marketing, we expect these expenses to increase in absolute dollars.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses include employee-related expenses, including salaries and related costs and stock-based compensation for our executive, product development, technology infrastructure, operations, clinical and quality support, finance, legal, human resources, and real estate and development departments. In addition, general and administrative expenses include all corporate technology and occupancy costs.

We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase over time following the closing of this offering due to the additional legal, accounting, insurance, investor relations and other costs that we will incur as a public company, as well as other costs associated with continuing to grow our business.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization consist primarily of depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of capitalized software development costs.

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Income

Interest income consists of income earned on our cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term marketable securities.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest costs associated with our notes payable issued pursuant to the LSA.

Change in Fair Value of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

We classify our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants as a liability on our consolidated balance sheets. We remeasure the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to fair value at each reporting date and recognize changes in the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability as a component of other income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations. We will continue to adjust the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the expiration or exercise of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants, or upon their conversion into warrants to purchase common stock upon the closing of this offering such that they qualify for equity classification and no further remeasurement is required.

Upon the closing of this offering, the warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will become exercisable for shares of common stock, at which time we will adjust the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to fair value prior to reclassifying the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital. As a result, following the closing of this offering, the warrants will no longer be subject to fair value accounting.

 

85


Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using an asset and liability approach. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce net deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

In determining whether a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is necessary, we analyze both positive and negative evidence related to the realization of deferred tax assets and inherent in that, assess the likelihood of sufficient future taxable income. We also consider the expected reversal of deferred tax liabilities and analyze the period in which these would be expected to reverse to determine whether the taxable temporary difference amounts serve as an adequate source of future taxable income to support the realizability of the deferred tax assets. In addition, we consider whether it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position.

Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

In September 2014, we entered into a joint venture agreement with a healthcare system to jointly operate physician-owned primary care offices in a new market. We have the responsibility for the provision of medical services and for the day-to-day operation and management of the offices, including the establishment of guidelines for the employment and compensation of the physicians. Based upon this and other provisions of the operating agreement that indicate that we direct the economic activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the joint venture, we determined that the joint venture is a variable interest entity and we are the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, we consolidate the joint venture and the healthcare system’s interest is shown within equity (deficit) as noncontrolling interests. The healthcare system’s share of earnings is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests.

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our net revenue for those periods. Percentages presented in the following tables may not sum due to rounding.

 

86


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018 and 2019

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2018     2019  
     Amount     % of
Revenue
    Amount     % of
Revenue
 
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Net revenue

   $ 154,636       100   $ 198,872       100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     100,438       65     118,586       60

Sales and marketing(1)

     14,374       9     28,830       14

General and administrative(1)

     57,596       37     77,167       39

Depreciation and amortization

     7,369       5     9,440       5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     179,777       116     234,023       118
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (25,141     (16 )%      (35,151     (18 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest income

     805       1     3,676       2

Interest expense

     (626     0     (393     0

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (1,897     (1 )%      (2,226     (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (26,859     (17 )%      (34,094     (17 )% 

Provision for income taxes

     (15     0     (83     0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (26,874     (17 )%      (34,177     (17 )% 

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (888     (1 )%      (1,049     (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

   $ (25,986     (17 )%    $ (33,128     (17 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation, as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2018     2019  
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
 
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 18        0   $ 807        0

General and administrative

     10,684        7     9,324        5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,702        7   $ 10,131        5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

Net Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
     2018      2019      $ Change     % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Net revenue:

          

Net patient service revenue

   $ 104,862      $ 103,810      $ (1,052     (1 )% 

Partnership revenue

     18,083        57,027        38,944       215
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total patient service and partnership revenue

     122,945        160,837        37,892       31
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Membership revenue

     31,691        38,035        6,344       20
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue

   $ 154,636      $ 198,872      $ 44,236       29
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenue increased $44.2 million, or 29%, from $154.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $198.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This increase was primarily due to a 74,000 increase in members, or 23%, from 323,000 as of September 30, 2018 to 397,000 as of September 30, 2019. Our members are the primary driver of our net revenue.

Net revenue from patient service and partnerships increased $37.9 million, or 31%, from $122.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $160.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily due to the 23% increase in members. In addition, net revenue per member increased by 7% as we entered into new partnership relationships with health networks that resulted in a higher net revenue rate per member than the previous fee-for-service contracts with payers. During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, we did not have fixed PMPM contracts with health networks, and partnership revenue only included contracts for on-site medical services and capitation payments. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, as a result of new health network partnerships, partnership revenue increased $38.9 million, or 215%, from $18.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $57.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Correspondingly, net patient service revenue decreased by 1% as we entered into new partnership relationships with health network partners, partially offset by an increase in rate per visit of 20%, attributable to a higher mix of revenue from payers with higher rates and payer rate increases, and an increase in the number of visits per member of 7%.

Membership revenue increased $6.3 million, or 20%, from $31.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $38.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This increase was primarily due to an increase in members of 74,000, or 23%, partially offset by a decline in membership revenue per member as growth of our enterprise membership, with lower average membership revenue per member, continued to outpace the growth of our consumer members.

Operating Expenses

Cost of Care, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   $ 100,438      $ 118,586      $ 18,148        18

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased $18.1 million, or 18%, from $100.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $118.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This increase was primarily due to increases in provider employee-related expenses of $10.5 million, support

 

88


Table of Contents

employee-related expense of $3.1 million, occupancy costs of $1.4 million, and medical supply costs of $2.6 million, and increases in other expenses of $0.5 million. In addition to growth in our existing offices, we added seven offices between September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2019.

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue decreased from 65% to 60%. This decrease was due to higher net revenue discussed above, including from health network partners that result in a higher net revenue rate per member with a lower corresponding increase in cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, an increase in members, and a relatively lower increase in cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as we leveraged our existing infrastructure and related costs to accommodate the increase in members.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 14,374      $ 28,830      $ 14,456        101

Sales and marketing expenses increased $14.5 million, or 101%, from $14.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $28.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 primarily due to an increase in brand marketing and direct advertising of $13.5 million and stock-based compensation expense of $0.8 million.

General and Administrative

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 57,596      $ 77,167      $ 19,571        34

General and administrative expenses increased $19.6 million, or 34%, from $57.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $77.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This increase was primarily due to higher salaries and benefits of $11.5 million, partially offset by lower stock-based compensation expense of $1.4 million, as we expanded our team to support our growth. In addition, we also increased our corporate office occupancy costs by $2.8 million, software-as-a-service costs by $2.6 million, legal and professional services by $2.1 million, travel costs by $0.8 million, business taxes and insurance by $0.7 million, and other costs by $0.4 million.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
         2018              2019          $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 7,369      $ 9,440      $ 2,071        28

Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $2.1 million, or 28%, from $7.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $9.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. This increase was primarily due to the cost of remodeling our offices, our new corporate office, new medical offices, and capitalization of software development.

 

89


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Income

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
         2018              2019          $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 805      $ 3,676      $ 2,871        nm  

 

nm—not meaningful

Interest income increased $2.9 million from $0.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $3.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 due to our higher cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances resulting from cash received from our Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock issuance that closed in August 2018.

Interest Expense

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
               
     2018      2019      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Interest expense

   $ (626    $ (393    $ 233        37

Interest expense decreased $0.2 million from $(0.6) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $(0.4) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 due to the declining principal balance on our notes payable.

Change in Fair Value of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
       
     2018     2019     $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ (1,897   $ (2,226   $ 329        17

The fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability increased $2.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to an increase of $1.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018. The change in both periods was due to the change in fair value of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
       
         2018             2019         $ Change     % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ (15   $ (83   $ (68     nm  

 

nm—not meaningful

Provision for income taxes increased $68 thousand from $15 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $83 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

 

90


Table of Contents

Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
       
         2018             2019         $ Change     % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

   $ (888   $ (1,049   $ (161     18

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests increased $0.2 million, or 18%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2018 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2019 due to an increased net loss of the joint venture.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018  
     Amount     % of
Revenue
    Amount     % of
Revenue
 
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Net revenue

   $ 176,769       100   $ 212,678       100

Operating expenses:

        

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     120,705       68     136,180       64

Sales and marketing(1)

     19,172       11     25,789       12

General and administrative(1)

     57,964       33     85,808       40

Depreciation and amortization

     10,686       6     9,947       5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     208,527       118     257,724       121
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (31,758     (18 )%      (45,046     (21 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest income

     386       0     2,251       1

Interest expense

     (834     0     (804     0

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     646       0     (1,877     (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (31,560     (18 )%      (45,476     (21 )% 

Provision for income taxes

     (126     0     (25     0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (31,686     (18 )%      (45,501     (21 )% 

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (889     (1 )%      (1,086     (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

   $ (30,797     (17 )%    $ (44,415     (21 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation, as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2018  
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
 
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 267        0   $ 552        0

General and administrative

     9,263        5     20,629        10
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,530        5   $ 21,181        10
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

In October 2018, we repurchased 1,553,424 shares of common stock from certain directors, employees and executive officers for net total consideration of $14.8 million, after considering net share settlement. The amount

 

91


Table of Contents

paid in excess of the then-current estimated fair value of our common stock of $7.2 million was recorded as stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2018, of which $0.2 million is included in sales and marketing expense and $7.0 million is included in general and administrative expense on our consolidated statements of operations and in the table above. The balance of $7.5 million was recognized in additional paid-in capital.

Net Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2017      2018      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Net revenue:

           

Net patient service revenue

   $ 138,581      $ 144,080      $ 5,499        4%  

Partnership revenue

     5,122        25,408        20,286            396%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net patient service and partnership revenue

     143,703        169,488        25,785        18%  

Membership revenue

     33,066        43,190        10,124        31%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenue

   $ 176,769      $ 212,678      $ 35,909        20%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenue increased $35.9 million, or 20%, from $176.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, to $212.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to a 27% increase in members, from 272,000 as of December 31, 2017, to 346,000 as of December 31, 2018.

Net revenue from patient service and partnerships increased $25.8 million, or 18%, from $143.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $169.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to the 27% increase in members, offset by a decrease in net revenue per member of 7%. The decrease in net revenue per member resulted from the majority of net revenue in these years being attributable to net patient service revenue and the decrease in number of visits per member in 2018 compared to 2017. Net patient service revenue increased 4% due to a 3% increase in office visits and a 1% increase in rate per visit, attributable to payer rate increases. Partnership revenue increased primarily due to new contracts with employers for on-site medical services.

Membership revenue increased $10.1 million, or 31%, from $33.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $43.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, due to a 27% increase in members and a 3% increase in net revenue per member.

Operating Expenses

Cost of Care, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2017      2018      $ Change      % Change  
     (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   $ 120,705      $ 136,180      $ 15,475        13

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased $15.5 million, or 13%, from $120.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $136.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to increases in provider employee-related expenses of $9.0 million related to higher headcount for new office openings, support employee-related expense of $4.6 million, occupancy costs of $1.2 million, and medical supply costs of $0.7 million. During 2018, we opened 12 new offices, and we operated 71 medical offices as of December 31, 2018.

 

92


Table of Contents

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue decreased from 68% to 64% due to higher net revenue discussed above primarily due to an increase in members and a relatively lower increase in cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as we leveraged our existing infrastructure and related costs to accommodate the increase in members.

Sales and Marketing

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
       
    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change  
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

  $ 19,172     $ 25,789     $ 6,617       35

Sales and marketing expenses increased $6.6 million, or 35%, from $19.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $25.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to higher brand marketing and direct advertising expense of $4.0 million and higher employee-related salaries and benefits of $2.0 million.

General and Administrative

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
       
    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change  
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

General and administrative

  $ 57,964     $ 85,808     $ 27,844       48

General and administrative expenses increased $27.8 million, or 48%, from $58.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $85.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to higher salaries and benefits of $10.6 million and stock-based compensation expense of $11.3 million, including the stock repurchase program in October 2018 as we expanded our team to support our growth. In addition, we also increased our software-as-a-service costs by $2.1 million, professional services, contractors, and legal costs by $1.9 million, travel costs by $1.8 million, and other costs by $0.1 million.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
       
    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change  
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Depreciation and amortization

  $ 10,686     $ 9,947     $ (739     7

Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased $0.7 million, or 7%, from $10.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Our depreciation and amortization expense decreased in 2018, primarily due to new assets placed into service with longer useful lives.

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Income

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
       
    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change  
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Interest income

  $ 386     $ 2,251     $ 1,865       483

 

93


Table of Contents

Interest income increased $1.9 million, or 483%, from $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was due to higher average cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances resulting from cash received from our Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock financing in August 2018.

Interest Expense

 

    Year Ended December
31,
             
    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change  
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Interest expense

  $ (834   $ (804   $ 30       4

Interest expense decreased $30 thousand from $(0.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $(0.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due to the declining principal balance on our notes payable, partially offset by increases in the interest rate during 2018.

Change in Fair Value of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
     
    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change
    (dollar amounts in thousands)

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

  $ 646     $ (1,877   $ (2,523   nm

The fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability decreased $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to an increase of $1.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the fair value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants increased as a result of an increase in the fair value of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
       
    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change  
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

  $ (126   $ (25   $ 101       80

The provision for income taxes decreased $0.1 million, or 80%, from $126 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $25 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2018, due to lower taxable income in 2018.

Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
       
    2017     2018     $ Change     % Change  
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

  $ (889   $ (1,086   $ (197     22

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests decreased $0.2 million, or 22%, from $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, due to increased losses incurred by a joint venture.

 

94


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results

The following table sets forth our unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations data for each of the last seven quarters in the period ended September 30, 2019. The unaudited quarterly statements of operations data set forth below have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and include, in our opinion, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for the periods presented. Our historical quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results in the three months ended March 31, 2019, June 30, 2019 and September 30, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the remainder of 2019 or any future period. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
 
    (in thousands)        

Net revenue

  $ 53,278     $ 51,598     $ 49,760     $ 58,042     $ 63,010     $ 66,233     $ 69,629  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

             

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

    34,437       33,768       32,232       35,743       37,780       39,386       41,420  

Sales and marketing(1)

    4,296       4,702       5,377       11,414       8,275       8,091       12,464  

General and administrative(1)

    18,061       21,280       18,255       28,212       22,419       26,970       27,778  

Depreciation and amortization

    2,604       2,238       2,527       2,578       2,699       3,096       3,645  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    59,398       61,988       58,391       77,947       71,173       77,543       85,307  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (6,120     (10,390     (8,631     (19,905     (8,163     (11,310     (15,678
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

             

Interest income (expense), net

    (91     (85     355       1,268       1,192       1,111       980  

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (88     (1,463     (346     20       (63     (1,273     (890
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (6,299     (11,938     (8,622     (18,617     (7,034     (11,472     (15,588

Provision for income taxes

    (3     (7     (5     (10     (10     (16     (57
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (6,302     (11,945     (8,627     (18,627     (7,044     (11,488     (15,645

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    (261     (372     (255     (198     (374     (287     (388
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

  $ (6,041   $ (11,573   $ (8,372   $ (18,429   $ (6,670   $ (11,201   $ (15,257
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation, as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
 
    (in thousands)        

Sales and marketing

  $ 149     $ 325     $ (456   $ 534     $ 311     $ 151     $ 345  

General and administrative

    4,064       4,248       2,372       9,945       2,643       3,239       3,441  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 4,213     $ 4,573     $ 1,916     $ 10,479     $ 2,954     $ 3,390     $ 3,786  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents

In October 2018, we repurchased 1,553,424 shares of common stock from certain directors, employees and executive officers for net total consideration of $14.8 million. The amount paid in excess of the then-current estimated fair value of our common stock of $7.2 million was recorded as stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2018, of which $0.2 million is included in sales and marketing expense and $7.0 million is included in general and administrative expense on our consolidated statements of operations and in the table above. The balance of $7.5 million was recognized in additional paid-in capital.

 

    Three Months Ended  
(% of revenue)   March 31,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    December 31,
2018
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
 

Net revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

             

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

    65     65     65     62     60     59     59

Sales and marketing

    8       9       11       20       13       12       18  

General and administrative

    34       41       37       49       36       41       40  

Depreciation and amortization

    5       4       5       4       4       5       5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    111       120       117       134       113       117       123  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (11     (20     (17     (34     (13     (17     (23
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

             

Interest income (expense)

    0       0       1       2       2       2       1  

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    0       (3     (1     0       0       (2     (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (12     (23     (17     (32     (11     (17     (22

Provision for income taxes

    0       0       0       0       0       0       0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (12     (23     (17     (32     (11     (17     (22

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

    0       (1     (1     0       (1     0       (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

    (11 )%      (22 )%      (17 )%      (32 )%      (11 )%      (17 )%      (22 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends

Net revenue generally increases with member growth. Our first and fourth quarter net patient service revenue has historically been higher than in other quarters. We expect this seasonality related to net revenue to decrease over time as more of our net revenue comes from partnership revenue. In addition, we expect quarterly variations in rate of member growth to continue, primarily as we secure contracts with additional enterprise clients or experience contract terminations. This may result in higher or lower net revenue for a quarter as compared to the prior quarter and the prior year period. However, we do not expect these variations to have a long-term effect on net revenue.

We monitor and evaluate our cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as a percent of net revenue. Our cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue improved in the prior three quarters due to higher revenue. During the first nine months of 2019, we opened six new offices. We typically incur a certain amount of fixed costs for an office prior to its opening, while earning lower net revenue in the first months of opening a new office, and therefore higher cost of care, exclusive of depreciation

 

96


Table of Contents

and amortization, as a percentage of net revenue. As we open more offices during the second half of 2019 and in 2020, we expect cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, to increase.

Our sales and marketing expenses fluctuate quarter to quarter based on the timing of brand and direct advertising campaigns. For example, we incurred significant brand marketing expenses in the fourth quarter of 2018 increasing costs as a percentage of net revenue to 20%. We expect quarter to quarter fluctuations to continue.

Our general and administrative expenses have fluctuated quarter to quarter primarily due to changes in stock-based compensation expense as we have expanded and changed our team to support our growth. In addition, the increase in the fourth quarter of 2018 was due to our stock repurchase. We expect quarter to quarter fluctuations to continue.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily with proceeds from the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock, and to a lesser extent, notes payable under credit facilities. Through September 30, 2019, we had received net proceeds of $401.6 million from our sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock. As of September 30, 2019, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities of $170.3 million. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next twelve months.

We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our pace of new member growth and expanded enterprise client and health network relationships, our pace and timing of expansion of new medical offices, and the timing and extent of spend to support the expansion of sales, marketing and development activities. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry—In order to support the growth of our business, we may need to incur additional indebtedness under our existing loan agreement or seek capital through new equity or debt financings, which sources of additional capital may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.”

Indebtedness

In January 2013, we entered into the LSA with Silicon Valley Bank, which, as amended, provides for aggregate borrowings of up to $11.0 million in the form of term loans. In 2016, we drew down the full $11.0 million available to us under the LSA, and no additional amounts remained available for borrowing under the LSA as of September 30, 2019. As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019, the outstanding principal amount under the LSA was $7.7 million and $4.4 million, respectively.

Borrowings under the LSA, as amended, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the greater of 5.56% or the prime rate plus 1.81%. Under the LSA, we were required to make monthly interest-only payments through March 31, 2018 and are required to make 30 equal monthly payments of principal, plus accrued interest, from April 1, 2018 through September 1, 2020, when all unpaid principal and interest becomes due and payable. We may voluntarily prepay all, but not less than all, of the outstanding principal at any time prior to the maturity date, subject to a prepayment fee.

Under the terms of the LSA, we must maintain one of two financial covenants: (i) a liquidity ratio of not less than 1.50 to 1.00 or (ii) a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00. We have been in compliance with the financial covenants since the inception of the LSA.

 

97


Table of Contents

Borrowings under the LSA are secured by substantially all of our properties, rights and assets, excluding intellectual property. Additionally, the LSA contains certain customary restrictive covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness and liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends, amend the ASAs and transfer or dispose of assets.

In addition, we issued to Silicon Valley Bank warrants to purchase 494,833 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, which, upon the closing of this offering, will convert into warrants to purchase an equal number of shares of common stock.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (2,718   $ (18,410   $ (11,358   $ (24,098

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (4,287     (176,759     (157,754     20,633  

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     2,738       216,602       221,783       (1,353
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ (4,267   $ 21,433     $ 52,671     $ (4,818
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, operating activities used $24.1 million of cash, resulting from our net loss of $34.2 million and net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $16.6 million, partially offset by net non-cash charges of $26.7 million. Net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 consisted primarily of a $15.8 million increase in accounts receivable, net, a $2.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and a $5.7 million decrease in operating lease liabilities, partially offset by a $2.9 million increase in deferred revenue and a $2.7 million increase in other liabilities. The increase in accounts receivable is primarily due to receivables from health system partners that have longer invoicing and payment cycles than insurance payers. The increase in deferred revenue was due to higher cash collections due to growth of our consumer memberships and enterprise clients.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, operating activities used $11.4 million of cash, resulting from our net loss of $26.9 million, and net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $6.6 million, partially offset by net non-cash charges of $22.1 million. Net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 consisted primarily of a $9.3 million increase in accounts receivable, net, partially offset by a $1.1 million increase in accrued expenses and a $0.6 million increase in deferred revenue. The increase in accounts receivable is primarily due to higher net patient service revenue. Increase in accrued expenses were due to timing of vendor invoicing. The increase in deferred revenue was due to higher cash collections due to growth of our consumer memberships and enterprise clients.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, operating activities used $18.4 million of cash, resulting from our net loss of $45.5 million and net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.5 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $27.6 million. Net cash used in changes in our operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2018 consisted primarily of a $7.2 million increase in accounts receivable and a $1.3 million decrease in other liabilities, partially offset by a $5.1 million increase in accrued expenses, a $1.9 million increase in accounts payable, a $0.6 million increase in deferred revenue, a $0.2 million

 

98


Table of Contents

decrease in inventories and a $0.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets. The increase in accounts receivable is primarily due to higher net patient service revenue. The increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses was due to our higher level of operating activities and the timing of vendor invoicing and payments.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, operating activities used $2.7 million of cash, resulting from our net loss of $31.7 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $23.5 million and changes in operating assets and liabilities of $5.4 million. The changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to increases of $5.4 million in deferred revenue, $3.1 million in accrued expenses and $5.2 million in other liabilities, partially offset by increases of $5.9 million in accounts receivable, $1.7 million prepaid expenses and other current assets and $1.4 million in inventories. The increase in accounts receivable is primarily due to higher net patient service revenue. The increase in accrued expenses was due to our higher level of operating activities and the timing of vendor invoicing.

Investing Activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, investing activities provided $20.6 million of cash, resulting from maturities of short-term marketable securities of $266.8 million, offset by purchases of short-term marketable securities of $208.5 million and purchases of property and equipment of $37.6 million due primarily to leasehold improvements, computer equipment, and furniture and fixtures for our new corporate office, new offices and remodels of existing offices, in addition to capitalization of internal-use software development costs.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, investing activities used $157.8 million of cash, resulting from purchases of short-term marketable securities of $180.0 million and purchases of property and equipment of $7.1 million, partially offset by maturities of short-term marketable securities of $29.4 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, investing activities used $176.8 million of cash, resulting from purchases of short-term marketable securities of $218.6 million and purchases of property and equipment of $10.8 million, partially offset by maturities of short-term marketable securities of $52.6 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, investing activities used $4.3 million of cash, resulting from purchases of short-term marketable securities of $49.0 million and purchases of property and equipment of $14.0 million, partially offset by maturities of short-term marketable securities of $58.7 million.

Financing Activities

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, financing activities used $1.4 million of cash, resulting primarily from payment of debt obligation of $3.3 million, partially offset by proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $1.9 million.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, financing activities provided $221.8 million of cash, resulting proceeds from proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $216.7 million, the exercise of stock options and warrants of $7.3 million, partially offset by repayment of debt obligation of $2.2 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, financing activities provided $216.6 million of cash, resulting from proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $216.7 million, and exercise of stock options and warrants of $10.8 million, net of repurchase of common stock of $7.5 million and payment of debt obligation of $3.3 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, financing activities provided $2.7 million of cash, resulting entirely from proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

 

99


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than 1
Year
     1 to 3
Years
     4 to 5
Years
     More than 5
Years
 
                   (in thousands)                

Long-term debt, including current portion

   $ 7,700      $ 4,400      $ 3,300      $ —        $ —    

Interest on long-term debt(1)

     522        420        102        —          —    

Operating leases

     153,525        17,138        39,130        34,248        63,009  

Purchase obligations(2)

     7,418        6,263        1,155        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 169,165      $ 28,221      $ 43,687      $ 34,248      $ 63,009  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts in the table reflect the contractually required interest payable pursuant to outstanding borrowings under the LSA. Interest payments in the table above were calculated using an interest rate of 7.3%, which was the interest rate applicable to borrowings under the LSA as of December 31, 2018.

(2)

Amounts in the table do not reflect a (i) subscription agreement with a cloud content management service entered into in February 2019 pursuant to which we committed to spend an aggregate of $1.0 million, and (ii) subscription agreement with an information collaboration company entered into in April 2019 pursuant to which we committed to spend an aggregate of $1.0 million.

The contractual commitment amounts in the table and footnotes above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table or footnotes above.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, costs and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in greater detail in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 is presented under Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 605, Revenue Recognition. Under ASC 605, we recognized revenue when all of the following criteria were met: Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; the sales price is fixed or determinable; collection is reasonably assured; and services have been rendered.

Beginning January 1, 2019, we adopted ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, using the modified retrospective method applied to contracts which were not completed upon the adoption date. Under

 

100


Table of Contents

ASC 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of ASC 606, we perform the following five steps:

 

  (i)

Identify the contract(s) with a customer;

 

  (ii)

Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

 

  (iii)

Determine the transaction price;

 

  (iv)

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

 

  (v)

Recognize revenue as the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

The cumulative effect of initially adopting ASC 606 was immaterial and limited to direct and incremental costs to obtain revenue contracts. The key judgments applicable to revenue recognition under ASC 605 and ASC 606 are similar and are described below. Differences between ASC 605 and ASC 606 were limited to the deferral of incremental commission costs of acquiring a contract. Our policy under ASC 605 was to defer only direct and incremental costs to obtain a contract and amortize those costs over the length of the related contract, including enterprise sales contract renewals, which was generally twelve months. Under ASC 606, we capitalize commission fees related to contracts with customers when the associated revenue is expected to be earned over a period that exceeds one year. For these contracts with an expected duration greater than a year, we capitalize commission fees and amortize them over the period associated with the expected life of the customer.

Net Patient Service Revenue

Net patient service revenue is generated from providing primary care services pursuant to contracts with patients. We recognize revenue as services are rendered, which are delivered over a period of time but typically within one day, when we provide services to the patient. We receive payments for services from third-party payers as well as from patients who have health insurance where they may bear some cost of the service in the form of co-pays, coinsurance or deductibles. In addition, patients who do not have health insurance are required to pay for their services in full. Providing medical services to patients represents our performance obligation under these contracts, and accordingly, the transaction price is allocated entirely to one performance obligation.

Net patient service revenue is reported net of provisions for contractual allowances from third-party payers and patients. We have certain agreements with third-party payers that provide for reimbursement at amounts different from our standard billing rates. The differences between the estimated reimbursement rates and the standard billing rates are accounted for as contractual adjustments, which are deducted from gross revenue to arrive at net patient service revenue. We estimate implicit price concessions related to self-pay balances as part of estimating the original transaction price, which is based on historical experience and other collection indicators.

Partnership Revenue

Partnership revenue is generated from (i) contracts with employers to provide professional clinical services to employee members at the Company’s on-site clinics, (ii) capitation payments from IPAs to provide professional clinical services to covered participants, and (iii) contracts with health systems as health network partners beginning in 2019. Our performance obligation under the various partnership arrangements is the same—to stand ready to provide professional clinical services and the associated management and administrative services. As the services are provided concurrently over the contract term and have the same pattern of transfer, we have concluded that this represents one performance obligation comprising of a series of distinct services over the contract term.

While we can receive either fixed or variable fees from our enterprise clients (i.e., stated fee per employee per month), we generally receive variable fees from IPAs and health networks on a stated fee per member per

 

101


Table of Contents

month basis, based on the number of members (or participants) serviced. We recognize revenue as we satisfy our performance obligation. For fixed-fee agreements, we use a time-based measure to recognize revenue ratably over the contract term. For variable-fee agreements, we allocate the per member per month variable consideration to the month that the fee is earned, correlating with the amount of services it is providing, which is consistent with the allocation objective of the series guidance.

From time to time, we may provide discounts and rebates to the customer. We estimate the variable consideration subject to the constraint and recognize such variable consideration over the contract term.

Membership Revenue

Membership revenue is generated from annual membership fees paid by consumer members and from enterprise clients who purchase access to memberships for their employees and dependents. The terms of service on our website serve as our contract with consumer members. We enter into written contracts with enterprise clients. The transaction price for contracts with enterprise clients is determined on a per employee per month basis, based on the number of employees eligible for membership during the contract period. The transaction price for the contract is fixed at the commencement of the contract, is stated in the contract and is generally collected in advance of the commencement of the contract term. We may provide numerous services under the agreements; however, these services are not considered individually distinct as they are not separately identifiable in the context of the agreement. As a result, our single performance obligation in the transaction constitutes a series for the provision of membership and services as and when requested over the membership term. The transaction price relates specifically to our efforts to transfer the services for a distinct increment of the series. Accordingly, the transaction price is allocated entirely to the one performance obligation. Membership revenue is recognized ratably over the contract period with the individual member or enterprise client. Unrecognized but collected amounts are recorded as deferred revenue and amortized over the remainder of the applicable membership period.

Deferred Revenue

We record a contract liability, or deferred revenue, when we have an obligation to provide service to the member or enterprise client and payment is received or due in advance of our performance.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure stock-based awards granted to employees and directors based on their fair value on the date of the grant and recognize compensation expense for those awards over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. Generally, we issue stock option awards with only service-based vesting conditions and record the expense for these awards using the straight-line method. The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires inputs based on certain subjective assumptions, including fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected stock price volatility, the expected term of the option, the risk-free interest rate for a period that approximates the expected term of the option, and our expected dividend yield. Changes in the following assumptions can materially affect the estimate of fair value and ultimately how much stock-based compensation expense is recognized; and the resulting change in fair value, if any, is recognized in our statement of operations and comprehensive loss during the period the related services are rendered. These inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop.

Expected Term. We determine the expected term of awards which contain service-only vesting conditions using the simplified method which is used when there is insufficient historical data about exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The simplified method is based on the vesting period and the contractual term for each grant, or for each vesting-tranche for awards with graded vesting. The mid-point between the vesting date and the maximum contractual expiration date is used as the expected term under this

 

102


Table of Contents

method. For awards with multiple vesting-tranches, the times from grant until the mid-points for each of the tranches may be averaged to provide an overall expected term.

Expected Volatility. We use an average historical stock price volatility of a peer group of comparable publicly traded healthcare companies representative of its expected future stock price volatility, as we do not have any trading history for our common stock. For purposes of identifying these peer companies, we consider the industry, stage of development, size and financial leverage of potential comparable companies. For each grant, we measure historical volatility over a period equivalent to the expected term.

Expected Dividend Rate. We have not paid and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, we estimate the dividend yield to be zero.

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with maturities similar to the expected term of the award.

Prior to the adoption of ASC 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Accounting, on January 1, 2019, for stock-based awards granted to consultants and non-employees, we recognized compensation expense over the period during which services were rendered by such non-employees and consultants until completed. At the end of each financial reporting period prior to completion of the service, the fair value of these awards was remeasured using the then-current fair value of our common stock and updated assumption inputs in the Black-Scholes option pricing model. After the adoption of ASC 2018-07, for stock-based awards granted to consultants and non-employees, we measure stock-based awards based on their fair value on the date of grant and recognize compensation expense for those awards over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award.

Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock

The estimated fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was initially determined at each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per-share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant.

In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, on each grant date, our board of directors made a reasonable determination of the fair value of our common stock, based on the information known to us on the date of grant, considering independent third-party valuations of our common stock, and upon a review of any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated fair value per share of the common stock. Our valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid. Our board of directors considered various objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock as of each grant date, including:

 

   

the prices at which we sold common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock and the superior rights and preferences of the preferred stock relative to our common stock at the time of each grant;

 

   

external market conditions affecting our industry, and trends within our industry;

 

   

our financial position, including cash on hand, and our historical and forecasted performance and operating results;

 

   

the lack of an active public market for our common stock and our redeemable convertible preferred stock;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidation event, such as an initial public offering or a sale of our company in light of prevailing market conditions; and

 

   

the analysis of initial public offerings and the market performance of similar companies in our industry.

 

103


Table of Contents

The Practice Aid identifies various available methods for allocating enterprise value across classes and series of capital stock to determine the estimated fair value of common stock at each valuation date. In accordance with the Practice Aid, we considered the following methods:

 

   

Option Pricing Method. Under the option pricing method, or OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The estimated fair values of the redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

 

   

Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method. The probability-weighted expected return method is a scenario-based analysis that estimates value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.

In determining the fair value of our common stock, we estimated the equity value of our business using income and market approaches including recent sales of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock in arms’-length transactions.

The market approach attempts to value an asset or security by examining observable market values for similar assets or securities. Sales and offering prices for comparable assets are adjusted to reflect differences between the asset being valued and the comparable assets, such as, location, time and terms of sale, utility and physical characteristics. When applied to the valuation of equity, the analysis may include consideration of the financial condition and operating performance of the company being valued relative to those of publicly traded companies or to those of companies acquired in a single transaction, which operate in the same or similar lines of business. The specific market approaches employed in our third-party valuations include:

 

   

the Back-Solve Method, wherein an enterprise value was estimated by back-solving the OPM for the enterprise value implied by recent sales of common or preferred equity in arm’s-length transactions. The reliance on this method varied over time based on the time of the transaction and the percentage of our outstanding shares involved in the transaction;

 

   

the Guideline Public Company approach, wherein an enterprise value was estimated based upon the observed valuation multiples of comparable public companies; and

 

   

the Guideline Transactions approach, wherein an enterprise value was estimated based upon the observed valuation multiples paid in acquisitions of comparable companies.

The income approach attempts to value an asset or security by estimating the present value of the future economic benefits it is expected to produce. These benefits can include earnings, cost savings, tax deductions, and disposition proceeds from the asset. Projected cash flows are then discounted to a present value employing a discount rate that properly accounts for the estimated market weighted-average cost of capital, as well as any risk unique to the subject cash flows. Finally, an assumption is made regarding the sustainable long-term rate of growth beyond the discrete forecast period, and a residual value is estimated and discounted to a present value. The sum of the present value of the discrete cash flows and the residual, or “terminal,” value represents the estimated Fair Value of the total invested capital of the entity. The specific income approach employed in our third-party valuations was a discounted cash flow analysis. Specific inputs into the discounted cash flow analysis were forecasted by our management team and included:

 

   

estimated future revenues;

 

   

estimated future operating expenses, including cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, sales and marketing, general and administrative and depreciation and amortization;

 

   

estimated future other income and expenses and provision for income taxes;

 

   

estimated future capital expenditures; and

 

   

estimated future working capital requirements.

 

104


Table of Contents

Once the equity value is determined using the market and income approaches, an OPM is used to allocate the equity value to the various share classes. The OPM uses option theory to value the various classes of a company’s securities in light of their respective claims to the total equity value. We performed this OPM analysis under two liquidity scenarios, a merger and acquisition event and an initial public offering event, and applied an appropriate weighting to each scenario to determine the final fair market value of our common stock. A discount for lack of marketability of the common stock is then applied to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock.

The assumptions underlying these valuations, including projected future revenue and cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, selection of comparable companies and probability of possible future events, represent our board of directors’ best estimates at the time they were made, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of the judgment of our board of directors. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different. Our board of directors intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the grant date.

After the closing of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on Nasdaq on the date of the grant.

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of September 30, 2019 was $240.7 million, of which $114.6 million related to vested options and $126.1 million related to unvested options. The aggregate intrinsic value of options granted subsequent to September 30, 2019 was $14.2 million, of which $13.4 million relates to options that remain unvested as of the date of this prospectus.

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

GAAP requires variable interest entities, or VIEs, to be consolidated if an entity’s interest in the VIE is a controlling financial interest. Under the variable interest model, a controlling financial interest is determined based on which entity, if any, has (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impacts the VIEs economic performance and (ii) the obligations to absorb losses that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

We perform ongoing reassessments of whether changes in the facts and circumstances regarding our involvement with a VIE would cause our consolidation conclusion to change. The consolidation status of the VIEs with which we are involved may change as a result of such reassessments. Changes in consolidation status are applied in accordance with applicable GAAP. Please see Note 3, “Variable Interest Entities” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information.

Valuation of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

We classify our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet because the warrants are freestanding financial instruments that may require us to transfer assets upon exercise. The liability associated with each of these warrants was initially recorded at fair value upon the issuance date of each warrant and is subsequently remeasured to fair value at each reporting date. Changes in the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability are recognized as a component of other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations. We will continue to adjust the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the expiration or exercise of the warrants, or upon their automatic conversion into warrants to purchase common stock in connection with a qualified initial public offering such that they qualify for equity classification and no further remeasurement is required.

 

105


Table of Contents

We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates assumptions and estimates, to value the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants. We assess these assumptions and estimates on a quarterly basis as additional information impacting the assumptions is obtained. Estimates and assumptions impacting the fair value measurement include the fair value per share of the underlying equity instruments issuable upon exercise of the warrants, remaining contractual term of the warrants, risk-free interest rate, expected dividend yield and expected volatility of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock by taking into consideration our most recent sales of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and additional factors that we deem relevant. We have historically been a private company and lack company-specific historical and implied volatility information of our stock. Therefore, we estimate expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of publicly traded peer companies for a term equal to the remaining contractual term of the warrants. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve for time periods approximately equal to the remaining contractual term of the warrants. We have estimated a 0% dividend yield based on the expected dividend yield and the fact that we have never paid or declared dividends.

Upon the closing of this offering, the warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will become exercisable for shares of common stock, at which time we will adjust the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to fair value prior to reclassifying the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital. As a result, following the closing of this offering, the warrants will no longer be subject to fair value accounting.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that we are (i) no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We had cash and cash equivalents of $16.5 million, $36.7 million and $31.9 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019, respectively, held primarily in money market funds for working capital purposes.

We had short-term marketable securities of $26.3 million, $193.9 million and $138.5 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019, respectively, consisting of corporate bonds and commercial paper, and U.S. Treasury bonds. Our investments are made for capital preservation purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. All our investments are denominated in U.S. dollars.

In January 2013, we entered into the LSA with Silicon Valley Bank. As of September 30, 2019, the outstanding amount under this loan agreement was $4.4 million. The interest rate of the LSA is the greater of prime plus 1.81% or 5.56%, and it matures September 1, 2020.

 

106


Table of Contents

Our cash and cash equivalents, short-term marketable securities and debt are subject to market risk due to changes in interest rates. Fixed rate securities may have their market value negatively impacted due to a rise in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectation due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell securities that decline in market value due to changes in interest rates.

We do not believe that an increase or decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points would have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting, which clarifies when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award as a modification. The new standard does not change the accounting for modifications but clarifies that modification accounting guidance should only be applied if the fair value, vesting conditions, or classification of the award changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. Early adoption is permitted. A reporting entity must apply the amendments in the ASU prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption date. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash, which will require entities to show the change in the total of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents within the statement of cash flows. As a result, entities will no longer separately present transfers between unrestricted cash and restricted cash. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation: Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, (Topic 718). The new guidance simplifies certain aspects related to income taxes, statement of cash flows, and forfeitures when accounting for share-based payment transactions. Certain of the amendments related to timing of the recognition of tax benefits and tax withholding requirements should be applied using a modified retrospective transition method. Amendments related to the presentation of the statement of cash flows should be applied retrospectively. All other provisions may be applied on a prospective or modified retrospective basis. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2018 and elected to continue to apply an estimated forfeiture rate in the measurement of stock-based compensation expense. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Statements – Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, (Subtopic 825-10). The amendments in this ASU revise the accounting related to (1) the classification and measurement of investments in equity securities and (2) the presentation of certain fair value changes for financial liabilities at fair value. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (Topic 718), which simplifies the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees by aligning it with the accounting for share-based payments to employees, with certain exceptions. The new standard is effective for non-public companies for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our unaudited consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, (Topic 842). The amendments in this ASU revise the accounting related to lessee accounting. Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize a lease

 

107


Table of Contents

liability and a right-of-use asset for all leases with a term greater than one year. The new lease guidance also simplified the accounting for sale and leaseback transactions primarily by reducing the number of lease agreements that would fall within this accounting model. The amendments in this ASU were adopted by us beginning on January 1, 2019. The new lease guidance allows entities to elect a transition method where entities may continue to apply the existing lease guidance during the comparative periods and apply the new lease requirements through a cumulative effect adjustment in the period of adoptions rather than in the earliest period presented. We adopted the standard on January 1, 2019 using the optional transition method. See Note 8, “Leases,” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), or ASU 2014-09, which amended the existing FASB ASC. ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Revenue Recognition, or Topic 605, and establishes a principle for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the expected consideration received in exchange for those goods or services. The standard also provides guidance on the recognition of costs related to obtaining and fulfilling customer contracts. Additionally, the standard requires disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers.

The new standard also requires the capitalization of costs to acquire a contract. The new standard requires longer amortization lives than were previously in use for initial contract terms. We adopted Topic 606 effective January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective method. See Note 5, “Revenue Recognition,” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for discussions of the impact upon adoption.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use-software. The standard is effective for non-public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard update on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which modifies the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The standard is effective for all entities for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. We are in the process of evaluating the effects of adopting this ASU on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) I. Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features II. Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception, or ASU 2017-11. Part I applies to entities that issue financial instruments such as warrants, convertible debt or convertible preferred stock that contain down-round features. Part II replaces the indefinite deferral for certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests and mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of nonpublic entities contained within ASC Topic 480 with a scope exception and does not impact the accounting for these mandatorily redeemable instruments. For non-public entities, ASU 2017-11 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows: Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, (Topic 230), which amends the guidance in ASC 230 on the classification of

 

108


Table of Contents

certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows. This standard clarifies the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows, including debt prepayment or extinguishment costs, settlement of contingent consideration arising from a business combination, insurance settlement proceeds, and distributions from certain equity method investees. For non-public companies, the guidance in the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

109


Table of Contents

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents

LOGO

Overview & Testimonials


Table of Contents

LOGO

Transforming healthcare for all 86% 90 Average Net Promotor Score Employer savings Fewer provider electronic health record tasks Of members covered in health network relationships As of Sep 30, 2019 For 12 months ended Sep 30, 2019 * Per customer case study vs. 2019 industry comparison Consumers Providers Health Networks Employers & Payers 44% 8%+ * Net Promoter Score measures the willingness of our members to recommend our providers to others and is used to gauge our members’ overall satisfaction with our providers and services. See “Business–Overview” for a description of how we calculate NPS.


Table of Contents

LOGO

I have referred my siblings, my parents, and everybody I love and trust to One Medical, because I believe that it can make a difference not just in your day-today healthcare regimen, but just in giving you peace of mind. “ “ – Natalie, One Medical member


Table of Contents

LOGO

I think One Medical is really on the forefront of taking advantage of the technology that we have at our fingertips and understanding what busy people want. “ “ – Whitney, One Medical member


Table of Contents

LOGO

It wasn’t until One Medical came about and I was like, oh, I actually have time for people? I actually got to experience what it’s like to make a concrete plan to meet health goals on a routine basis. My mind was blown. “ “ – Mike, One Medical provider


Table of Contents

LOGO

Technology sometimes gets in the way when you’re staring at a screen and you’re trying to talk to somebody. But we have technology and tools that have in many ways simplified our day. And it’s taken away so many barriers. “ “ – Dan, One Medical provider


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Our vision is to delight millions of members with better health and better care while reducing the total cost of care. Our mission is to transform health care for all through our human-centered, technology-powered model. We are a membership-based primary care platform with seamless digital health and inviting in-office care, convenient to where people work, shop, live and click. We are disrupting health care from within the existing ecosystem by simultaneously addressing the frustrations and unmet needs of key stakeholders, which include consumers, employers, providers and health networks. As of September 30, 2019, we had approximately 397,000 members in nine markets in the United States, approximately 6,000 enterprise clients, and health network partnerships for better coordinated care covering 86% of our members.

The current state of the healthcare ecosystem leaves key stakeholders frustrated and with unmet needs.

 

   

Consumers. According to a 2016 report, 81% of consumers are dissatisfied with their healthcare experience, in part due to limited after-hours and digital access, long wait times for appointments, extended in-office delays, short and impersonal visits, uninviting medical offices in inconvenient locations, constrained access to specialists and a lack of care coordination across clinical settings.

 

   

Employers. Employers find their health benefit offerings often underperforming on such fundamental objectives as attracting and engaging employees, improving employee productivity, reducing absenteeism, producing better health outcomes and managing healthcare costs.

 

   

Providers. Within primary care, according to a 2019 Mayo Clinic report, over 50% of family physicians show symptoms of burnout, driven in part by misaligned fee-for-service compensation approaches incentivizing short transactional interactions, and excessive administrative tasks associated with burdensome EHR systems and convoluted insurance procedures.

 

   

Health Networks. Health systems and health plans have been looking to develop coordinated networks of care to better attract patients, increase attributable lives and better integrate primary care with specialty services for improved patient outcomes and lower costs. Yet even with major investments in provider groups, care management programs and technology systems, health networks have struggled to deliver on these objectives.

We have developed a modernized healthcare membership model based on direct consumer enrollment as well as employer sponsorship. Our annual membership model includes seamless access to 24/7 digital health services paired with inviting in-office care routinely covered under health insurance programs. Our technology drives high monthly active usage within our membership, promoting ongoing and longitudinal patient relationships for better health outcomes and high member retention. Our technology also helps our service-minded team in building trust and rapport with our members by facilitating proactive digital health outreach as well as responsive on-demand virtual and in-office care. Our digital health services and our well-appointed offices that are located in highly convenient locations are all serviced by our own clinical team who are employed in a salaried model, free of misaligned fee-for-service compensation incentives prevalent in health care. In addition to offering lab and immunization services in our medical offices, we continue to expand our digital and in-person offerings into such areas as behavioral health and pediatrics, thereby addressing the broader needs of members and key priorities of employers. Additionally, we have developed clinically integrated partnerships with health networks, better coordinating more timely access to specialty care when needed by members, while advancing value-based care for employers through clinical and digital integration.

Together, these components of our human-centered and technology-powered model allow us to deliver better results for key stakeholders.

 

   

Consumers. We delight consumers with a superior experience as evidenced by our average NPS of 90 over the twelve months ended September 30, 2019 and our 90th percentile results on key primary care

 

123


Table of Contents
 

related HEDIS quality measures. NPS measures the willingness of consumers to recommend a company’s products or services to others. We use NPS as a proxy for gauging our members’ overall satisfaction with our providers and loyalty to the One Medical brand. Our NPS is based on responses from a single question survey provided to members after in-office visits which asks members how likely they are to recommend their One Medical provider to a friend or colleague. We calculate our NPS using the standard method of subtracting the percentage of members who respond that they are not likely to recommend our providers from the percentage of members that respond that they are likely to recommend our providers, with responses based on a scale of 0 to 10. The resulting NPS is an index that ranges from a low of -100 to a high of 100.

Our members receive access to 24/7 digital health services with quick response times. Members also have access to inviting in-office care in convenient locations with warm and caring staff. With 47% digital monthly active usage by our members during the nine months ending September 30, 2019, our technology platform advances consumer engagement and health through proactive digital health screenings, post-visit digital follow-ups, real-time access to medical records, and around-the-clock availability of our friendly and knowledgeable providers. We also offer walk-in immunizations and lab services, behavioral health screenings, women’s health, men’s health, LGBTQ+ care, pediatrics, sports medicine, lifestyle and wellbeing programs.

 

   

Employers. We support employers in achieving key health benefits goals of attracting and engaging employees, improving employee productivity and wellbeing, and delivering higher levels of value-based care. Employers cover our membership fee for their employees, with 71% of employers also covering their employees’ dependents’ memberships as of September 30, 2019. Our office visits are typically billed under an employer’s routine health insurance benefit program, allowing for seamless and quick implementation. Within enterprise clients, our median estimated activation rate as of September 30, 2019, was 45%, which we believe we can increase over time. We define estimated activation rate for any enterprise client at a given time as the percentage of eligible lives enrolled as members. Some of our enterprise clients offer membership benefits to the dependents of their employees, for which we assume eligible lives include one dependent per employee. The levels of activation rates at our enterprise clients may also affect the renewal rates of our enterprise clients. Within our ten most activated accounts with at least 275 eligible employees, the average of the activation rates was 88%. With real-time video and phone consults available typically within minutes, and same and next day in-office appointments, we have demonstrated a 41% reduction in emergency room visits and total employer cost savings of 8% or more.

 

   

Providers. Our culture, technology, team-based approach and salaried provider model help address the fundamental issues driving physician burnout. Our culture allows us to attract and retain top board-certified physicians and premier team members. Our providers come from diverse cultural backgrounds, reflecting the demographics of the communities and members we serve. Our proprietary technology platform allows for meaningful reductions in desktop medicine burdens, which are the excessive administrative hassles associated with the use of EHRs. We estimate our providers perform 44% fewer EHR tasks versus a 2019 industry comparison. Our support team takes on many of the administrative burdens for scheduling and insurance coordination. Our in-office and virtual medical teams jointly deliver longitudinal health care. Our salary-based provider compensation incentivizes delivery of the right care at the right time, without the adverse financial incentives that fee-for-service or capitated compensation systems can have on clinical decision-making.

 

   

Health Networks. Health networks partner with us for consumer-driven care, direct-to-employer relationships and coordinated networks of attributable lives. Our membership base connects health networks with a primarily working-age, commercially insured population, without the costs and risks typically faced in the development of their own primary care networks. We clinically and digitally integrate with our health network partners to advance more seamless member access to partner specialists and facilities when needed, while supporting reductions in duplicative testing and excessive delays often seen across uncoordinated healthcare settings. Such coordinated care can deliver better

 

124


Table of Contents
 

service levels and outcomes for consumers, while advancing employee productivity and value-based care to employers.

We believe our model is highly scalable. We are physically present in nine markets today, including Boston, Chicago, Los Angeles, New York, Phoenix, San Diego, the San Francisco Bay Area, Seattle and Washington, D.C. and primarily serve a working-age, commercially-insured population and associated dependents. As of September 30, 2019, we had 77 physical offices, including some employer on-site clinics. Additionally, our members can access our 24/7 digital health services nationwide. As of September 30, 2019, we had approximately 6,000 enterprise clients of various sizes across industries. For the twelve months ended September 30, 2019, we experienced a 97% retention rate across our enterprise clients and an 89% retention rate across our consumer members. We grew our membership by 324% from December 31, 2014 through September 30, 2019.

We derive net revenue from multiple stakeholders, including consumers, employers, health networks and insurers. We recognize net revenue as (i) membership revenue from annual employer and consumer subscription fees, (ii) partnership revenue predominantly on a PMPM basis from health networks and fixed payments from enterprise clients for on-site medical services and (iii) net patient service revenue on a per visit basis from health insurers and patients. We are in-network with most health insurance plans in all of our markets.

We have experienced strong organic revenue growth since inception. Net revenue increased 20% from $176.8 million in 2017 to $212.7 million in 2018 and increased 29% from $154.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to $198.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Loss from operations increased from $31.8 million in 2017 to $45.0 million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our loss from operations was $25.1 million and $35.2 million, respectively. Care margin increased from $56.1 million, or 32% of net revenue, in 2017, to $76.5 million, or 36% of net revenue, in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our care margin was $54.2 million, or 35% of net revenue, and $80.3 million, or 40% of net revenue, respectively. Net loss increased from $31.7 million in 2017 to $45.5 million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, net loss increased from $26.9 million to $34.2 million. Adjusted EBITDA decreased from $(11.5) million in 2017 to $(13.9) million in 2018. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, our adjusted EBITDA decreased from $(7.1) million to $(15.6) million. See “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information as to how we define and calculate care margin and adjusted EBITDA and for a reconciliation of loss from operations, the most comparable GAAP measure, to care margin, and net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, to adjusted EBITDA.

Industry Challenges and Our Opportunity

Industry Challenges

Even as the United States spent $3.6 trillion, representing 18% of GDP, on health care in 2018, according to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, health outcomes trail those of other OECD nations spending lesser percentages of GDP, according to a 2014 Commonwealth Fund report. We believe an underinvestment in primary care is a key driver of these poor outcomes. While the United States’ predominantly fee-for-service reimbursement approach financially rewards high volumes of specialty-based care, the United States spends only 5% to 7% of its healthcare dollars on primary care in contrast to the 14% spent by OECD nations on average, according to a 2019 Patient-Centered Primary Care Collaborative report. Additionally, for every $1 spent on primary care, an estimated $13 is saved on costs in specialty, emergency and inpatient care, according to studies from Oregon’s PCPCH program.

Employer-sponsored commercial health insurance is the largest source of coverage in the United States, totaling 153 million people, or 57% of non-elderly people, according to a KFF report. For employers and employees, benefit costs continue to increase even as service levels have declined. Employer annual health benefit costs for a family hit record highs exceeding $20,000 in 2019, with employee contributions also reaching

 

125


Table of Contents

record highs of almost $6,000 per family according to KFF. Meanwhile, the average patient waited approximately 29 days to see a family medicine practitioner in 2017, an increase of 50% since 2014, according to a survey of 15 large U.S. metropolitan areas conducted by Merritt Hawkins. Factors such as long wait times for appointments, limited online and after-hours availability, complex administrative procedures, and uncoordinated care systems have driven employers to look for innovative primary care solutions, according to the National Business Group of Health’s 2019 Large Employers’ Health Care Strategy and Plan Design Survey.

In addition to the unmet needs that consumers and employers face on the demand side of the healthcare ecosystem, providers and health networks are similarly frustrated on the supply side. Within primary care, over 50% of family physicians in the United States show signs of burnout. Such burnout is driven, in part, by prevalent fee-for-service piecemeal compensation models, excessive documentation hassles from cumbersome EHRs, and unproductive bureaucratic tasks associated with insurance procedures, according to Mayo Clinic Proceedings 2015 research and a June 2018 report published by Harvard Business Review on EHR. Health networks are similarly struggling to provide consumers and employers with higher levels of access and better coordinated care. While health networks have made large investments in medical groups, care management approaches and technology systems, many stakeholders continue to be disappointed with results.

The current state of the healthcare ecosystem leaves key stakeholders frustrated and with unmet needs, delivering suboptimal results for consumers, employers, providers and health networks. We believe that these unmet needs represent a significant opportunity for us.

Consumers

According to a 2016 report, approximately 81% of consumers are dissatisfied with their healthcare experience. Their frustrations include long lead times to schedule physician appointments and long waits once checked-in at provider offices. Appointments often occur in crowded medical offices and are typically short in duration, affording limited time to develop deeper provider-patient relationships. Opportunities to engage with providers before and after visits, as well as during nights and weekends, are often limited or non-existent, even though healthcare needs are not constrained to the operating hours of provider offices. Care delivered is also often uncoordinated with providers, leaving consumers to navigate their own way through a complex system.

Employers

To attract and retain staff, employers are making significant investments in health benefits; yet, as commercial insurance costs have reached record highs, employers and employees remain frustrated. Barriers to accessing timely care during the day and after business hours cause employees to miss work and lose productivity. As a result, many employees self-direct themselves to higher cost settings such as emergency rooms. Additionally, uncoordinated care across primary care, specialty care and behavioral health settings creates frustration and causes excessive spending. According to the National Academy of Medicine, approximately 30% of all healthcare spending is estimated to be avoidable wasted spending.

Providers

By predominantly compensating primary care providers on volume, the prevalent fee-for-service approach seen within the industry incentivizes short and transactional medical encounters, often with insufficient time to address underlying issues related to acute care, chronic disease, and behavioral health issues. Such fee-for-service compensation may also incentivize greater referrals to specialists for more time-intensive cases, even when such patients could otherwise be treated effectively within primary care. Management of preventive care and chronic conditions through longitudinal relationships is typically less-reimbursed, if paid for at all. In addition, providers often find themselves performing excessive administrative tasks that could be better performed by other staff or eliminated altogether. They suffer from rising administrative time spent populating data into cumbersome EHR systems, and documentation hassles associated with insurance procedures. These dynamics contribute to lower job satisfaction and provider burnout.

 

126


Table of Contents

Health Networks

While many health networks have sought to better integrate primary care with specialty and hospital care, they may underperform on service, access, and coordination of care. This is partly due to their internal incentive systems, processes, and technologies, which are typically focused on addressing high revenue specialty care, rather than best supporting primary care. Moreover, primary care networks can be very costly to develop, and can require significant ongoing investments to operate, while often underperforming on strategic and financial objectives. According to the American Hospital Association’s Futurescan survey of hospital CEOs and leaders published in 2019, 75% of hospital and health systems operate their primary care networks at a loss or are willing to do so, with 76% of health system leaders indicating they are pursuing or are likely to pursue external relationships to advance their physician networks and better serve consumers.

Our Market Opportunity

We have developed a human-centered, technology-powered primary care model that simultaneously addresses the aforementioned frustrations and unmet needs of key stakeholders. We disrupt the healthcare ecosystem from within its current structure through our:

 

   

modernized member-based model that is based on direct consumer enrollment as well as employer sponsorship;

 

   

seamless bundled digital health and virtual care;

 

   

inviting offices with high quality service in convenient locations;

 

   

partnerships with health networks;

 

   

alignment with payers;

 

   

premier salaried medical group;

 

   

advanced technology-powered systems; and

 

   

service-oriented team implementing Lean processes.

We believe the aligned components of our model deployed at scale transform health care for key stakeholders.

The U.S. primary care market is estimated to be approximately $260 billion in 2019, including $159 billion within the commercially insured population. We are physically present in nine markets which represent approximately $34 billion in primary care spend within the commercially insured population alone. We believe we have only captured approximately 3% commercial market share in our most mature market and have captured approximately 1% or less in each of our other markets. In 2020, we plan to be physically present in 12 markets, which are expected to represent approximately $38 billion in primary care spend within the commercially insured population. While our members can access our digital services nationally, we believe we can expand our physical presence across the United States. The 50 largest MSAs alone could expand our market opportunity for existing services and populations to $81 billion. We expect our total addressable market to grow as we further expand into additional services such as behavioral health, serve additional populations and explore alternative risk-sharing reimbursement models.

Our Value Proposition

Our modernized human-centered and technology-powered primary care model simultaneously addresses the frustrations and unmet needs faced by key stakeholders.

Value Proposition for Consumers

 

   

Greater engagement for better health and better care. We regularly and proactively engage our members digitally and in-person. During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, 47% of our

 

127


Table of Contents
 

members interacted with us monthly via our website or mobile app. Members can digitally access medical information, prescriptions, lab results and other health data, and can reach out to our team regarding medical issues or health questions around-the-clock. Members may receive digital health status check-ins before and after office encounters, and our technology facilitates further follow-up with our providers.

 

   

Unique digital health experience. Our dedicated and compassionate providers and other team members deliver 24/7 digital care. Members engage through our website or mobile app in timely synchronous and asynchronous interactions, selecting their communication modality of choice, including messaging, text, voice and video. Our in-house virtual team delivers 24/7 service to address health concerns and administrative questions, coordinating with our in-office providers through a common EHR that is shared across digital and in-office settings.

 

   

Superior in-office care experience. We provide kind and attentive in-person care in aesthetically pleasing offices with contemporary interior designs. We offer same- or next-day appointments with almost no wait upon arrival in locations convenient to where consumers work, shop and live. Members enter into first-name relationships with providers who greet them upon arrival and walk them out upon appointment completion. Our approach allows for more time to thoroughly address a broader array of issues and to develop deeper relationships than traditional primary care settings.

 

   

Longitudinal approach to care. Our approach treats the whole person by including the physical, mental, social, emotional and administrative needs of our members. Our holistic offerings include walk-in immunizations and lab services, behavioral health, women’s health, men’s health, LGBTQ+ care, pediatrics, sports medicine, lifestyle and wellbeing programs. We proactively reach out to members to assess their health status and mental wellness and follow up with reminders on key health initiatives. These initiatives support the health of our members with the goal of avoiding more costly care in the future.

 

   

Greater care coordination. We can serve as a trusted advisor to our members and, through our administrative teams and technology, help them better navigate the healthcare ecosystem. Our health network partnerships further advance clinically and digitally integrated care across primary, specialty and acute care settings by streamlining access to leading specialists and reducing delays and duplicative tests.

 

   

Improved health outcomes. We help drive better health outcomes for our members, as reflected in our 90th percentile rankings on key primary care related HEDIS quality metrics. To prevent avoidable conditions and advance health, we proactively promote screening for cancers, chronic diseases, anxiety and depression.

Value Proposition for Employers

 

   

Differentiated and highly valued employee benefit. We believe our model enhances the benefits offering of employers, improving their recruitment and retention of talent. According to our 2019 member satisfaction survey, 76% of new employer-sponsored members indicated that having access to our platform as a benefit has improved their opinion of their employer, with 72% of respondents noting our services as one of their employer’s most valuable benefits. We believe our value is further evidenced by our enterprise client renewal rate of approximately 97% in the twelve months ended September 30, 2019.

 

   

Increased workforce productivity. We reduce time away from work as well as employee distraction related to illness, injury or other medical conditions by providing quick and convenient access to care for employees and dependents, including virtual care, of which 30% occurs after business hours on average. With longer appointments, we address more needs in our primary care setting, reducing avoidable referrals and additional time away from work. Additionally, our ability to facilitate timely specialist appointments with our health network partners further reduces distraction while waiting for specialty care.

 

128


Table of Contents
   

Reduced costs. We reduce costs by increasing employee productivity and providing value-based care, substituting higher cost emergency room and specialty services with lower-cost primary care. We help avoid unnecessary testing and higher cost branded prescriptions through best practice clinical protocols embedded in our technology. For example, we have demonstrated a 41% reduction in emergency room visits and total employer cost savings of 8% or more.

 

   

Insights on improving employee health and value-based care. We support population health improvement and medical cost assessment by analyzing anonymized aggregated health record information and employee health engagement patterns. We work with employers to better understand the health needs of their employees as well as to review overall utilization patterns. Our aggregated anonymized EHR information allows for timelier and deeper insights to help employers improve their health benefits programs and achieve higher levels of value.

Value Proposition for Providers

 

   

More fulfilling way to practice. Our providers develop meaningful relationships with our members over time, allowing them to help improve healthy behaviors and better coordinate member health needs. Their relationships with members are more longitudinal and less transactional. Our providers are also supported by our technology platform which enables them to practice at the top of their license, making their work more professionally rewarding while reducing factors driving burnout.

 

   

Team-based approach across care modalities. Our in-office providers and our virtual team collaborate for longitudinal health care across time and settings. Our virtual care team and administrative specialists reduce our in-office providers’ workloads while promoting 24/7 care. Providers can better focus on caring for patients during member interactions, while excessive administrative tasks can be handled by other team members.

 

   

Purpose-built technology platform. Our proprietary technology platform is developed with significant provider input and is purpose-built for primary care. For example, our technology is focused on capturing and surfacing the most meaningful clinical insights in a workflow that is intuitive to providers. Our platform meaningfully reduces administrative workloads by intelligently automating, streamlining and re-routing tasks across our network to the most appropriate team member, resulting in faster response times while freeing up providers to focus on caring for members. Comparing our technology with results from a study published in Health Affairs in 2019, our providers experience 44% fewer EHR tasks, reducing the excess administrative burden that has been identified as a key driver of physician burnout.

 

   

Salaried model with flexible work schedules. Our salaried model avoids perverse fee-for-service and capitation incentives, and does not financially reward or penalize our providers based on utilization. It supports the delivery of the right amount of care in the best setting without impacting provider take-home pay. Additionally, we have flexible work arrangements and opportunities to practice in office or virtually. We believe this results in a better quality of life and work-life balance. With a presence in markets across the country, we also increasingly offer providers mobility opportunities.

Value Proposition for Health Networks

 

   

Expansion of health networks. Our partnership model allows health networks to augment their existing primary care and network strategies, without significant additional investment in capital, technology or management resources. Partnering with us can be a more effective, expeditious, economical, and less risky way of developing a coordinated network of attributable lives. Additionally, our model can better position health networks with consumers and employers by focusing on consumer-driven care and facilitating direct-to-employer relationships.

 

   

Attractive customer base. Health networks look to partner with us to proactively establish relationships with our members. These partnerships allow health networks to better connect with our largely commercially insured membership base.

 

129


Table of Contents
   

Coordinated care. We clinically and digitally integrate our modernized primary care model with our health network partners’ provider networks, better coordinating care for members across a continuum of settings. We digitally integrate EHR information, avoiding duplicative testing often seen when patients are referred across care settings. Through better coordination, we provide members with more seamless access to specialty care when needed. We simultaneously reduce excessive health network administrative costs by linking our referral processes and digital technologies with health network partners. This coordination of care can lead to better experiences and outcomes for members, as well as reduced costs.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following are our key competitive strengths.

Modernized Membership-Based Model

We believe our membership-based model supports ongoing and longitudinal relationships where we can serve as trusted advisors to our members and as partners to our enterprise clients. Our model also generates stable revenue which is recurring in nature, as evidenced by our 97% enterprise client retention rate and 89% consumer retention rate for the twelve months ended September 30, 2019. By having an enrolled population of members, we can proactively reach out to members to encourage adherence to treatment protocols or to check in on their care needs. The relationship inherent in a membership model is very different than the traditional model of transactional patient care visits, where a provider typically only engages with a patient if the patient comes in for a visit. We proactively engage with our members on a regular basis through our digital platform and in our welcoming offices, and believe we are better able to develop long-term connections and relationships with them.

Extraordinary Customer Experience

Our human-centered approach is focused on providing a superior experience to our members, as evidenced by the bundling of services within our membership model, the way we hire and train our team, the culture of caring we foster, our easy-to-use technology, our 24/7 digital health, our inviting in-office care, our compassionate and salaried providers and our streamlined Lean processes. Whether members call, click or visit, they consistently experience outstanding service. Our virtual care is available around-the-clock. Our medical offices feel more like health spas, and our providers and staff are very friendly and trained in customer service. We do not keep members waiting long, if at all, and our longer appointments provide our team with more time to address member needs. Our technology is designed to promote frictionless access, ease of use and high engagement. We look to address the whole-person needs of our members, providing physical and mental health services, lab services, and coordinating specialty services with health network partners. Our administrative staff is available to answer benefits questions and help navigate the healthcare ecosystem on behalf of our members.

Simultaneously Addressing the Needs of Consumers, Employers, Providers and Health Networks

Our modernized model simultaneously addresses the frustrations and unmet needs of key stakeholders, transforming health care from within the current ecosystem. For consumers, we deliver a superior experience as evidenced by our average NPS of 90 over the twelve months ended September 30, 2019 and our 90th percentile results on key primary care related HEDIS quality measures. See “—Overview” for a description of how we calculate NPS. For employers, we help improve employee productivity through frictionless access to virtual and in-office care and reduce medical costs by avoiding unnecessary emergency room and specialty visits. For providers, we create a more engaging and manageable primary care work environment by leveraging a salaried model and our proprietary technology. With health networks, we clinically integrate to expand their connections to commercially insured enrollees, and we are in-network with most health insurance plans in all of our markets. Accordingly, our model delivers differentiated value to all key stakeholders simultaneously within the current health care ecosystem.

 

130


Table of Contents

Engaged, Salaried Providers Delivering Best-in-Class Care

We offer an outstanding environment to practice primary care, as reflected in our high provider retention rates and engagement scores. In 2019, we were certified as a “Great Place to Work” by the Great Place to Work Institute. Our salaried compensation approach allows our providers to deliver patient-centered care without impacting their pay as might be the case under fee-for-service compensation approaches. Our providers also have significantly fewer EHR tasks to complete due to our proprietary technology that is purpose-built for primary care, freeing up their time to focus on delivering outstanding clinical care.

Proprietary Technology Platform

Our ability to simultaneously deliver significant value to key stakeholders is deeply rooted in our purpose-built, modernized technology platform. Our proprietary technology platform powers all aspects of our company: engaging members, supporting providers and advancing business objectives. Our technology allows us to proactively engage members with personalized clinical outreach and improve health through online scheduling, virtual provider visits and ready access to health information. This has resulted in a highly engaged member base, where 47% of our members interacted with us online monthly during the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Our technology also supports providers by leveraging machine learning to reduce and re-route tasks that needlessly create administrative burdens while supporting team-based care. This allows providers to spend more time delivering clinical care, while facilitating higher levels of member responsiveness. Our technology also advances operational efficiencies, as our product designers and engineers collaborate closely with clinical and operational team members to observe and optimize workflows. Our platform is built on a modern cloud-based technology stack, employing Agile development cycles and a DevOps approach to infrastructure. Our modular, service-oriented architecture utilizes API standards for ease of implementing new functionalities and integrating with external systems. Our technology platform and capabilities were key contributors to our recognition on Fast Company’s “Most Innovative Companies” list for 2019, placement on CB Insights’ “Digital Health 150” list in 2019 and ranking by Alliance Bernstein as its number one “Most Disruptive” private health care company in the United States in 2019.

Operating Platform for High Performance at Scale

Our approach for operating and scaling our platform is based on leading process improvement and management practices. We leverage Lean methodologies for process improvement, human-centered design thinking, behavioral design and Agile methodologies for software development to deliver high performance levels at scale. Our operational processes, software development and staffing models, including our virtual medical team, are designed to work together to create efficiencies and uniquely achieve our objectives. Moreover, we standardize our processes and practices so we can efficiently deliver consistent outcomes at scale across existing and new markets, which we believe will further drive our financial performance.

Highly Experienced Management Team

Our management team has extensive experience working with leading health systems, health plans, technology companies, service organizations, consumer brands, and enterprise-sales-driven companies. Our leadership embodies our cultural alignment around our behavioral tenants of being human-centered, team-based, unbounded in thinking, driven to excel, and intellectually curious. Our leaders help organize teams of clinicians, technologists and staff to regularly engage together in designing processes and software to further advance our objectives. Accordingly, our team is well positioned to execute on our objectives and advance an outstanding workplace environment.

Our Growth Strategies

To transform health care at scale, we can pursue growth through the following avenues.

 

131


Table of Contents

Grow consumer and enterprise membership in existing markets

We have significant opportunities to increase membership in our existing markets through (i) new sales to consumers and enterprise clients, (ii) expansion of the number of enrolled members, including dependents, within our enterprise clients and (iii) adding other potential services. In our most mature market in the San Francisco Bay Area, we believe we have only captured approximately 3% commercial market share, giving us ample room to grow. Within enterprise clients, our median activation rate as of September 30, 2019 was 45%, which we believe can increase over time as our brand awareness grows and our customer relationships mature. We define estimated activation rate for any enterprise client at a given time as the percentage of eligible lives enrolled as members. Some of our enterprise clients offer membership benefits to the dependents of their employees, for which we assume eligible lives include one dependent per employee. Additionally, while the percentage of enterprise clients offering our services to dependents of their employees has grown from 55% in 2015 to 71% as of September 30, 2019, we believe we have significant further room for growth with dependents. Furthermore, as we continue to scale our presence, we anticipate an increasing number of larger national and regional employers will look to partner with us for our services.

Expand into new markets

We are physically present in nine markets with plans to enter three new markets in 2020. We assess potential markets using a variety of metrics, including population demographics and density, employer presence, potential health network partners, and other factors. Our market footprint represents $34 billion in primary care spend within the commercially insured population alone. We believe our complete offering is viable in most markets across the United States, and the 50 largest MSAs alone could expand our market opportunity for existing services and populations to $81 billion. As we enter new markets, we may work with existing enterprise clients and health networks to help enroll new members in these markets, potentially resulting in immediate membership enrollments at the time of market entry, before we even establish a physical footprint in a market.

 

LOGO

 

132


Table of Contents

Grow health network partnerships

To accelerate our growth and presence, we can extend existing health network partnerships into new markets where our partners may also have a presence, or we can enter into new health network partnerships in new markets. We typically partner with one health network in a given market, and as that partner grows its market presence, we can grow even further with them.

Expand services and populations

Our core offering today is centered on primary care and the commercially insured segment. However, our modernized model has been designed with flexibility to provide additional services such as behavioral health and to care for additional population segments such as Medicare. Additionally, our model is also well positioned for shared savings reimbursement models, such as capitation and other accountable care approaches. Our technology has also been developed with modern APIs to enable direct integration with channel partners and other third-party offerings, increasing the potential breadth of our modernized platform solution.

 

133


Table of Contents

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

 

 

 

134


Table of Contents

LOGO

Technology powered and human-centered 47%Members visit web / app monthly Message providers Renew prescriptions Access to care Access your records During the nine months ended Sep 30, 2019


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

Our Technology

Our proprietary technology platform powers all aspects of our company: engaging members, supporting providers, and advancing business objectives. Our software is built on a modern technology stack, and is grounded in human-centered design thinking and behavioral design, with Lean process improvement and Agile development approaches.

Engaging members through proactive digital health interactions and responsive virtual care services

Via our mobile app and web portal, we proactively engage members with personalized clinical outreach to improve their health, while driving engagement and retention. We proactively check in with members to support their health and follow-up care needs, and offer online appointment scheduling, 24/7 access to virtual care, messaging, care navigation, and a health record with relevant data from us and other partners.

As a result of our proactive outreach, during the nine months ended September 30, 2019, 47% of members used our mobile app or visited our member web portal at least once a month. Members receive customized preventive care reminders, mobile app-based mental health screenings, follow-up recommendations and other care reminders to help them take more active ownership of their health. For example, typically if a member is diagnosed with a common condition, the technology platform will automatically follow up to check in on that member’s condition status and level of healing. If the patient responds to our automated outreach with ongoing medical concerns, we can seamlessly follow up digitally with virtual care, or arrange an in-person visit. Our technology currently sends these follow-ups for 77 different conditions, and allows providers to configure additional automated follow-up communications. During the twelve months ended September 30, 2019, our technology platform assigned approximately 1.3 million health action items to our members. Our members were highly engaged with those action items, completing 69% of them.

In addition to proactive digital health outreach, our members have access to 24/7 responsive digital care services through our website and mobile app. Our technology allows members to share insights about their concerns and then be routed to the most effective modality for care or the modality of their choosing, including messaging our care team or requesting a prescription renewal, starting an on-demand video or voice encounter, or booking an in-office visit. On-demand video or voice encounters are typically available within just a few minutes, and provide an efficient and convenient channel for members to ask questions or get care for common concerns. By routing lower acuity concerns to these and other lower cost care channels, we can better preserve in-office capacity for more complex concerns.

Regardless of the channel of care utilized, all providers and members have access to the same shared longitudinal health information. This allows us to practice team-based care across in-office and virtual settings, and across extended periods of time. Accordingly, our virtual and in-office providers can access comprehensive medical and engagement information to deliver more holistic and impactful treatments. Moreover, a member can engage directly with their clinical information, for example, pulling up blood pressure readings charted over time on their mobile device. In the twelve months ended September 30, 2019, we interacted with our members digitally nearly 2.1 million times, or approximately three times as often as in-office.

Supporting providers by reducing administrative burdens and facilitating team-based care

We support providers by leveraging machine learning and other technologies to reduce and re-route tasks that create desktop medicine burdens for clinicians, while increasing efficiency and consumer responsiveness. Additionally, our technology facilitates team-based longitudinal care across in-office and virtual providers, streamlines clinical encounter documentation, and advances population health and value-based care.

We have designed our technology to surface important clinical context in a single view and to reduce the time and clicks necessary to complete clinical and administrative tasks. We leverage machine learning to route

 

137


Table of Contents

inbound requests to the most effective team member for resolution. For example, certain prescription renewal requests are routed to our virtual team, while questions about insurance are routed to our administration team. This has resulted in 44% fewer tasks for our in-office providers when compared to industry examples.

All of our virtual or in-office providers access the same longitudinal medical record, which facilitates smooth handoffs of clinical tasks, and results in care that is truly team-based. This contributes to a seamless member experience. For example, during a video encounter, a provider might determine an in-office visit is necessary for diagnosis or treatment. When the member comes in for that appointment, the in-office provider will be aware of the context discussed in the previous video session and can pick up where the last care team member left off. Further, when our technology integrates information from other stakeholders in the healthcare ecosystem, such as our health network partners, we present that data alongside information gathered in the course of care at One Medical, enabling the development of an integrated care plan.

Advancing business objectives including network interoperability and value-based care

We believe we are a leader in establishing interoperability with external stakeholders across the healthcare ecosystem. For example, our technology platform currently integrates with EHRs from larger and smaller vendors, using such approaches as direct messaging of Consolidated Clinical Document Architecture documents, Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resource enabled two-way communications, and participation in health information exchanges. These integrations enhance the coordination of care, improve member access to specialty care and streamline processes for our health network partners—with one partner noting an approximate time savings of 30 minutes of processing time per referral. Moreover, we believe our interoperability supports durable, sticky relationships with our partners.

Our technology platform also promotes operational efficiency and thoughtfully presents choices to the provider that reduce the total cost of care. For example, when a provider orders a prescription drug for a member, the available generic medication automatically populates in the order request. As a result, we prescribe generic medications more than 97% of the time for such common conditions as anxiety and depression, driving potential savings to employers. Similarly, by using algorithms to route members to the best channel of care, we can drive more efficient utilization of our services.

Human-centered software design built on a modernized and scalable technology stack

Our technology platform is grounded in human-centered design thinking, and leverages insights from behavioral design. Our product designers and engineers collaborate closely with clinical and operational team members to observe and then optimize workflows. We employ user testing and experiment-driven design (such as A/B testing) to enhance our member and provider experiences.

Our platform is built on a modern cloud-based technology stack, employing Agile development cycles and a DevOps approach to infrastructure. Unlike with traditional healthcare IT, our technology platform is updated frequently, without long upgrade cycles. Our modular, service-oriented architecture utilizes API standards for ease of implementing new functionalities and integrating with external systems. We integrate machine learning and natural language processing to automate recommendations and workflows, uncovering insights that we incorporate back into the design of the platform.

Our modern, integrated technology platform encapsulates functionalities seen in many fragmented health care and other IT solutions, including: customer relationship and membership management tools, population health solutions, patient portals, patient health records, scheduling systems, resource management tools, contact center software, virtual care offerings, EHRs, practice management systems, reporting and analytics packages, amongst others. Accordingly, our proprietary integrated platform unlocks better member experiences, an improved caregiving environment, and enhanced performance on business objectives.

 

138


Table of Contents

Our technology platform and capabilities were key contributors to our being named to Fast Company’s “Most Innovative Companies” list for 2019, placement on CB Insights’ “Digital Health 150” list in 2019, and Alliance Bernstein ranking us as its number one “Most Disruptive” private healthcare company in the United States in 2019.

 

LOGO

Competition

We compete in a highly fragmented primary care market with direct and indirect competitors that offer varying levels of impact to key stakeholders such as consumers, employers, providers, and health networks. Our competitive success is contingent on our ability to simultaneously address the needs of key stakeholders efficiently and with superior outcomes at scale compared with competitors. We expect to face increasing competition, both from current competitors, who may be well-established and enjoy greater resources or other strategic advantages to compete for some or all key stakeholders in our markets, as well as new entrants into our market.

We believe our most direct competition today is from primary care providers who are employed by or affiliated with health networks. Due to our growing number of partnerships with these health networks, we increasingly view primary care providers affiliated with such health networks as potential partners as opposed to direct competitors. We also face competition from direct-to-consumer solutions or employer-focused on-site primary care offerings. These competitors may be narrower in their competitive footprint and may not address all the key stakeholders we serve simultaneously. Our indirect competitors also include episodic point solutions such as telemedicine offerings as well as urgent care providers. These offerings may typically pay providers on a fee-for-service basis rather than the salaried model we employ. Given the size of the healthcare industry and the extent of unmet needs, we expect additional competition, potentially from new companies, including smaller emerging companies which could introduce new solutions and services, as well as other incumbent players in the healthcare industry or from broader industry who could develop their own offerings and may have substantial resources and relationships to leverage. With the emergence of new technologies and market entrants, we expect to face increasing competition over time, which we believe will generally increase awareness of the need for modernized primary care models and other innovative solutions in the United States and globally.

The principal competitive factors in our industry include:

 

   

patient engagement, satisfaction and utilization;

 

   

convenience, accessibility and availability;

 

139


Table of Contents
   

brand awareness and reputation;

 

   

technology capabilities including interoperability with legacy enterprise and health network infrastructures;

 

   

ability to address the needs of employers and payers;

 

   

ability to attract and retain quality providers;

 

   

ability to reduce cost trends;

 

   

level of participation in insurance plans;

 

   

alignment with health networks;

 

   

domain expertise in health care, technology, sales and service;

 

   

scalability of models; and

 

   

operational execution abilities.

We believe that we compete favorably with our competitors on the basis of these factors and we believe the offerings of competitors inadequately simultaneously address the needs of key stakeholders or fail to do so at scale.

Customer Case Studies

Customer A

Customer A is a large diversified media and publishing company with approximately 2,900 eligible employees. Customer A implemented our benefit in the fourth quarter of 2016 and currently covers an estimated 5,800 lives, including employees and their dependents, across eight of our markets. At launch, Customer A had approximately 200 enrolled members and only permitted limited communications regarding our benefit to their employee base. In the third quarter of 2018, Customer A supported a direct e-mail and mailer campaign to reach unenrolled beneficiaries, which led enrollment to more than double from approximately 800 members to 1,900 members as of September 30, 2019. In addition to direct e-mail, our campaign included on-site events, company communications in newsletters and direct postings on Customer A’s benefits website. Moving forward, opportunities with Customer A include formalizing the continued cadence of communications to unenrolled beneficiaries, exploring additional pediatric and behavioral health offerings, and potentially new markets.

Key results include:

 

   

18% increase in activation rate following initiation of direct e-mail and mailer campaign; and

 

   

95% of members who submitted post-visit surveys rated us 8+ out of 10.

Customer B

Customer B is a social media web and mobile app company with approximately 1,250 eligible employees. Customer B implemented our benefit in 2014 and currently covers an estimated 2,500 lives, including employees and their dependents, across six of our markets. Our relationship started as an employee-only relationship where the adoption of our benefit increased rapidly from 55 enrolled members in 2014 to approximately 700 enrolled members in 2017, in-line with Customer B’s own growth. In the third quarter of 2018, Customer B added dependent coverage to the benefit, which increased enrolled lives to approximately 1,000 members that year. Today, with a formalized cadence of direct email messages to unenrolled beneficiaries and strong internal company communications with new hires, we have continued to increase enrolled lives to approximately 1,300 members as of September 30, 2019. Moving forward, opportunities with Customer B potentially include expanding pediatric and behavioral health solutions.

 

140


Table of Contents

Key results include:

 

   

41% increase in enrollees following addition of dependent coverage; and

 

   

90% of members who submitted post-visit surveys rated us 8+ out of 10.

Customer C

Customer C is a global professional services company that implemented our benefit in 2015. Customer C currently covers over 20,000 employees and their dependents across all of our markets.

In 2018, a return on investment study was conducted by our Data Science and Enterprise Analytics teams on behalf of Customer C using claims data provided by the customer’s third-party administrator as well as our internal data. The study compared approximately 2,000 of the customer’s One Medical members to a cohort of non-One Medical members matched on age, sex and geography. The analysis compared the cohorts’ medical and prescription claims costs, and measured time savings resulting from avoided specialty, emergency and urgent care utilization, as well as more convenient and efficient primary care delivery. Over a one year period, the study found that we saved Customer C the equivalent of 8.3%, or $38 PMPM on total costs.

Key results from the study include:

 

   

Savings of 8.3% ($38 PMPM) of total costs, comprising:

 

   

3.5% ($16 PMPM) in direct claims cost savings, including:

 

   

26% fewer specialty care visits, or approximately 1,365 fewer visits

 

   

57% fewer urgent care visits, or approximately 237 fewer visits

 

   

1.3% ($6 PMPM) in time savings due to avoided utilization;

 

   

2.7% ($12 PMPM) in time savings due to reduced wait and travel time; and

 

   

0.8% ($4 PMPM) in virtual care services.

Sales and Marketing

Our marketing and sales initiatives focus on member growth through two primary avenues: directly acquiring consumer members, and signing agreements with employers that sponsor employee memberships as part of their benefits packages. We use marketing and sales strategies to reach consumers as well as enterprise benefits leaders. Enterprise marketing and sales strategies also include account-based marketing, business development initiatives, and client service teams focused on customer acquisition, employee enrollment, and member engagement.

With a growing national model, we aspire to be the most loved brand in health care. We anchor our brand messaging on how we delight our members with care for real life. In 2019, we were named the #1 Most Customer-Centric Company in Healthcare by Forbes and ranked as the #1 “Most Disruptive” private health care company in the United States by Alliance Bernstein.

Consumer Sales & Marketing

When we market and sell directly to individuals, we initially focus on increasing brand awareness, followed by performance marketing targeted toward member enrollment.

Our marketing strategy in new markets is primarily centered on increasing overall brand awareness, familiarity, consideration and ultimately enrollment. To achieve these objectives, we showcase our model via

 

141


Table of Contents

direct mail, print, digital, out-of-home, broadcast, and social media advertising. We also develop thought leadership content such as whitepapers, eBooks, and blog posts and use public relations to secure earned media placements. Additionally, we participate in industry conferences, and may partner with media outlets, event venues, and local businesses to increase brand awareness.

As brand awareness increases in more established markets, we shift our efforts to performance marketing focused on both customer acquisition and engagement. Our performance marketing initiatives include customized task-based in-app messages and email communications to drive engagement among members, in addition to more targeted advertisements through direct mail, Google Search, YouTube and social media for member acquisition.

Enterprise Sales & Marketing

Our in-house enterprise sales force is comprised of sales professionals who are organized by geography and customer size. We support our sales force in several ways, including through account-based marketing resources and the deployment of a business development team to educate enterprise decision makers on the benefits of offering One Medical to their employees. We also leverage a sales analytics team to further support lead generation. Additionally, our client services team actively manages our customer accounts and provides in-depth reporting on member activation, utilization, engagement, and value.

We also work with channel partners such as payroll and professional employer organizations to reach smaller enterprise clients. Additionally, we partner with select regional and national benefits brokers and consultants to educate potential customers on our offerings.

After onboarding new enterprise accounts, we shift our focus to enrolling and engaging employees. These efforts include on-site visits to employers, email communications, and other forms of performance marketing.

Intellectual Property

We believe that our intellectual property rights are important to our business. We rely on a combination of trademarks, service marks, copyrights and trade secrets to protect our proprietary technology and other intellectual property. As of September 30, 2019, we exclusively own five registered trademarks in the United States, including One Medical. In addition, we have registered domain names for websites that we use or may use in our business. As of September 30, 2019, we had no issued patents and no pending patent applications anywhere in the world, and therefore, we do not have patent protection for any of our proprietary technology, including our operating platform, technology platform, proprietary software, mobile app or web portal.

We seek to control access to and distribution of our proprietary information, including our algorithms, source and object code, designs, and business processes, through security measures and contractual restrictions. We seek to limit access to our confidential and proprietary information to a “need to know” basis and enter into confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements with our employees, consultants, customers and vendors that may receive or otherwise have access to any confidential or proprietary information. We also obtain written invention assignment agreements from our employees, consultants, and vendors that assign to us all right, interest, and title to inventions and work product developed during their employment or service engagement with us. In the normal course of business, we provide our intellectual property to external parties through licensing or restricted use agreements. We have established a system of security measures to help protect our computer systems from security breaches and computer viruses. We have employed various technology and process-based methods, such as clustered and multi-layer firewalls, intrusion detection systems, vulnerability assessments, threat intelligence, content filtering, endpoint security (including anti-malware and detection response capabilities), email security mechanisms, and access control mechanisms. We also use encryption techniques for data at rest and in transit. For additional information on risks associated with our intellectual property and information technology systems, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Intellectual Property” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry.”

 

142


Table of Contents

Government Regulation

The healthcare industry and the practice of medicine are governed by an extensive and complex framework of federal and state laws, which continue to evolve and change over time. The costs and resources necessary to comply with these laws are high. Our profitability depends in part upon our ability, and that of the One Medical PCs and their providers, to operate in compliance with applicable laws and to maintain all applicable licenses. A review of our operations by courts or regulatory authorities could result in determinations that could adversely affect our operations, or the healthcare regulatory environment could change in a way that restricts our operations.

Practice of Medicine

Corporate Practice of Medicine and Fee-Splitting

1Life contracts with the One Medical PCs, who in turn employ or retain physicians and other medical providers to deliver professional clinical services to patients. 1Life enters into ASAs with the One Medical PCs pursuant to which it provides them with a wide range of administrative services and receive payment from the One Medical PC. These administrative services arrangements are subject to state laws, including those in certain of the states where we operate, which prohibit the practice of medicine by, and/or the splitting of professional fees with, non-professional persons or entities such as general business corporations.

Corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting prohibitions vary widely from state to state. In addition, such prohibitions are subject to broad powers of interpretation and enforcement by state regulators. Our failure to comply could lead to adverse action against us and/or our providers by courts or state agencies, civil or criminal penalties, loss of provider licenses, or the need to restructure our business model and/or physician relationships, any of which could harm our business.

Practice of Medicine and Provider Licensing

The practice of medicine is subject to various federal, state, and local laws and requirements, including, among other things, laws relating to the practice of medicine (including remote care), quality and adequacy of care, non-physician personnel, supervisory requirements, behavioral health, medical equipment, and the prescribing and dispensing of pharmaceuticals and controlled substances.

Telehealth Provider Licensing, Medical Practice, Certification and Related Laws and Guidelines

Providers who provide professional medical services to a patient via telehealth must, in most instances, hold a valid license to practice medicine in the state in which the patient is located. Federal and state laws also limit the ability of providers to prescribe pharmaceuticals and controlled substances via telehealth. We have established systems for ensuring that our affiliated providers are appropriately licensed under applicable state law and that their provision of telehealth to our members occurs in each instance in compliance with applicable rules governing telehealth. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could lead to adverse action against our providers, which could harm our business model and/or physician relationships and have a negative impact on our business.

Other Healthcare Laws

HIPAA, as amended by the HITECH Act, and their implementing regulations, includes several separate criminal penalties for making false or fraudulent claims to non-governmental payers. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and recklessly executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program, which includes private payers. Violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment, or exclusion from government healthcare programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact by any trick, scheme, or device, or making any materially

 

143


Table of Contents

false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items, or services. Violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. This statute could be used by the government to assert criminal liability if a healthcare provider knowingly fails to refund an overpayment.

In addition, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law imposes civil administrative sanctions for, among other violations, (1) inappropriate billing of services to government healthcare programs, (2) employing or contracting with individuals or entities who are excluded from participation in government healthcare programs, and (3) offering or providing Medicare or Medicaid beneficiaries with any remuneration, including full or partial waivers of co-payments and deductibles, that are likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner, or supplier (subject to an exception for non-routine, unadvertised co-payment and deductible waivers based on individualized determinations of financial need or exhaustion of reasonable collection efforts).

State and Federal Health Information Privacy and Security Laws

We must comply with various federal and state laws related to the privacy and security of PII, including health information. In particular, HIPAA establishes privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of PHI and requires the implementation of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of PHI. The One Medical PCs are regulated as covered entities under HIPAA, and 1Life is sometimes regulated as a covered entity under HIPAA. HIPAA’s requirements are also directly applicable to the contractors, agents, and other business associates of covered entities that create, receive, maintain, or transmit PHI in connection with their provision of services to covered entities. 1Life is a business associate of the One Medical PCs, health network partners and other covered entities when performing certain administrative services on their behalf.

We are also subject to the HIPAA breach notification rule, which requires covered entities to notify affected individuals of breaches of unsecured PHI. In addition, covered entities must notify the HHS Office of Civil Rights, or OCR, and the local media if a breach affects more than 500 individuals. Breaches affecting fewer than 500 individuals must be reported to OCR on an annual basis. The HIPAA regulations also require business associates to notify the covered entity of breaches by the business associate.

Violations of HIPAA can result in civil and criminal penalties, including civil financial penalties ranging from $114 to $57,051 per violation (as of 2019, and subject to periodic adjustments for inflation).

Many states in which we operate have their own laws protecting the privacy and security of personal information, including health information. We must comply with such laws in the states where we do business in addition to our obligations under HIPAA. In some states, such as California, state privacy laws are even more protective than HIPAA. It may sometimes be necessary to modify our operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent state laws. State data privacy and security laws are subject to change, and we could be subject to financial penalties and sanctions if we fail to comply with these laws.

In addition to federal and state laws protecting the privacy and security of personal information, we may be subject to other types of federal and state privacy laws, including laws that prohibit unfair privacy and security practices and deceptive statements about privacy and security, along with laws that impose specific requirements on certain types of activities, such as data security and texting.

Federal and State Fraud and Abuse Laws

Federal Stark Law

We are subject to the federal physician self-referral law, commonly known as the Stark Law, which prohibits physicians from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity for the provision of certain

 

144


Table of Contents

“designated health services” if the referring physician or a member of the physician’s immediate family has a direct or indirect financial relationship (including an ownership interest or a compensation arrangement) with the entity, unless an exception applies. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute, which means intent to violate the law is not required. In addition, the government and some courts have taken the position that claims presented in violation of various fraud, waste, and abuse laws, including the Stark Law, can be considered a predicate legal violation to submission of a false claim under the federal False Claims Act (described below) on the grounds that a provider impliedly certifies compliance with all applicable laws and rules when submitting claims for reimbursement. Penalties for violating the Stark Law may include: denial of payment for services ordered in violation of the law, recoupments of monies paid for such services, civil penalties for each violation and three times the dollar value of each such service, and exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs. Violations of the Stark Law could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Federal Anti-Kickback Statute

We are also subject to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which, subject to certain exceptions known as “safe harbors,” prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any bribe, kickback, rebate or other remuneration, in cash or in kind, in return for, or to induce, the (1) the referral of a person covered by government healthcare programs, (2) the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of items or services reimbursable under government healthcare programs, or (3) the purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging or recommending the purchasing, leasing, or ordering, of any item or service reimbursable under government healthcare programs. Federal courts have held that the Anti-Kickback Statute can be violated if just one purpose of a payment is to induce referrals. Actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it is not required, which makes it easier for the government to prove that a defendant had the state of mind required for a violation. In addition to a few statutory exceptions, the OIG of the HHS has promulgated safe harbor regulations that outline categories of activities that are deemed protected from prosecution under the Anti-Kickback Statute, provided all applicable criteria are met. The failure of a financial relationship to meet all of the applicable safe harbor criteria does not necessarily mean that the particular arrangement violates the Anti-Kickback Statute, but business arrangements that do not fully satisfy all elements of a safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by OIG and other enforcement authorities. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute can result in exclusion from government healthcare programs as well as civil and criminal penalties, including fines of $50,000 per violation and three times the amount of the unlawful remuneration. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

False Claims Act

The federal False Claims Act prohibits knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false claims to government programs, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Some states have adopted similar fraud and false claims laws. Government agencies engage in significant civil and criminal enforcement efforts against healthcare companies under the False Claims Act and other civil and criminal statutes. False Claims Act investigations can be initiated not only by the government, but by private parties through qui tam (or whistleblower) lawsuits. Penalties for False Claims Act violations include fines ranging from $11,463 to $22,927 per false claim or statement (as of 2019, and subject to annual adjustments for inflation), plus up to three times the amount of damages sustained by the federal government. Violations of the False Claims Act violations can also result in exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs.

State Fraud, Waste and Abuse Laws

Several states in which we operate have also adopted similar fraud, waste, and abuse laws to those described above. The scope and content of these laws vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities. Some states’ fraud and abuse laws, known as “all-payer laws,” are not limited to government healthcare programs, but apply more broadly to items or services reimbursed by any payer, including

 

145


Table of Contents

commercial insurers. Liability under state fraud, waste, and abuse laws could result in fines, penalties, and restrictions on our ability to operate in those jurisdictions.

Our Health Network Partnerships

We have entered into strategic partnership arrangements with each of our health network partners under which we and the health network partner create a clinically integrated care delivery model that coordinates our network of affiliated primary care practices with the health network partner’s healthcare system to better deliver coordinated care for members, improve operational efficiencies, and deliver value to employers and other players.

Fee Structure

Under most of the strategic partnership arrangements, the health network partners contract with one or more of the One Medical PCs for professional clinical services and contract with 1Life for management, operational and administrative services, including billing and collection services and designing and managing the day-to-day administration of the business aspects of the primary care practices. Under these arrangements, when our medical offices provide professional clinical services to covered members, we, as administrator, perform billing and collection services on behalf of the health network, and the health network receives the fees for the services provided, including those paid by members’ insurance plans. In return for these professional clinical, management, operational and administrative services, we receive fees from these health network partners on a fixed PMPM basis, and fee rates generally increase annually based on various factors, including increases in rates received by a health network’s payers. In lieu of PMPM fees, certain of our clinically integrated health network partners extend their health insurance contracts to us. Under these arrangements, we bill for and receive fees directly for professional clinical services provided to members.

Term and Termination

The term of each strategic partnership arrangement is typically five years and automatically renews for additional two- to five-year terms unless either we or the health network partners decide not to renew. We or the health network partners generally may terminate a strategic partnership arrangement with 90 days’ notice upon certain events such as uncured breach, mutual consent, or a change in law that conflicts with the applicable arrangement. The strategic partnership arrangements generally may be terminated immediately upon certain events such as bankruptcy, exclusion and business combinations involving us and a specified competing health network. Certain health network partners may also terminate upon their determination that we no longer meet their criteria for clinical partnership or the values or mission of the health network partner.

Exclusivity and Non-Solicitation

Under the terms of strategic partnership arrangements, we typically cannot enter into a similar arrangement with certain specified direct competitors to the health network partner within the territory covered by the strategic partnership arrangement. Additionally, the terms of most of the strategic partnership arrangements include a mutual non-solicitation clause, prohibiting us and our health network partners from soliciting each other’s employees during the term of the arrangement and for one year following its expiration, subject to certain customary recruiting practices.

Clinic Commitments and Development Fees

Pursuant to each strategic partnership arrangement, we commit to open an initial number of clinics, ranging from low single digits to mid-teen double digits depending on the area covered, within the first term. Our health network partners pay us certain development fees for the opening of each clinic.

 

146


Table of Contents

Our Enterprise Client Agreements

We enter into contractual arrangements with our enterprise clients pursuant to which our clients purchase memberships from us for their employees and, in certain circumstances, we provide onsite clinics and health services. The transaction price for memberships under these contracts is determined on a per employee per month basis, based on the number of employees eligible for membership established at the beginning of each contract term. Our contracts with enterprise clients typically have one- to three-year terms.

Google Services Agreement

In August 2017, we entered into an inbound services agreement, or the ISA, with Google Inc. and certain of the One Medical PCs. For 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, Google accounted for 10% of our net revenue. Under the ISA, we and Google enter into statements of work, or SOWs, upon Google’s request pursuant to which Google sponsors memberships for their employees for annual fees. We also provide on-site clinics and health services for certain Google office locations under the SOWs. Under the ISA, Google is not obligated to enter into any SOWs with us, and we are not obligated to provide any services to Google except pursuant to SOWs. Any party may terminate the ISA or any SOW following an uncured material breach, or suspend or terminate any SOW if applicable law prohibits performance under the SOW. Under the ISA, we and the applicable One Medical PCs are required to maintain certain levels of insurance, including medical malpractice liability insurance, in connection with the provision of medical services and the storage of Google data.

Our Provider Arrangements

Administrative Services Agreements

1Life has entered into ASAs with each of the One Medical PCs, under which we design, operate and administer non-medical operations to each One Medical PC, including billing, financial management, marketing, patient record maintenance, IT and technology services and office space, which we refer to as the administrative services. Each One Medical PC retains independent discretion to employ or contract with healthcare providers, including physicians, nurse practitioners, physician assistants and other medical professionals to provide medical care to patients. Under the ASAs, while 1Life has authority over all decisions relating to central non-medical operations of the One Medical PCs, each practice is solely and exclusively responsible for the provision of medical services, including diagnosis, treatment, therapy, and prescription of medicine and drugs. The One Medical PCs are also fully empowered to refer patients to any hospital or healthcare facility deemed by the practices as best qualified to deliver medical services to any patient.

The One Medical PCs pay 1Life certain fees for providing administrative services based on their fair market value, including, but not limited to, office space and equipment, the One Medical brand, intellectual property and cost of capital. The term of each ASA is ten years and automatically renews annually thereafter unless either 1Life or any One Medical PC provides written notice to not renew. We may terminate any ASA upon certain events such as uncured breach, the revocation or suspension of the related practice’s license to provide medical services or the failure by the One Medical PC to make payments under the ASA.

Succession Agreements

Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D., the Chief Medical Officer of One Medical Group, Inc., a consolidated One Medical PC, is generally the sole director and officer of each One Medical PC and also a shareholder of each One Medical PC. We have entered into succession agreements with Dr. Diamond and each One Medical PC under which, upon the occurrence of any of the following events, the shares owned by Dr. Diamond in the One Medical PCs will automatically be transferred to one or more licensed professionals designated by us and Dr. Diamond will immediately resign from all of his positions at the One Medical PCs:

 

   

loss of Dr. Diamond’s licenses or certifications to practice medicine or other event that would disqualify Dr. Diamond from acting as a shareholder of a professional corporation under applicable state laws;

 

147


Table of Contents
   

adjudication that Dr. Diamond is an insane or incompetent person;

 

   

death or permanent disability or incapacity of Dr. Diamond;

 

   

conviction of Dr. Diamond for any felony or legal violation related to fraud, theft, embezzlement, breach of fiduciary responsibility, financial misconduct, obstruction or controlled substances;

 

   

termination of Dr. Diamond’s employment at the One Medical PCs or affiliated medical entities;

 

   

termination of Dr. Diamond as a consultant of 1Life;

 

   

any transfer or disposal of Dr. Diamond’s shares in the One Medical PCs; and

 

   

issuance of stock in the One Medical PCs at Dr. Diamond’s direction to any other person in violation of the succession agreements.

Each succession agreement will remain in effect until we repurchase the shares from Dr. Diamond or until mutually terminated by Dr. Diamond, the applicable One Medical PC and us.

Employees

As of September 30, 2019, across 1Life and the One Medical PCs, we had 1,600 full-time employees. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and we have not experienced any work stoppages.

Facilities

Our headquarters are located in San Francisco, California and consist of approximately 60,874 square feet of leased space. Our lease on this space expires on August 1, 2029. As of September 30, 2019, we lease an additional combined 229,089 square feet of clinical space for the One Medical PCs pursuant to our ASAs. We believe that our headquarters and other offices are adequate for our immediate needs and that additional or substitute space is available if needed to accommodate growth and expansion.

Legal Proceedings

We are currently involved in, and may in the future become involved in, legal proceedings, claims and investigations in the ordinary course of our business, including medical malpractice and consumer claims. Although the results of these legal proceedings, claims and investigations cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not believe that the final outcome of any matters that we are currently involved in are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Regardless of final outcomes, however, any such proceedings, claims, and investigations may nonetheless impose a significant burden on management and employees and be costly to defend, with unfavorable preliminary or interim rulings.

 

148


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our Brand Status quo is a healthcare system with the wrong priorities. We believe healthcare should be different. Convenient. Respectful. Dare we say, enjoyable.


Table of Contents

LOGO

Work well


Table of Contents

LOGO

real life care Our Brand


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information for our executive officers and directors as of December 31, 2019:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     
Amir Dan Rubin    50   

Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President

Bjorn B. Thaler    43   

Chief Financial Officer

Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D.*    49   

Chief Medical Officer

Kimber D. Lockhart    33   

Chief Technology Officer

Lisa A. Mango    52   

General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Non-Employee Directors

     
Paul R. Auvil(1)    56   

Director

Mark S. Blumenkranz, M.D.(1)    68   

Director

Bruce W. Dunlevie(3)**    63   

Director

Kalen F. Holmes, Ph.D.(2)(3)    53   

Director

David P. Kennedy(2)    49   

Director

Freda Lewis-Hall, M.D.    64   

Director

Robert R. Schmidt(2)(3)    37   

Director

David B. Singer(1)    57   

Director

 

(1)

Member of the audit committee

(2)

Member of the compensation committee

(3)

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee

*

Employee of One Medical Group, Inc., a consolidated One Medical PC. Dr. Diamond provides services to us pursuant to contractual arrangements with 1Life and One Medical Group, Inc.

**

Lead Independent Director

Executive Officers

Amir Dan Rubin has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President and as a member or Chair of our board of directors since August 2017. From January 2016 to August 2017, he served as an Executive Vice President at UnitedHealth Group, a publicly traded healthcare company. From January 2011 to January 2016, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Stanford Health Care, a private healthcare system associated with Stanford University. Mr. Rubin earned a B.A. in Economics with a minor in Business from the University of California, Berkeley, an M.H.S.A. in Health Services Administration from the University of Michigan, and an M.B.A. in Business Administration from the Ross School of Business at the University of Michigan. We believe that Mr. Rubin’s business expertise and his daily insight into corporate matters as our Chief Executive Officer and President qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Bjorn B. Thaler has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2019. From November 2018 to March 2019, he was a Senior Vice President at CVS Health Corporation, a publicly traded retail pharmacy company. From September 2011 to November 2018, he was a Managing Director, and later a Vice President, at Aetna Inc., a managed healthcare company and now a subsidiary of CVS Health Corporation. Mr. Thaler earned a Master of Law at the University of Vienna, Faculty of Law, Austria, an International M.B.A. at the Darla Moore School of Business at the University of South Carolina and an International Master of Business from the Vienna University of Economics and Business, Austria.

Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D., has served as the Chief Medical Officer since September 2019, and as the National Medical Director since July 2016, of One Medical Group, Inc., a consolidated One Medical PC. From

 

153


Table of Contents

September 2012 to July 2016, Dr. Diamond served as a physician and in various director roles at One Medical Group, Inc., including as Regional Medical Director, West. Dr. Diamond earned a B.S. in Biological Sciences from Stanford University and an M.D. and Ph.D. from the University of Colorado Health Sciences Center.

Kimber D. Lockhart has served as our Chief Technology Officer since March 2015. She previously served as our Vice President, Engineering from March 2014 to March 2015. From September 2009 to March 2014, Ms. Lockhart served in various roles at Box, Inc., a cloud content management and file sharing services company. Ms. Lockhart earned a B.S. in Computer Science from Stanford University.

Lisa A. Mango has served as our General Counsel since June 2018. She previously served as our Vice President and Assistant General Counsel from January 2016 to June 2018. From April 2004 to January 2016, she served as a Senior Director and Senior Corporate Counsel at Autodesk, Inc. a publicly traded software company. Ms. Mango earned a B.A. in Public Policy from Duke University and a J.D. from the University of Texas School of Law.

Non-Employee Directors

Paul R. Auvil has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2019. Since March 2007, Mr. Auvil has served as the Chief Financial Officer of Proofpoint, Inc., a provider of security-as-a-service solutions. From September 2006 to March 2007, Mr. Auvil was an entrepreneur-in-residence at Benchmark Capital, a venture capital firm. From 2002 to July 2006, he served as the Chief Financial Officer at VMware, Inc., a computing virtualization company. From 2007 to 2017, Mr. Auvil served on the board of directors of Quantum Corporation, a data storage company. From 2009 to 2010, Mr. Auvil served on the board of directors of OpenTV Corp., a provider of interactive television software and services. From 2009 to 2017, Mr. Auvil served on the board of directors of Marin Software, Inc., a cloud-based ad management platform company. Mr. Auvil earned an A.B. in Electrical Engineering from Dartmouth College and a Master of Management from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University. We believe Mr. Auvil is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his financial and accounting experience and his service on the boards of directors of several companies.

Mark S. Blumenkranz, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2019. Since October 2015, Dr. Blumenkranz has served as the managing director of Lagunita Biosciences LLC, a healthcare investment company. Since September 2019, Dr. Blumenkranz has served as the chief executive officer of Kedalion Therapeutics Inc., an ophthalmic drug development company. From 1997 to August 2015, he served as the H.J. Smead Professor and Chairman of the Department of Ophthalmology at Stanford University School of Medicine and as the inaugural director of the Byers Eye Institute, a nationally-recognized eye care center. From January 2015 to August 2015, Dr. Blumenkranz served on the board of directors of Presbia PLC, a medical device company. From July 2006 to February 2017, Dr. Blumenkranz served on the board of directors of Adverum Biotechnologies Inc., a biotechnology company. He also serves on the board of directors of several private biotechnology and medical device companies. Dr. Blumenkranz earned an A.B. in Biology, an M.M.S. in Biochemical Pharmacology and an M.D. from Brown University. He received his surgical internship and ophthalmology residency training at the Stanford University School of Medicine and his fellowship training in vitreoretinal surgery at the Bascom Palmer Eye Institute at the University of Miami School of Medicine. We believe that Dr. Blumenkranz is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience as a director and founder of several biotechnology companies as well as his significant expertise in medical practice.

Bruce W. Dunlevie has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2007. He has been a General Partner of venture capital firm Benchmark Capital since its founding in May 1995. Mr. Dunlevie also serves on the board of directors of ServiceSource International, a publicly traded analytics company. From March 2008 to February 2017, he served on the board of directors of Marin Software, a publicly traded digital advertising company. He earned a B.A. in History from Rice University and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. We

 

154


Table of Contents

believe that Mr. Dunlevie is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience in health care and technology and his service on publicly traded company boards.

Kalen F. Holmes, Ph.D., has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2017. From November 2009 to February 2013, Ms. Holmes served as Executive Vice President of Partner Resources at Starbucks Corporation, a publicly traded retail beverage company. Since December 2014 and August 2016, Ms. Holmes has served on the boards of directors of Zumiez Inc., a publicly traded clothing store, and Red Robin Gourmet Burgers, Inc., a publicly traded restaurant company, respectively. Ms. Holmes earned a B.A. in Psychology from the University of Texas and an M.A. and Ph.D. in Industrial and Organizational Psychology from the University of Houston. We believe that Ms. Holmes is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of her public company management and board experience.

David P. Kennedy has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2007. Since 2007, Mr. Kennedy has served as a partner of Serent Capital, a venture capital firm. He has served on the boards of directors of several privately held companies. Mr. Kennedy earned a B.Comm. in Finance and an M.B.S. in International Marketing from University College Dublin and an M.A. in International Policy Studies and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. We believe that Mr. Kennedy is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience in healthcare investing.

Freda Lewis-Hall, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2019. Since January 2019, Dr. Lewis-Hall has served as Chief Patient Officer and Executive Vice President of Pfizer Inc., a pharmaceutical company. From 2009 to January 2019, Dr. Lewis-Hall served as Pfizer’s Chief Medical Officer. Prior to joining Pfizer in 2009, Dr. Lewis-Hall held various senior leadership positions including Chief Medical Officer and Executive Vice President, Medicines Development at Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from June 2008 to May 2009, and Senior Vice President, U.S. Pharmaceuticals, Medical Affairs for Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. from 2003 to May 2008. Since August 2017, Dr. Lewis-Hall has served on the board of directors of SpringWorks Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From December 2014 to May 2017, she served on the board of directors of Tenet Healthcare Corporation, a healthcare services company. Dr. Lewis-Hall earned a B.A. in Natural Sciences from Johns Hopkins University and an M.D. from Howard University College of Medicine. We believe that Dr. Lewis-Hall is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on her expertise and experience in the biopharmaceutical industry and her leadership experience as a senior executive at various biopharmaceutical companies.

Robert R. Schmidt has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2018. Since August 2011, Mr. Schmidt has served as a principal specializing in health care at The Carlyle Group Inc., or Carlyle, a private equity firm. Mr. Schmidt earned a B.S.C.E. in Finance and Management from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe that Mr. Schmidt is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience in healthcare investing.

David B. Singer has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2011. Since December 2004, Mr. Singer has held various positions at Maverick Capital, Ltd., an investment firm, including Managing Partner of Maverick Ventures since February 2015. From July 2013 to January 2017, Mr. Singer served as a health commissioner of the City of San Francisco and a member of the San Francisco General Hospital Joint Conference Committee. Since June 2010, Mr. Singer has served on the board of directors of Castlight Health, Inc., a publicly traded healthcare navigation company. From December 2006 to May 2013, he served on the board of directors of Pacific Biosciences of California, Inc. a publicly traded biotechnology company. Mr. Singer serves on the boards of several privately held healthcare companies. Mr. Singer earned a B.A. in History from Yale University and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. We believe Mr. Singer is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his significant healthcare experience.

 

155


Table of Contents

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers.

Composition of Our Board of Directors

Certain members of our board of directors were elected pursuant to the provisions of a voting agreement, as amended. Under the terms of this voting agreement, the stockholders who are party to the voting agreement have agreed to vote their respective shares so as to elect: (1) one director designated by Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P., currently Mr. Dunlevie; (2) one director designated by DAG Ventures IV-QP, L.P., currently Mr. Rubin; (3) one director designated by Oak Investment Partners XII, Limited Partnership, currently vacant; (4) one director designated by Maverick Capital, Ltd., currently Mr. Singer; (5) one director designated by GV 2013, L.P., currently vacant; (6) one director designated by Redmile Capital Offshore Fund II, Ltd., currently Ms. Holmes; (7) two directors designated by Carlyle Partners VII Holdings, L.P., or the Carlyle Investor, currently Mr. Schmidt with the other vacant; and (8) two directors designated by the holders of a majority of our common stock and preferred stock, each currently vacant. The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

The primary responsibilities of our board of directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Our board of directors meets on a regular basis and additionally as required. Our board of directors currently consists of seven directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution approved by a majority of our board of directors. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with this offering, immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Messrs. Dunlevie, Kennedy and Singer and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Messrs. Auvil and Blumenkranz and Ms. Holmes and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2021; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Dr. Lewis-Hall and Messrs. Rubin and Schmidt and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2022.

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Under the listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq, independent directors must comprise a majority of our board of directors as a listed company within one year of the closing of this offering.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that Mses. Holmes and Lewis-Hall and Messrs. Auvil, Blumenkranz, Dunlevie, Kennedy, Schmidt and Singer do not have any relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent

 

156


Table of Contents

judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Committees of our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Auvil, Blumenkranz and Singer. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the audit committee satisfies the independence requirements under Nasdaq listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. The chairperson of our audit committee is Mr. Auvil. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Auvil is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, our board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment.

The primary purpose of the audit committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes, systems of internal control and financial statement audits, and to oversee our independent registered public accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our audit committee include:

 

   

helping our board of directors oversee our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes;

 

   

managing the selection, engagement, qualifications, independence and performance of a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our consolidated financial statements;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

   

reviewing related person transactions;

 

   

obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually that describes our internal quality control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

 

   

approving or, as permitted, pre-approving, audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq.

 

157


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Ms. Holmes and Messrs. Kennedy and Schmidt. The chairperson of our compensation committee is Ms. Holmes. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is independent under the listing standards of Nasdaq, and a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

The primary purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors in overseeing our compensation policies, plans and programs and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to our executive officers, directors and other senior management, as appropriate. Specific responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

   

administering our equity incentive plans and other benefit programs;

 

   

reviewing, adopting, amending and terminating incentive compensation and equity plans, severance agreements, profit sharing plans, bonus plans, change-of-control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and other senior management; and

 

   

reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees, including our overall compensation philosophy.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Ms. Holmes and Messrs. Dunlevie and Schmidt. The chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee is Mr. Dunlevie. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is independent under the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Specific responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee include:

 

   

identifying and evaluating candidates, including the nomination of incumbent directors for reelection and nominees recommended by stockholders, to serve on our board of directors;

 

   

considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition and chairmanship of the committees of our board of directors;

 

   

developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and

 

   

overseeing periodic evaluations of the board of directors’ performance, including committees of the board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or

 

158


Table of Contents

persons performing similar functions. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.onemedical.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of Nasdaq concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of the compensation committee is currently or has been at any time one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

We currently provide cash and/or equity-based compensation to our non-employee directors who are not affiliated with our large investors for the time and effort necessary to serve as a member of our board of directors. In 2019, unless otherwise noted, each of these non-employee directors received an annual cash retainer of $60,000, paid in equal quarterly installments in arrears, pro-rated for any partial quarters of service. In addition, all of our independent directors are entitled to reimbursement of direct expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board or committees thereof.

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned for service on our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2019. Amir Dan Rubin, our Chief Executive Officer and President, is also the Chair of our board of directors, but did not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director. Mr. Rubin’s compensation as an executive officer is set forth in “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table.”

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
    Option
Awards(1)(2)
    Total  

Paul R. Auvil(3)

   $ 15,000     $ 53,953 (4)    $ 68,953  

Mark S. Blumenkranz, M.D.(5)

     3,333       53,766 (6)      57,099  

Brian Bouma(7)

     45,000       —         45,000  

Bruce W. Dunlevie

     —         —         —    

Kalen F. Holmes, Ph.D.

     60,000       117,537 (4)      177,537  

David P. Kennedy

     10,000 (8)      —         10,000  

Freda Lewis-Hall, M.D.(5)

     3,333       53,766 (6)      57,099  

Robert R. Schmidt

     —         —         —    

David B. Singer

     —         —         —    

 

(1)

The amounts reported in this column do not reflect dollar amounts actually received by the non-employee director. Instead, the amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options granted to the non-employee directors during 2019 under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, computed in accordance with ASC 718. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the non-employee directors upon the exercise of the stock options or any sale of the underlying shares of common stock.

 

159


Table of Contents
(2)

The table below sets forth the aggregate number of shares subject to outstanding stock options beneficially owned by each of our non-employee directors as of December 31, 2019:

 

Name

   Number of Shares Underlying
Outstanding Options
as of December 31, 2019
 

Paul R. Auvil

     10,462  

Mark S. Blumenkranz, M.D.

     10,381  

Kalen F. Holmes, Ph.D.

     55,994  

David P. Kennedy

     10,462  

Freda Lewis-Hall, M.D.

     10,381  

 

(3)

Mr. Auvil became a member of our board of directors in September 2019.

(4)

In September 2019, we granted Mr. Auvil options to purchase 10,462 shares of common stock and Ms. Holmes options to purchase 24,079 shares of common stock, each with an exercise price of $11.47 per share. 1/4th of the shares underlying each option vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date; and 1/48th of the shares vest monthly thereafter over the following three years. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts in accordance with ASC Topic 718 are included in Note 16, “Stock-based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(5)

Each of Dr. Blumenkranz and Dr. Lewis-Hall became a member of our board of directors in November 2019.

(6)

In November 2019, we granted each of Dr. Blumenkranz and Dr. Lewis-Hall options to purchase 10,381 shares of common stock, each with an exercise price of $11.56 per share. 1/4th of the shares underlying each option vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date; and 1/48th of the shares vest monthly thereafter over the following three years. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts in accordance with ASC Topic 718 include a risk free interest rate of 1.7%, expected term of 6.0 to 6.9 years, expected volatility of 44.5% to 45.0% and no expected dividends, and are otherwise consistent with those included in Note 16, “Stock-based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(7)

Mr. Bouma resigned as a member of our board of directors in July 2019.

(8)

Mr. Kennedy waived a portion of his cash compensation for his service on our board of directors in 2019.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

We have adopted a non-employee director compensation policy, pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive cash and equity compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

Commencing with the first calendar quarter following the closing of this offering, each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer of $40,000 for serving on our board of directors. A non-employee director may elect to receive, in lieu of the annual cash retainer, an option to purchase shares of common stock under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan having a value of $40,000 based on the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant, which grant would not be subject to any vesting conditions. The chairpersons of the three committees of our board of directors will be entitled to an annual service retainer of $20,000. All annual cash compensation amounts will be payable in equal quarterly installments in arrears, on the last day of each quarter for which the service occurred, pro-rated for any partial months of service.

Each new non-employee director who joins our board of directors following the closing of this offering will receive an option to purchase shares of common stock under our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan having a value of $120,000 based on the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The shares subject to this option will vest on a monthly basis over 48 months commencing on the grant date, subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service with us on each applicable vesting date.

 

160


Table of Contents

On the date of each annual meeting of our stockholders, each continuing non-employee director will receive an option to purchase shares of common stock under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan having a value of $80,000 based on the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant, vesting on the earlier of the date of the following annual meeting of stockholders or the one-year anniversary of the grant date, subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service with us on the applicable vesting date. The value of the annual option grant will be prorated based on the number of months from the date of a non-employee director’s appointment until the next annual meeting of our stockholders. A non-employee director may elect to receive $80,000 in cash in lieu of such annual option grant.

In the event of a change of control (as defined in the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan), any unvested shares subject to these options will fully vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the closing of such change of control, subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service with us on the closing date of the change of control.

 

161


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2019 were:

 

   

Amir Dan Rubin, our Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President;

 

   

Bjorn B. Thaler, our Chief Financial Officer; and

 

   

Kimber D. Lockhart, our Chief Technology Officer.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents all of the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2019:

 

Name

  Year     Salary     Bonus     Option
Awards(1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(2)
    All Other
Compensation(3)
    Total  

Amir Dan Rubin

    2019     $ 600,000     $ —       $ 12,717,394 (4)    $ 576,300     $ 26,487     $ 13,920,181  

Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President

             

Bjorn B. Thaler(5)

    2019       284,615 (6)      50,000 (7)      2,869,010 (8)      169,500       17,844       3,390,969  

Chief Financial Officer

             

Kimber D. Lockhart

    2019       332,804 (9)      —         1,432,953 (4)      204,030       18,930       1,988,717  

Chief Technology Officer

             

 

(1)

The amounts reported in this column do not reflect dollar amounts actually received by the named executive officer. Instead, the amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted to our named executive officers during 2019 under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our named executive officers will only realize compensation to the extent the trading price of our common stock is greater than the exercise price of such stock options. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the named executive officers upon the exercise of the stock options or any sale of the underlying shares of common stock.

(2)

Amounts reflect estimated cash performance-based bonuses payable by us to the named executive officers under our annual incentive plan for 2019, which were based upon the achievement of individual performance goals as well as the achievement of company and financial performance goals as approved by our compensation committee. Our 2019 company and financial performance goals consisted of revenue and adjusted EBITDA targets. Individual performance goals were established for certain of our executive officers other than our Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President. For 2019, we determined our named executive officers’ actual performance-based bonus based on attainment of these company and financial performance goals, which bonuses our compensation committee determined were appropriate given each named executive officer’s individual performance and/or responsibility for the overall direction and success of our business, as applicable. For 2019, our compensation committee determined that Mr. Rubin, Mr. Thaler and Ms. Lockhart were each entitled to 113% of their target bonuses.

(3)

Amounts represent medical insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of Mr. Rubin ($18,763), Mr. Thaler and Ms. Lockhart ($10,346), disability and life insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of each named executive officer, contributions by us to Mr. Rubin’s and Ms. Lockhart’s respective 401(k) plan accounts and reimbursements to Mr. Thaler for legal expenses incurred in the review of his offer letter.

 

162


Table of Contents
(4)

Represents options to purchase shares of common stock granted in November 2019. See “—Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2019.” Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts in accordance with ASC Topic 718 include a risk free interest rate of 1.7%, expected term of 6.0 to 6.9 years, expected volatility of 44.5% to 45.0% and no expected dividends, and are otherwise consistent with those included in Note 16, “Stock-based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(5)

Mr. Thaler joined our company in April 2019.

(6)

Amount reflects the prorated amount of Mr. Thaler’s annual salary for the year ended December 31, 2019.

(7)

Represents a one-time signing bonus.

(8)

Represents options to purchase shares of common stock granted in May 2019 and September 2019. See “—Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2019.” Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts in accordance with ASC Topic 718 are included in Note 16, “Stock-based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(9)

Reflects Ms. Lockhart’s 2019 annual base salary of $360,000 adjusted for personal leave taken during 2019.

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2019

The following table presents the outstanding equity incentive plan awards held by each named executive officer as of December 31, 2019.

 

                

Option Awards

 
Name   Grant Date(1)      Vesting
Commencement
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable (#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(#)
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
 

Amir Dan Rubin

    09/14/17 (2)       08/07/17       3,471,999       4,239,461       4.01       09/13/27  
    09/14/17 (3)       08/17/17       —         1,589,798       4.01       09/13/27  
    11/21/19 (4)       09/07/22       —         2,307,000       11.56       11/20/29  

Bjorn B. Thaler

    05/10/19 (5)       04/01/19       —         500,000       7.93       05/09/29  
   
09/19/19
(2) 
    
09/19/19
 
   
—  
 
   
200,000
 
   
11.47
 
   
09/18/29
 

Kimber D. Lockhart

    03/22/14        03/19/14       39,331       —         2.68       03/21/24  
    05/07/15        03/01/15       225,000       —         4.37       05/06/25  
    10/01/15        10/01/15       200,000       —         4.37       09/30/25  
    02/15/18 (6)       02/15/18       114,583       135,417       4.36       02/14/28  
   

11/21/19(6)

       11/21/19       5,807       272,932       11.56       11/20/29  

 

(1)

The unvested shares underlying the options set forth below are subject to accelerated vesting as described in “—Employment Arrangements—Amir Dan Rubin,” with respect to the options held by Mr. Rubin, and “—Employment Arrangements—Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan,” with respect to the options held by Mr. Thaler and Ms. Lockhart.

(2)

1/5th of the shares underlying this option vested on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date; and 1/60th of the shares vest monthly thereafter over the following four years, subject to the named executive officer’s continued service with us.

(3)

The shares underlying this option will vest upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

(4)

63% of the shares underlying this option will vest ratably on a monthly basis from the vesting commencement date through August 2023; 25% of the shares underlying this option will vest ratably on a monthly basis from September 2023 to August 2024; and the remaining 12% of the shares underlying this option will vest ratably on a monthly basis from September 2024 to August 2025.

(5)

1/4th of the shares underlying this option will vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date; and 1/48th of the shares vest monthly thereafter over the following three years, subject to the named executive officer’s continued service with us.

 

163


Table of Contents
(6)

1/48th of the shares underlying this option vest monthly measured from the vesting commencement date, subject to the named executive officer’s continued service with us.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we will be exempt from certain requirements related to executive compensation, including, but not limited to, the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and to provide information relating to the ratio of total compensation of our Chief Executive Officer to the median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees, each as required by the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Pension Benefits

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or earn any benefits under, any nonqualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by us during the year ended December 31, 2019. Our board of directors may elect to provide our officers and other employees with nonqualified deferred compensation benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any pension or retirement plan sponsored by us during 2019.

Annual Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted the 1Life Healthcare, Inc. Executive Annual Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan, under which our executive officers are eligible to receive annual performance-based cash bonuses, which are designed to provide appropriate incentives to our executives to achieve defined financial and company performance goals as well as individual performance goals and to reward our executives for achievement toward these goals. The performance-based bonus level each executive officer is eligible to receive is determined by our Chief Executive Officer and President and approved by our compensation committee (with our Chief Executive Officer and President’s bonus determined and approved by our compensation committee) and is generally based on the extent to which we achieve the company and financial performance goals and each eligible executive officer achieves individual performance goals. For eligible consultants employed by the One Medical PCs, including Dr. Diamond, the performance-based bonus level is based only on achievement of individual metrics relating to physician services. Our Chief Executive Officer and President determines the specific company and/or individual performance goals for each eligible executive officer, including eligible consultants, subject to approval by our compensation committee (with our Chief Executive Officer and President’s individual performance goals, if any, determined and approved by our compensation committee).

Annually, our compensation committee or board of directors determines the achievement levels of the company and financial performance goals or individual metrics and the actual bonus payout to be awarded to each of our eligible executive officers. Our Chief Executive Officer and President determines the achievement levels of individual performance goals for eligible executive officers, and our compensation committee determines the achievement levels of individual performance goals for our Chief Executive Officer and President.

Employment Arrangements

The employment agreements and offer letters with our named executive officers generally provide for at-will employment and set forth the executive officer’s initial base salary, eligibility for employee benefits and confirmation of the terms of previously issued equity grants, and for our Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President, severance

 

164


Table of Contents

benefits on a qualifying termination of employment or resignation. In addition, each of our named executive officers has executed our standard confidential information and invention assignment agreement. The key terms of these agreements are described below.

Amir Dan Rubin

In June 2017, we entered into, and in January 2020, we amended, an employment agreement with Amir Dan Rubin, our Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President. The employment agreement provides for an annual base salary of $600,000 and a signing bonus of $250,000, which was paid in a lump sum in September 2017. In September 2017, pursuant to the employment agreement, we granted Mr. Rubin (i) an option to purchase 7,948,990 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $4.01 per share, of which 20% of the shares vested in June 2018 and the remainder will vest monthly in 60 equal monthly installments thereafter; (ii) an option to purchase 1,589,798 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $4.01 per share, which option vests in full upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and (iii) an option to purchase 249,377 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $4.01 per share, which option fully vested on the date of grant and was exercised in full as of December 31, 2019. In November 2019, we granted Mr. Rubin an option to purchase 2,307,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $11.56 per share. 63% of the shares underlying this option will vest ratably on a monthly basis from the vesting commencement date through August 2023; 25% of the shares underlying this option will vest ratably on a monthly basis from September 2023 to August 2024; and the remaining 12% of the shares underlying this option will vest ratably on a monthly basis from September 2024 to August 2025.

If we terminate Mr. Rubin without cause or he resigns for good reason, at any time other than three months prior to or twelve months following a change in control, then, subject to Mr. Rubin executing and not revoking a general release of all claims, he will be entitled to (i) a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of his annual base salary, (ii) continuation of health insurance coverage under COBRA for up to 12 months following termination or resignation and (iii) acceleration of time-based vesting equity awards that would have vested and become exercisable if Mr. Rubin had completed an additional 12 months of employment following his resignation date.

In addition, if we terminate Mr. Rubin without cause or he resigns for good reason on or within three months prior to or 12 months following a change in control, then, subject to Mr. Rubin executing and not revoking a general release of all claims, he will be entitled to (i) a lump sum payment equal to 24 months of his annual base salary, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to his full performance-based bonus at his target achievement level for the applicable year under the Bonus Plan, (iii) continuation of health insurance coverage under COBRA for up to 24 months following termination or resignation and (iv) acceleration of all equity awards outstanding on the resignation or termination date.

Bjorn B. Thaler

In February 2019, we entered into an offer letter with Bjorn B. Thaler, our Chief Financial Officer. The offer letter provides for an annual base salary of $400,000 and a signing bonus of $50,000, which was paid in a lump sum in March 2019. If we terminate Mr. Thaler with cause or he resigns without good reason before the first anniversary of his hire date, the signing bonus will be repaid to us on a pro-rated basis. In May 2019, pursuant to the offer letter, we granted Mr. Thaler an option to purchase 500,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $7.93 per share, of which 25% of the shares vest in April 2020 and the remainder will vest monthly in 48 equal monthly installments thereafter. In September 2019, we granted Mr. Thaler an option to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $11.47, of which 20% of the shares vest in September 2020 and the remainder will vest monthly in 60 equal monthly installments thereafter. We also reimbursed legal expenses incurred by Mr. Thaler in connection with review of his offer letter.

Kimber D. Lockhart

In March 2014, we entered into an offer letter with Kimber D. Lockhart as our Vice President, Engineering. The offer letter originally provided for an annual base salary of $245,000, which has been increased from time to

 

165


Table of Contents

time by our board of directors, including after Ms. Lockhart’s promotion to Chief Technology Officer. In 2019, Ms. Lockhart’s annual base salary was $360,000. In May 2014, pursuant to the offer letter, we granted Ms. Lockhart an option to purchase 75,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $2.68 per share, which option was fully vested as of December 31, 2018. In November 2019, we granted Ms. Lockhart an option to purchase 278,739 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $11.56, which option vests monthly in 48 equal monthly installments from November 2019.

Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan

In January 2020, our board of directors adopted an Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan that provides severance benefits to each of our executive officers, including our named executive officers, other than Mr. Rubin, our Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President. Mr. Rubin’s severance and change in control benefits are set forth in his employment agreement and described under “—Employment Arrangements—Amir Dan Rubin.” The benefits provided under the Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan supersede any similar severance benefits described in a participant’s offer letter or employment agreement.

Upon an involuntary termination without cause or resignation for good reason, participants in our Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan will be entitled to receive (i) a cash payment equal to twelve months base salary and (ii) continuation of health insurance under COBRA for up to twelve months following the resignation or termination date. In addition, upon an involuntary termination without cause or resignation for good reason in connection with or within twelve months following a change in control, participants will be entitled to (i) receive a cash payment equal to twelve months base salary, (ii) receive a cash payment for the participant’s full performance-based bonus at the participant’s target achievement level for the applicable year under the Bonus Plan, (iii) continuation of health insurance under COBRA for up to twelve months following the resignation or termination date, and (iv) acceleration of all time-based vesting equity awards outstanding on the resignation or termination date. All such severance benefits are subject to the participant signing a general release of all known and unknown claims in substantially the form provided in the Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2020 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2020 Plan, in September 2019, and our stockholders approved the 2020 Plan in January 2020. The 2020 Plan will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The 2020 Plan will be the successor to our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2017 Plan, which is described below. Once the 2020 Plan becomes effective, no further grants will be made under the 2017 Plan.

Types of Awards. Our 2020 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based awards, and other awards, or collectively, awards. ISOs may be granted only to our employees, including our officers, and the employees of our affiliates. All other awards may be granted to our employees, including our officers, our non-employee directors and consultants and the employees and consultants of our affiliates.

Authorized Shares. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under our 2020 Plan will not exceed 45,112,387 shares, which is the sum of (1) 16,000,000 new shares, plus (2) an additional number of shares not to exceed 29,112,387 shares consisting of (A) any shares reserved and available for issuance pursuant to the grant of new awards under our 2017 Plan upon the effectiveness of the 2020 Plan, and (B) any shares subject to stock options or other awards granted under our 2017 Plan or our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan that, on or after the effective date of the 2020 Plan, terminate or expire prior to exercise or settlement; are not issued because the award is settled in cash; are forfeited because of the failure to vest; or are reacquired or

 

166


Table of Contents

withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or the purchase or exercise price, if any, as such shares become available from time to time expire or terminate for any reason, are forfeited or are repurchased by us after the effectiveness of the 2020 Plan. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2020 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2021, and continuing through and including January 1, 2030, by 4% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board prior to the applicable January 1st. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2020 Plan is three times the share reserve, or 135,337,161 shares.

Shares issued under our 2020 Plan will be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of common stock. Shares subject to awards granted under our 2020 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2020 Plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to awards under our 2020 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under our 2020 Plan.

Plan Administration. Our board, or a duly authorized committee of our board, may administer our 2020 Plan. Our board has delegated concurrent authority to administer our 2020 Plan to the compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. We sometimes refer to the board, or the applicable committee with the power to administer our equity incentive plans, as the administrator. The administrator may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified awards, and (2) determine the number of shares subject to such awards.

The administrator has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award and the terms of the award agreements for use under our 2020 Plan.

In addition, subject to the terms of the 2020 Plan, the administrator also has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2020 Plan, including the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel and re-grant any outstanding option or stock appreciation right in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any materially adversely affected participant.

Stock Options. ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2020 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2020 Plan vest at the rate specified by the administrator.

The administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2020 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that either an exercise of the option or an immediate sale of shares acquired upon exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

 

167


Table of Contents

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the administrator.

Options may not be transferred to third-party financial institutions for value. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

Tax Limitations on ISOs. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an option holder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will be treated as NSOs. No ISOs may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our parent or subsidiary corporations, unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for cash, check, bank draft or money order, services rendered to us or our affiliates, or any other form of legal consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the administrator. A restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock awards that have not vested may be forfeited or repurchased by us upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation right grant agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2020 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the administrator.

The administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2020 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provide otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or

 

168


Table of Contents

death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards. Our 2020 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards. The compensation committee can structure such awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. Performance awards that are settled in cash or other property are not required to be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the common stock.

The performance goals may be based on any measure of performance selected by the board of directors. The compensation committee may establish performance goals on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise (i) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, the compensation committee will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of the performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock-based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles and (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles.

Other Awards. The administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to common stock. The administrator will set the number of shares under the award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2020 Plan; (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year; (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs and (4) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding awards.

Corporate Transactions. The following applies to stock awards under the 2020 Plan in the event of a corporate transaction (as defined in the 2020 Plan), unless otherwise provided in a participant’s stock award agreement or other written agreement with us or one of our affiliates or unless otherwise expressly provided by the plan administrator at the time of grant.

In the event of a corporate transactions, the plan administrator has the discretion to take any of the following actions with respect to stock awards:

 

   

arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

169


Table of Contents
   

arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

   

accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

 

   

arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us;

 

   

cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our board of directors may deem appropriate; or

 

   

make a payment equal to the excess of (A) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award over (B) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.

Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

Under the 2020 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

In the event of a change in control, as defined under our 2020 Plan, awards granted under our 2020 Plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although this treatment may be provided for in an award agreement.

Transferability. A participant may not transfer awards under our 2020 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our 2020 Plan.

Plan Amendment or Termination. Our board has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2020 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board adopted our 2020 Plan. No awards may be granted under our 2020 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board and stockholders adopted the 2017 Plan in February 2017. The 2017 Plan is the successor to and continuation of our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan. The 2017 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs, NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards and other awards to our employees, directors and consultants or our affiliates. ISOs may be granted only to our employees or employees of our affiliates.

The 2017 Plan will be terminated on the date the 2020 Plan becomes effective. However, any outstanding awards granted under the 2017 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2017 Plan and award agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until any awards terminate or expire by their terms.

Authorized Shares. Upon the effective date of the 2020 Plan, we will no longer grant awards under our 2017 Plan. As of September 30, 2019, options to purchase 18,271,696 shares were outstanding, and 805,207 shares of common stock remained available for future issuance under our 2017 Plan. The options outstanding as of September 30, 2019 had a weighted-average exercise price of $5.32 per share. Subsequent to September 30, 2019, we increased the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity

 

170


Table of Contents

Incentive Plan by 4,607,000 shares and issued options to purchase an additional 4,133,429 shares of common stock under this plan.

Plan Administration. Our board or a duly authorized committee of our board administers our 2017 Plan and the awards granted under it. Our board has delegated concurrent authority to administer our 2017 Plan to the compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. The administrator has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2017 Plan. The administrator has the authority to reprice any outstanding option with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Corporate Transactions. Our 2017 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, as defined under our 2017 Plan, our board may (1) arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of an award by a successor corporation, or the acquiring corporation’s parent company; (2) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation, or the acquiring corporation’s parent company; (3) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the award and provide for its termination prior to the transaction if not exercised prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction; (4) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us; (5) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, if any, determined by the board; or (6) make a payment in such form as determined by the board of directors equal to the excess, if any, of the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the awards prior to the transaction over any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise. The administrator is not obligated to treat all awards or portions of awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

In the event of a change in control, as defined under our 2017 Plan, awards granted under our 2017 Plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although this treatment may be provided for in an award agreement.

Transferability. Our board may impose limitations on the transferability of ISOs, NSOs and stock appreciation rights as the board will determine. Absent such limitations, a participant may not transfer awards under our 2017 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our 2017 Plan.

Plan Amendment or Termination. Our board has the authority to suspend or terminate our 2017 Plan at any time, provided that such action will not impair a participant’s rights under such participant’s outstanding award without his or her written consent. As described above, our 2017 Plan will be terminated upon the effective date of the 2020 Plan and no future awards will be granted under the 2017 Plan following such termination.

2007 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2007 Plan, in April 2007, and our stockholders adopted the 2007 Plan in May 2007. The 2007 Plan provided for the grant of ISOs, NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards, to our employees, directors and consultants or our affiliates. ISOs may be granted only to our employees or employees of our affiliates.

The 2007 Plan was terminated in April 2017. However, any outstanding awards granted under the 2007 Plan remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2007 Plan and award agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until any awards terminate or expire by their terms.

Authorized Shares. As of September 30, 2019, options to purchase 5,764,495 shares were outstanding under the 2007 Plan with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.94 per share.

Plan Administration. Our board or a duly authorized committee of our board administers our 2007 Plan and the awards granted under it. Our board has delegated concurrent authority to administer our 2007 Plan to the compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. The administrator has the

 

171


Table of Contents

power to modify outstanding awards under our 2007 Plan. The administrator has the authority to reprice any outstanding option with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Corporate Transactions. Our 2007 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, as defined under our 2007 Plan, our board may (1) arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of an award by a successor corporation, or the acquiring corporation’s parent company; (2) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation, or the acquiring corporation’s parent company; (3) provide for an award to terminate prior to the transaction if not exercised prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction; or (4) make a payment in such form as determined by the board of directors equal to the excess if any, of the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the awards prior to the transaction over any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise. The administrator is not obligated to treat all awards or portions of awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

In the event of a change in control, as defined under our 2007 Plan, awards granted under our 2007 Plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although this treatment may be provided for in an award agreement.

Transferability. Our board may impose limitations on the transferability of ISOs, NSOs and stock appreciation rights as the board will determine. Absent such limitations, a participant may not transfer awards under our 2007 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our 2007 Plan.

2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, in September 2019, and our stockholders adopted the ESPP in January 2020. The ESPP will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The purpose of the ESPP is to secure the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. The ESPP includes two components. One component is designed to allow eligible U.S. employees of 1Life to purchase common stock in a manner that may qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code. In addition, purchase rights may be granted under a component that does not qualify for such favorable tax treatment when necessary or appropriate to permit participation by eligible employees of 1Life who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States while complying with applicable foreign laws.

Authorized Shares. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under our ESPP is 2,800,000 shares. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, beginning on January 1, 2021 and continuing through and including January 1, 2030, by the lesser of (1) 1.5% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, (2) 2,800,000 shares, and (3) a number of shares determined by our board. Shares subject to purchase rights granted under our ESPP that terminate without having been exercised in full will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our ESPP.

Plan Administration. Our board, or a duly authorized committee thereof, will administer our ESPP. Our board has delegated concurrent authority to administer our ESPP to the compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of common stock will be purchased for eligible employees of 1Life participating in the offering. An offering under the ESPP may be terminated under certain circumstances.

 

172


Table of Contents

Payroll Deductions. Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by 1Life or by any of its designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings (as defined in the ESPP) for the purchase of common stock under the ESPP. Employees of the One Medical PCs, professional corporations affiliated with 1Life through the ASAs, are not eligible to participate in the ESPP due to regulatory restrictions. Unless otherwise determined by our board, common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share equal to the lower of (a) 85% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the first date of an offering or (b) 85% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of purchase. For the initial offering, which we expect will commence upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement relating to this offering, the fair market value on the first day of the initial offering will be the price at which shares are first sold to the public.

Limitations. Our employees, including executive officers, or any of our designated affiliates may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our ESPP, as determined by the administrator: (1) customary employment with us or one of our affiliates for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year, or (2) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a minimum period of time, not to exceed two years, prior to the first date of an offering. An employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our ESPP if such employee (1) immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of common stock, or (2) holds rights to purchase stock under our ESPP that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year that the rights remain outstanding.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or similar transaction, the board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to (1) the number of shares reserved under the ESPP, (2) the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the number of shares and purchase price of all outstanding purchase rights and (4) the number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.

Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain corporate transactions, as defined in the ESPP, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of common stock within 10 business days prior to such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately.

ESPP Amendment or Termination. Our board has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

Health and Welfare Benefits

All of our current named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees. We pay the premiums for the life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance for all of our employees, including our named executive officers. We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers.

 

173


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

We currently maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify as a tax-qualified plan under the Internal Revenue Code. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same basis as our other employees. The Internal Revenue Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we provided matching contributions under our 401(k) Plan representing 50% of participant contributions up to 5% of eligible compensation.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the closing of this offering will authorize us to indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the closing of this offering will also provide that, on satisfaction of certain conditions, we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in connection with any action, proceeding or investigation. We believe that these amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

174


Table of Contents

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or executive officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or executive officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information, subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy. Prior to the end of the 180th day after the date of execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering (subject to potential early release or termination without notice), the sale of any shares under such plan would be subject to the lock-up agreement that the director or executive officer has entered into with J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters.

 

175


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2016, to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described in “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions.

Series I Preferred Stock Financing

In August 2018, we issued and sold to the Carlyle Investor an aggregate of 17,699,115 shares of our Series I preferred stock at a purchase price of $12.43 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $220 million. Each share of Series I preferred stock will convert into one share of common stock upon the closing of this offering. Robert R. Schmidt, a member of our board of directors, is a principal of Carlyle. The Carlyle Investor is an investment fund affiliated with Carlyle, which may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of Series I preferred stock held by Carlyle Partners. None of our executive officers, other directors or other holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock purchased any Series I preferred stock from us.

Purchases of Common Stock

In September 2018, our board of directors authorized us to purchase, and in October 2018, we purchased, vested shares of common stock from certain directors, employees and executive officers, including Amir Dan Rubin, Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D., Lisa A. Mango and Thomas H. Lee, M.D., at a purchase price of $12.43 per share. The purchase price per share was equal to the purchase price of the Series I preferred stock that had been negotiated with the Carlyle Investor, after considering net share settlement, and represented a premium over our board of directors’ determination of the fair market value per share of common stock prior to the Series I preferred stock financing. The table below sets forth each of our directors and executive officers who participated in the share purchase and the total proceeds received by each individual from the share repurchase.

 

Director or Executive Officer

   Total Proceeds from Share Purchase  

Amir Dan Rubin

   $ 2,000,003  

Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D.

     1,294,980  

Lisa A. Mango

     188,313  

Thomas H. Lee, M.D.(1)

     1,999,987  

 

(1)

Dr. Lee resigned as a member of our board of directors effective August 2019.

Investor Rights Agreement

In August 2018, we entered into an amended and restated investor rights agreement, or IRA, with certain holders of our preferred stock and common stock, including the Carlyle Investor, Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P., or Benchmark, and entities affiliated with Maverick Capital, or the Maverick Entities, and certain members of, and affiliates of, our directors and certain of our executive officers. In January 2020, we amended and restated the IRA. The IRA provides the holders with certain registration rights, including the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. Mr. Schmidt, Mr. Dunlevie and Mr. Singer, each a member of our board of directors, are affiliated with the Carlyle Investor, Benchmark and the Maverick Entities, respectively. The IRA also provides these stockholders with information rights, which will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and a right of first

 

176


Table of Contents

refusal with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock, which will not apply to, and will terminate upon the closing of, this offering. After the closing of this offering, the holders of 86,924,910 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock and shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants upon the closing of this offering will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares of common stock under the Securities Act under the IRA. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Enterprise Client Arrangements

We have entered into contractual arrangements in the ordinary course of business with certain enterprise clients who are affiliated with holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. The table below sets forth these enterprise clients, their affiliated stockholders and total net revenue derived from these enterprise clients for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 and year ended December 31, 2018. For more information regarding our agreement with Google Inc., see “Business—Our Enterprise Client Agreements—Google Services Agreement.”

 

          Revenue  

Enterprise Client

  

Affiliated Stockholder

   Year Ended
December 31, 2018
     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2019
 
          (in thousands)  

Google Inc.

   GV 2013, L.P.    $ 22,260      $ 19,687  

The Carlyle Group, Inc.

   Carlyle Partners VII Holdings, L.P.      13        113  

Succession Arrangements

We have entered into succession agreements with Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D., the Chief Medical Officer of One Medical Group, Inc., and the One Medical PCs. For more information regarding these agreements with Dr. Diamond, see “Business—Our Provider Arrangements—Succession Agreements.”

Employment Arrangements

We have entered into employment agreements and offer letters with certain of our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements with our executive officers, see “Executive Compensation—Employment Arrangements.”

Equity Grants

We have granted options to certain of our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding the options granted to our directors and named executive officers, see “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

Annual Cash Bonus

We have established a cash incentive plan for certain of our executive officers. For a description of this plan, see “Executive Compensation—Annual Incentive Plan.”

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the closing of this offering will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the closing of this offering will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our employees and other agents when determined appropriate by the board.

 

177


Table of Contents

In addition, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers, which requires us to indemnify them. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a related person transaction policy setting forth the policies and procedures for the identification, review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy covers, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and a related person were or will be participants and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, including purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness and guarantees of indebtedness. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee will consider all relevant facts and circumstances as appropriate, such as the purpose of the transaction, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction, management’s recommendation with respect to the proposed related person transaction, and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

All of the transactions described in this section were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

178


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2019, for:

 

   

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership before the offering is based on 105,203,085 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. Applicable percentage ownership after the offering is based on shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares in full. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options and warrants held by the person that are currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019. However, except as described above, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The information contained in the following table is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose, and the inclusion of any shares in the table does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership of those shares.

 

179


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o 1Life Healthcare, Inc., One Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900, San Francisco, California 94111. We believe, based on information provided to us, that each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 

     Number of Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of Shares Beneficially Owned  

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Before Offering     After Offering  

Principal Stockholders

       

Investment funds affiliated with The Carlyle Group(1)

     28,157,681        26.8     22.9

Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P.(2)

     13,629,610        13.0       11.1  

Oak Investment Partners XII, L.P.(3)

     12,022,217        11.4       9.8  

Thomas H. Lee, M.D., and affiliated entity(4)

     8,240,578        7.7       6.6  

Entities affiliated with DAG Ventures(5)

     7,979,840        7.6       6.5  

GV 2013, L.P.(6)

     6,183,154        5.9       5.0  

Entities affiliated with J.P. Morgan(7)

     5,726,787        5.4       4.7  

Entities affiliated with Maverick Fund(8)

     5,460,103        5.2       4.4  

Directors and Named Executive Officers

       

Amir Dan Rubin(9)

     5,311,174        4.8       4.2  

Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D.(10)

     304,309        *       *  

Kimber D. Lockhart(11)

     620,390        *       *  

Paul R. Auvil

     —          —         —    

Mark S. Blumenkranz, M.D.

     —          —         —    

Bruce W. Dunlevie(2)

     13,629,610        13.0       11.1  

Kalen F. Holmes, Ph.D.(12)

     31,915        *       *  

David P. Kennedy(13)

     381,341        *       *  

Freda Lewis-Hall, M.D.

     —          —         —    

Robert R. Schmidt

     —          —         —    

David B. Singer(8)

     5,460,103        5.2       4.4  

All directors and executive officers as a group
(13 persons)(14)

     25,880,507        23.3     20.1  

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)

Reflects shares of common stock held of record by the Carlyle Investor. Carlyle Group Management L.L.C. holds an irrevocable proxy to vote a majority of the shares of Carlyle, a publicly traded company listed on Nasdaq. Carlyle is the sole member of Carlyle Holdings II GP L.L.C., which is the managing member of Carlyle Holdings II L.L.C., which, with respect to the shares of common stock held by the Carlyle Investor, is the managing member of CG Subsidiary Holdings L.L.C., which is the general partner of TC Group Cayman Investment Holdings, L.P., which is the general partner of TC Group Cayman Investment Holdings Sub L.P., which is the sole member of TC Group VII, L.L.C., which is the general partner of TC Group VII, L.P., which is the general partner of Carlyle Partners VII Holdings, L.P. Voting and investment determinations with respect to the shares of common stock held by the Carlyle Investor are made by an investment committee of TC Group VII, L.P., comprised of Allan Holt, William Conway, Jr., Daniel D’Aniello, David Rubenstein, Peter Clare, Kewsong Lee, Norma Kuntz, Sandra Horbach and Marco De Benedetti as a non-voting observer. Accordingly, each of the foregoing entities and individuals may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities held of record by the Carlyle Investor. Each of them disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities. The address for Carlyle Partners VII Holdings, L.P. is c/o The Carlyle Group, 1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Suite 220 South, Washington, D.C. 20004.

(2)

Consists of (i) 13,618,600 shares of common stock held by Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P., or BCP V, and (ii) 11,010 shares of common stock issuable to BCP V pursuant to a warrant exercisable within 60 days

 

180


Table of Contents
 

of December 31, 2019 (on an as-converted basis). Benchmark Capital Management Co. V, L.L.C., or BCM V, is the general partner of BCP V. Bruce W. Dunlevie, a member of our board of directors, Alexandre Balkanski, Peter H. Fenton, J. William Gurley, Kevin R. Harvey, Robert C. Kagle, Mitchell H. Lasky and Steven M. Spurlock are the managing members of BCM V, and each of them may be deemed to hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by BCP V. The address for Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P. is 2965 Woodside Road, Woodside, California 94062.

(3)

Consists of (i) 12,011,380 shares of common stock held by Oak Investment Partners XII, L.P., or Oak XII, and (ii) 10,837 shares of common stock issuable to Oak XII pursuant to a warrant exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019 (on an as-converted basis). Oak XII is managed by its general partner, Oak Associates XII, LLC, or Oak Associates XII. Ann H. Lamont, Bandel L. Carano, Edward F. Glassmeyer and Frederic W. Harman, collectively serve as Executive Managing Members of Oak Associates XII, or the Executive Managing Members. The Executive Managing Members have shared voting and investment control over all of the shares held by Oak Associates XII. Each Executive Managing Member of Oak Associates XII disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Oak XII, except to the extent of each such Executive Managing Members pecuniary interest therein. The address for Oak Investment Partners XII, L.P. is 901 Main Avenue, Suite 600, Norwalk, Connecticut 06851.

(4)

Consists of (i) 5,765,578 shares of common stock held by Thomas Ho Lee, M.D., Trustee of the TXL Revocable Trust, and (ii) 2,475,000 shares of common stock issuable to Dr. Lee pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019.

(5)

Consists of (i) 6,232,597 shares of common stock held by DAG Ventures IV-QP, L.P., or DAG IV-QP; (ii) 5,082 shares of common stock issuable to DAG IV-QP pursuant to a warrant exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019 (on an as-converted basis); (iii) 1,082,954 shares of common stock held by DAG Ventures IV-A, LLC, or DAG IV-A; (iv) 658,670 shares of common stock held by DAG Ventures IV, L.P., or DAG IV; and (v) 537 shares of common stock issuable to DAG IV pursuant to a warrant exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019 (on an as-converted basis). DAG Ventures Management IV, LLC, or DAG IV LLC, serves as the general partner of DAG IV-QP and DAG IV. As such, DAG IV LLC possesses power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares owned by DAG IV-QP and DAG IV and may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares held by DAG IV-QP and DAG IV. DAG IV LLC serves as the manager of DAG IV-A. As such, DAG IV LLC possesses power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares owned by DAG IV-A and may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares held by DAG IV-A. DAG IV LLC does not own any of our securities directly. R. Thomas Goodrich and John J. Cadeddu are the managers of DAG IV LLC and possess power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares held by DAG IV-QP, DAG IV and DAG IV-A, and as such, may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of such shares. The address for DAG Ventures is 251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200, Palo Alto, California 94301.

(6)

Consists of (i) 6,177,581 shares of common stock held by GV 2013, L.P., or GV 2013, and (ii) 5,573 shares of common stock issuable to GV 2013 pursuant to a warrant exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019 (on an as-converted basis). GV 2013 GP, L.L.C., or GV 2013 GP, is the general partner of GV 2013. GV 2013 GP is managed by Alphabet Holdings LLC, its sole member. Alphabet Holdings LLC is managed by XXVI Holdings Inc., the managing member of Alphabet Holdings LLC. Alphabet Inc. is the sole stockholder of XXVI Holdings Inc. Each of GV 2013 GP, Alphabet Holdings LLC, XXVI Holdings Inc. and Alphabet Inc. may each may be deemed to hold shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by GV 2013 and may be deemed beneficial owners of the shares held by GV 2013. The address for GV 2013 is 1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, California 94043.

(7)

Consists of (i) 5,383,180 shares of common stock held by PEG Digital Growth Fund II L.P., or the PEG Fund, and (ii) 343,607 shares of common stock held by AARP Innovation Fund L.P., or the AARP Fund. J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. is the investment advisor for both the PEG Fund and the AARP Fund and has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the PEG Fund and the AARP Fund. The address for J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. is 320 Park Avenue, 15th Floor, NY1-U016, New York, New York 10022.

(8)

Consists of (i) 2,506,958 shares of common stock held by Maverick Fund, L.D.C, or the Maverick Fund; (ii) 1,511,293 shares of common stock held by Maverick Holdings L, LLC, or Maverick Holdings; (iii)

 

181


Table of Contents
 

4,918 shares of common stock issuable to Maverick Holdings pursuant to a warrant exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019 (on an as-converted basis); and (iv) 1,436,934 shares of common stock held by Maverick Fund USA, Ltd., or Maverick USA. Maverick Capital, Ltd., or Maverick Capital, is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and acts as the investment manager for each of Maverick Fund, Maverick Holdings and Maverick USA. Maverick Capital Management, LLC, or Maverick Management, is the general partner of Maverick Capital. Lee S. Ainslie III is the manager of Maverick Management. Andrew H. Warford serves as the Chairman of the Stock Committee of Maverick Capital. David B. Singer, a member of our board of directors, is an employee of an affiliate of Maverick Capital. The address for Maverick Fund is 300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850, Dallas, Texas 75201.

(9)

Consists of (i) 249,377 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Rubin and (ii) 5,061,797 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Rubin pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019. The share amounts and percentages set forth in the table above include 1,589,798 shares of common stock under performance-based options issued to Mr. Rubin that vest upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

(10)

Consists of (i) 108,974 shares of common stock held directly by Dr. Diamond and (ii) 195,335 shares of common stock issuable to Dr. Diamond pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019.

(11)

Consists of (i) 35,669 shares of common stock held directly by Ms. Lockhart and (ii) 584,721 shares of common stock issuable to Ms. Lockhart pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019.

(12)

Consists of 31,915 shares of common stock issuable to Ms. Holmes pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019.

(13)

Consists of 381,341 shares of common stock held by the Cape Lone Star Trust for which Mr. Kennedy and his wife are trustees and share voting and dispositive power.

(14)

Consists of (i) 19,849,146 shares of common stock directly or indirectly held by all current executive officers and directors as a group, (ii) 15,928 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to warrants exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019 (on an as-converted basis); and (iii) 6,015,433 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2019.

 

182


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The description below of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part, and by the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

General

Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

As of September 30, 2019, there were 18,659,529 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, held by 279 stockholders of record.

As of September 30, 2019, after giving effect to the conversion of all 86,251,669 outstanding shares of preferred stock into an equal number of shares of common stock, there would have been 104,911,198 shares of common stock outstanding, held by 308 stockholders of record.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any then-outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Preemptive or Similar Rights

Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

As of September 30, 2019, there were 86,251,669 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding. Upon the closing of this offering, each outstanding share of redeemable convertible preferred stock

 

183


Table of Contents

will convert into one share of common stock. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. Any issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders would receive dividend payments and payments on liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. No shares of preferred stock will be outstanding immediately following the closing of this offering. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of September 30, 2019, options to purchase an aggregate of 24,036,191 shares of common stock were outstanding under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. As of September 30, 2019, 805,207 shares of common stock were reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. Subsequent to September 30, 2019, we increased the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan by 4,607,000 shares and issued options to purchase an additional 4,133,429 shares of common stock under this plan. Upon the effectiveness of the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, all shares reserved and available for issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, and any shares subject to stock options or other awards granted under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan or our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan that, on or after the effective date of the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, terminate or expire prior to exercise or settlement, will be added to the available reserve under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan. For additional information regarding the terms of these plans, see “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

Warrants

As of September 30, 2019, we had warrants to purchase an aggregate of (i) 100,000 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding with an exercise price of $0.9234 per share, (ii) 250,000 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding with an exercise price of $1.0505 per share, (iii) 99,280 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding with an exercise price of $1.6116 per share, and (iv) 223,961 shares of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding with an exercise price of $6.5858 per share. Upon the closing of this offering, these warrants will become exercisable for an equal number of shares of common stock with no change to their respective exercise prices per share.

Registration Rights

We are party to the IRA which provides various rights to certain holders of shares of common stock, including those shares of common stock that will be issued upon conversion of preferred stock in connection with this offering and shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants. These shares to be issued upon conversion are referred to as registrable securities. The holders of these registrable securities possess registration rights pursuant to the terms of the IRA and are described in additional detail below. We, along with entities affiliated with the PEG Fund, Benchmark Capital, Carlyle, DAG Ventures, GV, Maverick Fund and Oak Investment Partners, as well as other stockholders, are parties to the IRA. We entered into the IRA in connection with the issuance of Series I preferred stock in August 2018 and subsequently amended and restated the IRA in January 2020. The following summary discusses certain material provisions of the IRA and is qualified by the full text of the agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Certain stockholders who are party to the IRA have waived their registration rights and the registration rights of the other stockholders who are party to the IRA, in each case, with respect to this offering.

 

184


Table of Contents

The registration of shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes) of the shares registered pursuant to the demand and piggyback registrations described below, and the applicable stockholders party to the IRA will pay the registration expenses (including underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes) of the shares registered pursuant to the Form S-3 registrations and any related underwritten shelf takedowns described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering (other than a shelf takedown), if we determine in good faith in consultation with the underwriters, we have the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares the holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will terminate on the date seven years following the closing of this offering.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 86,924,910 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock and shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants upon the closing of this offering will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. Beginning on the date 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, upon the written request of (i) the holders of more than 65% of our registrable securities then outstanding, or (ii) the Carlyle Investor and its affiliates, that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act, if the anticipated aggregate offering price would exceed $50,000,000 we are obligated to register the sale of all registrable securities that the holders may request in writing to be registered. We are required to effect no more than four registration statements that are declared or ordered effective, two at the request of the holders of more than 65% of our registrable securities then outstanding, and two at the request of the Carlyle Investor. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 120 days once in a twelve-month period if in the good faith judgment of our board of directors such registration would be seriously detrimental to us.

Piggyback Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 86,924,910 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock and shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants upon the closing of this offering will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities for public sale, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, we will also have to register all registrable securities that the holders of such securities request in writing be registered. This piggyback registration right does not apply to a registration relating to any of our stock plans, stock purchase or similar plan, a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities. We, based on consultation with the underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders if the underwriters determine that including all registrable securities will jeopardize the success of the offering.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 86,924,910 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock will be entitled to certain registration rights on Form S-3. The holders of these shares can request that we register all or a portion of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is in excess of $5,000,000. In addition, from time to time when a registration statement on Form S-3 is effective, the holders of the shares registered may request that we facilitate a shelf takedown of all or a portion of their shares if the gross proceeds from the offering is at least $50,000,000. We are required to effect no more than two Form S-3 registration statements that are declared or ordered effective and two shelf takedowns in any 12-month period. We are also

 

185


Table of Contents

required to effect no more than one shelf takedown in any 90-day period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement or a shelf takedown for up to 120 days not more than twice in a 12-month period if in the good faith judgment of our board of directors such registration would be seriously detrimental to us. The foregoing shelf takedown and Form S-3 rights are subject to a number of additional exceptions and limitations.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

   

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 662/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include the following:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

   

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have not opted out of these provisions. As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.

 

186


Table of Contents

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Closing of this Offering

Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

 

   

permit our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change of control;

 

   

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

   

provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors;

 

   

provide that, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock to elect directors, directors may only be removed for cause, which removal may be effected, subject to any limitation imposed by law, by the holders of at least 662/3% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding shares of the capital stock entitled to vote generally at an election of directors;

 

   

provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent or electronic transmission;

 

   

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide advance notice in writing, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

   

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors; and

 

   

not provide for cumulative voting rights, therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

The amendment of any of these provisions would require approval by the holders of at least 662/3% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock.

 

187


Table of Contents

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or stockholders to us or our stockholders; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The provisions would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America have exclusive jurisdiction. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering will further provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and, to the extent enforceable, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forums for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will designate the U.S. federal district courts as the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. We may be unable to enforce this provision.”

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See “Executive Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Exchange Listing

Our common stock is currently not listed on any securities exchange. We have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “ONEM.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock upon the closing of this offering will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219 and the telephone number is (800) 937-5449.

 

188


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely impact the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Although we have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Following the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2019 and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, we will have an aggregate of 122,411,198 shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares, all shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares of common stock purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters or market stand-off provisions in agreements with us. Shares purchased by our affiliates will be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below. We expect that substantially all of these shares will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period under the lock-up and market stand-off agreements described below.

We may issue shares of common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other corporate purposes. In the event any such acquisition, investment or other transaction is significant, the number of shares of common stock that we may issue may also be significant. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of common stock issued in connection with any such acquisition, investment or other transaction.

In addition, shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding options or warrants or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements and market stand-off agreements described below, and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, an eligible stockholder is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. To be an eligible stockholder under Rule 144, such stockholder must not be deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and must have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above.

 

189


Table of Contents

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell shares on expiration of the lock-up agreements described above. Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, within any three-month period, such stockholders may sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 1,224,112 shares immediately after this offering based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2019; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

provided in each case that we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who was issued shares under a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days, to sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares under Rule 701, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below and in “Underwriting.”

Form S-8 Registration Statement

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under the 2007 Plan, the 2017 Plan, the 2020 Plan and the ESPP. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to these stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements and Market Stand-Off Provisions

We, our directors, executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our equity securities, have agreed, and each participant in our directed share program will agree (with respect to such purchased shares), with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days, after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions as detailed further in “Underwriting” below, we or they will not, except with the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to sale of or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, request or demand that we file a registration statement related to our common stock, or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the common stock. All of our optionholders are subject to a market stand-off agreement with us which imposes similar restrictions.

Upon expiration of the lock-up period, certain of our stockholders will have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act. See “—Registration Rights” below and “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

190


Table of Contents

Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up and market stand-off restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

Registration Rights

As of September 30, 2019, holders of an aggregate of 86,924,910 shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this offering, or their transferees, and the shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 673,241 shares of common stock (on an as-converted basis), are entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act upon the closing of this offering and the expiration of lock-up agreements. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares subsequently purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

 

191


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, and does not deal with foreign, state and local consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, nor does it address U.S. federal tax consequences (such as gift and estate taxes) other than income taxes. Special rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Code, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, broker-dealers and traders in securities, U.S. expatriates, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, corporations organized outside of the United States, any state thereof and the District of Columbia that are nonetheless treated as U.S. taxpayers for U.S. federal income tax purposes, persons that hold our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or integrated investment or other risk reduction strategy, persons who acquire our common stock through the exercise of an option or otherwise as compensation, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or federal Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, persons subject to special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code, “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds, partnerships and other pass-through entities or arrangements, and investors in such pass-through entities or arrangements. Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and Treasury Regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder holds our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

This discussion is for informational purposes only and is not tax advice. Persons considering the purchase of our common stock pursuant to this offering should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income, estate and other tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common stock in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local or foreign tax consequences.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of common stock that is neither a U.S. Holder, nor a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its place of organization or formation). A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

192


Table of Contents

Distributions

Distributions, if any, made on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes and will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, subject to the discussions below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and foreign accounts. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (in the case of individuals) or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (in the case of entities), or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity, Treasury Regulations and the relevant tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the Non-U.S. Holder’s behalf, the Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The Non-U.S. Holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty and does not timely file the required certification, the Non-U.S. Holder may be able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to us (or, if stock is held through a financial institution or other agent, to such agent). In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, on a net-income basis at the regular rates applicable to U.S. residents. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

To the extent distributions on our common stock, if any, exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will first reduce the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain to the extent of any excess amount distributed, and taxed in the same manner as gain realized from a sale or other disposition of common stock as described in the next section.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless (a) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States), (b) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met or (c) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such Non-U.S. Holder holding period. In general, we would be a United States real property holding corporation if our interests in U.S. real estate comprise (by fair market value) at least half of our business assets. We believe that we have not been and we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United

 

193


Table of Contents

States real property holding corporation. Even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly and constructively, no more than 5% of our common stock at all times within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) the Non-U.S. Holder holding period and (2) our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our common stock will continue to qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market. If any gain on a Non-U.S. Holder’s disposition is taxable because we are a United States real property holding corporation and your ownership of our common stock exceeds 5%, the Non-U.S. Holder will be taxed on such disposition generally in the manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (subject to the provisions under an applicable income tax treaty), except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in (a) above will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (a) above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Gain described in (b) above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, which gain may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though the Non-U.S. Holder is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Generally, we must report information to the IRS with respect to any dividends we pay on our common stock (even if the payments are exempt from withholding), including the amount of any such dividends, the name and address of the recipient and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the Non-U.S. Holder to whom any such dividends are paid. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Dividends paid by us (or our paying agents) to a Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding (currently at a rate of 24%). U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-ECI (as applicable), or otherwise establishes an exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if the payer has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient.

U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, except that information reporting and such requirements may be avoided if the Non-U.S. Holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing non-U.S. person status or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. Information reporting and backup withholding requirements may, however, apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is, in fact, a U.S. person. For information reporting purposes, certain brokers with substantial U.S. ownership or operations will generally be treated in a manner similar to U.S. brokers.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

194


Table of Contents

Foreign Accounts

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as FATCA) impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments, including dividends paid on, and, the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). FATCA also generally imposes a federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments, including dividends paid on, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of, our common stock to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify those requirements. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules.

The withholding provisions described above currently apply to payments of dividends, and, subject to the recently released proposed Treasury Regulations described below, will apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock on or after January 1, 2019.

The U.S. Treasury Department recently released proposed regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock. In its preamble to such proposed regulations, the U.S. Treasury Department stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued. Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY RECENT OR PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW.

 

195


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

                       

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Allen & Company LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Piper Sandler & Co.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     17,500,000  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $        per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, if all of the common shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to 2,625,000 additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price for certain of our providers at the One Medical PCs and health network partners who have expressed an interest in purchasing common stock in this offering. The sales will be made at our direction by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and its affiliates through a directed share program. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent that such participants purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus. Each participant in the directed share program will agree that any shares purchased through this program will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction on the terms described below. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sale of the shares reserved for the directed share program.

 

196


Table of Contents

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $        per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Without
option to
purchase
additional shares
exercise
     With full
option to
purchase
additional shares
exercise
 

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $        $    

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $5,000,000. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for reasonable fees and expenses of counsel related to the review by FINRA of the terms of sale of the shares of common stock offered hereby in an amount not to exceed $40,000.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, including in connection with the issuance of up to 5% of the shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the closing of this offering in acquisitions or other similar strategic transactions.

Our directors and executive officers, the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock, and each participant in our directed share program (with respect to their purchased shares through such program), which we refer to as “lock-up parties,” have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of the representatives, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such lock-up parties in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), which we collectively refer to as “lock-up securities,” or (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand

 

197


Table of Contents

for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. Substantially all of the holders of record of our outstanding securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock are subject to the restrictions on the sale, transfer, short sale, hedging, or other disposition of their equity interests imposed by either the lock-up agreements described above or market stand-off provisions in agreements with us.

The lock-up restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph are subject to specified exceptions, including the following:

 

  a.

transfers of lock-up securities (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (ii) by will, other testamentary document or intestacy, or (iii) to any immediate family member of the lock-up party or to any trust or other legal entity for the benefit of the lock-up party or immediate family of the lock-up party, or if the lock-up party is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust;

 

  b.

transfers of lock-up securities to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which lock-up party and the lock-up party’s immediate family are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests;

 

  c.

transfers of lock-up securities to a corporation, member, partner, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity that is an affiliate of the lock-up party;

 

  d.

transfers of lock-up securities to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the lock-up party or its affiliates (including where the lock-up party is a partnership, to a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership);

 

  e.

transfers of lock-up securities to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible above;

 

  f.

if the lock-up party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, distributions of lock-up securities to the lock-up party’s or its affiliates’ members, stockholders, partners or equityholders or its affiliates (including a fund managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company as the lock-up party or who shares a common investment advisor with the lock-up party);

 

  g.

transfers of lock-up securities by operation of law, pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement or other final court order;

 

  h.

transfers of lock-up securities to us from one of our employees, independent contractors or service providers upon death, disability, termination of employment or cessation of services, in each case, of such employee, independent contractor or service provider;

 

  i.

transfers of shares of common stock acquired in this offering, if any, or in open market transactions after the closing of this offering;

 

  j.

transfers of shares of common stock to us (i) in connection with the vesting, settlement, or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of common stock (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax withholdings or remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement, or exercise of such restricted stock units, options, warrants or rights, or (ii) in connection with the conversion of our preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

  k.

transfers of lock-up securities pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by our board of directors and made to all holders of our capital stock involving a change of control;

 

  l.

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock

 

198


Table of Contents
 

during the 180-day restricted period and no filing under the Exchange Act or other public announcement would be required or be voluntarily made during the 180-day restricted period; or

 

  m.

the receipt from us of shares of common stock in connection with the exercise of options or other rights granted under an equity incentive plan or other equity award plan or program or pursuant to an individual award agreement between us and the lock-up party,

provided that:

 

   

in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (a) through (g), (j) and (m) above, each donee, trustee, distributee or transferee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement;

 

   

in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (a)(i), (a)(iii), (b) through (f) and (i) above, no filing under the Exchange Act or other public announcement would be required or be voluntarily made except filings made pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act or on Form 5 that clearly indicate the nature and conditions of the transfer or distribution;

 

   

in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (a)(ii), (j) and (m), any filing under the Exchange Act or other public report or announcement would clearly indicate the nature and conditions of the transfer or distribution; and

 

   

in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (a) through (f) above, such transfer or distribution would not involve a disposition for value.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “ONEM.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the

 

199


Table of Contents

common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

   

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

   

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

   

an assessment of our management;

 

   

our prospects for future earnings;

 

   

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

   

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

   

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other Relationships

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future. Funds or clients advised by an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, an underwriter in this offering, beneficially own approximately 5.4% of our common stock, of which more than 98% is held on behalf of third-party clients and the remainder is held on behalf of certain employees involved with such funds through a co-investment vehicle.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the

 

200


Table of Contents

Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area (each, a Member State), no securities have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the securities which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of securities may be made to the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

 

   

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the representatives and us that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the SFO, of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other

 

201


Table of Contents

circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong), or the CO, or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Singapore

Singapore SFA Product Classification—In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of shares, the we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that the shares are ‘‘prescribed capital markets products’’ (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Each representative has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, each representative has represented and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares or caused the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares or cause the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed, nor will it circulate or distribute, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:

(a) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA;

(b) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or

(c) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the

 

202


Table of Contents

beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(i) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

(i) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

(ii) where the transfer is by operation of law;

(iii) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom.

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

 

203


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Palo Alto, California. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California is representing the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection at the web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.onemedical.com, at which, following the closing of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. However, the information contained in or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and investors should not rely on such information in making a decision to purchase our common stock in this offering. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

 

204


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Deficit

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 1Life Healthcare, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 1Life Healthcare, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive loss, of redeemable convertible preferred stock and deficit and of cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Francisco, California

October 18, 2019

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2013.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,     September 30,
2019
    Pro Forma
September 30,
2019
 
     2017     2018  
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,534     $ 36,692     $ 31,891     $ 31,891  

Short-term marketable securities

     26,251       193,869       138,455       138,455  

Accounts receivable, net

     12,006       15,971       31,747       31,747  

Inventories

     4,075       3,851       3,086       3,086  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     6,077       5,957       15,927       15,927  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     64,943       256,340       221,106       221,106  

Restricted cash

     631       1,939       1,922       1,922  

Property and equipment, net

     41,259       42,753       73,857       73,857  

Right-of-use assets

     —         —         94,985       94,985  

Intangible assets, net

     665       304       92       92  

Goodwill

     21,301       21,301       21,301       21,301  

Other assets

     3,708       3,682       5,136       5,136  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 132,507     $ 326,319     $ 418,399     $ 418,399  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Equity (Deficit)

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 3,506     $ 5,316     $ 6,644     $ 6,644  

Accrued expenses

     12,872       18,479       22,178       22,178  

Deferred revenue

     21,175       21,759       24,690       24,690  

Operating lease liabilities, current

     —         —         11,378       11,378  

Notes payable, current

     3,300       4,400       4,367       4,367  

Other current liabilities

     4,131       3,585       4,191       4,191  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     44,984       53,539       73,448       73,448  

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

     —         —         106,150       106,150  

Notes payable, non-current

     7,450       3,198       —         —    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     2,686       3,701       5,927       —    

Other non-current liabilities

     12,339       11,633       730       730  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     67,459       72,071       186,255       180,328  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 19 )

        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I), $0.001 par value; 69,532,808, 89,338,425 and 89,338,425 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), respectively; 68,326,054, 86,251,669 and 86,251,669 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $185,585, $405,585 and 405,585 as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued or outstanding as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited), pro forma

     184,832       402,488       402,488       —    

Equity (deficit):

        

Common stock (Class A, Class B and Common), $0.001 par value, 103,001,000, 150,000,000 and 150,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), respectively; 15,771,086, 18,135,457 and 18,659,529 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited); 104,911,198 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited), pro forma

     16       18       19       105  

Additional paid-in capital

     58,981       76,029       88,107       499,942  

Accumulated deficit

     (184,034     (228,449     (261,642     (265,148

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (9     (14     45       45  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’

     (125,046     (152,416     (173,471     234,944  

Noncontrolling interests

     5,262       4,176       3,127       3,127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity (deficit)

     (119,784     (148,240     (170,344     238,071  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and equity (deficit)

   $ 132,507     $ 326,319     $ 418,399     $ 418,399  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
                 (unaudited)  

Net revenue

   $ 176,769     $ 212,678     $ 154,636     $ 198,872  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

     120,705       136,180       100,438       118,586  

Sales and marketing

     19,172       25,789       14,374       28,830  

General and administrative

     57,964       85,808       57,596       77,167  

Depreciation and amortization

     10,686       9,947       7,369       9,440  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     208,527       257,724       179,777       234,023  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (31,758     (45,046     (25,141     (35,151
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest income

     386       2,251       805       3,676  

Interest expense

     (834     (804     (626     (393

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     646       (1,877     (1,897     (2,226
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     198       (430     (1,718     1,057  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (31,560     (45,476     (26,859     (34,094

Provision for income taxes

     126       25       15       83  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (31,686     (45,501     (26,874     (34,177

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (889     (1,086     (888     (1,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

   $ (30,797   $ (44,415   $ (25,986   $ (33,128
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders — basic and diluted

   $ (2.05   $ (2.65   $ (1.59   $ (1.80
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted

     15,002,472       16,735,541       16,388,617       18,371,298  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders — basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (0.46     $ (0.30
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted (unaudited)

       91,664,049         104,622,967  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
                 (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (31,686   $ (45,501   $ (26,874   $ (34,177

Other comprehensive loss:

        

Net unrealized gain (loss) on short-term marketable securities

     (17     (5     —         59  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

     (31,703     (45,506     (26,874     (34,118

Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (889     (1,086     (888     (1,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

   $ (30,814   $ (44,420   $ (25,986   $ (33,069
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND DEFICIT

(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts)

 

   

 

Redeemable
Convertible
   Preferred Stock   

             

 

  Common Stock  

    Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
Attributable
to 1Life
Healthcare,
Inc.

Stockholders’
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount               Shares     Amount  

Balances at December 31, 2016

    68,326,054     $ 184,832           14,662,781     $ 15     $ 46,714     $ (153,237   $ 8     $ (106,500   $ 6,151     $ (100,349

Exercise of stock options

    —         —             1,108,305       1       2,737       —         —         2,738       —         2,738  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —             —         —         9,530       —         —         9,530       —         9,530  

Net unrealized loss on short-term marketable securities

    —         —             —         —         —         —         (17     (17     —         (17

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         —         (30,797     —         (30,797     (889     (31,686
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2017

    68,326,054       184,832           15,771,086       16       58,981       (184,034     (9     (125,046     5,262       (119,784

Issuance of Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock net of issuance costs of $3,336

    17,699,115       216,664           —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

    —         —             (488,711     —         (7,533     —         —         (7,533     —         (7,533

Exercise of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant

    226,500       992           —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Exercise of common stock warrant

    —         —             150,000       —         177       —         —         177       —         177  

Exercise of stock options

    —         —             2,703,082       2       10,462       —         —         10,464       —         10,464  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —         —             —         —         13,942       —         —         13,942       —         13,942  

Net unrealized loss on short-term marketable securities

    —         —             —         —         —         —         (5     (5     —         (5

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         —         (44,415     —         (44,415     (1,086     (45,501
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2018

    86,251,669       402,488           18,135,457       18       76,029       (228,449     (14     (152,416     4,176       (148,240

Impact of adoption of ASC 606 (unaudited)

    —         —             —         —         —         (65     —         (65     —         (65

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

    —         —             524,072       1       1,948       —         —         1,949       —         1,949  

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

    —         —             —         —         10,130       —         —         10,130       —         10,130  

Net unrealized loss on short-term marketable securities (unaudited)

    —         —             —         —         —         —         59       59       —         59  

Net loss (unaudited)

    —         —             —         —         —         (33,128     —         (33,128     (1,049     (34,177
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

    86,251,669       402,488           18,659,529       19       88,107       (261,642     45       (173,471     3,127       (170,344
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2017

    68,326,054     $ 184,832           15,771,086     $ 16     $ 58,981     $ (184,034   $ (9   $ (125,046   $ 5,262     $ (119,784

Issuance of Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock net of issuance costs of $3,336

    17,699,115     $ 216,702                      

Exercise of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant

    226,500     $ 992                      

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

    —         —             1,527,842       1       6,973       —         —         6,974       —         6,974  

Exercise of common stock warrant (unaudited)

    —         —             150,000       —         177       —         —         177       —         177  

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

    —         —             —         —         10,702       —         —         10,702       —         10,702  

Net unrealized loss on short-term marketable securities (unaudited)

    —         —             —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Net loss (unaudited)

    —         —             —         —         —         (25,986     —         (25,986     (888     (26,874
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at September 30, 2018 (unaudited)

    86,251,669     $ 402,526           17,448,928     $ 17     $ 76,833     $ (210,020   $ (9   $ (133,179   $ 4,374     $ (128,805
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2017     2018     2018     2019  
                (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Net loss

  $ (31,686   $ (45,501   $ (26,874   $ (34,177

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

       

Provision for bad debts

    3,834       3,237       2,423       —    

Depreciation and amortization

    10,686       9,947       7,369       9,440  

Non-cash interest expense

    186       148       117       69  

Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on short-term investments, net

    (178     (1,631     (445     (2,769

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (646     1,877       1,897       2,226  

Amortization of right-of-use assets

    —         —         —         7,487  

Stock-based compensation

    9,530       13,942       10,702       10,130  

Loss on disposal of equipment

    131       110       30       74  

Gain on lease termination

    —         —         —         (6

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Accounts receivable, net

    (5,892     (7,202     (9,284     (15,776

Inventories

    (1,357     224       609       765  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (1,665     87       315       (2,366

Other assets

    127       26       213       (1,454

Accounts payable

    557       1,915       15       444  

Accrued expenses

    3,071       5,079       1,053       1,883  

Deferred revenue

    5,381       584       614       2,931  

Operating lease liabilities

    —         —         —         (5,694

Other liabilities

    5,203       (1,252     (112     2,695  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (2,718     (18,410     (11,358     (24,098
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Purchases of property and equipment, net

    (14,024     (10,767     (7,141     (37,621

Purchases of short-term marketable securities

    (48,963     (218,592     (180,013     (208,496

Maturities of short-term marketable securities

    58,700       52,600       29,400       266,750  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (4,287     (176,759     (157,754     20,633  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

    2,738       10,464       6,974       1,949  

Proceeds from the exercise of redeemable convertible preferred and common stock warrants

    —         307       307       —    

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

    —         (7,533     —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    —         216,664       216,702       —    

Repayment of notes payable

    —         (3,300     (2,200     (3,300

Payment of principal portion of finance lease liability

          (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    2,738       216,602       221,783       (1,353
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

    (4,267     21,433       52,671       (4,818

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

    21,490       17,223       17,223       38,656  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalent and restricted cash at end of period

  $ 17,223     $ 38,656     $ 69,894     $ 33,838  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

       

Cash paid for interest

  $ 677     $ 666     $ 517     $ 345  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

       

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 1,221     $ 1,644     $ 1,066     $ 4,243  

Settlement of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability in connection with Series B warrant exercise

  $ —       $ 862     $ 862     $ —    

Unpaid deferred offering costs

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 844  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

1.

Nature of the Business and Basis of Presentation

1Life Healthcare, Inc. (“1Life”) was incorporated in Delaware on July 25, 2002 and commenced operations in 2004. 1Life’s headquarters are located in San Francisco, California. 1Life has developed a modernized healthcare membership model based on direct consumer enrollment as well as employer sponsorship. 1Life is also an administrative and managerial services company that provides services pursuant to contracts with physician-owned professional corporations (“PCs”) or “One Medical Entities” that provide medical services in-office and virtually. 1Life and the One Medical entities are collectively referred to herein as the “Company” and operate under the brand name One Medical.

Liquidity and Going Concern

In accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40), the Company has evaluated whether there are certain conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements are issued.

The Company has financed its operations through several rounds of financing, resulting in net proceeds of $401,626 through September 30, 2019 (unaudited). The Company has incurred losses from operations since inception. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had an accumulated deficit of approximately $228,449 and negative cash flows from operations of $18,410 for the year ended December 31, 2018. As of September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company had an accumulated deficit of approximately $261,642 and negative cash flows from operations of $24,098 for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited). Management expects that operating losses and negative cash flows from operations could continue in the foreseeable future as the Company continues to invest in expansion activities. While management believes that the Company’s current cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities are sufficient to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for the next twelve months, the Company may need to borrow funds or raise additional equity to achieve its longer-term business objectives.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of 1Life and variable interest entities in which 1Life has an interest and is the primary beneficiary (see Note 3, “Variable Interest Entities”). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The noncontrolling interests attributable to the Company’s variable interest entities are presented as a separate component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Such estimates include revenue recognition, determination of useful lives for property and equipment, intangible assets including goodwill, capitalized internal-use software, allowance for doubtful accounts, valuation of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities,

 

F-8


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

self-insurance reserves, valuation of common stock, stock options valuations, contingent liabilities and income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2019, the consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive loss, of redeemable convertible preferred stock and deficit and of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2019 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes related to the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 are also unaudited. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2019, any other interim periods, or any future year or period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Data

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data as of September 30, 2019 assumes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of the Company’s common stock and the reclassification of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities to equity as all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock become warrants to purchase shares of common stock immediately upon the closing of the Company’s planned qualified initial public offering, or IPO. A qualified IPO is the Company’s first sale of common stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at a per share public offering price (prior to underwriter commissions and expenses) of at least $12.43 (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, dividends, etc.) and that results in aggregate gross cash proceeds to the Company of an amount equal to or greater than $50.0 million (before deduction of underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses). The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data also reflects $3.5 million of stock-based compensation related to the vesting of 1,589,798 performance-based option awards upon the execution of an underwriting agreement in connection with the Company’s planned qualified IPO. The shares of common stock expected to be issued and the related net proceeds expected to be received in connection with the planned IPO are excluded from such pro forma information.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 assumes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of the Company’s common stock as though the conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period or the date of issuance, if later, and the removal of the change in fair value resulting from the remeasurement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liabilities as the outstanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock become warrants to purchase shares of common stock immediately upon the closing of the Company’s planned IPO. Stock-based compensation expense related to the vesting of the performance-based option awards in connection with the Company’s planned qualified IPO is excluded from unaudited pro forma net loss per share. The shares of common stock expected to be issued and the related net proceeds expected to be received in connection with the planned IPO are excluded from such pro forma information.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Deferred Offering Costs

The Company capitalizes within other assets certain legal, accounting and other third-party fees that are directly related to the Company’s in-process equity financings, including the planned IPO, until such financings are consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs are recorded as a reduction of the proceeds received as a result of the offering. Should a planned equity financing be abandoned, terminated or significantly delayed, the deferred offering costs are immediately written off to operating expenses. There were no deferred offering costs capitalized as of December 31, 2018 and $844 as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited).

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

The Company considers all short-term, highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash deposits are all in financial institutions in the United States. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), cash and cash equivalents consisted of cash on deposit and investments in money market funds. Restricted cash represents cash held under letters of credit for various leases. The expected duration of restrictions on the Company’s restricted cash ranges from 1 to 10 years.

The reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the applicable balance sheet line items that sum to the total of the same such amount shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows is as follows:

 

    December 31,     September 30,
2019
 
    2017     2018  
                (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,534     $ 36,692     $ 31,891  

Restricted cash, current (included in prepaid expenses and other current assets)

    58       25       25  

Restricted cash, non-current

    631       1,939       1,922  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 17,223     $ 38,656     $ 33,838  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Marketable Debt Securities

The Company’s investments in debt securities are classified as available-for-sale and are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in total equity (deficit). The Company determines the appropriate classification of these investments in debt securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company classifies the available-for-sale investments as current assets under the caption short-term marketable securities on the consolidated balance sheets as these investments generally consist of highly marketable securities that are identified to be available to meet near-term cash requirements.

Realized gains and losses and declines in value determined to be other than temporary are based on the specific identification method and are included as a component of other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company periodically evaluates its investments in debt securities for other-than-temporary impairment. When assessing short-term debt security investments for other-than-temporary declines in value, the Company considers such factors as, among other things, how significant the decline in value is as a percentage of the original cost, how long the market value of the investment has been less than its original cost, the Company’s

 

F-10


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

ability and intent to retain the short-term debt security investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value and market conditions in general. If any adjustment to fair value reflects a decline in the value of the debt security that the Company considers to be “other than temporary,” the Company reduces the debt securities through a charge to the consolidated statement of operations. No such adjustments were necessary during the periods presented.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value are defined below:

 

   

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity that are significant to determining the fair value of the assets or liabilities, including pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques.

The Company determines the fair value of its marketable securities based on quoted prices in active markets (Level 1 inputs) for identical assets and on quoted prices for similar assets (Level 2 inputs), which are classified as available-for-sale. The carrying amounts of the Company’s notes payable approximate the fair value based on consideration of current borrowing rates available to the Company (Level 2 inputs.) The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability is carried at fair value, determined using Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy (See Note 4 “Fair Value”). The carrying values of accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities.

Variable Interest Entities

The Company evaluates its ownership, contractual and other interests in entities to determine if it has any variable interest in a variable interest entity (“VIE”). These evaluations are complex, involve judgment, and the use of estimates and assumptions based on available historical information, among other factors. If the Company determines that an entity in which it holds a contractual or ownership interest is a VIE and that the Company is the primary beneficiary, the Company consolidates such entity in its consolidated financial statements. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that meets both of the following criteria: (i) has the power to make decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE; and (ii) has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. Management performs ongoing reassessments of whether changes in the facts and circumstances regarding the Company’s involvement with a VIE will cause the consolidation conclusion to change. Changes in consolidation status are applied prospectively.

Segment Information

The Company operates and manages its business as one reportable and operating segment. The Company’s chief executive officer, who is the chief operating decision maker, reviews financial information on an aggregate

 

F-11


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

basis for purposes of evaluating financial performance and allocating resources. All of the Company’s long-lived assets and customers are located in the United States.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

Financial instruments that potentially subject the company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable. The Company invests its excess cash with large financial institutions that the Company believes are of high credit quality. Cash and cash equivalents are invested in highly rated money market funds. At times the Company’s cash balances with individual banking institutions are in excess of federally insured limits. The Company’s marketable securities are invested in U.S. Treasury obligations and commercial paper. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash, cash equivalents or marketable securities. The Company grants unsecured credit to patients, most of whom reside in the service area of the One Medical facilities and are largely insured under third-party payor agreements. The Company’s concentration of credit risk is limited by the diversity, geography and number of patients and payers.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited) the Company had customers that individually represented 10% or more of the Company’s accounts receivable, net balance. As of December 31, 2017, individual customers accounted for 16% (Customer A), 16% (Customer B) and 14% (Customer C) of the Company’s accounts receivable, net. As of December 31, 2018, individual customers accounted for 26% (Customer E), 13% (Customer B), 12% (Customer C) and 11% (Customer A) of the Company’s accounts receivable, net. As of September 30, 2019 (unaudited), individual customers accounted for 16% (Customer E) and 11% (Customer F) of the Company’s accounts receivable, net.

For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), the Company had customers that individually exceeded 10% or more of the Company’s net revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2017, individual customers accounted for 18% (Customer A), 14% (Customer B), 10% (Customer C) and 10% (Customer D) of the Company’s net revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2018, individual customers accounted for 15% (Customer A), 12% (Customer B), 10% (Customer E) and 10% (Customer C) of the Company’s net revenue. For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited), individual customers accounted for 15% (Customer A), 12% (Customer B), 10% (Customer C) and 10% (Customer E) of the Company’s net revenue. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited), individual customers accounted for 14% (Customer A), 12% (Customer F), and 10% (Customer E) of the Company’s net revenue.

Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable is comprised of amounts due from third-party payors, patients, and health system and other partners for healthcare services and amounts due from enterprise clients who purchase access to memberships for their employees. The Company reports accounts receivable net of estimated contractual adjustments and any allowance for doubtful accounts. Collection of accounts receivable is the Company’s primary source of cash and is critical to its operating performance. The Company’s primary collection risks relate to co-payments and other amounts owed by patients. The Company reviews its overall reserve adequacy by monitoring historical cash collections as a percentage of net revenue as well as other collection indicators such as the age of the balance and the payment history of the customer. The Company writes off accounts against the allowance for doubtful accounts when they are deemed to be uncollectible. Increases and decreases in the allowance for doubtful accounts from patient service revenue are included in net revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts were as follows:

 

    Balance at
Beginning of
Period
    Additions
Charged to
Expense
    Write-offs     Balance at
End of Period
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

       

Year ended December 31, 2017

  $ 1,161     $ 3,834     $ (4,590   $ 405  

Year ended December 31, 2018

  $ 405     $ 3,237     $ (3,179   $ 463  

In accordance with the adoption of Topic 606 on January 1, 2019 (unaudited), implicit price concessions are considered in the determination of the transaction price and therefore the Company no longer records an allowance for doubtful accounts.

Inventories

Inventories, which primarily consist of vaccines and long acting reversible contraception devices are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value with cost being determined on a weighted average basis. Net realizable value is determined as the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of disposal and transportation. The cost of inventory includes product cost, shipping costs and taxes. Write-offs of potentially slow moving or damaged inventory are recorded based on management’s analysis of inventory levels, forecasted future sales volume and pricing and through specific identification of obsolete or damaged products. The Company assesses inventory quarterly for slow moving products and potential impairment. The Company records a reserve against obsolete inventory or inventory that may expire prior to use. There was no reserve against inventory as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 or September 30, 2019 (unaudited).

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives. The general range of useful lives of other property and equipment is as follows:

 

     Estimated Useful Life

Furniture and fixtures

   5 to 7 years

Computer equipment

   3 to 5 years

Computer software

   1.5 to 5 years

Laboratory equipment

   5 to 7 years

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of lease term or 10 years

When assets are sold or retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, with any resulting gain or loss recorded in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Costs of repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

Software Developed for Internal Use

The Company capitalizes costs related to internal-use software during the application development stage including consulting costs and compensation expenses related to employees who devote time to the development projects. The Company records software development costs in property and equipment, net. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development activities and post implementation activities are expensed in the period incurred and included in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional functionality.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Capitalized costs associated with internal-use software are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life, which is 1.5 to 5 years, and are included in depreciation and amortization in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill

The Company recognizes the excess of the purchase price, plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree, over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired as goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually on October 1st or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the goodwill may not be recoverable. The Company’s goodwill impairment tests are performed at the enterprise level given the Company’s single reporting unit.

The Company’s goodwill impairment analysis first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether events or circumstances existed that would lead the Company to conclude it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is below its carrying amount. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is below the carrying amount, a quantitative goodwill assessment is required. In the quantitative evaluation, the fair value of the reporting unit is determined and compared to the carrying value. If the fair value is greater than the carrying value, then the carrying value is deemed to be recoverable and no further action is required. If the fair value estimate is less than the carrying value, goodwill is considered impaired for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value and a charge is reported as impairment of goodwill in the consolidated statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company has not recorded any impairment of goodwill.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company’s long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or asset group to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company has not recorded any impairment losses on its long-lived assets.

Leases

Accounting under ASC 840

The Company leases medical office space and its corporate headquarters under noncancelable lease agreements which are accounted for as operating leases. Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Certain of the operating lease agreements contain rent holidays and rent escalation provisions. For these leases, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The difference between cash rent payments and the recognition of straight-line rent expense is recorded as deferred rent and amortized over the lease term. The Company records deferred rent in other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, total deferred rent was $6,991 and $7,407, respectively.

Some of the Company’s lease agreements also include construction allowances for tenant improvements. Construction allowances are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease as a

 

F-14


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

reduction to rent expense. The Company records deferred tenant improvement allowances in other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, total deferred tenant improvement allowances were $6,802 and $5,770, respectively.

Accounting under ASC 842 (unaudited)

The Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification, Topic 842, Leases (“ASC 842”), using the modified retrospective approach through a cumulative-effect adjustment and utilizing the effective date of January 1, 2019 as its date of initial application, with prior periods unchanged and presented in accordance with the previous guidance in Topic 840, Leases (“ASC 840”). There was no cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit as of January 1, 2019. In addition, the Company elected to adopt certain practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard. The practical expedients applied to leases that commenced prior to the adoption date of the new standard and permitted a reporting entity not to reassess: (i) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (ii) lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and (iii) initial direct costs for any existing leases. The Company has elected not to use hindsight.

As of January 1, 2019, the impact of the adoption to the Company’s consolidated balance sheet includes the recognition of operating lease liabilities, current, of $9,643, operating lease liabilities, non-current, of $63,047 based on the present value of the remaining lease payments for existing operating leases with corresponding right-of-use assets of approximately $60,770. The difference between the amount of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities recognized upon the adoption of ASC 842 is related to adjustments to existing prepaid rent, deferred rent, and lease incentives.

In accordance with the guidance in ASC 842, the Company determines whether an arrangement is or contains a lease based on the unique facts and circumstances present at the inception of an arrangement. Leases with a term greater than one year are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet as right-of-use assets, operating lease liabilities, current and operating lease liabilities, non-current. The Company has elected not to recognize on the balance sheet leases with terms of one year or less. Operating lease liabilities and their corresponding right-of-use assets are recorded based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the estimated remaining lease term. Operating lease right-of-use assets are adjusted for (i) payments made at or before the commencement date, (ii) initial direct costs incurred, and (iii) tenant incentives under the lease. The interest rate implicit in lease contracts is typically not readily determinable. As a result, the Company utilizes its incremental borrowing rate, which is the rate that would be incurred to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment.

In accordance with the guidance in ASC 842, components of a lease should be split into three categories: lease components (e.g. land, building, etc.), non-lease components (e.g. common area maintenance, consumables, etc.), and non-components (e.g. property taxes, insurance, etc.) Then the fixed and in-substance fixed contract consideration (including any related to non-components) must be allocated based on the respective relative estimated standalone selling price to the lease components and non-lease components. However, the Company has made an accounting policy election as is available under the new standard to not separate lease and non-lease components to all asset classes. Rather, each lease component and the related non-lease components will be accounted for together as a single component. For new and amended leases beginning in 2019 and after, the Company has elected to account for a lease component and any related non-lease components as a combined lease component.

Certain of the Company’s operating lease agreements contain rent holidays and rent escalation provisions. Starting on January 1, 2019 and onward, under the new lease guidance of ASC 842, lease incentives reduce the

 

F-15


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

consideration in the contract and result in a corresponding reduction in the lease payments used to determine the right-of-use assets, lease liability and lease costs.

Some of the Company’s lease agreements also include construction allowances for tenant improvements. Starting on January 1, 2019 and onward, under the new lease guidance of ASC 842, construction allowance for lessee assets is treated as a reduction in the consideration in the contract, similarly to any other lease incentive.

Operating leases are included in right of use assets, operating lease liabilities, current and operating lease liabilities, non-current on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Finance leases are included in property and equipment, net, other current liabilities, and other long-term liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

The Company classifies all of its redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants as a liability on its consolidated balance sheets because the warrants are freestanding financial instruments that may require the Company to transfer assets upon exercise. The liability associated with each of these warrants was initially recorded at fair value upon the issuance date of each warrant and is subsequently re-measured to fair value at each reporting date. Changes in the fair value of the warrant liability are recognized as a component of other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the warrant liability for changes in the fair value until the earlier of the expiration or exercise of warrants, or upon their automatic conversion into warrants to purchase common stock in connection with the Company’s planned IPO such that they qualify for equity classification and no further re-measurement is required.

Repurchase and Retirement of Common Stock

When common stock is repurchased for formal retirement, the Company’s accounting policy is to remove the par value from common stock and to reflect any excess of the purchase price over par value as a reduction to additional paid-in capital (to the extent created by previous issuances of the shares) and then retained earnings. In the absence of retained earnings, the Company reflects any excess of cost over par value as a reduction in additional paid-in capital.

Noncontrolling Interests

The Company recognizes noncontrolling interests related to variable interest entities in which the Company is the primary beneficiary, as equity (deficit) in the consolidated balance sheets separate from 1Life’s equity (deficit). The earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests. Any change in ownership of a subsidiary while the controlling financial interest is retained is accounted for as an equity transaction between the controlling and noncontrolling interests. In addition, when a subsidiary is deconsolidated, any retained noncontrolling equity investment in the former subsidiary will be initially measured at fair value and the difference between the carrying value and fair value of the retained interest will be recorded as a gain or loss.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are computed using the asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In estimating future tax consequences, the Company considers all expected future events other than enactment of changes in tax laws or rates. A valuation allowance is recorded, if

 

F-16


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

necessary, to reduce net deferred tax assets to their realizable values if management does not believe it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will be realized. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.

The Company follows the provisions of the authoritative guidance from the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. These provisions provide a comprehensive model for the recognition, measurement and disclosure in financial statements of uncertain income tax positions that a company has taken or expects to take on a tax return. Under these provisions, a company can recognize the benefit of an income tax position only if it is more likely than not (greater than 50%) that the tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. Otherwise, no benefit can be recognized. Assessing an uncertain tax position begins with the initial determination of the sustainability of the position and is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. As of each balance sheet date, unresolved uncertain tax positions must be reassessed. Additionally, the Company must accrue interest and related penalties, if applicable, on all tax exposures for which reserves have been established consistent with jurisdictional tax laws.

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in the provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders of 1Life Healthcare, Inc.

The Company applies the two-class method to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders of 1Life Healthcare, Inc. when shares meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net loss per share for each class of common and redeemable convertible preferred stock according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income (loss) available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common and redeemable convertible preferred stock based upon their respective rights to share in the earnings as if all income (loss) for the period had been distributed. During periods of loss, there is no allocation required under the two-class method since the redeemable convertible preferred stock does not have a contractual obligation to share in the Company’s losses.

Basic net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’ is computed by dividing net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’ by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period without consideration of potentially dilutive common stock. Diluted net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’ reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the Company unless inclusion of such shares would be anti-dilutive. For periods in which the Company reports net losses, diluted net loss per common share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’ is the same as basic net loss per common share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’, because potentially dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited) is presented under Topic 605. Under Topic 605, the Company recognized revenue when all of the following criteria were met: Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; the sales price is fixed or determinable; collection is reasonably assured; and services have been rendered.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Net revenue recognized under Topic 605 consisted primarily of net patient service revenue generated from patient visits and was recognized as services were rendered. Net patient service revenue is reported net of provisions for contractual allowances from third-party payers and patients. The One Medical entities have certain agreements with third-party payors that provide for reimbursement at amounts different from the payors’ established billing rates. The differences between the estimated reimbursement rates and the standard billing rates were accounted for as contractual adjustments, which were deducted from gross revenues to arrive at net patient service revenue.

Partnership revenue recognized under Topic 605 primarily included fixed-priced contracts with employers for on-site medical services. Partnership revenue also included monthly capitation payments from medical groups and Independent Physician Associations (together, “IPAs”) based on the number of each IPA’s participants that were covered by the contract, regardless of services provided and were recognized as revenue during the period in which the One Medical Group entities were obligated to provide services to enrollees.

The Company also collects an annual membership fee from its consumer members and from enterprise clients who purchase access to memberships for their employees. Under Topic 605, the Company recognized membership revenue ratably over the contract period. Unrecognized but collected amounts were recorded to deferred revenue and amortized over the remainder of the applicable contract period.

Adoption of ASC 606 (unaudited)

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which was subsequently updated. The Company adopted the standard as of January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective method. Under this method, the Company applied the Topic 606 to contracts that were not complete as of January 1, 2019 and recognized the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit.

Revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 is presented under Topic 606. Under Topic 606, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of Topic 606, the Company performed the following five steps:

 

  (i)

Identify the contract(s) with a customer;

 

  (ii)

Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

 

  (iii)

Determine the transaction price;

 

  (iv)

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

 

  (v)

Recognize revenue as the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

The only impact of adopting the new standard relates to the deferral of incremental commission costs of acquiring a contract. The Company’s accounting policy under Topic 605 was to defer only direct and incremental costs to obtain a contract and amortize those costs over the length of the related contract, including enterprise sales contract renewals, which was generally twelve months. Under Topic 606, the Company capitalizes commission fees related to contracts with customers when the associated revenue is expected to be earned over a period that exceeds one year. For these contracts with an expected duration greater than a year, the Company capitalizes commission fees and amortizes them over the period associated with the expected life of the customer.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The cumulative effect of initially adopting ASC 606 of $65 was immaterial and limited to direct and incremental costs to obtain revenue contracts and is included in the statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and deficit.

Net Patient Service Revenue

Net patient service revenue is generated from providing primary care services pursuant to contracts with patients. The Company recognizes revenue as services are rendered, which are delivered over a period of time but typically within one day, when the Company provides services to the patient. The Company receives payments for services from third-party payers as well as from patients who have health insurance where they may bear some cost of the service in the form of co-pays, coinsurance or deductibles. In addition, patients who do not have health insurance are required to pay for their services in full. Providing medical services to patients represents the Company’s performance obligation under the contracts, and accordingly, the transaction price is allocated entirely to the one performance obligation.

Net patient service revenue is reported net of provisions for contractual allowances from third-party payers and patients. The Company has certain agreements with third-party payers that provide for reimbursement at amounts different from the Company’s standard billing rates. The differences between the estimated reimbursement rates and the standard billing rates are accounted for as contractual adjustments, which are deducted from gross revenue to arrive at net patient service revenue. The Company estimates implicit price concessions related to self-pay balances as part of estimating the original transaction price which is based on historical experience and other collection indicators.

Partnership Revenue

Partnership revenue is generated from (i) contracts with employers to provide professional clinical services to employee members at the Company’s on-site clinics, (ii) capitation payments from IPAs to provide professional clinical services to covered participants, and (iii) contracts with health systems as health network partners beginning in 2019. The Company’s performance obligation under the various partnership arrangements is the same—to stand ready to provide professional clinical services and the associated management and administrative services. As the services are provided concurrently over the contract term and have the same pattern of transfer, the Company has concluded that this represents one performance obligation comprising of a series of distinct services over the contract term.

While the Company can receive either fixed or variable fees from its enterprise clients (i.e., stated fee per employee per month), it generally receives variable fees from IPAs and health networks on a stated fee per member per month basis, based on the number of members (or participants) serviced. The Company recognizes revenue as it satisfies its performance obligation. For fixed-fee agreements, the Company uses a time-based measure to recognize revenue ratably over the contract term. For variable-fee agreements, the Company is allocating the per member per month variable consideration to the month that the fee is earned, correlating with the amount of services it is providing, which is consistent with the allocation objective of the series guidance.

From time to time, the Company may provide discounts and rebates to the customer. The Company estimates the variable consideration subject to the constraint and recognizes such variable consideration over the contract term.

Membership Revenue

Membership revenue is generated from annual membership fees paid by consumer members and from enterprise clients who purchase access to memberships for their employees and dependents. The terms of service

 

F-19


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

on the Company’s website serve as the contract between the Company and consumer members. The Company enters into written contracts with enterprise clients. The transaction price for contracts with enterprise clients is determined on a per employee per month basis, based on the number of employees eligible for membership established at the beginning of the contract term, which is generally one year. The transaction price for the contract is stated in the contract and is generally collected in advance of the commencement of the contract term. The Company may provide numerous services under the agreements; however, these services are not considered individually distinct as they are not separately identifiable in the context of the agreement. As a result, the Company’s single performance obligation in the transaction constitutes a series for the provision of membership and services as and when requested over the membership term. The transaction price relates specifically to the Company’s efforts to transfer the services for a distinct increment of the series. Accordingly, the transaction price is allocated entirely to the one performance obligation. Membership revenue is recognized ratably over the contract period with the individual member or enterprise client. Unrecognized but collected amounts are recorded to deferred revenue and amortized over the remainder of the applicable membership period.

Deferred Revenue

The Company records deferred revenue, which is a contract liability, when it has an obligation to provide services to a member or enterprise client and payment is received in advance of performance.

Capitalized Contract Costs

The Company capitalizes commission fees related to contracts with customers when the associated revenue is expected to be earned over a period that exceeds one year. Deferred commissions are primarily related to enterprise sales. The Company elected to expense commission costs when incurred for contracts with an expected duration of one year or less including renewals. For contracts with an expected duration greater than a year, the Company capitalizes commission fees and amortized over the expected life of the customer.

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company recorded $218, $61 and $152, respectively, of commission costs capitalized as deferred commission costs within prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization of deferred commissions as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), totaled $959, $629, $502 and $244, respectively, and is included in sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company periodically reviews these deferred costs to determine whether events or changes in circumstances have occurred that could impact the period of benefit of these deferred commissions. For the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited), there were no impairments of deferred commission costs.

Cost of Care, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization includes all costs relating to the provision of virtual care, including video visits and other synchronous and asynchronous communication via the Company’s app and website, and the operation and maintenance of medical offices, which includes all provider and support employee-related costs, occupancy costs, medical supplies, insurance and other operating costs. Providers include medical doctors, doctors of osteopathy, nurse practitioners, and physician assistants. Cost of care, exclusive of depreciation and amortization excludes allocations of general and administrative expenses.

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising costs are included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. For the years ended

 

F-20


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), advertising costs were $7,654, $11,641, $4,222 and $17,790, respectively in the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures all stock-based awards granted to employees and directors based on the fair value on the date of the grant and recognizes compensation expense for those awards, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires inputs based on certain subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility, the expected term of the option, the risk-free interest rate for a period that approximates the expected term of the option, and the Company’s expected dividend yield (see Note 16, “Stock-Based Compensation”). Generally, the Company issues stock-based awards with only service-based vesting conditions and records the expense for these awards using the straight-line method.

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2018-07”), which expands the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment awards to nonemployees. As a result, stock-based awards granted to consultants and non-employees are accounted for in the same manner as awards granted to employees and directors as described above. The impact of adoption of this new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements (unaudited). Prior to the adoption of ASU 2018-07, the Company recognized compensation expense for stock-based awards granted to consultants and non-employees over the shorter of the vesting period or the period during which services were rendered by such consultants and non-employees until completed. At the end of each financial reporting period prior to completion of the service, the fair value of these awards was re-measured using the then-current fair value of the Company’s common stock and updated assumption inputs in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Self-Insurance Program

The Company self-insures for certain levels of employee medical benefits. The Company maintains a stop-loss insurance policy to protect it from individual losses over $150 per claim in 2017, $175 per claim in 2018 and $225 per claim in 2019. A liability for expected claims incurred but not reported is established on a monthly basis. As claims are paid, the liability is relieved. The Company reviews its self-insurance accruals on a quarterly basis based on actuarial methods to determine the liability for actual claims and claims incurred but not yet reported. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company’s liability for outstanding claims (included in accrued expenses) was $739, $819 and $1,571, respectively.

Other Comprehensive Loss

Other comprehensive loss includes unrealized gains and losses on short-term marketable securities classified as available-for-sale.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB under its ASC or other standard setting bodies.

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised

 

F-21


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it is (i) no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements in 2018

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting, which clarifies when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award as a modification. The new standard does not change the accounting for modifications but clarifies that modification accounting guidance should only be applied if the fair value, vesting conditions, or classification of the award changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. Early adoption is permitted. A reporting entity must apply the amendments in the ASU prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption date. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash, which will require entities to show the change in the total of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents within the statement of cash flows. As a result, entities will no longer separately present transfers between unrestricted cash and restricted cash. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation: Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, (Topic 718). The new guidance simplifies certain aspects related to income taxes, statement of cash flows, and forfeitures when accounting for share-based payment transactions. Certain of the amendments related to timing of the recognition of tax benefits and tax withholding requirements should be applied using a modified retrospective transition method. Amendments related to the presentation of the statement of cash flows should be applied retrospectively. All other provisions may be applied on a prospective or modified retrospective basis. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018 and elected to continue to apply an estimated forfeiture rate in the measurement of stock-based compensation expense. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Statements — Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, (Subtopic 825-10). The amendments in this ASU revise the accounting related to (1) the classification and measurement of investments in equity securities and (2) the presentation of certain fair value changes for financial liabilities at fair value. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2018. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recently Adopted Pronouncements as of January 1, 2019 (unaudited)

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (Topic 718), which simplifies the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees by aligning it with the accounting for share-based payments to employees, with certain exceptions. The new standard is effective for non-public companies for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early

 

F-22


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

adoption permitted. The Company adopted this standard on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, (Topic 842). The amendments in this ASU revise the accounting related to lessee accounting. Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset for all leases with a term greater than one year. The new lease guidance also simplified the accounting for sale and leaseback transactions primarily by reducing the number of lease agreements that would fall within this accounting model. The amendments in this ASU were adopted by the Company beginning on January 1, 2019. The new lease guidance allows entities to elect a transition method where entities may continue to apply the existing lease guidance during the comparative periods and apply the new lease requirements through a cumulative effect adjustment in the period of adoptions rather than in the earliest period presented. The Company adopted the standard on January 1, 2019 using the optional transition method (See Note 8, “Leases”) (unaudited).

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”) which amended the existing FASB Accounting Standards Codification. ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Revenue Recognition (“Topic 605”) and establishes a principle for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the expected consideration received in exchange for those goods or services. The standard also provides guidance on the recognition of costs related to obtaining and fulfilling customer contracts. Additionally, the standard requires disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers.

The new standard also requires the capitalization of costs to acquire a contract. The new standard requires longer amortization lives than were previously in use for initial contract terms. The Company adopted Topic 606 effective January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective method (See Note 5, “Revenue Recognition”) for discussions of the impact upon adoption (unaudited).

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements not yet adopted as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use-software. The standard is effective for non-public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard update on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which modifies the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The standard is effective for all entities for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the effects of adopting this ASU on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) I. Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features II. Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial

 

F-23


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception (“ASU 2017-11”). Part I applies to entities that issue financial instruments such as warrants, convertible debt or convertible preferred stock that contain down-round features. Part II replaces the indefinite deferral for certain mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests and mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of nonpublic entities contained within Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 with a scope exception and does not impact the accounting for these mandatorily redeemable instruments. For non-public entities, ASU 2017-11 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows: Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, (Topic 230), which amends the guidance in ASC 230 on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows. This standard clarifies the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows, including debt prepayment or extinguishment costs, settlement of contingent consideration arising from a business combination, insurance settlement proceeds, and distributions from certain equity method investees. For non-public companies, the guidance in the ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

3.

Variable Interest Entities

1Life’s agreements with the PCs generally consist of both Administrative Services Agreements (“ASAs”), which provide for various administrative and management services to be provided by 1Life to the PC, and Succession Agreements, which provide for transition of ownership of the PCs under certain conditions.

The ASAs typically provide that the term of the arrangements is ten years with automatic renewal for successive one-year terms, subject to termination by 1Life or the PC in certain specified circumstances. The outstanding voting equity instruments of the PCs are owned by nominee shareholders appointed by 1Life (or the PC in one instance) under the terms of the Succession Agreements or other shareholders who are also subject to the terms of the Succession Agreements. 1Life has the right to receive income as an ongoing administrative fee in an amount that represents fair value of services rendered and has provided all financial support through loans to the PCs. 1Life has exclusive responsibility for the provision of all nonmedical services including facilities, technology and intellectual property required for the day-to-day operation and management of each of the PCs, and makes recommendations to the PC in establishing the guidelines for the employment and compensation of the physicians and other employees of the PCs. In addition, the agreements provide that 1Life has the right to designate a person(s) to purchase, the stock of the PCs for a nominal amount in the event of a succession event. Based upon the provisions of these agreements, 1Life determined that the PCs are variable interest entities due to its equity holder having insufficient capital at risk, and 1Life has a variable interest in the PCs.

The contractual arrangement to provide management services allows 1Life to direct the economic activities that most significantly affect the PC. Accordingly, 1Life is the primary beneficiary of the PCs and consolidates the PCs under the VIE model. Furthermore, as a direct result of nominal initial equity contributions by the physicians, the financial support 1Life provides to the PCs (e.g. loans) and the provisions of the nominee shareholder succession arrangements described above, the interests held by noncontrolling interest holders lack economic substance and do not provide them with the ability to participate in the residual profits or losses generated by the PCs. Therefore, all income and expenses recognized by the PCs are allocated to 1Life stockholders. The aggregate carrying value of the current assets and liabilities included on the consolidated

 

F-24


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

balance sheets for the PCs after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances were $15,277 and $11,235, respectively, as of December 31, 2017 and $14,936 and $10,833, respectively, as of December 31, 2018, and $26,377 and $18,806, respectively, as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited). The PCs do not have noncurrent assets or liabilities.

In September 2014, 1Life entered into a joint venture agreement with a healthcare system to jointly operate physician owned primary care offices in a new market. Pursuant to the formation of this joint venture, the healthcare system contributed $10,000 for a 56.9% interest and 1Life contributed management expertise for a 43.1% interest. One of the PCs has the responsibility for the provision of medical services and 1Life has responsibility for the day-to-day operation and management of the offices, including the establishment of guidelines for the employment and compensation of the physicians. Based upon this and other provisions of the operating agreement that indicate that 1Life directs the economic activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the joint venture, 1Life determined that the joint venture is a variable interest entity and that 1Life is the primary beneficiary. The Company recorded the $10,000 cash received in noncontrolling interests on the consolidated balance sheet. The income and expenses of the joint venture are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and statements of comprehensive loss as net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests.

The table below present the assets and liabilities (excluding intercompany balances that are eliminated in consolidation) for the joint venture as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited):

 

     Partially Owned  
     December 31,      September 30,
2019
 
     2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,673      $ 2,556      $ 2,087  

Accounts receivable, net

     477        468        669  

Inventories

     —          —          —    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —          32        7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     4,150        3,056        2,763  

Other assets

     19        19        19  

Property and equipment, net

     1,985        1,725        1,595  

Right-of-use assets

     —          —          1,596  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 6,154      $ 4,800      $ 5,973  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ —        $ 3      $ 8  

Accrued expenses

     1        3        2  

Operating lease liabilities, current

     —          —          257  

Other current liabilities

     150        128        63  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     151        134        330  

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

     —          —          2,008  

Other liabilities

     735        673        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 886      $ 807      $ 2,338  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

4.

Fair Value

The following tables present information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Fair Value Measurements as of December 31,
2017 Using:
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

US Treasury obligations

   $ 7,946      $ —        $ —        $ 7,946  

Commercial paper

     —          18,305        —          18,305  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,946      $ 18,305      $ —        $ 26,251  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —        $ —        $ 2,686      $ 2,686  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —        $ —        $ 2,686      $ 2,686  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements as of December 31,
2018 Using:
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

US Treasury obligations

   $ 87,565      $ —        $ —        $ 87,565  

Commercial paper

     —          106,304        —          106,304  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 87,565      $ 106,304      $ —        $ 193,869  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —        $ —        $ 3,701      $ 3,701  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —        $ —        $ 3,701      $ 3,701  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements as of September 30,
2019 (unaudited) Using:
 
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (unaudited)  

Assets:

           

US Treasury obligations

   $ 59,813      $ —        $ —        $ 59,813  

Commercial paper

     —          78,642        —          78,642  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 59,813      $ 78,642      $ —        $ 138,455  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ —        $ —        $ 5,927      $ 5,927  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —        $ —        $ 5,927      $ 5,927  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited), there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3.

Valuation of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

The redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability in the table above relates to redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants issued in connection with certain note payable transactions (see Note 12,

 

F-26


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

“Notes Payable”). The fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability was determined based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy.

The Company used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates assumptions and estimates, to value the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants. Additionally, because the redeemable convertible preferred stock has certain conversion features, the fair value of the related redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants is re-measured to fair value on a periodic basis and any changes to the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations in the related period. The Company determined the fair value per share of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock by taking into consideration the most recent sales of its redeemable convertible preferred stock, results obtained from third-party valuations and additional factors that are deemed relevant. The Company historically has been a private company and lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information of its stock. Therefore, it estimates its expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of publicly traded peer companies for a term equal to the remaining contractual term of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve for time periods approximately equal to the remaining contractual term of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant. The Company estimated a 0% expected dividend yield based on the fact that the Company has never paid or declared dividends and does not intend to do so in the foreseeable future.

The assumptions that the Company used to determine the grant date fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
                   (unaudited)  

Expected stock price volatility

     29.2% - 55.0%        40.4% - 44.6%        38.4% - 44.0%        38.6% - 46.0%  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.0% - 2.3%        2.6% - 2.7%        2.8% - 2.9%        1.5%  

Remaining contractual term

     0.17 - 7 years        1 - 6 years        1.4 - 6.3 years        0.4 - 5.3 years  

Expected dividend yield

     0.00%        0.00%        0.00%        0.00%  

Estimated fair value

     $1.38 - $3.81        $2.67 - $6.90        $2.76 - $6.90        $5.37 - $10.56  

The following table provides a roll forward of the aggregate fair values of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, for which fair value is determined using Level 3 inputs:

 

     Convertible Redeemable
Preferred Stock
Warrant Liability
 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

   $ 3,332  

Change in fair value

     (646
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

     2,686  

Warrant exercise

     (862

Change in fair value

     1,877  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

     3,701  

Change in fair value (unaudited)

     2,226  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

   $ 5,927  
  

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

5.

Revenue Recognition

The reported results for the years ending December 31, 2017 and 2018, and the nine months ending September 30, 2018 (unaudited) reflect the application under the guidance of Topic 605, while the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) reflect the application of Topic 606 guidance.

The following table summarizes the Company’s net revenue by primary source:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
                   (unaudited)  

Net Revenue:

           

Net patient service revenue

   $ 138,581      $ 144,080      $ 104,862      $ 103,810  

Partnership revenue

     5,122        25,408        18,083        57,027  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net patient service and partnership revenue

     143,703        169,488        122,945        160,837  

Membership revenue

     33,066        43,190        31,691        38,035  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Revenue

   $ 176,769      $ 212,678      $ 154,636      $ 198,872  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net patient service revenue is primarily generated from commercial third-party payors with which the One Medical entities have established contractual billing arrangements. Net revenue collectible from commercial and government third-party payors was $116,809 and $119,657 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and $85,542 and $88,594 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively. Net revenue collectible directly from patients, including self-pay, insurance co-pays and deductibles, was $21,772 and $24,423 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and $19,320 and $15,216 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company recognized revenue of $19,694, which was included in the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2018.

During the nine months ending September 30, 2019, the Company modified an existing contract with a customer in the ordinary course of business resulting in a reduction to net revenue in the amount of $4,600. The Company applied the modification framework within Topic 606 to recognize the remaining transaction price prospectively over the modified contract term, which is through the end of 2019.

The Company updated its assessment of variable consideration for its existing contracts, which did not have a material impact for the nine months ending September 30, 2019. As summarized in the table below, the Company has recorded contract assets and deferred revenue, which result from timing differences between the Company’s performance and the customer’s payment.

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
 
     2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Balances from contracts with customers:

        

Accounts receivable

   $ 12,006      $ 15,971      $ 31,747  

Contract assets included in prepaid expenses and other current assets

     —          —          1,867  

Deferred revenue

     21,175        21,759        24,690  

 

F-28


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The Company does not disclose the value of remaining performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original contract term of one year or less, (ii) contracts for which the Company recognizes revenue at the amount to which it has the right to invoice when that amount corresponds directly with the value of services performed, and (iii) variable consideration allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied performance obligation or to a wholly unsatisfied distinct service that forms part of a single performance obligation. For those contracts that do not meet the above criteria, the Company’s remaining performance obligation as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited), is expected to be recognized as follows:

 

     Less than
or equal to
12 months
     Greater
than
12 months
     Total  

As of September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

   $ 32,864        $ 8,488        $ 41,352    

 

6.

Marketable Securities

At December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the company’s marketable securities classified as available-for-sale were as follows:

 

     December 31, 2017  
     Amortized
cost
     Gross
unrealized
losses
     Fair value  

US Treasury obligations

   $ 7,955      $ (9    $ 7,946  

Commercial paper

     18,305        —          18,305  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 26,260      $ (9    $ 26,251  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2018  
     Amortized
cost
     Gross
unrealized
losses
     Fair value  

US Treasury obligations

   $ 87,579      $ (14    $ 87,565  

Commercial paper

     106,304        —          106,304  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 193,883      $ (14    $ 193,869  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     September 30, 2019 (unaudited)  
     Amortized
cost
     Gross
unrealized
gain
     Fair value  

US Treasury obligations

   $ 59,756      $ 57      $ 59,813  

Commercial paper

     78,642        —          78,642  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 138,398      $ 57      $ 138,455  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), all marketable securities have maturity dates within one year.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

7.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
 
   2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Leasehold improvements

   $ 46,119      $ 48,725      $ 75,575  

Computer software, including internal-use software

     11,887        14,255        18,798  

Computer equipment

     8,560        9,653        15,113  

Furniture and fixtures

     4,405        4,840        6,350  

Laboratory equipment

     2,136        2,212        2,570  

Construction in progress

     2,133        4,011        4,718  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     75,240        83,696        123,124  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (33,981      (40,943      (49,267
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 41,259      $ 42,753      $ 73,857  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company capitalized $2,461, $3,466, $2,152 and $4,504 in internal-use software development costs, and recognized depreciation expense related to these assets of $2,390, $2,137, $1,600 and $2,204 during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively. The Company had disposals in the ordinary course of business of $1,573, $2,735, $366 and $980, and recognized a net loss on disposal of $131, $110, $30 and $74 during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the net book value of internal-use software was $3,870, $5,199 and $7,481, respectively. Total depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited) was $10,275, $9,586, $7,095 and $9,226, respectively. All long-lived assets are maintained in the United States.

The Company had immaterial or no capitalized leased assets held within computer equipment and computer software as of December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

 

8.

Leases

Leases (ASC 840 only)

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited), was $13,391, $13,810, and $10,333, respectively. Of these amounts, $10,497, $10,698, and $7,973 is recorded in practice expenses, $2,894, $3,112, and $2,360 is recorded in general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Under ASC 840, future minimum non-cancelable lease payments under the Company’s operating leases as of December 31, 2018 were as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,       

2019

   $ 17,138  

2020

     19,745  

2021

     19,385  

2022

     17,759  

2023

     16,489  

Thereafter

     63,009  
  

 

 

 
   $ 153,525  
  

 

 

 

Leases (Adoption of ASC Topic 842, Leases (“ASC 842”) (Unaudited))

At inception of a contract, the Company determines if a contact meets the definition of a lease. A lease is a contract, or part of a contract, that conveys the right to control the use of identified property, plant, or equipment (an identified asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company assesses throughout the period of use whether the Company has both of the following: i) the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the identified asset, and ii) the right to direct the use of the identified asset. This determination is reassessed if the terms of the contract are changed. Leases are classified as operating or finance leases based on the terms of the lease agreement and certain characteristics of the identified asset. Right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized at lease commencement date based on the present value of the minimum future lease payments.

The carrying value of the Company’s right-of-use assets are substantially concentrated in real estate as the Company primarily leases office space. The Company’s policy is not to record leases with an original lease term of one year or less on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognizes lease expense for these short-term leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Certain lease agreements include rental payments that are adjusted periodically for inflation or other variables. In addition to rent, the leases may require the Company to pay additional amounts for taxes, insurance, maintenance and other expenses, which are generally referred to as non-lease components. Such adjustments to rental payments and variable non-lease components are treated as variable lease payments and recognized in the period as incurred. Variable lease components and variable non-lease components are not measured as part of the right-of-use assets and lease liability. Only when lease components and their associated non-lease components are fixed are they recognized as part of the right-of- use assets and lease liability.

Most leases contain clauses for renewal at the Company’s option with renewal terms that generally extend the lease term from 1 to 5 years. Certain lease agreements contain options to terminate the lease before maturity. The Company does not have any lease contracts with the option to purchase as of September 30, 2019. Payments to be made in option periods are recognized as part of the right-of-use lease assets and lease liabilities when the Company is reasonably certain that the option to extend the lease will be exercised or the option to terminate the lease will not be exercised, or is not at the Company’s option. The Company determines whether the reasonably certain threshold is met by considering contract-, asset-, market-, and entity-based factors.

A portfolio approach is applied where appropriate to certain lease contracts with similar characteristics. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any significant residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants imposed by the leases.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Certain of the Company’s furniture and fixtures and lab equipment are held under finance leases. These lease-related assets are included in property and equipment, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are immaterial as of September 30, 2019.

The components of operating lease costs were as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2019
 
     (unaudited)  

Operating lease costs

   $ 14,058  

Variable lease costs

     1,854  
  

 

 

 

Total lease costs

   $ 15,912  
  

 

 

 

Other information related to leases was as follows:

Supplemental cash flow information

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2019
 
     (unaudited)  

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

  

Operating cash flows from operating leases

   $ 12,264  

Non-cash leases activity:

  

Right-of-use lease assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

   $ 50,531  

Lease term and discount rate

 

     As of
September 30, 2019
 
     (unaudited)  

Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)

  

Operating lease

     8.2 years  

Weighted-average discount rate

  

Operating lease

     8.47%  

At the lease commencement date, the discount rate implicit in the lease is used to discount the lease liability if readily determinable. If not readily determinable or leases do not contain an implicit rate, the Company’s incremental borrowing rate is used as the discount rate. Management determined the appropriate incremental borrowing rates for each of its leases in accordance with the new standard based on the remaining lease terms at the date of adoption.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases as of September 30, 2019 were as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,       

2019 (remaining)

   $ 4,773  

2020

     20,714  

2021

     20,794  

2022

     19,020  

2023

     17,968  

Thereafter

     81,741  
  

 

 

 

Total lease payments

     165,010  

Less: interest

     47,482  
  

 

 

 

Total operating lease liabilities

   $ 117,528  
  

 

 

 

 

9.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company’s goodwill was generated from business acquisitions of various PCs and a business acquisition in 2016. There have been no changes to the goodwill carrying value during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019.

The following summarizes the Company’s intangible assets and accumulated amortization:

 

     December 31, 2017  
     Original
Cost
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Book Value  

Independent physician association agreements

   $ 6,460      $ (6,460    $ —    

Non compete agreements

     1,175        (586      589  

Customer relationships

     200        (128      72  

Trade names

     100        (96      4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,935      $ (7,270    $ 665  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Original
Cost
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Book Value  

Independent physician association agreements

   $ 6,460      $ (6,460    $ —    

Non compete agreements

     1,175        (876      299  

Customer relationships

     200        (195      5  

Trade names

     100        (100      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,935      $ (7,631    $ 304  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     September 30, 2019 (unaudited)  
     Original
Cost
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Book Value  

Independent physician association agreements

   $ 6,460      $ (6,460    $ —    

Non compete agreements

     1,175        (1,083      92  

Customer relationships

     200        (200      —    

Trade names

     100        (100      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,935      $ (7,843    $ 92  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018, estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets are as follows:

 

2019

   $ 281  

2020

     23  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 304  
  

 

 

 

The Company recorded amortization expense of $411, $361, $274 and $212 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively. The intangible assets attributable to the PCs were amortized over five years and the intangible assets attributable to the medical practices were being amortized over the four-year term of the noncompete arrangements. The intangible assets are attributable to a business acquisition in 2016 and are being amortized over two to four years. Intangible assets will be fully amortized by the end of 2020.

 

10.

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
 
     2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

   $ 8,400      $ 11,841      $ 11,596  

Inventories received not yet invoiced

     1,808        2,102        1,466  

Construction in progress

     497        1,025        2,740  

Self-insurance programs

     739        819        1,571  

Other accrued expenses

     1,428        2,692        4,805  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 12,872      $ 18,479      $ 22,178  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

11.

Self-Insurance Reserves

The following table provides a rollforward of the insurance reserves related to the Company’s self-insurance program:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
 
     2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Beginning balance

   $ —        $ 739      $ 819  

Losses paid

     (7,391      (9,151      (7,607

Reserves for current period

     8,130        9,231        8,359  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 739      $ 819      $ 1,571  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

12.

Notes Payable

In January 2013, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (the “LSA”) with an institutional lender and in January 2015, the Company entered into an amended loan agreement with the same institutional lender (“First Amendment Loan). The Company borrowed $10,000 under the First Amendment Loan and used a portion of the proceeds to pay off the outstanding loan balance related to the LSA. In October 2016, the First Amendment Loan agreement was amended to increase the maximum borrowings to $11,000 (“Second Amendment Loan”). A portion of the proceeds from the Second Amendment Loan was used to pay off the outstanding loan balance of $8,739 under the First Amendment Loan. Borrowings under the Second Amendment Loan agreement were repayable in monthly interest-only payments through March 31, 2018 and in 30 equal monthly payments of principal and accrued interest after March 31, 2018 until the maturity date of the Second Amendment Loan agreement on September 1, 2020. Borrowings under the Second Amendment Loan bore interest at a variable rate equal to the greater of the prime rate or 3.5%. In addition, the Second Amendment Loan agreement provided for a final payment, payable upon maturity or the repayment in full of all obligations under the agreement, equal to $550. The final payment was being accreted to interest expense to increase the carrying value of the debt over the term of the loan using the effective interest method.

At its option, the Company was entitled to prepay all of the outstanding borrowings subject to an early termination fee at a reducing rate beginning with 3% of the principal amount outstanding if the prepayment occurred before the first anniversary of the loan. The prepayment penalty is only payable if the loan is terminated early without a refinancing or prepaid early due to a refinancing where the lender is not offered to participate. In addition, the Company must maintain one of two financial covenants: (i) a liquidity ratio of not less than 1.50 to 1.00 or (ii) a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00. The Company has been in compliance with the financial covenants as of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited).

In January, 2017, the Company entered into the Third Amendment to the LSA (“Third Amendment”), which amended the interest rate to the greater of prime plus 1.81% or 5.56%, eliminated the final payment fee of $550, increased the early termination fee by $516 and required the Company to pay a modification fee of $34. All other terms remained the same. The Third Amendment to the LSA agreement was accounted for as a debt modification.

Borrowings under the LSA are secured by substantially all of the Company’s properties, rights and assets, excluding intellectual property. The LSA contains certain customary restrictive covenants that limit the company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness and liens, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends, amend the ASA’s and transfer or dispose of assets.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

In connection with entering into the LSA agreement, the Company issued to the lenders warrants for the purchase of a specified number of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock at either (i) an aggregate exercise price of $160, (ii) the lesser of $1.6116 per share or the price per share of the Company’s next financing round, or (iii) 99,280 warrants.

In connection with entering into the First Amendment Loan, the Company issued to the lenders warrants to purchase 45,533 shares of Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $6.59 per share.

The Company recorded the issuance date fair value of warrants as a redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, with a corresponding amount recorded as a debt discount on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The debt discount is reflected as a reduction of the carrying value of notes payable on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the loan using the effective interest method. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), the Company recorded aggregate interest expense of $817, $801, $623 and $392, which included non-cash interest expense of $22, $21, $16 and $10, respectively, related to the accretion of debt discounts for common and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants. The Company’s annual effective interest rate was approximately 5.9%, 6.7%, 6.5% and 7.2% for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company made aggregate principal payments of $0, $3,300 and $3,300, respectively.

As of December 31, 2018, future minimum payments on notes payable were as follows:

 

2019

   $ 4,400  

2020

     3,300  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum future payments

   $ 7,700  

Less: current portion

     4,400  
  

 

 

 

Non current portion

   $ 3,300  
  

 

 

 

As a result of the debt discount and the final payment fees, the future minimum payments of the outstanding notes payable balance do not equal the current and non-current notes payable on the consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the balance of the unamortized final payment fees was $213, $86 and $27, respectively, included in notes payable, non-current, on the consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the balance of the unamortized debt discount was $37, $16 and $6, respectively, and was included as a component of notes payable, non-current.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

13.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

As of each balance sheet date, outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following:

 

December 31, 2017

 

Date Exercisable

   Number of
Shares Issuable
     Exercise
Price
     Exercisable for      Classification      Expiration  

February 15, 2008

     226,500      $ 0.57        Series B        Liability        February 15, 2018  

February 26, 2010

     100,000      $ 0.92        Series C        Liability        February 26, 2020  

June 28, 2011

     250,000      $ 1.05        Series D        Liability        June 28, 2021  

January 30, 2013

     99,280      $ 1.61        Series E        Liability        January 30, 2023  

October 3, 2015

     11,010      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 3, 2020  

October 5, 2015

     10,837      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 5, 2020  

October 7, 2015

     4,918      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 7, 2020  

October 8, 2015

     5,573      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 8, 2020  

October 12, 2015

     5,619      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 12, 2020  

October 14, 2015

     113,879      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 14, 2020  

October 28, 2015

     3,796      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 28, 2020  

November 4, 2015

     22,776      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        November 4, 2020  

January 26, 2015

     45,553      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        January 26, 2025  
  

 

 

             
     899,741              
  

 

 

             

 

December 31, 2018

 

Date Exercisable

   Number of
Shares Issuable
     Exercise
Price
     Exercisable for      Classification      Expiration  

February 26, 2010

     100,000      $ 0.92        Series C        Liability        February 26, 2020  

June 28, 2011

     250,000      $ 1.05        Series D        Liability        June 28, 2021  

January 30, 2013

     99,280      $ 1.61        Series E        Liability        January 30, 2023  

October 3, 2015

     11,010      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 3, 2020  

October 5, 2015

     10,837      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 5, 2020  

October 7, 2015

     4,918      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 7, 2020  

October 8, 2015

     5,573      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 8, 2020  

October 12, 2015

     5,619      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 12, 2020  

October 14, 2015

     113,879      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 14, 2020  

October 28, 2015

     3,796      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 28, 2020  

November 4, 2015

     22,776      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        November 4, 2020  

January 26, 2015

     45,553      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        January 26, 2025  
  

 

 

             
     673,241              
  

 

 

             

 

F-37


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

 

Date Exercisable

   Number of
Shares Issuable
     Exercise
Price
     Exercisable for      Classification      Expiration  

February 26, 2010

     100,000      $ 0.92        Series C        Liability        February 26, 2020  

June 28, 2011

     250,000      $ 1.05        Series D        Liability        June 28, 2021  

January 30, 2013

     99,280      $ 1.61        Series E        Liability        January 30, 2023  

October 3, 2015

     11,010      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 3, 2020  

October 5, 2015

     10,837      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 5, 2020  

October 7, 2015

     4,918      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 7, 2020  

October 8, 2015

     5,573      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 8, 2020  

October 12, 2015

     5,619      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 12, 2020  

October 14, 2015

     113,879      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 14, 2020  

October 28, 2015

     3,796      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        October 28, 2020  

November 4, 2015

     22,776      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        November 4, 2020  

January 26, 2015

     45,553      $ 6.59        Series G        Liability        January 26, 2025  
  

 

 

             
     673,241              
  

 

 

             

The grant date fair value of the redeemable convertible warrants was determined using a Black-Scholes model and was recorded as a redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability. The Company re-measured the liability associated with the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) and determined that the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability was $2,686, $3,701 and $5,927, respectively. The Company recognized gains (losses) in connection with changes in the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability of $646, $(1,877), $(1,897) and $(2,226), within other (income) expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively.

 

14.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated, authorized the Company to issue 89,338,425 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In February 2018, the Company issued 226,500 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with a warrant exercise for cash proceeds of $130.

In August 2018, the Company issued 17,699,115 shares of Series I redeemable convertible preferred stock for cash proceeds of $220,000 (less issuance costs of $3,336).

 

F-38


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

As of each balance sheet date, redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following:

 

     December 31, 2017  
     Preferred
Stock
Authorized
     Preferred
Stock
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Preference
     Common Stock
Issuable Upon
Conversion
 

Series A preferred stock

     1,130,000        1,130,000      $ 540      $ 585        1,130,000  

Series B preferred stock

     6,324,592        6,098,092        3,432        3,500        6,098,092  

Series C preferred stock

     8,763,634        8,663,634        7,938        8,000        8,663,634  

Series D preferred stock

     14,528,912        14,278,912        14,899        15,000        14,278,912  

Series E preferred stock

     12,509,305        12,410,025        19,905        20,000        12,410,025  

Series F preferred stock

     11,695,449        11,695,449        29,885        30,000        11,695,449  

Series G preferred stock

     6,980,916        6,605,115        43,358        43,500        6,605,115  

Series H preferred stock

     7,600,000        7,444,827        64,875        65,000        7,444,827  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     69,532,808        68,326,054      $ 184,832      $ 185,585        68,326,054  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Preferred
Stock
Authorized
     Preferred
Stock
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Preference
     Common Stock
Issuable Upon
Conversion
 

Series A preferred stock

     1,130,000        1,130,000      $ 540      $ 585        1,130,000  

Series B preferred stock

     6,324,592        6,324,592        4,424        3,500        6,324,592  

Series C preferred stock

     8,763,634        8,663,634        7,938        8,000        8,663,634  

Series D preferred stock

     14,528,912        14,278,912        14,899        15,000        14,278,912  

Series E preferred stock

     12,509,305        12,410,025        19,905        20,000        12,410,025  

Series F preferred stock

     11,695,449        11,695,449        29,885        30,000        11,695,449  

Series G preferred stock

     6,829,076        6,605,115        43,358        43,500        6,605,115  

Series H preferred stock

     7,444,827        7,444,827        64,875        65,000        7,444,827  

Series I preferred stock

     20,112,630        17,699,115        216,664        220,000        17,699,115  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     89,338,425        86,251,669      $ 402,488      $ 405,585        86,251,669  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     September 30, 2019 (unaudited)  
     Preferred
Stock
Authorized
     Preferred
Stock
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Preference
     Common Stock
Issuable Upon
Conversion
 

Series A preferred stock

     1,130,000        1,130,000      $ 540      $ 585        1,130,000  

Series B preferred stock

     6,324,592        6,324,592        4,424        3,500        6,324,592  

Series C preferred stock

     8,763,634        8,663,634        7,938        8,000        8,663,634  

Series D preferred stock

     14,528,912        14,278,912        14,899        15,000        14,278,912  

Series E preferred stock

     12,509,305        12,410,025        19,905        20,000        12,410,025  

Series F preferred stock

     11,695,449        11,695,449        29,885        30,000        11,695,449  

Series G preferred stock

     6,829,076        6,605,115        43,358        43,500        6,605,115  

Series H preferred stock

     7,444,827        7,444,827        64,875        65,000        7,444,827  

Series I preferred stock

     20,112,630        17,699,115        216,664        220,000        17,699,115  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     89,338,425        86,251,669      $ 402,488      $ 405,585        86,251,669  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock have the following rights and preferences:

Conversion

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock split, stock dividend, combination or other similar recapitalization at the option of the stockholder and subject to adjustments in accordance with anti-dilution provisions. In addition, such shares will be converted automatically into common stock at the applicable conversion ratio then in effect for each series of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the earlier of (i) the immediate closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s common stock with gross proceeds to the Company of at least $50,000 or (ii) obtaining the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 65% of the outstanding shares of the redeemable convertible preferred stock (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis), two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series G (voting as a separate series), a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series H (voting as a separate series), and a majority of the outstanding shares of Series I (voting as a separate series) of the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding at the time of such vote.

Voting Rights

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock has voting rights equivalent to the number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible. In addition, for so long as at least 1,000,000 shares of each class of redeemable convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series B, C, D, E, F and G redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate class, are each entitled to elect one director of the Company. As long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series I remain outstanding, the holders of Series I are entitled to elect two directors of the Company. The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock, together with the holders of common stock and voting as a single class, are entitled to elect the remaining directors of the Company by vote of a majority of such shares. In addition, in certain circumstances, certain actions related to major transactions are subject to a separate vote by Series I, in a more limited manner, preferred shareholders.

Dividends

Redeemable convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends if and as declared by the Board of Directors out of any assets legally available, prior to, and in preference to, any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock. The dividend rate for redeemable convertible preferred stock per share per annum is 6% for Series A, Series C, Series D and Series E and 8% for Series B, Series F, Series G, Series H and Series I of the original issue price.

Liquidation

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the affairs of the Company, a change in control, or a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets, (“liquidation event”), each holder of a share of redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior to, and in preference to, any distribution of any of the assets or property of the Company to the holders of the common stock, for each outstanding share of redeemable convertible preferred stock, an amount per share equal to $0.500 for Series A, $0.574 for Series B, $0.923 for Series C, $1.051 for Series D, $1.612 for Series E, $2.565 for Series F, $6.586 for Series G, $8.731 for Series H, and $12.43 for Series I, plus all declared and unpaid dividends. If, upon any such liquidation event, the assets of 1Life shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock, then such assets shall be first distributed to Series I holders, then distributed among

 

F-40


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be, respectively, entitled.

Redemption

The holders of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock have no voluntary rights to redeem shares. A liquidation or winding up of the Company, a change in control, or a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets would constitute a redemption event which may be outside of the Company’s control. Accordingly, these shares are considered contingently redeemable and are classified as temporary equity on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

15.

Common Stock and Common Stock Warrants

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had two classes of authorized common stock: Class A common stock with 1,000 shares authorized with a par value of $0.001 per share and Class B common stock with 103,000,000 shares authorized with a par value of $0.001 per share. On August 21, 2018, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation to reclassify each outstanding share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock to one share of common stock. This amendment was approved by vote of the Company’s Board of Directors and by the requisite stockholder vote via written consent on August 20, 2018. Pursuant to this amendment, each share of common stock shall be entitled to one vote per share. Prior to this amendment, Class A common stock was entitled to one vote per share and Class B common stock was entitled to 10 votes per share.

In October 2018, the Company executed a tender offer to repurchase 1,553,424 shares of certain directors, employees and officers’ vested equity for $12.43 per share for a net total consideration of $14,772 after considering net share settlement. Of the $14,772 of consideration, the fair value of the shares repurchased, net of exercise proceeds, was recorded in additional paid-in capital which totaled $7,533, while the amount paid in excess of the fair value of common stock at the time of the repurchase was recorded as stock-based compensation expense, which totaled $7,239. The repurchased shares were immediately retired.

As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated, authorized the Company to issue 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.001 per share.

As of each balance sheet date, common stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

     December 31, 2017  
     Common
Stock
Authorized
     Common Stock
Issued and
Outstanding
     Par
Value
     Carrying
Value
 

Class A common stock

     1,000        —        $ 0.001      $ —    

Class B common stock

     103,000,000        15,771,086        0.001        16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
     103,001,000        15,771,086         $ 16  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Common
Stock
Authorized
     Common Stock
Issued and
Outstanding
     Par
Value
     Carrying
Value
 

Class A common stock

     —          —        $ —        $ —    

Class B common stock

     —          —          —          —    

Common stock

     150,000,000        18,135,457        0.001        18  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
     150,000,000        18,135,457         $ 18  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

     September 30, 2019 (unaudited)  
     Common
Stock
Authorized
     Common Stock
Issued and
Outstanding
     Par
Value
     Carrying
Value
 

Class A common stock

     —          —        $ —        $ —    

Class B common stock

     —          —          —          —    

Common stock

     150,000,000        18,659,529        0.001        19  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 
     150,000,000        18,659,529         $ 19  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Subject to any preferences that may apply to outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to share equally in any dividends, when and if declared by the Board of Directors.

As of each balance sheet date, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for issuance in connection with the following:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2019
 
     2017      2018  
                   (unaudited)  

Conversion of outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     68,326,054        86,251,669        86,251,669  

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock (as converted to common stock)

     899,741        673,241        673,241  

Warrants to purchase common stock

     150,000        —          —    

Options outstanding under the 2017 Stock Option and Grant Plan

     23,826,773        21,503,995        24,036,191  

Options available for future issuance

     4,999,492        3,861,475        805,207  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     98,202,060        112,290,380        111,766,308  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common Stock Warrants

In connection with a loan and security agreement entered into in March 2012, the Company issued to the lender warrants to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock that were fully exercised in February 2018.

 

16.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Option Plan

In February 2017, the Board of Directors approved and adopted the 2017 Equity Award Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the

 

F-42


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

“Prior Plan”). No additional stock awards will be granted under the Prior Plan. The number of shares issuable under the plan is adjusted for capitalization changes, forfeitures, expirations and certain share reacquisitions. Under the Plan, officers, employees, directors, and consultants may be granted incentive and nonstatutory options to purchase shares of common stock. The Plan provides that grants of incentive stock options will be made at no less than the estimated fair value of common stock, as determined by the Board of Directors, at the date of grant. Stock options granted to employees and nonemployees under the Plan generally vest over four years. Options granted under the Plan generally expire ten years after the date of grant. At December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), 4,999,492, 3,861,475 and 805,207 shares were available for future grants, respectively.

Stock Option Activity

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the Plan:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2017

     23,826,773     $ 4.07        8.51      $ 14,071  

Granted

     4,591,384       5.45        

Exercised

     (3,767,795     3.98        

Forfeited and cancelled

     (3,146,367     4.58        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018

     21,503,995     $ 4.30        8.00      $ 74,546  

Granted (unaudited)

     3,568,968       9.04        

Exercised (unaudited)

     (524,072     3.72        

Forfeited and cancelled (unaudited)

     (512,700     5.81        
  

 

 

         

Outstanding as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

     24,036,191     $ 4.99        7.63      $ 155,826  
  

 

 

         

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2018

     7,650,349     $ 3.72        6.56      $ 30,981  

Options vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2018

     16,097,529     $ 4.24        7.72      $ 62,809  

Options exercisable as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

     10,469,285     $ 4.05        6.47      $ 77,668  

Options vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2019 (unaudited)

     19,086,390     $ 4.88        7.42      $ 125,842  

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited) was $2,074, $17,715, $2,698 and $2,788, respectively.

The fair value of options granted for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited) was $30,514, $12,137, $10,291, and $14,671, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The fair value of stock option grants is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, it estimated its expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of a publicly traded set of peer companies. For options with service-based vesting conditions, the expected term of the Company’s stock options has been determined

 

F-43


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

utilizing the “simplified” method for awards that qualify as “plain-vanilla” options. The expected term of stock options granted to non-employees is equal to the contractual term of the option award. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We estimated the fair value of options granted using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions presented on a weighted average basis:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2017     2018       2018         2019    
                 (unaudited)  

Expected term in years

     6.1       6.0       6.0       6.0  

Expected stock price volatility

     55.8     47.7     48.2     44.7

Risk-free interest rate

     2.0     2.9     2.9     2.1

Expected dividend yield

     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0

Estimated fair value per option granted

   $ 2.17     $ 2.64     $ 2.52     $ 4.11  

In addition, in March 2016, the Company issued 150,000 shares of restricted stock pursuant to a purchase agreement that was subject to a twenty-four-month pro-rata vesting period with any unvested shares forfeited upon termination of the employees. The fair value of these shares was recorded as stock-based compensation expense in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The activity for restricted stock is summarized as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested restricted common stock as of December 31, 2017

     2,083      $ 6.19  

Granted

     —          —    

Vested

     (2,083    $ 6.19  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unvested restricted common stock as of December 31, 2018

     —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), there is no unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock granted by the Company.

Total stock-based compensation expense for employees and nonemployees recognized by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), was $9,530, $21,181, $10,702 and $10,131, respectively. A tax benefit of approximately $134, $3,946, $497 and $482 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively, was included in the Company’s net operating loss carry-forward that could potentially reduce future tax liabilities. At December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), there was $10,112 and $12,979, respectively, in unrecognized compensation expense related to service-based options, net of forfeitures, that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years.

In September 2017, the Company granted 1,589,798 options to an executive subject to immediate vesting upon the execution of an underwriting agreement for an initial public offering or a change in control. At December 31,

 

F-44


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), there was $3,506 in unrecognized compensation expense related to this performance-based option that is expected to be recognized upon execution of the underwriting agreement for the Company’s planned IPO.

Stock-based compensation expense was classified in the consolidated statements of operations as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
                   (unaudited)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 267      $ 552      $ 18      $ 807  

General and administrative

     9,263        20,629        10,684        9,324  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,530      $ 21,181      $ 10,702      $ 10,131  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In connection with the common stock repurchase and retirement in October 2018 (See Note 15, “Common Stock and Common Stock Warrants”), the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 of $7,239 of which $208 is included in sales and marketing and $7,031 is included in general and administrative on the consolidated statements of operations and in the table above.

 

17.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2018  

Income tax provision:

     

Federal

   $ 72      $ 2  

State

     54        23  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 126      $ 25  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The reconciliation of the Federal statutory income tax provision to the Company’s effective income tax provision is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017     2018  

Federal statutory income tax rate

     34.0     21.0

Impact of the tax act

     (61.8     0.0  

Valuation allowance

     32.2       (16.9

Stock-based compensation

     (2.5     (1.1

State income tax expense

     (1.8     (1.4

Other, net

     (0.6     (1.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     (0.4 )%      (0.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of loss and credit carryforwards and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for

 

F-45


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

income tax purposes. The Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017 and 2018 were comprised of the following:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2017      2018  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 41,832      $ 53,311  

Reserves and allowances

     5,619        2,728  

Basis difference in fixed and intangible assets

     128        437  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     47,579        56,476  

Valuation allowance

     (47,461      (56,463
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 118      $ 13  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Basis difference in fixed and intangible assets

   $ (118    $ (13
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (118      (13
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited), gross deferred tax assets increased by approximately $6,207 due to the operating loss incurred by the Company during that period. Of the total gross deferred tax assets, none are related to the noncontrolling interests as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

A valuation allowance is required to be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. A full review of all positive and negative evidence needs to be considered, including the Company’s current and past performance, the market environments in which the Company operates, the utilization of past tax credits, length of carry back and carry forward periods, as well as tax planning strategies that might be implemented. Management believes that, based on a number of factors, it is more likely than not, that all of the deferred tax assets may not be realized; and accordingly, as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.

The activity in the Company’s deferred tax asset valuation allowance was as follows:

 

Valuation allowance as of December 31, 2016

   $ 39,357  

Increases recorded to income tax provision

     8,104  
  

 

 

 

Valuation allowance as of December 31, 2017

     47,461  

Increases recorded to income tax provision

     9,002  
  

 

 

 

Valuation allowance as of December 31, 2018

   $ 56,463  
  

 

 

 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was enacted and included broad tax reforms. The Act reduced the U.S. corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. The rate change resulted in a $17,863 reduction in the Company’s deferred tax assets and a corresponding reduction in the Company’s valuation allowance in 2017. The Company elected to not take advantage of the provisions provided under SAB

 

F-46


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

118 and included the income tax effect of the Tax Act in the December 31, 2017 consolidated financial statements. The Company considered the amounts final at that time.

At December 31, 2018, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state and local income tax purposes of $174,734 and $193,183, respectively, which are available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. The net operating loss carry forwards will begin to expire, if not used, at various dates beginning in tax year 2025 and 2024, respectively.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had federal and state credit carryforwards of $73 and $480 which are available to reduce future income tax. The federal credits do not expire and some of the state credit carryforwards will begin to expire, if not used, in tax year 2023.

Utilization of some of the federal, state and local net operating loss and credit carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations due to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state and local provisions. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. The Company performed a Section 382 analysis through December 31, 2018, on 1Life ownership history. The net federal operating losses carryforwards of $124,304 and state and local net operating loss carryforwards of $133,161 generated by 1Life are not expected to expire unutilized as a result of ownership changes identified through December 31, 2018.

The Company has analyzed its filing positions in all significant Federal and State jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns, as well as open tax years in these jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Company had no uncertain tax positions. The Company’s tax returns continue to remain subject to examination by U.S. federal and state taxing authorities for effectively all years since inception due to net operating loss carryforwards.

 

18.

Net Loss Per Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. Stockholders

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’ was calculated as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017     2018     2018     2019  
                 (unaudited)  

Numerator:

        

Net loss

   $ (31,686   $ (45,501   $ (26,874   $ (34,177

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (889     (1,086     (888     (1,049
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’

   $ (30,797   $ (44,415   $ (25,986   $ (33,128
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     15,002,472       16,735,541       16,388,617       18,371,298  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’—basic and diluted

   $ (2.05   $ (2.65   $ (1.59   $ (1.80
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

The Company’s potentially dilutive securities, which include stock options, unvested restricted stock, redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share. Therefore, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’ is the same. The Company excluded the following potential common shares, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’ for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2017      2018      2018      2019  
                   (unaudited)  

Options to purchase common stock

     23,826,773        21,503,995        23,344,926        24,036,191  

Warrants to purchase common stock

     150,000        —          —          —    

Unvested restricted common stock

     2,083        —          —          —    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (as converted to common stock)

     68,326,054        86,251,669        86,251,669        86,251,669  

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock (as converted to common stock)

     899,741        673,241        673,241        673,241  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     93,204,651        108,428,905        110,259,836        110,961,101  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share Attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. Stockholders

The Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders’ for the year ended December 31, 2018 and nine months ended September 30, 2019 (unaudited) has been prepared to give effect to the following adjustments immediately upon the completion of the Company’s planned IPO (i) the automatic conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, and (ii) all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock becoming warrants to purchase shares of common stock, both (i) and (ii) as if the qualified IPO had occurred on the later of January 1, 2018 or the issuance date of the redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,

2019
 
     (unaudited)  

Numerator:

    

Net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

   $ (44,415   $ (33,128

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     1,877       2,226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders

   $ (42,538   $ (30,902
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted

     16,735,541       18,371,298  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect automatic conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon completion of the IPO

     74,928,508       86,251,669  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding — basic and diluted

     91,664,049       104,622,967  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. stockholders — basic and diluted

   $ (0.46   $ (0.30
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

19.

Commitments and Contingencies

Indemnification Agreements

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnification of varying scope and terms to vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of such agreements or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with members of its Board of Directors and executive officers that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is, in many cases, unlimited. As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited), the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications.

Legal Matters

In May 2018, two former members filed a class action complaint against the Company in the Superior Court of California for the County of San Francisco, or the Court, alleging that the Company made certain

 

F-49


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

misrepresentations resulting in them paying the Annual Membership Fee, or AMF in violation of California’s Consumers Legal Remedies Act, California’s False Advertising Law and California’s Unfair Competition Law, and seeking damages and injunctive relief. In September 2018, the Company filed a motion to compel the plaintiffs to individually arbitrate their claims, which motion was granted as to one plaintiff and denied as to the other. The Company is appealing the denial of its motion to compel arbitration and filed its appellate brief in November 2019. In light of, among other things, the early stage of the litigation, the Company is unable to make an estimate of the amount or range of loss, if any, that could result from an unfavorable outcome. Legal fees, net of amounts recoverable from the Company’s insurance provider, have been recorded as general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Additional attorney’s fees in excess of those covered will be expensed as incurred.

In addition, from time to time, the Company has been and may be involved in various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company currently believes that the outcome of these legal proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Sales and Use Tax

During 2017 and 2018, a state jurisdiction engaged in an audit of 1Life’s sales and use tax records applicable to that jurisdiction from March 2011 through February 2017. As of December 31, 2018, the Company estimated a probable loss from the audit and recorded the estimate in accrued expenses related to one aspect of the finding, including interest and penalties. The Company disputes the other finding representing the majority of the state’s proposed audit change and has filed a notice of appeal. At this time, while the Company believes it has a compelling basis to dispute the audit finding, it is not able to estimate the amount of loss or range of loss, if any, related to this matter.

Employee Benefit Plan

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted a 401(k) plan that is available to all full-time employees over the age of 18, who have been employed at least three months with the Company. Eligible employees may contribute up to 60% of their annual compensation to the 401(k) plan, subject to limitations imposed by federal income tax regulations. The Company matches 50% of the first 3% of amounts contributed by employees. The Company’s contribution was $1,371, $1,764, $1,276 and $2,600 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively.

 

20.

Related Party Transactions

Certain of the Company’s investors are also customers of the Company. The Company recognized revenue under contractual obligations from such customers of $2,112 and $22,273 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively, and $15,984 and $19,801 for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 (unaudited), respectively. The Company had outstanding receivable balances of $0, $4,222 and $4,948 from such customers as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019 (unaudited).

 

21.

Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated all subsequent events through October 18, 2019, the date these consolidated financial statements were available for issuance.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

In September 2019, the Company granted to certain directors, officers, employees and consultants options to purchase an aggregate of 1,169,680 shares of common stock.

 

22.

Subsequent Events (unaudited)

Management has evaluated all subsequent events through November 26, 2019, the date the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were available for issuance.

Subsequent to September 30, 2019 through January 21, 2020, the Company granted to certain directors, officers and employees options to purchase an aggregate of 4,302,829 shares of common stock and an aggregate of 271,251 restricted stock units.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO

One medical


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

     Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 41,796  

FINRA filing fee

     48,800  

Exchange listing fee

     295,000  

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     1,760,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     1,950,000  

Transfer agent’s fees and expenses

     6,500  

Printing and engraving expenses

     307,000  

Miscellaneous

     590,904  
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ 5,000,000  
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the closing of this offering permits indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the closing of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers and permit us to indemnify our employees and other agents, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of 1Life Healthcare, Inc., provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act that might be incurred by any director or officer in his or her capacity as such.

The underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, pursuant to the underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, to indemnify us, our officers and our directors against liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold since January 1, 2016.

 

  1.

From January 2016 through the date of this registration statement, we granted to certain of our directors, executive officers and employees options to purchase 30,994,166 shares of common stock, with per share exercise prices ranging from $4.01 to $15.00, and 271,251 restricted stock units to be settled in shares of our common stock, with a grant date fair value of $15.00 per restricted stock unit, in each case under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

  2.

From January 2016 through the date of this registration statement, we issued and sold an aggregate of 6,446,761 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan and 2017 Equity Incentive Plan at per share exercise prices ranging from $0.12 to $7.93, for an aggregate exercise price of $22.3 million.

 

  3.

In August 2018, we issued and sold an aggregate of 17,699,115 shares of Series I preferred stock to an accredited investor at a purchase price of $12.43 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $220 million.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Unless otherwise specified above, we believe these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (and Regulation D promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or under benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed on the share certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1   

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1*   

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.

  3.2   

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.

  3.3*   

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.

  3.4   

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the closing of this offering.

  4.1   

Form of common stock certificate of the Registrant.

  5.1   

Opinion of Cooley LLP.

10.1   

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated January 15, 2020, by and among the Registrant and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto.

10.2+*   

2007 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

10.3+*   

Forms of Option Agreement, Stock Option Grant Notice and Notice of Exercise under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.4+   

2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

10.5+*   

Forms of Option Agreement, Stock Option Grant Notice and Notice of Exercise under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.6+   

2020 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibit

10.7+   

Forms of Option Agreement, Stock Option Grant Notice and Notice of Exercise under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.8+   

Forms of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan.

10.9+   

2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

10.10+*   

Executive Annual Incentive Plan.

10.11+   

Form of Indemnification Agreement, by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.

10.12*   

Warrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated February 26, 2010.

10.13*   

Warrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated June 28, 2011.

10.14*   

Warrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated January 30, 2013.

10.15*   

Warrant issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated January 26, 2015.

10.16*   

Form of Warrant to purchase Series G preferred stock.

10.17   

Employment Agreement, dated June  27, 2017, by and between the Registrant and Amir Dan Rubin, as amended on January 17, 2020.

10.18+*   

Offer Letter, dated March 7, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Kimber D. Lockhart.

10.19+*   

Physician Employment Agreement, dated August 1, 2007, by and between One Medical Group, Inc. (previously Apollo Medical Group) and Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D.

10.20+*   

Provider Stock Option Program and Advisory Services Agreement, dated October 28, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Andrew S. Diamond, M.D., Ph.D.

10.21*   

Office Lease, dated September 25, 2018, by and between the Registrant and One Embarcadero Center Venture.

10.22*   

First Amendment to Office Lease, dated June 17, 2019, by and between the Registrant and One Embarcadero Center Venture.

10.23*   

Form of Administrative Services Agreement by and between the Registrant and its affiliated professional entities.

10.24*   

Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated January 26, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended on October 18, 2016, January 12, 2017 and April 29, 2019.

10.25†*   

Inbound Services Agreement, dated August 18, 2017, by and between the Registrant and Google Inc.

10.26+    1Life Healthcare, Inc. Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan.
10.27+*    Offer Letter, dated February 14, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Bjorn B. Thaler.
10.28+*    Offer Letter, dated October 16, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Lisa A. Mango.
23.1   

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

23.2   

Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1*   

Power of Attorney (see signature page to the original filing of this registration statement on Form S-1).

 

*

Previously filed

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted as the Registrant has determined that the omitted information (i) is not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Registrant if publicly disclosed.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Francisco, State of California, on January 21, 2020.

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Amir Dan Rubin

 

Amir Dan Rubin

 

Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Amir Dan Rubin

Amir Dan Rubin

  

Chair, Chief Executive Officer and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

January 21, 2020

/s/ Bjorn B. Thaler

Bjorn B. Thaler

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

January 21, 2020

*

Paul R. Auvil

  

Director

 

January 21, 2020

*

Mark S. Blumenkranz, M.D.

  

Director

 

January 21, 2020

*

Bruce W. Dunlevie

  

Director

 

January 21, 2020

*

Kalen F. Holmes, Ph.D.

  

Director

 

January 21, 2020

*

David P. Kennedy

  

Director

 

January 21, 2020

*

Freda Lewis-Hall, M.D.

  

Director

 

January 21, 2020

*

Robert R. Schmidt

  

Director

 

January 21, 2020

*

David B. Singer

  

Director

 

January 21, 2020

 

*By  

/s/ Amir Dan Rubin

Amir Dan Rubin

Attorney-in-fact

 

II-5

Exhibit 1.1

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

[    ] Shares of Common Stock

Underwriting Agreement

January [    ], 2020

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

As Representatives of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1Life Healthcare, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of [__] shares of common stock, par value $[__] per share, of the Company (the “Underwritten Shares”) and, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional [__] shares of common stock of the Company (the “Option Shares”). The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares”. The shares of common stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Stock”.

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (the “Directed Share Underwriter”) has agreed to reserve a portion of the Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement, up to [__] Shares, for sale to certain of the Company’s contractors and consultants and other parties related to the Company (collectively, “Participants”), as set forth in the Prospectus (as hereinafter defined) under the heading “Underwriting” (the “Directed Share Program”). The Shares to be sold by the Directed Share Underwriter and its affiliates pursuant to the Directed Share Program are referred to hereinafter as the “Directed Shares”. Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participant by [             ] [A/P].M., New York City time on the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.

 

1.


The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

1. Registration Statement. The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement (File No. 333-235792), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex A, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated January 21, 2020 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex A hereto.

“Applicable Time” means [__] P.M., New York City time, on January [__], 2020.

2. Purchase of the Shares.

(a) The Company agrees to issue and sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this underwriting agreement (this “Agreement”), and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase at a price per share of $[__] (the “Purchase Price”) from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto.

In addition, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Company the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares.

 

2.


If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 10 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.

The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date nor later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof). Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein; provided that notice may be given one business day prior to the date and time of delivery in the event the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for on the Closing Date.

(b) The Company understands that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.

(c) Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP at 10:00 A.M. New York City time on February [__], 2020, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares. The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date”, and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date”.

Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request in writing not later than two full business days prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

 

3.


(d) The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Representatives and the other Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company or any other person. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Company shall consult with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither the Representatives nor the other Underwriters shall have any responsibility or liability to the Company with respect thereto. Any review by the Representatives and the other Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Company.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

(a) Preliminary Prospectus. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(b) Pricing Disclosure Package. The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof. No statement of material fact included in the Prospectus has been omitted from the Pricing Disclosure Package and no statement of material fact included in the Pricing Disclosure Package that is required to be included in the Prospectus has been omitted therefrom.

 

4.


(c) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives. Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(d) Emerging Growth Company. From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

(e) Testing-the-Waters Materials. The Company has (i) not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communications other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications by virtue of a writing substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Company has not distributed or approved for distribution any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Annex B hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication”

 

5.


means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication prepared or authorized by the Company does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(f) Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and as of the Closing Date and any Additional Closing Date, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not as of the applicable effective date and will not as of the Closing Date and any Additional Closing Date, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(b) hereof.

(g) Financial Statements. The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of the Company and each of its consolidated entities, consisting of the professional corporations listed on Exhibit F hereto (the Company and such entities, collectively, the “One Medical Entities”) included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the One Medical Entities as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, except in the case of unaudited interim financial

 

6.


statements, which are subject to normal year-end adjustments and do not contain certain footnotes as permitted by the applicable rules of the Commission, and any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects, the information required to be stated therein; the other financial information of the One Medical Entities included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the One Medical Entities and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby; and all disclosures included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (together with the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, the “Exchange Act”) and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act, to the extent applicable.

(h) No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, and the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), short-term debt or long-term debt of the One Medical Entities, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the One Medical Entities, taken as a whole; (ii) none of the One Medical Entities have entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the One Medical Entities taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the One Medical Entities taken as a whole; and (iii) the One Medical Entities have not sustained any loss or interference with its business that is material to the One Medical Entities taken as a whole and that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(i) Organization and Good Standing. The One Medical Entities have been duly organized and are validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations or prospects of the One

 

7.


Medical Entities taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”). The Company does not have any subsidiaries; the entities listed on Exhibit F are the only entities consolidated for purposes of the Company’s financial statements prepared under GAAP and for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(j) Capitalization. The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of the other One Medical Entities, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company or any of the other One Medical Entities, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and, (i) to the knowledge of the Company, all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each of the One Medical Entities (other than the Company) have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable, and (ii) each administrative services agreement between the Company and each other One Medical Entity existing as of the date hereof and as of each Closing Date, has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and is in full force and effect.

(k) Stock Options. With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the Company’s stock-based compensation plans (the “Company Stock Plans”), (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in all material respects, in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans, the Exchange Act and all other applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, including the rules of any exchange on which Company securities may be traded, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company. The Company has not knowingly granted, and there is no and has been no policy or practice of the Company of granting, Stock Options prior to, or otherwise coordinating the grant of Stock Options with, the release or other public announcement of material information regarding the One Medical Entities or their results of operations or prospects.

 

8.


(l) Due Authorization. The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.

(m) Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(n) The Shares. The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized by the Company and, when issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable and will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

(o) Descriptions of the Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(p) No Violation or Default. None of the One Medical Entities is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which any One Medical Entity is a party or by which any One Medical Entity is bound or to which any property or asset of any One Medical Entity is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over any One Medical Entity, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(q) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, result in the termination, modification or acceleration of, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property, right or asset of any One Medical Entity pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which any One Medical Entity is a party or by which any One Medical Entity is bound or to which any property, right or asset of any One Medical Entity is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of any One Medical Entity or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, lien, charge or encumbrance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.


(r) No Consents Required. No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.

(s) Legal Proceedings. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings (“Actions”) pending to which any One Medical Entity is or, to the knowledge of the Company, may be expected to be a party or to which any property of any One Medical Entity is or, to the knowledge of the Company, may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the One Medical Entities, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; no such Actions are overtly threatened or, to the knowledge of the Company, contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others; and (i) there are no current or pending Actions that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(t) Independent Accountants. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its consolidated entities, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

(u) Title to Real and Personal Property. The One Medical Entities have good and marketable title in fee simple (in the case of real property) to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property that are material to the respective businesses of the One Medical Entities, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the One Medical Entities or (ii) could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10.


(v) Intellectual Property. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) the One Medical Entities own or possess adequate, valid and enforceable rights to use all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names and other source indicators, copyrights and copyrightable works, know-how (including trade secrets, data and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), software, proprietary or confidential information and all other worldwide intellectual property and proprietary rights (including all registrations and applications for registration of, and all goodwill associated with, the foregoing) (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) used in, or necessary for, the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (ii) the One Medical Entities’ conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has not infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any Intellectual Property of any person; (iii) there is no claim, action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending against, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against, any One Medical Entity (A) based upon, or challenging or seeking to deny or restrict, any rights of any One Medical Entity in any Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to any One Medical Entity, (B) challenging the ownership, validity, enforceability or scope of any Intellectual Property owned or controlled by any One Medical Entity, or (C) alleging that any One Medical Entity has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any Intellectual Property of any person; and (iv) to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property of the One Medical Entities has not been infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by any person; (v) none of the Intellectual Property owned or controlled by any One Medical Entity has been adjudged invalid or unenforceable and, to the knowledge of the Company, all Intellectual Property owned or controlled by the One Medical Entities is valid and enforceable; and (vi) the One Medical Entities have taken reasonable steps in accordance with normal industry practice to maintain the confidentiality of all Intellectual Property of the One Medical Entities the value of which to the One Medical Entities is contingent upon maintaining the confidentiality thereof, and, to the knowledge of the Company, no such Intellectual Property has been disclosed other than to employees, representatives and agents of the Company, all of whom are bound by written confidentiality agreements.

(w) No Undisclosed Relationships. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among any of the One Medical Entities, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers, suppliers or other affiliates of any One Medical Entity, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in each of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.

(x) Investment Company Act. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”).

 

11.


(y) Taxes. The One Medical Entities have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes, except for any tax that is being contested in good faith and for which reserves, to the extent required by GAAP, have been created in the financial statements of the One Medical Entities, and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof, except for any failure to pay or file that would not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as otherwise disclosed in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the One Medical Entities or any of their respective properties or assets that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(z) Licenses and Permits. Each One Medical Entity possesses all licenses, sub-licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, none of the One Medical Entities has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except where such revocation, modification or nonrenewal would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(aa) No Labor Disputes. No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of any One Medical Entity exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of the One Medical Entities’ principal suppliers or contractors or, solely with respect to the Company, its customers, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the One Medical Entities has received any notice of cancellation or termination with respect to any collective bargaining agreement to which it is a party.

(bb) Certain Environmental Matters. (i) The One Medical Entities (x) are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and other legally enforceable requirements relating to pollution or the protection of human health or safety, the environment, natural resources, hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental Laws”); (y) have received and are in compliance with all, and have not violated any, permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under

 

12.


applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (z) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability or obligation under or relating to, or any actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice, and (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the One Medical Entities, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (x) there is no proceeding that is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated, against any One Medical Entity under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceeding regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed, (y) the One Medical Entities are not aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws or concerning hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the One Medical Entities, and (z) none of the One Medical Entities anticipate material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws.

(cc) Hazardous Materials. There has been no storage, generation, transportation, use, handling, treatment, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials by, relating to or caused by the One Medical Entities (or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other entity (including any predecessor) for whose acts or omissions any of the One Medical Entities is or could reasonably be expected to be liable) at, on, under or from any property or facility now or previously owned, operated or leased by any One Medical Entity, or at, on, under or from any other property or facility, in material violation of any Environmental Laws or in a manner or amount or to a location that could reasonably be expected to result in any material liability under any Environmental Law. “Hazardous Materials” means any material, chemical, substance, waste, pollutant, contaminant, compound, mixture, or constituent thereof, in any form or amount, including petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and petroleum products, natural gas liquids, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, naturally occurring radioactive materials, brine, and drilling mud, regulated or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law. “Release” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, or migrating in, into or through the environment, or in, into, from or through any building or structure.

(dd) Compliance with ERISA. (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA or any entity that would be regarded as a single employer with the Company under Section 414(b),(c),(m)

 

13.


or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no Plan has failed (whether or not waived), or is reasonably expected to fail, to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code) applicable to such Plan; (iv) no Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, in “at risk status” (within the meaning of Section 303(i) of ERISA) and no Plan that is a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA is in “endangered status” or “critical status” (within the meaning of Sections 304 and 305 of ERISA); (v) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (vi) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification; (vii) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (viii) none of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (A) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the Company or its Controlled Group affiliates in the current fiscal year of the Company and its Controlled Group affiliates compared to the amount of such contributions made in the Company’s and its Controlled Group affiliates’ most recently completed fiscal year, or (B) a material increase in the “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715-60) of the One Medical Entities compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year, other than, with respect to clause (viii)(A) and (B) hereof, as a result of a change by the Internal Revenue Service to the mortality tables prescribed under Section 430(h)(3) of the Code; except in each case with respect to the events or conditions set forth in (i) through (viii) hereof, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ee) Disclosure Controls. The Company maintains an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

14.


(ff) Accounting Controls. The Company maintains a system of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Company maintains internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Based on the Company’s most recent evaluation of its internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Rule 13a-15(c) of the Exchange Act, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no material weaknesses in the Company’s internal controls have been identified. The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting known to the Company’s management that have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

(gg) Insurance. The One Medical Entities have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as the Company reasonably believes are adequate to protect the One Medical Entities and their respective businesses; and none of the One Medical Entities has (i) received actual notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business in all material respects.

(hh) Cybersecurity. The One Medical Entities’ information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, and databases (including all data of their respective employees, vendors, customers, members and any other third party data maintained by or on behalf of the One Medical Entities) (collectively, “IT Systems”) are in the Company’s reasonable belief, adequate for, and operate and perform as required in connection with the operation of the business of the One Medical Entities, free and clear of all bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The One Medical Entities have implemented

 

15.


and maintained all commercially reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards necessary to maintain and protect their material confidential information and the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of all IT Systems and data (including all personal, personally identifiable, household sensitive, confidential or regulated data (including protected health information) (“Personal Data”)) collected, used or otherwise processed in connection with their businesses, and there have been no breaches, violations, outages or unauthorized uses of or accesses to same, nor any incidents under internal review or investigations relating to the same, except as would not be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) Privacy. (i) The One Medical Entities have complied in all material respects with all internal and external privacy policies, contractual obligations, industry standards and applicable state and federal laws (including without limitation the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and the California Consumer Privacy Act), statutes, judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or other governmental or regulatory authority, in each case regarding the security of IT Systems and regarding the collection, use, transfer, import, export, storage, protection, disposal and disclosure by any One Medical Entity of Personal Data (“Data Security Obligations”); (ii) none of the One Medical Entities have received any notification of or complaint regarding, or are aware of any other facts that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably indicate non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation, except as would not be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) there is no pending, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body pending or threatened alleging non-compliance with any Data Security Obligation. To the knowledge of the Company, there has been no unauthorized access to such Personal Data, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The One Medical Entities have made all disclosures to users or customers required by applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, and no such disclosures have been inaccurate or in violation of any applicable laws or regulatory rules and requirements, except in each such case as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The One Medical Entities have taken all actions reasonably necessary to comply with all applicable state and federal laws and regulations with respect to Personal Data that have been announced as of the date hereof, for which any noncompliance would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(jj) Software. (i) The One Medical Entities use and have used any and all software and other materials distributed under a “free,” “open source,” or similar licensing model (including but not limited to the MIT License, Apache License, GNU General Public License, GNU Lesser General Public License and GNU Affero General Public License) (“Open Source Software”) in material compliance with all license terms applicable to such Open Source Software; and (ii) none of the One Medical Entities uses or distributes or have used or distributed any Open Source Software in any manner that, to the knowledge of the Company, requires or has required (A) any One Medical Entity to permit reverse engineering of any software code or other technology owned by a One Medical Entity or (B) any software code or other technology owned by a One Medical Entity to be (1) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (2) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works or (3) redistributed at no charge.

 

16.


(kk) No Unlawful Payments. None of the One Medical Entities nor any director or officer of the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any officer of any One Medical Entity (other than the Company), employee of any One Medical Entity, or any agent, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of a One Medical Entity has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (iv) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any unlawful rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit. The Company has instituted, maintained and enforced, and will continue to maintain and enforce, policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

(ll) Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the One Medical Entities are and have been conducted at all times in compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where any One Medical Entity conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any One Medical Entity with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(mm) No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws. None of the One Medical Entities or their respective directors or officers, or, to the knowledge of the Company, any employee, agent, controlled affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of any One Medical Entity is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government, (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”) or other

 

17.


relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is any One Medical Entity located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria (each, a “Sanctioned Country”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any of the One Medical Entities (other than the Company), subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. For the past five years, none of the One Medical Entities has knowingly engaged in, and is not now knowingly engaged in, any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.

(nn) No Restrictions on Transfers. None of the One Medical Entities (other than the Company) are currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from making any payments to the Company under its contractual obligations, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such entity from the Company or from transferring any of such entity’s properties or assets to the Company or any other consolidated variable interest entity of the Company.

(oo) No Broker’s Fees. None of the One Medical Entities is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

(pp) No Registration Rights. No person has the right to require the Company or any of the other One Medical Entities to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission or the issuance and sale of the Shares, except as has been waived or disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(qq) No Stabilization. Without giving effect to any of the activities of the Underwriters, none of the One Medical Entities has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

(rr) Margin Rules. Neither the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares nor the application of the proceeds thereof by the Company as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.

 

18.


(ss) Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included in any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

(tt) Statistical and Market Data. Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

(uu) Sarbanes-Oxley Act. There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.

(vv) Status under the Securities Act. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act. The Company has paid the registration fee for this offering pursuant to Rule 456(b)(1) under the Securities Act or will pay such fee within the time period required by such rule (without giving effect to the proviso therein) and in any event prior to the Closing Date.

(ww) No Ratings. There are (and prior to the Closing Date, will be) no debt securities, convertible securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by the One Medical Entities that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act.

(xx) Directed Share Program. The Company represents and warrants that (i) the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses comply in all material respects, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply in all material respects, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program, and that (ii) no authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration or qualification of or with any government, governmental instrumentality or court, other than such as have been obtained, is necessary under the securities laws and regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Directed Shares are offered outside the United States. The Company has not offered, or caused the underwriters to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

 

19.


(yy) Healthcare Laws. To the knowledge of the Company, there are no state or federal healthcare laws which are applicable to the One Medical Entities which as of this date are material to the businesses of the One Medical Entities which are not described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus. To the knowledge of the Company, none of the One Medical Entities have received any written notice from any governmental or regulatory authority of potential or actual material non-compliance by, or liability of, the Company or any of the its affiliated professional entities under any Healthcare Laws, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4. Further Agreements of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a) Required Filings. The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and the Company will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

(b) Delivery of Copies. The Company will deliver, if requested and without charge, (i) to the Representatives, three signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request. As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.

(c) Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Before making, preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not make, prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object.

 

20.


(d) Notice to the Representatives. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing, (which may be delivered by electronic mail) (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning any Testing-the-Waters Communication; (v) of the issuance by the Commission or any other governmental or regulatory authority of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company gains knowledge thereof; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

(e) Ongoing Compliance. (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriters

 

21.


thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with applicable law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with applicable law, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with applicable law.

(f) Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

(g) Earning Statement. The Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earning statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement; provided that the Company will be deemed to have furnished such statements to its security holders and the Representatives to the extent such statements are filed on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”).

(h) Clear Market. For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Restricted Period”), the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or submit to, or file with, the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to undertake any

 

22.


of the foregoing, (other than filings on Form S-8 relating to the Company’s Stock Plans as currently in effect or as may be in effect upon the Closing Date) or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, other than (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (B) any options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units or other equity awards granted under Stock Plans of the Company, or pursuant to individual agreements between the Company and certain members of its management, in each case as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (C) any shares of Stock of the Company or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Stock of the Company issued upon (i) the conversion of securities outstanding on the date hereof and disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (ii) the exercise or settlement of options or other equity awards granted under Stock Plans of the Company, or pursuant to individual agreements between the Company and certain members of its management, in each case as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus) and (D) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock in an aggregate amount not to exceed 5% of the Company’s Common Stock outstanding immediately following the issuance of the Shares to the Underwriters as contemplated by this Agreement in connection with mergers, acquisitions or strategic transactions with an unaffiliated third party (including, without limitation, joint ventures, marketing or distribution arrangements, collaboration agreements and intellectual property license agreements); provided that in the case of clauses (B), (C) and (D) above, the recipients of such securities shall execute and deliver (if a lock-up agreement has not previously been delivered by such recipient) a lock-up agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto for the remainder of the Restricted Period.

If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(m) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(i) Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of proceeds”.

(j) No Stabilization. None of the One Medical Entities will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

 

23.


(k) Exchange Listing. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to list for quotation the Shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (the “Nasdaq”).

(l) Reports. Until the third anniversary of the date hereof, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided that the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on EDGAR.

(m) Record Retention. The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

(n) Filings. The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(o) Directed Share Program. The Company will comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

(p) Emerging Growth Company. The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the Restricted Period.

(q) Transfer Restrictions. The Company will enforce the terms of all existing agreements, plans and arrangements restricting the transfer by any holder of such holder’s shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (the “Securities”) following the offering of the Shares contemplated hereby. The Company will issue stop-transfer instructions to the transfer agent with respect to any transaction that would constitute a breach of, or default under, such provisions. During the Restricted Period, the Company will enforce, and not waive or amend, such stop-transfer instructions and any transfer restriction, including any “market standoff,” “holdback” or similar agreement or provision, applicable to any Securities unless the Company shall have obtained the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC; provided that this Section 4(q) shall not prohibit the Company from effecting such a waiver or amendment to permit a transfer of securities which is permissible under the terms of the lock-up letters described in Section 6(m).

5. Certain Agreements of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter hereby severally represents and agrees that:

(a) It has not used, authorized use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the

 

24.


Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included (including through incorporation by reference) in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex A or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show approved in advance by the Company), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).

(b) It has not used and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission; provided that Underwriters may use a term sheet substantially in the form of Annex C hereto without the consent of the Company; provided further that any Underwriter using such term sheet shall notify the Company, and provide a copy of such term sheet to the Company, prior to, or substantially concurrently with, the first use of such term sheet.

(c) It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).

6. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) Registration Compliance; No Stop Order. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 4(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.

(b) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

25.


(c) No Material Adverse Change. No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(h) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(d) Officers’ Certificate. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate of the chief executive officer, chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that such officers have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officers, the representations set forth in Sections 3(b) and 3(d) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a) and (c) above.

(e) Comfort Letters. On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than two business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(f) Certificate of Chief Financial Officer. On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, of its chief financial officer with respect to certain financial data contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives and substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit E hereto.

(g) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company. Cooley LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

 

26.


(h) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement, addressed to the Underwriters, of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(i) Opinion of Regulatory Counsel for the Company. Ropes & Gray LLP, regulatory counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

(j) No Legal Impediment to Issuance and Sale. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares.

(k) Good Standing. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, reasonably satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company in its jurisdictions of organization and its good standing in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

(l) Exchange Listing. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq, subject to official notice of issuance.

(m) Lock-up Agreements. The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, between the Representatives and certain shareholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to the Representatives on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(n) Certificate Regarding Beneficial Ownership. The Representatives shall have received, prior to the date of this Agreement, properly completed and executed Certifications Regarding Beneficial Ownership of Legal Entity Customers, together with copies of identifying documentation.

 

27.


(o) Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

7. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) Indemnification of the Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented legal fees and other reasonable and documented expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in paragraph (b) below.

(b) Indemnification of the Company. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in Section 7(a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (including reasonable and documented legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred and documented in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or claim asserted) that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the

 

28.


Representative expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”, the information contained in the thirteenth, fourteenth and fifteenth paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting” relating to distributions, price stabilization, short positions and penalty bids.

(c) Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying

 

29.


Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) or (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Limitation on Liability. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (d) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to

 

30.


include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable and documented legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (d) and (e), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.

(f) Non-Exclusive Remedies. The remedies provided for in this Section 7paragraphs (a) through (e) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

(g) Directed Share Program Indemnification. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Directed Share Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Directed Share Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each a “Directed Share Underwriter Entity”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented fees and other reasonable and documented expenses incurred in connection with defending or investigating any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of the Directed Share Underwriter Entities.

(h) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Directed Share Underwriter Entity in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to paragraph (g) above, the Directed Share Underwriter Entity seeking indemnity shall promptly notify the Company in writing and the Company, upon request of the Directed Share Underwriter Entity, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Directed Share Underwriter Entity to represent the Directed Share Underwriter Entity and any others the Company may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Directed Share Underwriter Entity shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Directed Share Underwriter Entity unless (i) the Company and such Directed Share Underwriter Entity shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel, (ii) the Company has failed within a reasonable time to retain

 

31.


counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Directed Share Underwriter Entity, (iii) the Directed Share Underwriter Entity shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company or (iv) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and the Directed Share Underwriter Entity and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The Company shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Directed Share Underwriter Entities in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Directed Share Underwriter Entities. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent, the Company agrees to indemnify the Directed Share Underwriter Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time any Directed Share Underwriter Entity shall have requested the Company to reimburse such Directed Share Underwriter Entity for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the Company agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by the Company of the aforesaid request and (ii) the Company shall not have reimbursed such Directed Share Underwriter Entity in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Directed Share Underwriter, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Directed Share Underwriter Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Directed Share Underwriter Entity, unless (x) such settlement includes an unconditional release of the Directed Share Underwriter Entities from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of the Directed Share Underwriter Entity.

(i) To the extent the indemnification provided for in paragraph (g) above is unavailable to a Directed Share Underwriter Entity or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the Company in lieu of indemnifying the Directed Share Underwriter Entity thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Directed Share Underwriter Entity as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (1) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter Entities on the other hand from the offering of the Directed Shares or (2) if the allocation provided by clause 7(i)(1) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 7(i)(1) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Directed Share Underwriter Entities on the other hand in connection with any statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter Entities on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Directed Share Underwriter Entities for the Directed Shares, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Directed Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by an untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact

 

32.


or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter Entities on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement or the omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Directed Share Underwriter Entities and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(j) The Company and the Directed Share Underwriter Entities agree that it would be not just or equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (i) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Directed Share Underwriter Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (i) above. The amount paid or payable by the Directed Share Underwriter Entities as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Directed Share Underwriter Entities in connection with investigating or defending such any action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (i) above, no Directed Share Underwriter Entity shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Directed Share Underwriter Entity has otherwise been required to pay. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in paragraphs (g) through (j) are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(k) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in paragraphs (g) through (j) shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Directed Share Underwriter Entity or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Directed Shares.

8. Effectiveness of Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above.

9. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on or prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, on or prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

33.


10. Defaulting Underwriter.

(a) If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 7 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

 

34.


(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

11. Payment of Expenses.

(a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters); (v) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (vii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA; provided that the aggregate amount payable by the Company pursuant to clauses (iv) and (vii) shall not exceed $40,000; (viii) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors; provided, however, that the Underwriters shall pay 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with such “road show” (it being understood that the use of any chartered aircraft shall be expressly approved by the Company), (x) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the Nasdaq and (xi) all of the fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program.

(b) If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9, (ii) the Company for any reason fails to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters (other than by reason of a default by any Underwriter) or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby.

12. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to herein, and the affiliates of each Underwriter referred to in Section 7 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.

 

35.


13. Survival. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriters or the directors, officers, controlling persons or affiliates referred to in Section 7 hereof.

14. Certain Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and (d) the term “significant subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.

15. Compliance with USA Patriot Act. In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

16. Miscellaneous.

(a) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358); Attention Equity Syndicate Desk; c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department. Notices to the Company shall be given to it at 1Life Healthcare, Inc., One Embarcadero Center, Suite 1900, San Francisco, California 94111, Attn: General Counsel, email: notices@onemedical.com.

(b) Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(c) Submission to Jurisdiction. The Company hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit or proceeding in such courts. The Company agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which Company is subject by a suit upon such judgment.

 

36.


(d) Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

(e) Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(i) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(ii) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

As used in this Section 16(e):

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

37.


(g) Amendments or Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(h) Headings. The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

38.


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

Very truly yours,

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Accepted: As of the date first written above

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

Each for itself and on behalf of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
  Name:
  Title:

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

 

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
  Name:
  Title:


Schedule 1

 

Underwriter

  

Number of

Shares

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC   
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC   
Allen & Company LLC   
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.   
Piper Sandler & Co.   
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC   
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.   
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated   
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.   
Total   


Annex A

 

a.

Pricing Disclosure Package

[None]

 

b.

Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters

Underwritten Shares: [__] shares

Option Shares: [__] shares

Public Offering Price Per Share: $[__]


Annex B

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

[None]


ANNEX C

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

Pricing Term Sheet

[                ]


Exhibit A

EGC – Testing the waters authorization (to be delivered by the issuer to J.P. Morgan in email or letter form)

In reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), 1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Issuer”) hereby authorizes each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan”) and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“Morgan Stanley”), and the affiliates and respective employees of each, to engage on behalf of the Issuer in oral and written communications with potential investors that are “qualified institutional buyers”, as defined in Rule 144A under the Act, or institutions that are “accredited investors”, as defined in Regulation D under the Act, to determine whether such investors might have an interest in the Issuer’s contemplated initial public offering (“Testing-the-Waters Communications”). A “Written Testing-the Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act. Any Written Testing the Waters Communication shall be subject to prior approval by the Issuer’s Chief Financial Officer prior to its dissemination to a potential investor, provided however, that no such approval shall be required for any written communication that is administrative in nature (i.e. scheduling meetings) or that solely contains information already contained in a communication previously approved by the Issuer.

The Issuer represents that it is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (“Emerging Growth Company”) and agrees to promptly notify J.P. Morgan and Morgan Stanley in writing if the Issuer hereafter ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company while this authorization is in effect. If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Issuer will promptly notify J.P. Morgan and Morgan Stanley and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

Nothing in this authorization is intended to limit or otherwise affect the ability of J.P. Morgan, Morgan Stanley and the affiliates and respective employees of each, to engage in communications in which they could otherwise lawfully engage in the absence of this authorization, including, without limitation, any written communication containing only one or more of the statements specified under Rule 134(a) under the Act. This authorization shall remain in effect until the Issuer has provided to J.P. Morgan and Morgan Stanley a written notice revoking this authorization. All notices as described herein shall be sent by email to the attention of Benjamin Burdett at benjamin.h.burdett@jpmorgan.com, Robert Shepardson at robert.shepardson@morganstanley.com and Ashley MacNeill at ashley.macneill@morganstanley.com, Alan F. Denenberg at alan.denenberg@davispolk.com and Donald K. Lang at donald.lang@davispolk.com.


Exhibit B

Form of Waiver of Lock-up

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

Public Offering of Common Stock

, 2020

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by 1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”) of ______ shares of common stock, $___ par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated__________________, 20__ (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated__________________, 20__, with respect to ______ shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”).

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective __________________, 20__; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

[Signature Page Follows]


Yours very truly,

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
Name:  
Title:  
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
Name:  
Title:  

cc: 1Life Healthcare, Inc.


Exhibit C

Form of Press Release

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

[Date]

1Life Healthcare, Inc. (“Company”) announced today that J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, the lead book-running manager in the Company’s recent public sale of shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on ____________________, 20__, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


Exhibit D

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

, 2019

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC

As Representatives of

the several Underwriters listed in

Schedule 1 to the Underwriting

Agreement referred to below

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10179

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

 

  Re:

1Life Healthcare, Inc. — Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with 1Life Healthcare, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”), of common stock, of the Company (the “Securities”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Securities, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (the “Representatives”) on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, and will not cause any direct or indirect affiliate to, in each case subject to the exceptions set forth in this letter agreement (this “Letter Agreement”) during the period beginning on the date of this letter agreement (this “Letter Agreement”) and ending at the close of business 180 days after the date of the prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”) (such period, the “Restricted Period”), (1)


offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock, $0.001 per share par value, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including without limitation, Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) (collectively with the Common Stock, the “Lock-Up Securities”), (2) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or any other Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Lock-Up Securities, or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing precludes the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transactions or arrangements (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) designed or intended, or which could reasonably be expected to lead to or result in, a sale or disposition (whether by the undersigned or someone other than the undersigned) or transfer of any economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. The undersigned further confirms that it has furnished the Representatives with the details of any transaction the undersigned, or any of its affiliates, is a party to as of the date hereof, which transaction would have been restricted by this Letter Agreement if it had been entered into by the undersigned during the Restricted Period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may:

(a) transfer the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities:

(i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, including, without limitation, to a charitable organization or educational institution, or for bona fide estate planning purposes,

(ii) by will, other testamentary document or intestacy,

(iii) to any member of the undersigned’s immediate family or to any trust or other legal entity for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, or if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust (for purposes of this Letter Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, current or former marriage, domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than first cousin),


(iv)(1) to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the undersigned and the immediate family of the undersigned are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests; (2) to a corporation, member, partner, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned; or (3) to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned or affiliates of the undersigned (including where the undersigned is a partnership, to a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by such partnership),

(v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (i) through (iv) above,

(vi) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity, as part of a distribution to members, stockholders, partners or equityholders of the undersigned or its affiliates (including a fund managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company as the undersigned or who shares a common investment advisor with the undersigned),

(vii) by operation of law, pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement or other final court order,

(viii) to the Company from an employee, independent contractor or service provider of the Company upon death, disability, termination of employment or cessation of services, in each case, of such employee, independent contractor or service provider,

(ix) in connection with a sale of the undersigned’s shares of Lock-Up Securities acquired in (1) the Public Offering or (2) open market transactions after the closing of the Public Offering,

(x) to the Company (1) in connection with the vesting, settlement, or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise), including for the payment of exercise price and tax withholdings or remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement, or exercise of such restricted stock units, options, warrants or rights, or (2) in connection with the conversion of any convertible preferred stock into shares of Common Stock, provided that any such shares of Common Stock received upon such exercise, vesting, settlement or conversion shall be subject to the terms of this Letter Agreement, and provided further that any such restricted stock units, options, warrants or rights described under subclause (1) above are held by the undersigned pursuant to an agreement or equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan, each such agreement or plan which is described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus,

(xi) pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock involving a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company (for purposes hereof, “Change of Control” shall mean the transfer


(whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), of shares of capital stock if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would beneficially own (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity)); provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction is not completed, the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities shall remain subject to the provisions of this Letter Agreement, or

[(xii) pursuant to any succession or similar arrangements entered into with the Company and affiliated professional corporations under which the Company may direct the transfer of Lock-Up Securities held by the undersigned to a transferee designated by the Company;]1

provided that,

(A) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) or (xii), each donee, devisee, transferee or distributee shall execute and deliver to the Representative a lock-up letter in substantially the form of this Letter Agreement,

(B) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a)(i), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (ix), no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor, transferee, distributer or distributee) under the Exchange Act, or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5, Schedule 13G or Schedule 13G/A, Schedule 13D or Schedule 13D/A, or Schedule 13F, each of which shall clearly indicate therein the nature and conditions of such transfer),

(C) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a)(ii), (x) or (xii), it shall be a condition to such transfer or distribution that any required filing under Section 16 or Section 13 of the Exchange Act, or other required public filing, report or announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock, shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer,

(D) in the case of clause (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) above, such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, and

(E) clause (A)(ix)(1) above shall not apply if the undersigned is an executive officer or director of the Company;

(b) enter into or establish trading plans by the undersigned pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Lock-Up Securities, if then permitted by the Company; provided that (1) such plans do not provide for the transfer of Lock-Up Securities during the Restricted Period and (2) no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or made voluntarily during the Restricted Period in connection with establishment of such trading plan;

 

1 

To be included in the lockup agreement of the Company’s Chief Medical Officer.


(c) receive from the Company shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of options or other rights granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan or program or pursuant to an individual award agreement between the Company and the undersigned, which plan, program or agreement is described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided, that (1) the shares of Common Stock received by the undersigned shall be subject to the provisions of this Letter Agreement and (2) no public announcement or filing relating to such receipt or transfer shall be required or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned except for reports required to be filed under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, which report shall include a statement to the effect that (x) the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause (c), (y) no shares of Common Stock were sold or transferred for value by the reporting person following such receipt and (z) the shares of Common Stock received by the undersigned upon exercise or settlement of the option or other right are subject to this Letter Agreement for the duration of the Restricted Period; and

(d) sell the Securities to be sold by the undersigned pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

If the undersigned is not a natural person, the undersigned represents and warrants that no single natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the common equity interests, or 50% or more of the voting power, in the undersigned.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Lock-Up Securities, the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service or such other means not prohibited by Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Rule 5131 (or any successor provision thereto) at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release or the date of such other means of announcement. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.


The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

The undersigned understands that, if (i) the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective by April 30, 2020, (ii) the Company shall advise the Representatives in writing prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering, (iii) the Registration Statement is withdrawn prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, or (iv) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, then upon the earliest to occur of any of clauses (i) through (iv) above, the undersigned shall automatically, and without any action on the part of any party, be released from all obligations under this Letter Agreement. The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this Letter Agreement.

This Letter Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Very truly yours,

 

IF AN INDIVIDUAL:       IF AN ENTITY:
By:                   

 

(duly authorized signature)       (please print complete name of entity)
Name:                      By:                
(please print full name)       (duly authorized signature)
        Name:                
        (please print full name)
Email Address:       Email Address:

 

     

 

Address:         Address:

 

     

 

 

     

 


Exhibit E

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER


Exhibit F

One Medical Professional Corporations

One Medical Group, Inc. (California)

One Medical of NY, P.C. (New York)

One Medical Group, P.C. (District of Columbia)

One Medical Labs, Inc. (California)

OMG Arizona, LLC (Arizona)

One Medical Group, P.C. (Massachusetts)

One Medical Group, P.C. (Virginia)

One Medical Group of Texas, P.A. (Texas)

OM Services PA (Florida)

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

Amir Dan Rubin hereby certifies that:

ONE:    The original name of this corporation is 1Life Healthcare, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was July 25, 2002.

TWO:    He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of 1Life Healthcare Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE:    The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.    

The name of this corporation is 1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”).

II.    

The address of the registered office of the Company is 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware 19904 and the name of the registered agent of the Company at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

III.    

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

IV.    

A.    This Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 1,010,000,000 shares. 1,000,000,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock, having a par value per share of $0.001. 10,000,000 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock, having a par value per share of $0.001.

B.    The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all or any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not

 

1


below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

C.    Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

V.    

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A.    MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

B.    ELECTION OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

1.    Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

2.    At any time that applicable law prohibits a classified board as described in Section B.1.(a) of this Article V, all directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

3.    No stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such stockholder is entitled unless required by applicable law at the time of such election. During such time or times that applicable law requires cumulative voting, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle

 

2


among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

4.    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

C.    REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

1.    Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

2.    Subject to any limitation imposed by applicable law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

D.    VACANCIES. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by applicable law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

E.    BYLAW AMENDMENTS.

1.    The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Company by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

2.    The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

3.    No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or electronic transmission.

 

3


4.    Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

5.    In the event that a member of the Board of Directors of the Company who is not an employee of the Company, or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of such member, other than someone who is an employee of the Company (collectively, the “Covered Persons”), acquires knowledge of any business opportunity matter, potential transaction, interest or other matter, unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in connection with such individual’s service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company (a “Corporate Opportunity”), then the Company, pursuant to Section 122(17) of the DGCL and to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under Delaware law, (i) renounces any expectancy that such Covered Person offer an opportunity to participate in such Corporate Opportunity to the Company and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, waives any claim that such opportunity constituted a Corporate Opportunity that should have been presented by such Covered Person to the Company or any of its affiliates. No amendment or repeal of this paragraph shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any officer, director or stockholder of the Company for or with respect to any opportunities of which such officer, director or stockholder becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal.

VI.    

A.    The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B.    To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

C.    Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

VII.    

Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (B) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Company or any stockholder to the Company or the Company’s stockholders; (C) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against the Company or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Company or any stockholder arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (as each may be amended from time to time); (D) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply,

 

4


enforce or determine the validity of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any right, obligation or remedy thereunder); (E) any action or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; (F) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or other employee of the Company or any stockholder, governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. This Article VII shall not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article VII.

VIII.    

A.    The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B. of this Article VIII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

B.    Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of applicable law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, VII and VIII.

* * * *

FOUR:    This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

FIVE:    This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the Company in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, 1Life Healthcare, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this 4th day of February, 2020.

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.
By:  

                                          

  Amir Dan Rubin
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

6

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         PAGE  

ARTICLE I OFFICES

     1  

Section 1.

 

Registered Office

     1  

Section 2.

 

Other Offices

     1  

ARTICLE II CORPORATE SEAL

     1  

Section 3.

 

Corporate Seal

     1  

ARTICLE III STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     1  

Section 4.

 

Place of Meetings

     1  

Section 5.

 

Annual Meetings

     1  

Section 6.

 

Special Meetings

     5  

Section 7.

 

Notice of Meetings

     6  

Section 8.

 

Quorum

     6  

Section 9.

 

Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings

     7  

Section 10.

 

Voting Rights

     7  

Section 11.

 

Joint Owners of Stock

     7  

Section 12.

 

List of Stockholders

     8  

Section 13.

 

Action Without Meeting

     8  

Section 14.

 

Organization

     8  

ARTICLE IV DIRECTORS

     9  

Section 15.

 

Number And Term Of Office

     9  

Section 16.

 

Powers

     9  

Section 17.

 

Board of Directors

     9  

Section 18.

 

Vacancies

     9  

Section 19.

 

Resignation

     10  

Section 20.

 

Removal

     10  

Section 21.

 

Meetings

     10  

Section 22.

 

Quorum and Voting

     11  

Section 23.

 

Action Without Meeting

     12  

Section 24.

 

Fees and Compensation

     12  

Section 25.

 

Committees

     12  

Section 26.

 

Lead Independent Director

     13  

Section 27.

 

Organization

     13  

 

i.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTINUED

 

         PAGE  

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

     14  

Section 28.

 

Officers Designated

     14  

Section 29.

 

Tenure And Duties Of Officers

     14  

Section 30.

 

Delegation Of Authority

     16  

Section 31.

 

Resignations

     16  

Section 32.

 

Removal

     16  

ARTICLE VI EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

     16  

Section 33.

 

Execution Of Corporate Instruments

     16  

Section 34.

 

Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation

     16  

ARTICLE VII SHARES OF STOCK

     17  

Section 35.

 

Form And Execution Of Certificates

     17  

Section 36.

 

Lost Certificates

     17  

Section 37.

 

Transfers

     17  

Section 38.

 

Fixing Record Dates

     17  

Section 39.

 

Registered Stockholders

     18  

ARTICLE VIII OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

     18  

Section 40.

 

Execution Of Other Securities

     18  

ARTICLE IX DIVIDENDS

     19  

Section 41.

 

Declaration Of Dividends

     19  

Section 42.

 

Dividend Reserve

     19  

ARTICLE X FISCAL YEAR

     19  

Section 43.

 

Fiscal Year

     19  

ARTICLE XI INDEMNIFICATION

     19  

Section 44.

 

Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents

     19  

ARTICLE XII NOTICES

     22  

Section 45.

 

Notices

     22  

ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENTS

     24  

Section 46.

 

Amendments

     24  

ARTICLE XIV LOANS TO OFFICERS

     24  

Section 47.

 

Loans To Officers

     24  

 

ii.


BYLAWS

OF

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.    Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent.

Section 2.    Other Offices. The corporation may also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3.    Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. If adopted, the corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4.    Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

Section 5.    Annual Meetings.

(a)    The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal

 

1.


of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1934 Act”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b)    At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

(i)    For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, (5) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

(ii)    Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined

 

2.


below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv).

(iii)    To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(iii), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iv)    The written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “Proponent” and collectively, the “Proponents”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous twelve (12) month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

 

3.


For purposes of Sections 5 and 6, a “Derivative Transaction” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

(w)    the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation,

(x)     which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation,

(y)     the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or

(z)     which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation,

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

(c)    A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or (ii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five (5) business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five (5) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two (2) business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two (2) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d)    A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director, unless the person is nominated in accordance with either clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

 

4.


(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.

(f)    For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

(i)    “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act; and

(ii)    “affiliates” and “associates” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).

Section 6.    Special Meetings.

(a)    Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

(b)    The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c)     Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such meeting or the tenth (10th) day

 

5.


following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

Section 7.    Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his or her attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8.    Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and

 

6.


entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9.    Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10.    Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11.    Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his or her act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

 

7.


Section 12.    List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13.    Action Without Meeting.

No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.

Section 14.    Organization.

(a)    At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b)    The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, with consultation by the Lead Independent Director (as defined below), rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

8.


ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15.    Number And Term Of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws. Each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 16.    Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17.    Classes of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of the corporation to the public (the “Initial Public Offering”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18.    Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of

 

9.


directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

Section 19.    Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the time of delivery to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20.    Removal.

(a)    Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

(b)    2. Subject to any limitation imposed by applicable law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

Section 21.    Meetings.

(a)    Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

10.


(b)    Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

(c)    Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d)    Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e)    Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22.    Quorum and Voting.

(a)    Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 44 for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b)    At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

11.


Section 23.    Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24.    Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25.    Committees.

(a)    Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

(b)    Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c)    Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his or her death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in

 

12.


the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d)    Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any Director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26.    Lead Independent Director. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Chairman is not an independent director, one of the independent directors, may be designated by the Board of Directors as lead independent director to serve until replaced by the Board of Directors (“Lead Independent Director”). The Lead Independent Director will: serve as chairman of Board of Directors meetings in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors; establish the agenda for meetings of the independent directors; coordinate with the committee chairs regarding meeting agendas and informational requirements; preside over meetings of the independent directors; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the evaluation or compensation of the Chief Executive Officer is presented or discussed; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the performance of the Board of Directors is presented or discussed; and coordinate the activities of the other independent directors and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Section 27.    Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Lead Independent Director, or if the Lead Independent Director is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his or her absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer or director or other person directed to do so by the Chairman of the Board, the Lead Independent Director or the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

13.


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 28.    Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 29.    Tenure And Duties Of Officers.

(a)    General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b)    Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders (subject to Section 14) and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Lead Independent Director has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c)    Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders (subject to Section 14) and at all meeting of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Lead Independent Director, or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

14.


(d)    Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e)    Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f)    Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(g)    Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

 

15.


Section 30.    Delegation Of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 31.    Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 32.    Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES

OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 33.    Execution Of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 34.    Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

 

16.


ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 35.    Form And Execution Of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, of the corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by certificate in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 36.    Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 37.    Transfers.

(a)    Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b)    The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 38.    Fixing Record Dates.

(a)    In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the

 

17.


date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b)    In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 39.    Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 40.    Execution Of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 35), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall

 

18.


have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 41.    Declaration Of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 42.    Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 43.    Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 44.    Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a)    Directors and Executive Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

 

19.


(b)    Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c)    Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in his or her capacity as a director or executive officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this section or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d)    Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this section to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. To the

 

20.


extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e)    Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

(f)    Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g)    Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this section.

(h)    Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this section shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i)    Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this section that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this section shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

 

21.


(j)    Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(i)    The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(ii)    The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(iii)    The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(iv)    References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(v)    References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 45.    Notices.

(a)    Notice To Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by US mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

 

22.


(b)    Notice To Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c)    Affidavit Of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d)    Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e)    Notice To Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f)    Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within sixty (60) days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

 

23.


ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 46.     Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 44(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 47.    Loans To Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

24.

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

OM INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE CUSIP 68269G 10 7 SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND LEGENDS This certifies that SPECIMEN is the record holder of FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $0.001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC. transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar. WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. Dated: COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC (NEW YORK, NY) TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE CHAIR, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER & PRESIDENT 1 LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC. CORPORATE SEAL . July 25, 2002 DELAWARE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER


LOGO

The Corporation shall furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock of the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such requests shall be made to the Corporation’s Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM – as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT – Custodian TEN ENT – as tenants by the entireties (Cust) (Minor) JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of under Uniform Gifts to Minors survivorship and not as tenants Act. (State) in common COM PROP – as community property UNIF TRF MIN ACT – Custodian (until age) (Cust) (Minor) under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act. (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. FOR VALUE RECEIVED, hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) shares of the capital stock represented by within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint attorney-in-fact to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of the substitution in the premises. Dated X X Signature(s) Guaranteed: NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER. By THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION, (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. SIGNATURE GUARANTEES MUST NOT BE DATED

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

Matthew B. Hemington

+1 650 843 5062

hemingtonmb@cooley.com

January 21, 2020

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

One Embarcadero Center, 19th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to 1Life Healthcare, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the filing by the Company of a Registration Statement (No. 333-235792) on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including a related prospectus filed with the Registration Statement (the “Prospectus”), covering an underwritten public offering of up to 17,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 (“Shares”) (including up to 2,625,000 Shares that may be sold by the Company upon exercise of an option to purchase additional shares to be granted to the underwriters).

In connection with this opinion, we have (i) examined and relied upon (a) the Registration Statement and Prospectus, (b) the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect as of the date hereof and (c) the forms of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws filed as Exhibits 3.2 and 3.4, to the Registration Statement, respectively, each of which is to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement and (d) originals or copies certified to our satisfaction of such records, documents, certificates, memoranda and other instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinion expressed below and (ii) assumed that the Shares will be sold at a price established by the Board of Directors of the Company, or the Pricing Committee thereof, in accordance with Section 153 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation referred to in clause (i)(c) is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware before the issuance of the Shares. We have undertaken no independent verification with respect to such matters.

We have assumed the genuineness and authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, and the conformity to originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the due execution and delivery of all documents by all persons other than the Company where due execution and delivery are a prerequisite to the effectiveness thereof. As to certain factual matters, we have relied upon a certificate of an officer of the Company and have not sought independently to verify such matters. Our opinion is expressed only with respect to the DGCL. We express no opinion to the extent that any other laws are applicable to the subject matter hereof and express no opinion and provide no assurance as to compliance with any federal or state securities law, rule or regulation.

Cooley LLP    3175 Hanover Street    Palo Alto, CA    94304-1130

t: (650) 843-5000 f: (650) 849-7400 cooley.com


LOGO

1Life Healthcare, Inc.

January 21, 2020

Page Two

 

On the basis of the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, we are of the opinion that the Shares, when sold and issued against payment therefor as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

Sincerely,
Cooley LLP
By:  

/s/ Matthew B. Hemington

  Matthew B. Hemington

 

Cooley LLP    3175 Hanover Street    Palo Alto, CA    94304-1130

t: (650) 843-5000 f: (650) 849-7400 cooley.com

Exhibit 10.1

Execution Version

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

        

PAGE

 

SECTION 1.

 

GENERAL

     1  

1.1

 

Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement

     1  

1.2

 

Definitions

     2  

SECTION 2.

 

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER; REGISTRATION

     4  

2.1

 

Restrictions on Transfer

     4  

2.2

 

Demand Registration

     6  

2.3

 

Piggyback Registrations

     7  

2.4

 

Form S-3 Registration; Underwritten Shelf Takedowns

     8  

2.5

 

Expenses of Registration

     11  

2.6

 

Obligations of the Company

     12  

2.7

 

Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information

     15  

2.8

 

Indemnification

     15  

2.9

 

Assignment of Registration Rights

     17  

2.10

 

Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights

     18  

2.11

 

“Market Stand-Off” Agreement

     18  

2.12

 

Agreement to Furnish Information

     18  

2.13

 

Rule 144 Reporting

     19  

2.14

 

Termination

     19  

SECTION 3.

 

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

     19  

3.1

 

Basic Financial Information

     19  

3.2

 

Inspection Rights

     20  

3.3

 

Confidentiality of Records

     20  

3.4

 

Stock Vesting

     21  

3.5

 

Qualified Small Business Stock

     21  

3.6

 

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements

     21  

3.7

 

Termination of Covenants

     21  

SECTION 4.

 

RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL

     22  

4.1

 

Subsequent Offerings

     22  

4.2

 

Exercise of Rights

     22  

4.3

 

Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons

     22  

4.4

 

Sale Without Notice

     23  

4.5

 

Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal

     23  

4.6

 

Assignment of Rights of First Refusal

     23  

4.7

 

Excluded Securities

     23  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

 

         PAGE  

SECTION 5.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     23  

5.1

 

Governing Law

     23  

5.2

 

Successors and Assigns

     23  

5.3

 

Entire Agreement

     24  

5.4

 

Severability

     24  

5.5

 

Amendment and Waiver

     24  

5.6

 

Delays or Omissions

     24  

5.7

 

Notices

     25  

5.8

 

Attorneys’ Fees

     25  

5.9

 

Titles and Subtitles

     25  

5.10

 

Additional Investors

     25  

5.11

 

Counterparts

     25  

5.12

 

Aggregation of Stock

     25  

5.13

 

Pronouns

     25  

 

ii


1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the Agreement) is entered into as of the 15 day of January, 2020, by and among 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the investors listed on Exhibit A hereto, referred to hereinafter as the “Investors” and each individually as an “Investor.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors purchased shares of the Company’s Series I Preferred Stock (the “Series I Stock”) pursuant to that certain Series I Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) dated as of August 21, 2018;

WHEREAS, the obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Prior Investors”) are holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Stock”), Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Stock”), Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Stock”), Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Stock”), Series E Preferred Stock (the “Series E Stock”), Series F Preferred Stock (the “Series F Stock”), Series G Preferred Stock (the “Series G Stock”) and Series H Preferred Stock (the “Series H Stock” and together with the Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock, Series D Stock, Series E Stock, Series F Stock, Series G Stock and Series I Stock, the “Preferred Stock”);

WHEREAS, the Prior Investors and the Company are parties to an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated August 21, 2018 (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the parties to the Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and accept the rights and covenants hereof in lieu of their rights and covenants under the Prior Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Prior Agreement, such agreement may only be modified as set forth herein by way of a written instrument signed by the Company and certain of the undersigned Investors, which this Agreement constitutes; and

WHEREAS, in anticipation of the proposed initial public offering of the Company, the Company and the Investors have agreed to the registration rights, information rights, and other rights as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GENERAL.

1.1    Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement. The Prior Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and restated herein. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders a majority of the Registrable Securities held


by the Prior Investors outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect, including, without limitation, all rights of first refusal set forth in Section 4 and any notice period associated therewith otherwise applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

1.2    Definitions. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a)    “Affiliate” of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person or any investment fund, managed account vehicle, collective investment scheme or comparable investment vehicle (“Fund”) now or hereafter existing that shares the same management company or registered investment advisor with such Person or any Fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by, under common control with, managed or advised by the same management company or registered investment advisor that controls, is under common control with, manages or advises the Fund that controls such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

(b)    “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by applicable law or executive order to close.

(c)    “Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(d)    “Form S-3 means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(e)    “Holder means any person owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

(f)    “Initial Offeringmeans the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock Registered under the Securities Act.

(g)    “Person” means an individual or group of individuals, a corporation, an association, a limited or general partnership, a limited liability company, an estate, a trust, and any other entity or organization, governmental or otherwise.

(h)    “Register,” “registered,” and “registration refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(i)    “Registrable Securities means (a) Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares; (b) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon

 

2


the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities; (c) any equity securities issued or issuable with respect to the Shares described in clauses (a) or (b) above by way of combination of stock or shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization and, for purposes of Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.11, 2.12 and 2.13 only; and (d) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series C Stock, Series D Stock, Series E Stock and Series G Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned or (iii) held by a Holder (together with its Affiliates) if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and all shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares held by and issuable to such Holder (and its Affiliates) can be immediately sold without registration in compliance with Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period.

(j)    “Registrable Securities then outstanding shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable, convertible and/or exchangeable securities.

(k)    “Registration Expenses shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company, underwriting discounts and commissions, stock transfer taxes, and fees of accountants for the Holders and additional counsel to the Holders).

(l)    “SEC” or “Commission means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(m)    “Securities Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(n)    “Selling Expenses shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

(o)    “Shares shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series I Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (or in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby) and shares of the Company’s Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock, Series D Stock, Series E Stock, Series F Stock, Series G Stock and Series H Stock held from time to time by the Investors listed on Exhibit A hereto and their permitted assigns.

(p)    “Special Registration Statement” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities.

(q)    “Warrants” shall mean (i) those certain warrants held by Silicon Valley Bank (A) dated February 26, 2010 to purchase shares of Series C Stock, (B) dated June 28, 2011 to purchase shares of Series D Stock, (C) dated January 29, 2013 to purchase shares of Series E Stock, and (D) dated January 26, 2015 to purchase shares of Series G Stock; (ii) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P. dated October 3, 2015; (iii) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Oak Investment Partners XII, Limited Partnership dated October 5, 2015;

 

3


(iv) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Maverick Holdings L, LLC dated October 7, 2015; (v) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by GV 2013, L.P. dated December 5, 2015; (vi) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by DAG Ventures IV, L.P. dated October 12, 2015; (vii) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by DAG Ventures IV-QP, L.P. dated October 12, 2015; (viii) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Redmile Capital Offshore Fund II, Ltd. dated October 14, 2015; (ix) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Redmile Private Investments I, LP dated October 14, 2015; (x) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Redmile Private Investments I Affiliates, LP dated October 14, 2015; (xi) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Allen Partners Fund I LP dated October 28, 2015; (xii) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Robert Lowe dated October 28, 2015; (xiii) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by John Koski dated October 28, 2015; (xiv) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Dignity Health dated November 4, 2015; and (xv) that certain warrant to purchase shares of Series G Stock held by Redmile Strategic Master Fund, LP, a Cayman Island limited partnership dated December 1, 2017.

SECTION 2. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER; REGISTRATION.

2.1    Restrictions on Transfer.

(a)    Each Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until:

(i)    there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii)    (A) The Holder has complied with all of the provisions of this Agreement and that certain Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement by and between the parties and dated as of the date hereof, (B) transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Shares or Registrable Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms of this Agreement, (C) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (D) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances, or for transfers to Affiliated entities. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee pursuant to Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement or a statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

(b)    Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above:

(i)    no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (A) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests or to the estate of any such partner or former partner or the transfer by gift, will or intestate succession of any partner to his or her spouse or to the siblings, lineal descendants or ancestors of such partner or his or her spouse, (B) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of the Holder, (C) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, (D) an individual transferring to the

 

4


Holder’s immediate family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, (E) to an Affiliate or (F) to the Company or another Holder; provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject (to the extent not already subject) to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he or she were an original Holder hereunder; and

(ii)    After the third anniversary of the Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), Carlyle Partners VII Holdings, L.P. (“Carlyle”) shall be entitled to sell or otherwise transfer all or part of its Shares or Registrable Securities to one or more unaffiliated third parties, provided that such transferee will agree in writing to be subject (to the extent not already subject) to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he, she or it were an original Holder hereunder.

(c)    Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE COMPANY MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(d)    The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend, provided that the second legend listed above shall be removed only at such time as the Holder of such certificate is no longer subject to any restrictions hereunder (except that the Company shall not require an opinion of counsel in connection with transfers to Affiliated entities or pursuant to Rule 144).

 

5


(e)    Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

2.2    Demand Registration.

(a)    Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from (x) beginning on the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the date of this Agreement and (ii) six (6) months after the Company’s Initial Offering, the Holders of at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (the “Preferred Initiating Holders”) or (y) beginning six (6) months after the Company’s Initial Offering, Carlyle or any of its Affiliates holding Registrable Securities (the “Carlyle Initiating Holders” and, together with the Preferred Initiating Holders, the “Initiating Holders”), in each case, that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act for an underwritten public offering with an anticipated aggregate offering price in excess of $50,000,000, then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered.

(b)    All Holders proposing to distribute their securities pursuant to a registration under this Section 2.2 shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by (i) the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Preferred Initiating Holders or (ii) the Carlyle Initiating Holders, as applicable (which underwriter or underwriters, in each case, shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). The right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein (unless otherwise mutually agreed by such Holder and (x) the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Preferred Initiating Holders or (y) the Carlyle Initiating Holders, as applicable, with respect to such participation and inclusion). If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided in Section 2.2(a) does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter or the applicable Initiating Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and (A) in the case of a registration requested by the Preferred Initiating Holders, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders) or in such other proportion as shall be agreed by all holders of Registrable Securities participating in the underwriting and (B) in the case of a registration requested by the Carlyle Initiating Holders, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated first to the Carlyle Initiating Holders and then to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (excluding the Carlyle Initiating Holders) or in such other proportion as shall be agreed by the Carlyle Initiating Holders and all other holders of Registrable Securities participating in the underwriting; provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company not included in the request by the Initiating Holders are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration. For purposes of the provision in this Section 2.2(b) concerning apportionment as it relates to demand registrations under Section 2.2 or Underwritten Shelf Takedowns under Section 2.4, for any Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and immediate family members of any

 

6


such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “Holder”, and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “Holder”, as defined in this sentence.

(c)    The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i)    after the Company has effected (x) two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2 at the request of the Preferred Initiating Holders and (y) two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2 at the request of the Carlyle Initiating Holders, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold (other than if the Holders elected not to sell securities pursuant to such registration);

(ii)    during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement pertaining to a public offering subject to Section 2.3, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iii)    if within fifteen (15) days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement for a public offering subject to Section 2.3, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement, within sixty (60) days of the Company’s giving such notice; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv)    if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided, further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period (other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement);

(v)    if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 or that have been included on a registration statement on Form S-3, including pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

(vi)    in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

2.3    Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least fifteen (15) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements and registration in connection with any consolidation, merger, or reorganization, or with any employee benefit plan) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within fifteen

 

7


(15) days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a)    Underwriting. If the registration statement of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company and the underwriter may in their discretion limit the number of shares to be underwritten, in which case the number of shares to be underwritten shall be allocated first to the Company and then to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; provided, however, that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholder, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration that would reduce the number of shares which may be included by Holders without the written consent of Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, Affiliates of such Holder, partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all Persons included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b)    Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

2.4    Form S-3 Registration; Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (each a “Shelf Registration Statement”) and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a)    promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

 

8


(b)    as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i)    after the Company has filed two (2) Shelf Registration Statements pursuant to this Section 2.4 within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective or became effective upon filing;

(ii)    if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(iii)    if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than five million dollars ($5,000,000);

(iv)    if within fifteen (15) days of receipt of a written request from any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Company gives notice to such Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within sixty (60) days, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(v)    if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Shelf Registration Statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period; provided, further, that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period (other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement); or

(vi)    in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c)    Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Shelf Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

(d)    At any time during which a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 is effective under the Securities Act (or, in the event that the Company is a WKSI (as defined below), at any time that a Shelf Registration Statement that will be automatically effective upon filing is requested in accordance with Section 2.4), the Preferred Initiating Holders or Carlyle Initiating Holders with Registrable Securities included on such Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 may request to sell all or any portion of their Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering that is registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration

 

9


Statement on Form S-3 (each, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown”). All requests by Holders for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns shall be made by giving written notice to the Company (the “Demand Shelf Takedown Notice”), which notice shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown and whether such offering will be a non-marketed block trade. Within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of any Demand Shelf Takedown Notice (or two (2) Business days in the event the Demand Shelf Takedown Notice requests a non-marketed block trade), the Company shall give written notice of such requested Underwritten Shelf Takedown to all other Holders which have Registrable Securities included on such Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 (the “Company Shelf Takedown Notice”) and, subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(f) below, shall include in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein (which requests shall be revocable only with the consent of Carlyle or, if Carlyle is not participating in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Preferred Initiating Holders) within five (5) Business Days after sending the Company Shelf Takedown Notice (or such earlier time at which all Holders that have Registrable Securities included on such Shelf Registration Statement have provided responses to the Company Shelf Takedown Notice). So long as a Shelf Registration Statement is effective, no Holder may request any demand registration pursuant to Section 2.2 with respect to Registrable Securities that are registered or registrable on such Shelf Registration Statement. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(f) below, the Preferred Initiating Holders and the Carlyle Initiating Holders shall be entitled to an unlimited number of Underwritten Shelf Takedowns; provided, however, that each Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall count against the number of demand registrations for purposes of the Company’s obligation pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(i) to effect no more than (x) two (2) demand registrations at the request of the Preferred Initiating Holders and (y) two (2) demand registrations at the request of the Carlyle Initiating Holders.

(e)    All Holders proposing to include their Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by Carlyle or, if Carlyle is not participating in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Preferred Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters, in each case, shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). The right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting on the terms and conditions (including with respect to the price at which the Registrable Securities included therein will be sold to the underwriter or underwriters) as agreed upon by Carlyle or, if Carlyle is not participating in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Preferred Initiating Holders, and the underwriter or underwriters of such underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by such Holder and Carlyle or, if Carlyle is not participating in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Preferred Initiating Holders with respect to such participation and inclusion). If a person who has requested inclusion in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown as provided in Section 2.4(d) does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter(s) or the Preferred Initiating Holders or the Carlyle Initiating Holders, as applicable.

(f)    The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i)    after the Company has effected two (2) Underwritten Shelf Takedowns within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of the prospectus supplement proposed to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act for the Underwritten Shelf Takedown;

 

10


(ii)    within ninety (90) days of the date of the prospectus supplement filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act for a previous Underwritten Shelf Takedown;

(iii)    if the Company is not then eligible to use Form S-3 under the Securities Act;

(iv)    if within ten (10) days of receipt of a Demand Shelf Takedown Notice, the Company gives notice to such Initiating Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within sixty (60) days, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause the registration statement relating to the offering to become effective or to file a prospectus supplement pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act relating to such offering;

(v)    if the Initiating Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, propose to sell Registrable Securities in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown at an aggregate price to the public (before deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and any Registration Expenses payable by such Holders) of less than fifty million dollars ($50,000,000);

(vi)    if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Underwritten Shelf Takedown to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the Underwritten Shelf Takedown for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the Demand Shelf Takedown Notice; provided that such right to delay an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, together with such rights set forth in Section 2.4(b)(v), shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period; provided, further, that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder, or consummate any offering of securities pursuant to any registration statement, during such one hundred twenty (120) day period (in each case other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement); or

(vii)    during a Suspension Period.

2.5    Expenses of Registration. Except as specifically provided herein, (i) all Registration Expenses (inclusive of one counsel to the Holders not to exceed $30,000 and exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions, stock transfer taxes, and fees of accountants for the Holders and additional counsel to the Holders) incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Sections 2.2 or 2.3 herein shall be borne by the Company, and (ii) all Registration Expenses, including Selling Expenses and stock transfer taxes, as well as other Holder expenses, including fees of accountants and all counsel to the Holders, incurred in connection with any registration, offering, qualification or compliance (including in connection with an Underwritten Shelf Takedown) pursuant to Section 2.4 shall be borne by the applicable Holders. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder shall be borne by the Holders of the securities so registered and sold pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered and sold. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the applicable Initiating Holders unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse Company-specific information of which such Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such request, or (b) the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities (or, in the case of a registration requested by the Carlyle Initiating Holders, the Carlyle Initiating Holders) agree to deem such registration to have been effected as of the date of such withdrawal for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be

 

11


obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(i) to undertake any subsequent registration, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders (or, in the case of a registration requested by the Carlyle Initiating Holders, the Carlyle Initiating Holders). If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration or offering in proportion to the number of shares for which registration or sale was requested.

2.6    Obligations of the Company. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, including to effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the Company shall, at its expense and as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a)    prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to sixty (60) days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided, however, that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days thereafter (the “Suspension Period”), the Company may delay the effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the applicable Initiating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period), including for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns, if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below); and, provided, further, that in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such sixty (60) day period shall be extended to a period of one (1) year. In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive sixty (60) days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No more than two (2) such Suspension Periods shall occur in any twelve (12) month period. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use reasonable efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement other than a registration statement on Form S-3 that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. Before filing a registration statement, the Company will furnish the Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, the underwriters, if any, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such Holders of Registrable Securities or underwriters copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be subject to reasonable review and comment of such Holders, their counsel and underwriters, if any, and will not file any registration statement to which the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or the underwriter, if any, shall, for reasonable reasons, object.

(b)    Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective or comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

 

12


(c)    Furnish to the Holders, without charge, such number of copies of a prospectus including a preliminary prospectus, and any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d)    Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders to keep such registration and qualification in effect for so long as the registration statement remains in effect, and to take any other action which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the securities owned by such Holder; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e)    In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Except as otherwise provided herein, each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f)    Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing.

(g)    (i) Use its reasonable efforts to furnish, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (A) an opinion, dated the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (B) letters, dated the date of the underwriting agreement relating to the sale of such Registrable Securities and the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities, and (ii) in connection with any underwritten public offering of Registrable Securities, only upon the reasonable request of the managing underwriters for such offering, agree to, and cause its directors and executive officers to enter into, a lock-up provision in an underwriting agreement or lock-up agreements, as applicable, in each case in customary form and substance, with a lock-up period no greater than ninety (90) days following the execution of the underwriting agreement relating to such underwritten public offering, and with customary exceptions, including (A) the establishment of trading plans pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock (provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the lock-up period) and (B) transfers of Common Stock under any such trading plan in existence on the date of execution of an underwriting agreement for such underwritten public offering.

 

13


(h)    Comply (and continue to comply) with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (including, without limitation, maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) in accordance with the Exchange Act), and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the registration statement (and in any event within forty-five (45) days, or ninety (90) days if it is a fiscal year, after the end of such twelve-month (12) period described hereafter), an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering the period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

(i)    (i) (A) cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on the principal securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed (if any), if the listing of such Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such exchange, or (B) if no similar securities are then so listed, to either cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on a national securities exchange and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, take all actions that may be required by the Company as the issuer of such Registrable Securities in order to facilitate the managing underwriter’s arranging for the registration of at least two market makers as such with respect to such shares with FINRA, and (ii) comply (and continue to comply) with the requirements of any self-regulatory organization applicable to the Company, including without limitation all corporate governance requirements.

(j)    Provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement.

(k)    Provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of the registration statement.

(l)    Use its commercially reasonable efforts to make available its employees and personnel for participation in “road shows” and other marketing efforts and otherwise provide reasonable assistance to the underwriters (taking into account the needs of the Company’s businesses and the requirements of the marketing process) in the marketing of Registrable Securities in any underwritten offering.

(m)    Use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the entry of any order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement and, in the event of the issuance of any such stop order, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any security included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order at the earliest possible time.

To the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (a “WKSI”) at the time any demand registration request is submitted to the Company pursuant to Section 2.4 above, and such demand registration request requests that the Company file an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “automatic shelf registration statement”) on Form S-3, the Company shall file an automatic shelf registration statement which covers those Registrable Securities which are requested to be registered. The Company shall use its

 

14


commercially reasonable efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such automatic shelf registration statement is required to remain effective. If the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time the automatic shelf registration statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold. If the automatic shelf registration statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at the end of the third year the Company shall refile a new automatic shelf registration statement covering the Registrable Securities. If, at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status, the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to refile the shelf registration statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.

If the Company files any shelf registration statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, the Company agrees that it shall include in such registration statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the Holders may be added to such shelf registration statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

2.7    Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a)    No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

(b)    It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

(c)    The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

2.8    Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a)    To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities (joint or several), costs or expenses (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated by reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be

 

15


stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal, state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other federal, state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them, as such expenses are incurred, in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, as incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b)    To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, members, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities (joint or several), costs or expenses (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, member, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated by reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act (collectively, a “Holder Violation”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, further, that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder and such Holder will not be liable for any amount paid in settlement of any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the written consent of such Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(c)    Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have

 

16


the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses thereof to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding or if the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be reasonable defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 to the extent, and only to the extent, materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d)    If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) in the case of a Company-initiated registration under Section 2.2, the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Holders whose Registrable Securities are included in the registration on the other hand, and (ii) in all cases, the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, cost or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, that (i) in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Section 2.8 (including any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b)) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (ii) the liability of each Holder to contribute as described herein shall be several and not joint, and (iii) no person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e)    Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and, with respect to liability arising from an offering to which this Section 2.8 would apply that is covered by a registration filed before termination of this Agreement, such termination. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

2.9    Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities (for so long as such shares remain Registrable Securities) that (a) is a partner, retired partner or Affiliate of any Holder; (b) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, or (c) holds at least one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted

 

17


for stock splits and combinations) immediately after such transfer; provided, however, (i) the transferor shall, within ten (10) days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

2.10    Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. After the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder rights to demand the registration of shares of the Company’s capital stock, or to include such shares in a registration statement, unless, under the terms of such agreement, such rights are subordinate to the rights of the Holders or are approved by a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities then outstanding.

2.11    “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for such offering (other than those included in the registration or acquired in or following such registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the Initial Offering (or such longer period, not to exceed 18 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriter and the Company may request in order to comply with applicable regulations), and that such Holder shall execute the standard lock-up agreement used in the Initial Offering; provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this Section 2.11 shall only apply to the Initial Offering and shall not apply to (i) the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, (ii) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or (iii) a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply to all Holders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements, unless waived by a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities. The Company covenants that any subsequent Holder of Registrable Securities will be bound by a market stand-off agreement as defined in this Section 2.11.

2.12    Agreement to Furnish Information. Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request (or two (2) Business Days, in the case of an Underwritten Shelf Takedown), such information as may be reasonably required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in Section 2.11 and this Section 2.12 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said day period. Each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Sections 2.11 and 2.12. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Sections 2.11 and 2.12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

18


2.13    Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a)    Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b)    File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

(c)    So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

2.14    Termination. Sections 2.2 through 2.13 of this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest of (i) the consummation of an Acquisition or Asset Transfer in which the holders of the Company’s capital stock receive cash or securities from a company subject to the reporting requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act in exchange for their equity interest in the Company; (ii) the date that is seven (7) years following the closing of the Qualified Public Offering; or (iii) with respect to a particular Holder, such time as all Registrable Securities of such Holder may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period. Upon such termination, such shares shall cease to be “Registrable Securities” for all purposes.

SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1    Basic Financial Information.

(a)    So long as an Investor (with its Affiliates) shall own not less than 1,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations) (a “Major Investor”), the Company will furnish each Major Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants selected by the Company’s Board of Directors including the directors elected by the holders of Series B Stock, Series C Stock, Series D Stock, Series E Stock, Series F Stock, Series G Stock and Series I Stock. If the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company for any period, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to this Section 3.1(a) shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

(b)    The Company will furnish each Major Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of the quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarterly period, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date (with monthly detail and a statement of the Company’s headcount for each quarterly period if requested by an Investor), prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting

 

19


principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made. If the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company for any period, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to this Section 3.1(b) shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

(c)    The Company will furnish each Major Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the Company’s quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, a detailed capitalization table of the Company, including a list of the Company’s outstanding convertible securities, which list shall include the face amount, issue date, maturity date, interest rate, conversion discount, change of control premium and valuation cap to the extent applicable.

(d)    The Company will furnish each Major Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of each month in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within fifteen (15) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such monthly period, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such monthly period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made. If the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company for any period, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to this Section 3.1(d) shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

(e)    The Company will furnish each Major Investor, as soon as practicable before the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within thirty (30) days beforehand, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year that has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

(f)    The Company will furnish each Major Investor such other information relating to the financial condition, business prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request.

3.2    Inspection Rights. Each Major Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 with respect to a competitor of the Company or with respect to information which the Board of Directors determines in good faith is confidential or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed.

3.3    Confidentiality of Records. Each Investor agrees to use the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information to keep confidential any information furnished to such Investor pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2 hereof that the Company identifies as being confidential or proprietary (so long as such information is not in the public domain), except that such Investor may disclose such proprietary or confidential information (i) to any director, officer, investment committee member, employee, investment adviser, agent or advisor (including, without limitation, attorneys, accountants, consultants and financial advisors and other professionals) of such Investor (“Representative”) or general partner, actual or potential limited partner, member or other Affiliate of such Investor or any Representative of any such Affiliate, as long as such Representative, general partner, limited partner, member or other

 

20


Affiliate is advised of and agrees or has agreed to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Section 3.3 or comparable restrictions; (ii) at such time as it enters the public domain through no fault of such Investor; (iii) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality; (iv) that is developed by Investor or its agents independently of and without reference to any confidential information communicated by the Company or its Representative; (v) as required by applicable law or regulation, regulatory body, stock exchange, court or administrative order, or any listing or trading agreement applicable to such Investor; provided that, if it is reasonably practicable and legally permitted to do so, Investor gives the Company prompt written notice of such requirement prior to such disclosure and Investor gives assistance in obtaining an order protecting the information from public disclosure; or (vi) as otherwise agreed by the Company in writing.

3.4    Stock Vesting. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors (including the directors elected by the holders of Series B Stock, Series C Stock, Series D Stock, Series E Stock, Series F Stock, Series G Stock and Series I Stock), all stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to (i) vesting as follows: (a) twenty-five percent (25%) of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following such person’s services commencement date with the Company, and (b) seventy-five percent (75%) of such stock shall vest over the remaining three (3) years; and (ii) a one hundred eighty (180) day lockup period in connection with the Company’s initial registered public offering of Equity Securities. The Company shall retain a right of first refusal on transfers until the Company’s Initial Offering and the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost.

3.5    Qualified Small Business Stock. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the reporting and record keeping requirements of Section 1202(d)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations thereunder, and during the one year period commencing on the initial Closing Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), the Company will not purchase any of its capital stock or permit any of its subsidiaries to purchase any of the Company’s capital stock in excess of the limitations set forth in Section 1202(c) of the Code, so long as the Company’s Board of Directors determines that it is in the best interests of and not unduly burdensome to the Company to comply with the provisions of Section 1202 of the Code. At the reasonable request of an Investor, the Company shall make a determination of whether the Shares (or their underlying Common Stock) constitute “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Sections 1045 and 1202 of the Code and shall advise such Investors in writing of such determination within ten (10) days of the receipt of such request. Pursuant to such request by the Investors, the Company will provide information to support the “qualified small business stock” determination which may include financial statements, tax returns, and other documents that may be desired.

3.6    Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements. The Company shall require all employees and consultants with access to confidential information to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement or Consulting Agreement, as applicable, in substantially the forms approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

3.7    Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in Section 3 of this Agreement (other than the provisions of Sections 3.4 and 3.7) shall expire and terminate as to each Investor upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to an Initial Offering that results in all of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock being converted into Common Stock or (ii) upon an “Asset Transfer” or “Acquisition,” each as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as in effect as of the date hereof, in which the holders of the Company’s capital stock receive cash or publicly traded securities in exchange for their equity interest in the Company.

 

21


SECTION 4. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL.

4.1    Subsequent Offerings. Subject to applicable securities laws, (i) each Investor, so long as it holds Shares (or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of such Shares), shall have a right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of all Equity Securities, as defined below, that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 4.7 hereof (the “Offered Securities”) (in each case, that share of Offered Securities to which an Investor is entitled to subscribe is referred to herein as a “Subscription Share”). An Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or options) of which such Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. The term “Equity Securities” shall mean (i) any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security of the Company, (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security (including any option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security or (iv) any such warrant or right.

4.2    Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Investor shall have twenty (20) days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase up to its applicable Subscription Share of the Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Investor that elects to purchase all the shares available to it (a “Fully-Exercising Investor”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after such information is given, each Fully-Exercising Investor may elect to purchase a portion of the then unsubscribed Offered Securities. Each Fully-Exercising Investor will have the right to purchase up to its Oversubscription Share of the unsubscribed Offered Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale. For purposes hereof, a Fully-Exercising Investor’s “Oversubscription Share” is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or options) of which such Fully-Exercising Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options) deemed to be held by all Fully-Exercising Investors immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. An Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right to purchase Offered Securities hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate. The failure by any Holder to exercise its option to purchase Offered Securities with respect to one offering, sale or issuance shall not affect its option to purchase Offered Securities in any subsequent offering, sale or issuance.

4.3    Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons. The Company shall have sixty (60) days thereafter to sell the Equity Securities in respect of which the Investors’ rights were not exercised, at a price and upon general terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to the Investors pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. If the Company has not sold such Equity Securities within sixty (60) days of the notice provided pursuant to Section 4.2, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities, without first offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided above.

 

22


4.4    Sale Without Notice. In lieu of giving notice to the Investors prior to the issuance of Equity Securities as provided in Section 4.2, the Company may elect to give notice to the Investors within thirty (30) days after the issuance of Equity Securities. Such notice shall describe the type, price and terms of the Equity Securities. Each Investor shall have twenty (20) days from the date of receipt of such notice to elect to purchase up to the number of shares that would maintain such Investor’s pro rata share of the Company’s equity securities after giving effect to such issuance. The closing of such sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date of notice to the Investors. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Fully-Exercising Investor that elects to purchase all the shares available to it of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after such information is given, each Fully-Exercising Investor may elect to up to its Oversubscription Share of the unsubscribed Equity Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

4.5    Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall not apply to, and shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of a “Qualified Public Offering,” as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time, or (ii) the consummation of an Acquisition or Asset Transfer.

4.6    Assignment of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal of each Investor under this Section 4 may be assigned to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.9.

4.7    Excluded Securities. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall have no application to any of the Equity Securities (i) that are excluded as “Additional Shares of Common Stock” pursuant to Article IV(D)(5)(h)(viii) of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time, and (ii) that are issued by the Company pursuant to the terms of Section 2.4 of the Purchase Agreement.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to conflicts of laws or principles thereof. Any controversy between the parties hereto involving any claim arising out of or relating to the termination of this Agreement, will be submitted to and be settled by final and binding arbitration in San Francisco County, in accordance with the then current Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Such arbitration shall be conducted by three (3) arbitrators chosen by the Company and the Purchasers, or failing such agreement, an arbitrator appointed by the AAA. There shall be limited discovery prior to the arbitration hearing as follows: (a) exchange of witness lists and copies of documentary evidence and documents relating to or arising out of the issues to be arbitrated, (b) depositions of all party witnesses and (c) such other depositions as may be allowed by the arbitrators upon a showing of good cause. Depositions shall be conducted in accordance with the California Code of Civil Procedure, the arbitrator shall be required to provide in writing to the parties the basis for the award or order of such arbitrator, and a court reporter shall record all hearings, with such record constituting the official transcript of such proceedings.

5.2    Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however, that

 

23


prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

5.3    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

5.4    Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

5.5    Amendment and Waiver.

(a)    Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended or modified, and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities; provided however that this Agreement shall not be amended without the consent of each Holder or Investor adversely affected if such amendment would modify the rights or obligations of that Holder or Investor as compared to the rights and obligations of the other Holders or Investors (i.e., if an amendment did not alter ratably the rights and obligations of the Holders or the Investors hereunder); and provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 2.14, 3.7 and 5.5 of this Agreement shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of each of Oak Investment Partners XII, Limited Partnership, and GV 2013, L.P., and Redmile Capital Offshore Fund II, Ltd. and its Affiliates; and provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 2.11 and 3.1 of this Agreement shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of Fidelity Select Portfolios: Health Care Portfolio, Fidelity Select Portfolios: Medical Equipment and Systems Portfolio, Fidelity Central Investment Portfolios LLC: Fidelity Health Care Central Fund, Fidelity Advisor Series VII: Fidelity Advisor Health Care Fund, and Variable Insurance Products Fund IV: Health Care Portfolio; and provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights of holders of Series H Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4 hereof may be waived (and this proviso may be amended) only upon the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Series H Preferred Stock; and provided, further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 2.1(b)(ii), 2.2(a), 2.11, 2.14, 3.1, 3.7 and 5.5 of this Agreement shall not be amended or waived without, and the rights of holders of Series I Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4 hereof may be waived (and this proviso may be amended) only upon, in each case, the written consent of Carlyle.

(b)    For the purposes of determining the number of Holders or Investors entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

5.6    Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or

 

24


noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7    Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or Exhibit A hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

5.8    Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.9    Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

5.10    Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Series I Stock, any purchaser of such shares of Series I Stock shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “Investor,” a “Holder” and a party hereunder.

5.11    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.12    Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliated entities or persons or persons or entities under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.13    Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:
1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Amir Dan Rubin                    

  AMIR DAN RUBIN
  Chair, Chief Executive Officer and
  President
Address:   One Embarcadero Center, 19th Floor
  San Francisco, CA 94111

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
CARLYLE PARTNERS VII HOLDINGS, L.P.
BY:   TC GROUP VII, L.P., ITS GENERAL PARTNER
BY:   TC GROUP VII, L.L.C., ITS GENERAL PARTNER

/s/ Jeremy W. Anderson

By:   Jeremy W. Anderson
Title:   Authorized Person

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

INVESTORS:

 

OAK INVESTMENT PARTNERS XII, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:   Oak Associates XII, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Ann H. Lamont

  Name:   Ann H. Lamont
  Title:   Managing Member

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.
as nominee for
Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P.
Benchmark Founders’ Fund V, L.P.
Benchmark Founders’ Fund V-A, L.P
Benchmark Founders’ Fund V-B, L.P.
and related individuals
By:   Benchmark Capital Management Co. V, L.L.C.
  its general partner
By:  

/s/ Steven M. Spurlock

      Steven M. Spurlock, Managing Member
Address:   2965 Woodside Road
  Woodside, CA 94062

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
GV 2013, L.P.
By: GV 2013 GP, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Daphne M. Chang

Name:   Daphne M. Chang
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Address:   GV 2013, L.P.
  1600 Amphitheatre Parkway
  Mountain View, CA 94043
  With a copy to: notice@gv.com

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
MAVERICK HOLDINGS L, LLC
By:   Maverick Capital, Ltd.,
  its investment manager
By:  

/s/ Ginessa Avila

Name:   Ginessa Avila
Title:   Assistant General Counsel
MAVERICK FUND, L.D.C.
By:   Maverick Capital, Ltd.,
  its investment manager
By:  

/s/ Ginessa Avila

Name:   Ginessa Avila
Title:   Assistant General Counsel
MAVERICK FUND USA, LTD.
By:   Maverick Capital, Ltd.,
  its investment manager
By:  

/s/ Ginessa Avila

Name:   Ginessa Avila
Title:   Assistant General Counsel

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT – SIGNATURE PAGE


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES A SHARES  

BRICK AND MEG CONWAY

686 Capp Street

San Francisco, CA 94110

     100,000  

TODD HENRICH

123 Boway Rd

South Salem, NY 10590

     60,000  

MING AND MINAKO LEE

7527 42nd Ave NE

Seattle, WA 98115

     100,000  

THOMAS HO LEE, TRUSTEE OF THE TXL REVOCABLE TRUST

1 Hawthorne Street, 23D

San Francisco, CA 94105

     400,000  

JUSTIN MARTINKOVIC

810 Jones St #307

San Francisco, CA 94109

     20,000  

BRIAN MILFORD

941 Walnut Avenue

Walnut Creek, CA 94598

     10,000  

MOSSER VENTURES

2826 Octavia Street

San Francisco, CA 94123

Attn: Scott Mosser

     20,000  

WILLIAM T. REED AND AMY DAVIRRO, AS TRUSTEES OF THE WILLIAM REED AND AMY DAVIRRO REVOCABLE TRUST CREATED

U/D/T DATED JUNE 3, 2014

148 Elm Avenue

Mill Valley, CA 94941

     85,000  

LAIRD S.T. REED REVOCABLE TRUST

3352 S. Street N.W.

Washington, DC 20007

     100,000  

J. SCOTT SINCLAIR

128 Wythe Avenue, PHD

Brooklyn, NY 11249

     40,000  

 

A-1

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES A SHARES  

JAMES WORKMAN

245 Downey Street

San Francisco, CA 94117

     50,000  

EDWARD WU

77 Hudson Street, Apt. 5

New York, NY 10013

     50,000  

LIFEFORCE CAPITAL, LLC

106 Lincoln Boulevard, Suite 104

San Francisco, CA 94129

Attn: John Noonan

     25,000  

LIFEFORCE-CHS MANAGEMENT-ONE MEDICAL/

1LIFE HEALTHCARE LLC

106 Lincoln Boulevard, Suite 104

San Francisco, CA 94129

Attn: John Noonan

     70,000  

TOTAL SERIES A PREFERRED:

     1,130,000  
  

 

 

 

NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES B SHARES  

BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.

2965 Woodside Road

Woodside, CA 94062

Attn: Steve Spurlock

     5,749,630  

KENNEDY FAMILY TRUST

3930 Washington St.

San Francisco, CA 94118

Attn: David Kennedy

     348,462  

SAINTS VENTURES II, L.P.

2020 Union Street

San Francisco, CA 94123

Attn: Bob Keppler

     226,500  

TOTAL SERIES B PREFERRED:

     6,324,592  
  

 

 

 

 

A-2

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES C SHARES  

DAG VENTURES IV-QP, L.P.

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

     3,428,055  

DAG VENTURES IV, L.P.

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

     362,285  

DAG VENTURES IV-A, LLC

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

     1,082,954  

BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.

2965 Woodside Road

Woodside, CA 94062

Attn: Steve Spurlock

     3,736,192  

KENNEDY FAMILY TRUST

3930 Washington St.

San Francisco, CA 94118

Attn: David Kennedy

     54,148  

TOTAL SERIES C PREFERRED:

     8,663,634  
  

 

 

 

 

A-3

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES D SHARES  

OAK INVESTMENT PARTNERS XII, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

901 Main Avenue, Suite 600

Norwalk, CT 06851

     9,519,276  

DAG VENTURES IV-QP, L.P.

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

     1,377,508  

DAG VENTURES IV, L.P.

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

     145,576  

BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.

2965 Woodside Road

Woodside, CA 94062

Attn: Steve Spurlock

     3,046,168  

THOMAS HO LEE, TRUSTEE OF THE TXL REVOCABLE TRUST

1 Hawthorne Street, 23D

San Francisco, CA 94105

     95,192  

SHARON A. KNIGHT 1993 TRUST

4315 21st Street

San Francisco, CA 94114

     95,192  

TOTAL SERIES D PREFERRED:

     14,278,912  
  

 

 

 

 

A-4

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES E SHARES  

MAVERICK FUND, L.D.C.

300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850

Dallas, TX 75201

Tel: (214)880-4040

Fax: (214)880-4042

     3,064,975  

MAVERICK FUND USA, LTD.

300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850

Dallas, TX 75201

Tel: (214)880-4040

Fax: (214)880-4042

     1,724,781  

MAVERICK HOLDINGS L, LLC

300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850

Dallas, TX 75201

Tel: (214)880-4040

Fax: (214)880-4042

     1,415,256  

OAK INVESTMENT PARTNERS X II, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

901 Main Avenue, Suite 600

Norwalk, CT 06851

     4,152,698  

BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.

2965 Woodside Road

Woodside, CA 94062

Attn: Steve Spurlock

     1,358,786  

DAG VENTURES IV-QP, L.P.

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

     627,242  

DAG VENTURES IV, L.P.

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

     66,287  

TOTAL SERIES E PREFERRED:

     12,410,025  

 

A-5

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS



NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES F SHARES  

MAVERICK FUND, L.D.C.

300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850

Dallas, TX 75201

Tel: (214)880-4040

Fax: (214)880-4042

     113,316  

MAVERICK FUND USA, LTD.

300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850

Dallas, TX 75201

Tel: (214)880-4040

Fax: (214)880-4042

     97,501  

MAVERICK HOLDINGS L, LLC

300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850

Dallas, TX 75201

Tel: (214)880-4040

Fax: (214)880-4042

     381,243  

OAK INVESTMENT PARTNERS XII, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

901 Main Avenue, Suite 600

Norwalk, CT 06851

     1,304,526  

BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.

2965 Woodside Road

Woodside, CA 94062

Attn: Steve Spurlock

     1,325,406  

DAG VENTURES IV-QP, L.P.

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

     611,832  

DAG VENTURES IV, L.P.

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

     64,658  

GV 2013, L.P.

Attn: GV Legal Department

1600 Amphitheatre Parkway

Mountain View, CA 94043

Facsimile: 650-887-1790

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Email: notice@gv.com

     7,796,967  

TOTAL SERIES F PREFERRED:

     11,695,449  

 

A-6

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES G SHARES  

REDMILE CAPITAL OFFSHORE FUND II, LTD.

Letterman Digital Arts Center

One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-700

San Francisco, CA 94129

     759,209  

REDMILE STRATEGIC MASTER FUND, L.P.

Letterman Digital Arts Center

One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-700

San Francisco, CA 94129

     367,837  

REDMILE PRIVATE INVESTMENTS I, LP

Letterman Digital Arts Center

One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-700

San Francisco, CA 94129

     659,574  

REDMILE PRIVATE INVESTMENTS I AFFILIATES, LP

Letterman Digital Arts Center

One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-700

San Francisco, CA 94129

     491,007  

FIDELITY SELECT PORTFOLIOS: HEALTH CARE PORTFOLIO

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: michael.lerman@bbh.com

Fax number: 617 772-2418

     1,639,892  

FIDELITY SELECT PORTFOLIOS: MEDICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS PORTFOLIO

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

525 Washington Blvd

Jersey City NJ 07310

Attn: Michael Lerman 15th Floor

Corporate Actions

Email: michael.lerman@bbh.com

Fax number: 617 772-2418

     455,526  

FIDELITY CENTRAL INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS LLC: FIDELITY HEALTH CARE CENTRAL FUND

M. Gardiner & Co

c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A

P.O. Box 35308

Newark, NJ 07101-8006

Email: Fidelity.crcs@jpmorgan.com

Jpmorganinformation.services@jpmorgan.com

Fax number: 469-477-1510

     438,101  

 

A-7

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES G SHARES  

FIDELITY ADVISOR SERIES VII: FIDELITY ADVISOR HEALTH CARE FUND

M. Gardiner & Co

c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A

P.O. Box 35308

Newark, NJ 07101-8006

Email: Fidelity.crcs@jpmorgan.com

Jpmorganinformation.services@jpmorgan.com

Fax number: 469-477-1510

     322,145  

VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND IV: HEALTH CARE PORTFOLIO

M. Gardiner & Co

c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A

P.O. Box 35308

Newark, NJ 07101-8006

Email: Fidelity.crcs@jpmorgan.com

Jpmorganinformation.services@jpmorgan.com

Fax number: 469-477-1510

     181,172  

MAVERICK HOLDINGS L, LLC

300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850

Dallas, TX 75201

Tel: (214)880-4040

Fax: (214)880-4042

     98,371  

OAK INVESTMENT PARTNERS XII, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

901 Main Avenue, Suite 600

Norwalk, CT 06851

     216,748  

BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS V, L.P.

2965 Woodside Road

Woodside, CA 94062

Attn: Steve Spurlock

     220,217  

DAG VENTURES IV-QP, L.P.

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

     101,656  

DAG VENTURES IV, L.P.

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Tel: (650) 543-8180

Fax: (650) 328-2921

     10,743  

 

A-8

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES G SHARES  

GV 2013, L.P.

Attn: GV Legal Department

1600 Amphitheatre Parkway

Mountain View, CA 94043

Facsimile: 650-887-1790

 

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Email: notice@gv.com

     111,472  

ALLEN PARTNERS FUND I LP

c/o Allen & Company LLC

711 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Peter DiLorio

     72,124  

JOHN KOSKI

c/o Allen & Company LLC

711 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10022

     1,898  

ROBERT LOWE

c/o Allen & Company LLC

711 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10022

     1,898  

DIGNITY HEALTH

185 Berry Street, Suite 300

San Francisco, CA 94107

Attn: Lisa Zuckerman

     455,525  

TOTAL SERIES G PREFERRED:

     6,605,115  

 

A-9

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES H SHARES  

PEG DIGITAL GROWTH FUND II L.P.

Lawrence Unrein

JP Morgan Asset Management

Private Equity Group

320 Park Avenue - 15th Floor

NY1-U016

New York, NY 10022

Email: lawrence.m.unrein@jpmorgan.com

 

and:

 

Tyler Jayroe

JP Morgan Asset Management

Private Equity Group

320 Park Avenue - 15th Floor

NY1-U016

New York, NY 10022

Email: tyler.a.jayroe@jpmorgan.com

 

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Marc A. Persily

Proskauer Rose LLP

Eleven Times Square

New York, NY 10036-8299

Email: mpersily@proskauer.com

     5,383,180  

 

A-10

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES H SHARES  

AARP INNOVATION FUND L.P.

Lawrence Unrein

JP Morgan Asset Management

Private Equity Group

320 Park Avenue - 15th Floor

NY1-U016

New York, NY 10022

Email: lawrence.m.unrein@jpmorgan.com

 

and:

 

Tyler Jayroe

JP Morgan Asset Management

Private Equity Group

320 Park Avenue - 15th Floor

NY1-U016

New York, NY 10022

Email: tyler.a.jayroe@jpmorgan.com

 

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Marc A. Persily

Proskauer Rose LLP

Eleven Times Square

New York, NY 10036-8299

Email: mpersily@proskauer.com

     343,607  

LANSDOWNE DEVELOPED MARKETS MASTER FUND LIMITED

c/o Lansdowne Partners (UK) LLP

15 Davies Street

London W1K 3AG

United Kingdom

Tel: +44 (0) 20 7290 5500

Email: PE@LansdownePartners.com

 

With a copy to:

Compliance@LansdownePartners.com

     1,145,358  

H. BARTON CO-INVEST FUND II, LLC

135 Main Street, Suite 850

San Francisco, CA 94105

Email: harris@bartonam.com, kyle@bartonam.com

     114,536  

FAVREAU 2008 TRUST, DTD 4-10-2008

c/o Shephard McIlwee Tinglof

9200 Sunset Boulevard, Penthouse 22

Los Angeles, CA 90069

Attn: Jon Favreau

     114,536  

 

A-11

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES H SHARES  

OAK INVESTMENT PARTNERS XII, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

901 Main Avenue, Suite 600

Norwalk, CT 06851

     52,281  

GV 2013, L.P.

Attn: GV Legal Department

1600 Amphitheatre Parkway

Mountain View, CA 94043

Facsimile: 650-887-1790

 

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Email: notice@gv.com

     28,634  

MAVERICK HOLDINGS L, LLC

300 Crescent Court, Suite 1850

Dallas, TX 75201

Tel: (214)880-4040

Fax: (214)880-4042

     28,634  

REDMILE CAPITAL OFFSHORE FUND II, LTD.

Letterman Digital Arts Center

One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-700

San Francisco, CA 94129

     76,357  

REDMILE STRATEGIC MASTER FUND, L.P.

Letterman Digital Arts Center

One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-700

San Francisco, CA 94129

     36,995  

REDMILE PRIVATE INVESTMENTS I, LP

Letterman Digital Arts Center

One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-700

San Francisco, CA 94129

     66,337  

REDMILE PRIVATE INVESTMENTS I AFFILIATES, LP

Letterman Digital Arts Center

One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite D3-700

San Francisco, CA 94129

     49,383  

DIGNITY HEALTH

185 Berry Street, Suite 300

San Francisco, CA 94107

     4,276  

ALLEN PARTNERS FUND I LP

c/o Allen & Company LLC

711 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Peter DiLorio

     677  

 

A-12

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES H SHARES  

JOHN KOSKI

c/o Allen & Company LLC

711 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10022

     18  

ROBERT LOWE

c/o Allen & Company LLC

711 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10022

     18  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL SERIES H PREFERRED:

     7,444,827  
  

 

 

 

 

A-13

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


NAME AND ADDRESS

   SERIES I SHARES  

CARLYLE PARTNERS VII HOLDINGS, L.P.

520 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10022

     17,699,115  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL:

     17,699,115  
  

 

 

 

 

A-14

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

Exhibit 10.4

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: February 9, 2017

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: February 17, 2017

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: September 14, 2017

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: November 20, 2017

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: November 21, 2019

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: January 15, 2020

TERMINATION DATE: February 8, 2027

 

1.

GENERAL.

(a) Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan. The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the Company’s Amended 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Prior Plan”). Following the Effective Date, no additional stock awards will be granted under the Prior Plan. Any shares remaining available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of options or issuance or settlement of stock awards under the Prior Plan as of the Effective Date (the “Prior Plans Available Reserve”) will become available for issuance pursuant to Stock Awards granted hereunder. From and after the Effective Date, all outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan; provided, however, any shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan that (i) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement; (ii) are forfeited, cancelled or otherwise returned to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares; or (iii) are reacquired, withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of a stock award (the “Returning Shares”) will become available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted hereunder. All Awards granted on or after the Effective Date of this Plan will be subject to the terms of this Plan.

(b) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Stock Awards.

(c) Available Stock Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following types of Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards and (vi) Other Stock Awards.

(d) Purpose. The Plan, through the grant of Stock Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

 

2.

ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Administration by the Board. The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of the Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

 

1.


(i) To determine (A) who will be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award will be granted; (C) what type of Stock Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, a Stock Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Stock Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which a Stock Award may be exercised or vest (or the time at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued in settlement thereof).

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or a Stock Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not impair a Participant’s rights under the Participant’s then-outstanding Stock Award without the Participant’s written consent except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or bringing the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan into compliance with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or ensuring that they are exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or a Stock Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will materially impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Stock Award without the Participant’s written consent.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

(viii) To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that a Participant’s rights under any Stock Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company

 

2.


requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Stock Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Stock Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

(xi) To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2) Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee, as applicable). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Stock Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most

 

3.


recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(t) below.

(e) Effect of Boards Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

(f) Arbitration. Any dispute or claim concerning any Stock Awards granted (or not granted) pursuant to the Plan or any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the Plan shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding and confidential arbitration conducted pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association the rules of Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”) in California. The Company shall pay all arbitration fees. In addition to any other relief, the arbitrator may award to the prevailing party recovery of its attorneys’ fees and costs. By accepting a Stock Award, Participants and the Company waive their respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried by a judge or jury.

 

3.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Share Reserve.

(i) Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards from and after the Effective Date will not exceed 34,822,123 shares (the “Share Reserve”), which number is the sum of (i) the number of shares subject to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve, (ii) an additional 21,607,000 new shares, plus (iii) an additional number of shares in an amount not to exceed 11,656,735 shares (which number consists of the Returning Shares, if any, as such shares become available from time to time).

(ii) For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Subject to the Share Reserve and Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be a number of shares of Common Stock equal to three multiplied by the Share Reserve.

 

4.


(d) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

 

4.

ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however, that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

(c) Consultants. A Consultant will not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

 

5.

PROVISIONS RELATING TO OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however, that each Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement.

 

5.


(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Stock Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Award if such Stock Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Purchase Price for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

(v) according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided, however, that interest will compound at least annually and will be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or

(vi) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR. To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of

 

6.


Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided in the Plan, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2). If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(f) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than 30 days if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause) and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR (as applicable) within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date. If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive)

 

7.


equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

(i) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than six months if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(j) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (for a reason other than death), then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than six months if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause), and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l) Non-Exempt Employees. If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Stock Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the

 

8.


provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Stock Award Agreement, in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

(m) Early Exercise of Options. An Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company will not be required to exercise its repurchase right until at least six months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

(n) Right of Repurchase. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or SAR.

(o) Right of First Refusal. The Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Participant of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option or SAR. Such right of first refusal will be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l). Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(o) or in the Stock Award Agreement, such right of first refusal will otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the bylaws of the Company.

 

6.

PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS AND SARS.

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award may be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (ii) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

9.


(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration (including future services) that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board may deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment. A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

 

10.


(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participants Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(vii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

(c) Other Stock Awards. Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

 

7.

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(a) Availability of Shares. The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

 

11.


(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes. The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

 

8.

MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Stock Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Stock Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Stock Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Stock Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Stock Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares subject to any portion of such Stock Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Stock Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Stock Award that is so reduced or extended.

 

12.


(f) Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(g) Execution of Additional Documents. As a condition to accepting a Stock Award under the Plan, the Participant agrees to execute any additional documents or instruments necessary or desirable, as determined in the Company’s sole discretion, to carry out the purposes or intent of the Stock Award, or facilitate compliance with securities and/or other regulatory requirements, in each case at the Company’s request.

(h) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that the Participant is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(i) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

 

13.


(j) Electronic Delivery. Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

(k) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(l) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan (and unless the Stock Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding a Stock Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(m) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase right will be specified in the Stock Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock will be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase. The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock will be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. However, the Company will not exercise its repurchase right until at least six months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.

 

9.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

14.


(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions will apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

(i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

(ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that the Board may require Participants to complete and deliver to the Company a notice of exercise before the effective date of a Corporate Transaction, which exercise is contingent upon the effectiveness of such Corporate Transaction;

(iv) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

(v) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration (including no consideration) as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(vi) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise. For clarity, this payment may be zero ($0)

 

15.


if the value of the property is equal to or less than the exercise price. Payments under this provision may be delayed to the same extent that payment of consideration to the holders of the Company’s Common Stock in connection with the Corporate Transaction is delayed as a result of escrows, earn outs, holdbacks or any other contingencies.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Board may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a Stock Award.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

(e) Appointment of Stockholder Representative. As a condition to the receipt of a Stock Award under this Plan, a Participant will be deemed to have agreed that the Stock Award will be subject to the terms of any agreement governing a Corporate Transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a shareholder representative that is authorized to act on the Participant’s behalf with respect to any escrow or other contingent consideration.

(f) No Restriction on Right to Undertake Transactions. The grant of any Stock Award under the Plan and the issuance of shares pursuant to any Stock Award does not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, Options or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

10.

PLAN TERM; EARLIER TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless terminated sooner by the Board, the Plan will automatically terminate on the day before the 10th anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan will not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant or as otherwise permitted in the Plan.

 

11.

EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

This Plan will become effective on the Effective Date.

 

12.

CHOICE OF LAW.

The laws of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

16.


13. DEFINITIONS. As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(d) Cause will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Company, in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(e) Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in

 

17.


Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; or

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply.

(f) Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(g) Committee” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(h) Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(i) Company” means 1Life Healthcare, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j) Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

 

18.


(k) Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(l) Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(m) Director” means a member of the Board.

(n) Disability” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(o) Effective Date” means the effective date of this Plan, which is February 9, 2017, the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

19.


(p) Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(q) Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(r) Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) Exchange Act Person means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(t) Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

(u) Incentive Stock Option” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and that qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(v) Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(w) Officer” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(x) Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(y) Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(z) Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(aa) Other Stock Award” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c).

(bb) Other Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

20.


(cc) Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership A person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(dd) Participant” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(ee) Plan” means this 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ff) Restricted Stock Award” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(gg) Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh) Restricted Stock Unit Award means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(ii) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(jj) Rule 405” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(kk) Rule 701” means Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(ll) Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(mm) Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(nn) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(oo) Stock Award” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right or any Other Stock Award.

(pp) Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

21.


(qq) Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(rr) Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

22.

Exhibit 10.6

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: SEPTEMBER 19, 2019

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: JANUARY 15, 2020


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.

 

GENERAL

     1  

2.

 

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

     1  

3.

 

ELIGIBILITY AND LIMITATIONS

     2  

4.

 

OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

     3  

5.

 

AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

     6  

6.

 

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS

     8  

7.

 

ADMINISTRATION

     10  

8.

 

TAX WITHHOLDING

     12  

9.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     13  

10.

 

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

     15  

11.

 

ADDITIONAL RULES FOR AWARDS SUBJECT TO SECTION 409A

     16  

12.

 

SEVERABILITY

     19  

13.

 

TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

     19  

14.

 

DEFINITIONS

     19  

 

i.


1.

GENERAL.

(a)    Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan. The Plan is the successor to and continuation of the Prior Plan. As of the Effective Date, (i) no additional awards may be granted under the Prior Plan; (ii) the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve plus any Returning Shares will become available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under this Plan; and (iii) all outstanding awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan (except to the extent such outstanding awards result in Returning Shares that become available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under this Plan). All Awards granted under this Plan will be subject to the terms of this Plan.

(b)    Plan Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of Employees, Directors and Consultants, to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and to provide a means by which such persons may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Awards.

(c)    Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options; (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options; (iii) SARs; (iv) Restricted Stock Awards; (v) RSU Awards; (vi) Performance Awards; and (vii) Other Awards.

(d)    Adoption Date; Effective Date. The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date, but no Award may be granted prior to the Effective Date.

 

2.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a)    Share Reserve. Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(c) and any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards will not exceed 45,112,387 shares, which number is the sum of: (i) 16,000,000 new shares, plus (ii) the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve; plus, (iii) the number of Returning Shares, if any, as such shares become available from time to time.

In addition, subject to any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, such aggregate number of shares of Common Stock will automatically increase on January 1 of each year for a period of ten years commencing on January 1, 2021 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2030, in an amount equal to 4% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding year; provided, however that the Board may act prior to January 1st of a given year to provide that the increase for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock.

(b)    Aggregate Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2(a) and subject to any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options is 135,337,161 shares.

(c)    Share Reserve Operation.

(i)    Limit Applies to Common Stock Issued Pursuant to Awards. For clarity, the Share Reserve is a limit on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards and does not limit the granting of Awards, except that the Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy its obligations to issue shares pursuant to such Awards. Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by, as applicable, Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c), NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, NYSE American Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

1.


(ii)    Actions that Do Not Constitute Issuance of Common Stock and Do Not Reduce Share Reserve. The following actions do not result in an issuance of shares under the Plan and accordingly do not reduce the number of shares subject to the Share Reserve and available for issuance under the Plan: (1) the expiration or termination of any portion of an Award without the shares covered by such portion of the Award having been issued, (2) the settlement of any portion of an Award in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than Common Stock), (3) the withholding of shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an Award; (4) the withholding of shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an Award.

(iii)    Reversion of Previously Issued Shares of Common Stock to Share Reserve. The following shares of Common Stock previously issued pursuant to an Award and accordingly initially deducted from the Share Reserve will be added back to the Share Reserve and again become available for issuance under the Plan: (1) any shares that are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of a failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares; (2) any shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an Award; and (3) any shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an Award.

 

3.

ELIGIBILITY AND LIMITATIONS.

(a)    Eligible Award Recipients. Subject to the terms of the Plan, Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

(b)    Specific Award Limitations.

(i)    Limitations on Incentive Stock Option Recipients. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code).

(ii)    Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(iii)    Limitations on Incentive Stock Options Granted to Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder may not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless (i) the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Option and (ii) the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant of such Option.

(iv)    Limitations on Nonstatutory Stock Options and SARs. Nonstatutory Stock Options and SARs may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 405) unless

 

2.


the stock underlying such Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A because the Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction (such as a spin off transaction) or unless such Awards otherwise comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A.

(c)    Aggregate Incentive Stock Option Limit. The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options is the number of shares specified in Section 2(b).

(d)    Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit. The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid, as applicable, to any individual for service as a Non-Employee Director with respect to any period commencing on the date of the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders for a particular year and ending on the day immediately prior to the date of the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders for the next subsequent year, including Awards granted and cash fees paid by the Company to such Non-Employee Director, will not exceed $750,000 in total value, in each case calculating the value of any equity awards based on the grant date fair value of such equity awards for financial reporting purposes.

 

4.

OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

Each Option and SAR will have such terms and conditions as determined by the Board. Each Option will be designated in writing as an Incentive Stock Option or Nonstatutory Stock Option at the time of grant; provided, however, that if an Option is not so designated, then such Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and the shares purchased upon exercise of each type of Option will be separately accounted for. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents. The terms and conditions of separate Options and SARs need not be identical; provided, however, that each Option Agreement and SAR Agreement will conform (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Award Agreement or otherwise) to the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a)    Term. Subject to Section 3(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant of such Award or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b)    Exercise or Strike Price. Subject to Section 3(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Sections 409A and, if applicable, 424(a) of the Code.

(c)    Exercise Procedure and Payment of Exercise Price for Options. In order to exercise an Option, the Participant must provide notice of exercise to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the procedures specified in the Option Agreement or otherwise provided by the Company. The Board has the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The exercise price of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and as determined by the Board, by one or more of the following methods of payment to the extent set forth in the Option Agreement:

(i)    by cash or check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

 

3.


(ii)    pursuant to a “cashless exercise” program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the Common Stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii)    by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock that are already owned by the Participant free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise that does not exceed the exercise price, provided that (1) at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, (2) any remaining balance of the exercise price not satisfied by such delivery is paid by the Participant in cash or other permitted form of payment, (3) such delivery would not violate any Applicable Law or agreement restricting the redemption of the Common Stock, (4) any certificated shares are endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate, and (5) such shares have been held by the Participant for any minimum period necessary to avoid adverse accounting treatment as a result of such delivery;

(iv)    if the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise that does not exceed the exercise price, provided that (1) such shares used to pay the exercise price will not be exercisable thereafter and (2) any remaining balance of the exercise price not satisfied by such net exercise is paid by the Participant in cash or other permitted form of payment; or

(v)    in any other form of consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and permissible under Applicable Law.

(d)    Exercise Procedure and Payment of Appreciation Distribution for SARs. In order to exercise any SAR, the Participant must provide notice of exercise to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the SAR Agreement. The appreciation distribution payable to a Participant upon the exercise of a SAR will not be greater than an amount equal to the excess of (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents that are vested and being exercised under such SAR, over (ii) the strike price of such SAR. Such appreciation distribution may be paid to the Participant in the form of Common Stock or cash (or any combination of Common Stock and cash) or in any other form of payment, as determined by the Board and specified in the SAR Agreement.

(e)    Transferability. Options and SARs may not be transferred to third party financial institutions for value. The Board may impose such additional limitations on the transferability of an Option or SAR as it determines. In the absence of any such determination by the Board, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply, provided that except as explicitly provided herein, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration and provided, further, that if an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer:

(i)    Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant; provided, however, that the Board may permit transfer of an Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws upon the Participant’s request, including to a trust if the Participant is considered to be the sole beneficial owner of such trust (as determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while such Option or SAR is held in such trust, provided that the Participant and the trustee enter into a transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

 

4.


(ii)    Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the execution of transfer documentation in a format acceptable to the Company and subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order.

(f)    Vesting. The Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting and/or exercisability of an Option or SAR as determined by the Board. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, vesting of Options and SARs will cease upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.

(g)    Termination of Continuous Service for Cause. Except as explicitly otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Participant’s Options and SARs will terminate and be forfeited immediately upon such termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising any portion (including any vested portion) of such Awards on and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in such forfeited Award, the shares of Common Stock subject to the forfeited Award, or any consideration in respect of the forfeited Award.

(h)    Post-Termination Exercise Period Following Termination of Continuous Service for Reasons Other than Cause. Subject to Section 4(i), if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than for Cause, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR to the extent vested, but only within the following period of time or, if applicable, such other period of time provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate; provided, however, that in no event may such Award be exercised after the expiration of its maximum term (as set forth in Section 4(a)):

(i)    three months following the date of such termination if such termination is a termination without Cause (other than any termination due to the Participant’s Disability or death);

(ii)    12 months following the date of such termination if such termination is due to the Participant’s Disability;

(iii)    18 months following the date of such termination if such termination is due to the Participant’s death; or

(iv)    18 months following the date of the Participant’s death if such death occurs following the date of such termination but during the period such Award is otherwise exercisable (as provided in (i) or (ii) above).

Following the date of such termination, to the extent the Participant does not exercise such Award within the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period (or, if earlier, prior to the expiration of the maximum term of such Award), such unexercised portion of the Award will terminate, and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in terminated Award, the shares of Common Stock subject to the terminated Award, or any consideration in respect of the terminated Award.

(i)    Restrictions on Exercise; Extension of Exercisability. A Participant may not exercise an Option or SAR at any time that the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon such exercise would

 

5.


violate Applicable Law. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than for Cause and, at any time during the last thirty days of the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period: (i) the exercise of the Participant’s Option or SAR would be prohibited solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon such exercise would violate Applicable Law, or (ii) the immediate sale of any shares of Common Stock issued upon such exercise would violate the Company’s Trading Policy, then the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period will be extended to the last day of the calendar month that commences following the date the Award would otherwise expire, with an additional extension of the exercise period to the last day of the next calendar month to apply if any of the foregoing restrictions apply at any time during such extended exercise period, generally without limitation as to the maximum permitted number of extensions); provided, however, that in no event may such Award be exercised after the expiration of its maximum term (as set forth in Section 4(a)).

(j)    Non-Exempt Employees. No Option or SAR, whether or not vested, granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, will be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of such Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in accordance with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, any vested portion of such Award may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant of such Award in the event of (i) such Participant’s death or Disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which such Award is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control, or (iv) such Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Award Agreement or another applicable agreement or, in the absence of any such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines). This Section 4(j) is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(k)    Whole Shares. Options and SARs may be exercised only with respect to whole shares of Common Stock or their equivalents.

 

5.

AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

(a)    Restricted Stock Awards and RSU Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award and RSU Award will have such terms and conditions as determined by the Board; provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement and RSU Award Agreement will conform (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Award Agreement or otherwise) to the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i)    Form of Award.

(1)    RSAs: To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award may be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until such shares become vested or any other restrictions lapse, or (ii) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, a Participant will have voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

(2)    RSUs: A RSU Award represents a Participant’s right to be issued on a future date the number of shares of Common Stock that is equal to the number of restricted stock units subject to the RSU Award. As a holder of a RSU Award, a Participant is an unsecured creditor of the

 

6.


Company with respect to the Company’s unfunded obligation, if any, to issue shares of Common Stock in settlement of such Award and nothing contained in the Plan or any RSU Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate or any other person. A Participant will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any RSU Award (unless and until shares are actually issued in settlement of a vested RSU Award).

(ii)    Consideration.

(1)    RSA: A Restricted Stock Award may be granted in consideration for (A) cash or check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of consideration (including future services) as the Board may determine and permissible under Applicable Law.

(2)    RSU: Unless otherwise determined by the Board at the time of grant, a RSU Award will be granted in consideration for the Participant’s services to the Company or an Affiliate, such that the Participant will not be required to make any payment to the Company (other than such services) with respect to the grant or vesting of the RSU Award, or the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the RSU Award. If, at the time of grant, the Board determines that any consideration must be paid by the Participant (in a form other than the Participant’s services to the Company or an Affiliate) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock in settlement of the RSU Award, such consideration may be paid in any form of consideration as the Board may determine and permissible under Applicable Law.

(iii)    Vesting. The Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of a Restricted Stock Award or RSU Award as determined by the Board. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, vesting of Restricted Stock Awards and RSU Awards will cease upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.

(iv)    Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason, (i) the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant under his or her Restricted Stock Award that have not vested as of the date of such termination as set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement and (ii) any portion of his or her RSU Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon such termination and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in the RSU Award, the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the RSU Award, or any consideration in respect of the RSU Award.

(v)    Dividends and Dividend Equivalents. Dividends or dividend equivalents may be paid or credited, as applicable, with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award or RSU Award, as determined by the Board and specified in the Award Agreement).

(vi)    Settlement of RSU Awards. A RSU Award may be settled by the issuance of shares of Common Stock or cash (or any combination thereof) or in any other form of payment, as determined by the Board and specified in the RSU Award Agreement. At the time of grant, the Board may determine to impose such restrictions or conditions that delay such delivery to a date following the vesting of the RSU Award.

 

7.


(b)    Performance Awards. With respect to any Performance Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, the other terms and conditions of such Award, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be determined by the Board.

(c)    Other Awards. Other forms of Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Awards provided for under Section 4 and the preceding provisions of this Section 5. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete discretion to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Awards.

 

6.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

(a)    Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan and the maximum number of shares by which the Share Reserve may annually increase pursuant to Section 2(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 2(a), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and exercise price, strike price or purchase price of Common Stock subject to outstanding Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock shall be created in order to implement any Capitalization Adjustment. The Board shall determine an appropriate equivalent benefit, if any, for any fractional shares or rights to fractional shares that might be created by the adjustments referred to in the preceding provisions of this Section.

(b)    Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Awards (other than Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may determine to cause some or all Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c)     Corporate Transaction. The following provisions will apply to Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of an Award. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board will take one or more of the following actions with respect to Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

(i)    arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Award or to substitute a similar Award for the Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

 

8.


(ii)    arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii)    accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board Determines (or, if the Board does not Determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction in accordance with the exercise procedures Determined by the Board;

(iv)    arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Award;

(v)    cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for no consideration ($0) or such consideration, if any, as Determined by the Board; or

(vi)    cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Transaction, in exchange for a payment, in such form as may be Determined by the Board, equal to the excess, if any, of (A), the per share amount (or value of property per share) payable to holders of Common Stock in connection with the Corporate Transaction, over (B) the per share exercise price under the applicable Award, multiplied by the number of shares subject to the Award. For clarity, this payment may be $0 if the amount per share (or value of property per share) payable to the holders of the Common Stock is equal to or less than the per share exercise price of the Award. In addition, any escrow, holdback, earn out or similar provisions in the definitive agreement for the Corporate Transaction may apply to such payment to the holder of the Award to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of Common Stock.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants.

(d)    Appointment of Stockholder Representative. As a condition to the receipt of an Award under this Plan, a Participant will be deemed to have agreed that the Award will be subject to the terms of any agreement governing a Corporate Transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a stockholder representative that is authorized to act on the Participant’s behalf with respect to any escrow, indemnities and any contingent consideration.

(e)    No Restriction on Right to Undertake Transactions. The grant of any Award under the Plan and the issuance of shares pursuant to any Award does not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, rights or options to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

(f)    An Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Award Agreement for such Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

 

9.


7.

ADMINISTRATION.

(a)    Administration by Board. The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in subsection (c) below.

(b)    Powers of Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i)    To determine from time to time (1) which of the persons eligible under the Plan will be granted Awards; (2) when and how each Award will be granted; (3) what type or combination of types of Award will be granted; (4) the provisions of each Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person will be permitted to receive an issuance of Common Stock or other payment pursuant to an Award; (5) the number of shares of Common Stock or cash equivalent with respect to which an Award will be granted to each such person; (6) the Fair Market Value applicable to an Award; and (7) the terms of any Performance Award that is not valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the Common Stock, including the amount of cash payment or other property that may be earned and the timing of payment.

(ii)    To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii)    To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv)    To accelerate the time at which an Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest, notwithstanding the provisions in the Award Agreement stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v)    To prohibit the exercise of any Option, SAR or other exercisable Award during a period of up to 30 days prior to the consummation of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of Common Stock or the share price of the Common Stock including any Corporate Transaction, for reasons of administrative convenience.

(vi)    To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan will not Materially Impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vii)    To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable; provided, however, that stockholder approval will be required for any amendment to the extent required by Applicable Law. Except as provided above, rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan will not be Materially Impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

 

10.


(viii)    To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval.

(ix)    To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be Materially Impaired by any such amendment unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

(x)    Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(xi)    To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit and facilitate participation in the Plan by, or take advantage of specific tax treatment for Awards granted to, Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement to ensure or facilitate compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

(xii)    To effect, at any time and from time to time, subject to the consent of any Participant whose Award is Materially Impaired by such action, (1) the reduction of the exercise price (or strike price) of any outstanding Option or SAR; (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or SAR and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option, SAR, Restricted Stock Award, RSU Award or Other Award, under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company, covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) cash and/or (C) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board); or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c)    Delegation to Committee.

(i)    General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to another Committee or a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Each Committee may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with Committee or subcommittee to which it has delegated its authority hereunder and may, at any time, revest in such Committee some or all of the powers previously delegated. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with any Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii)    Rule 16b-3 Compliance. To the extent an Award is intended to qualify for the exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act that is available under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, the Award will be granted by the Board or a Committee that consists solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, as determined under Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act and thereafter any action establishing or modifying the terms of the Award will be approved by the Board or a Committee meeting such requirements to the extent necessary for such exemption to remain available.

 

11.


(d)    Effect of Boards Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board or any Committee in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

(e)    Delegation to an Officer. The Board or any Committee may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, other types of Awards) and, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however, that the resolutions or charter adopted by the Board or any Committee evidencing such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant an Award to himself or herself. Any such Awards will be granted on the applicable form of Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Board or the Committee, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, neither the Board nor any Committee may delegate to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) the authority to determine the Fair Market Value.

 

8.

TAX WITHHOLDING

(a)    Withholding Authorization. As a condition to acceptance of any Award under the Plan, a Participant authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to such Participant, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including), any sums required to satisfy any U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign tax or social insurance contribution withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise, vesting or settlement of such Award, as applicable. Accordingly, a Participant may not be able to exercise an Award even though the Award is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue shares of Common Stock subject to an Award, unless and until such obligations are satisfied.

(b)    Satisfaction of Withholding Obligation. To the extent permitted by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign tax or social insurance withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (v) by allowing a Participant to effectuate a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board, or (vi) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(c)    No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes; No Liability to Claims. Except as required by Applicable Law the Company has no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Award. Furthermore, the Company has no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award and will not be liable to any holder of an Award for any adverse tax consequences to such holder in connection with an Award. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant (i) agrees to not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from such Award or other Company compensation and (ii) acknowledges that such Participant was advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, financial and other legal advisors regarding the tax

 

12.


consequences of the Award and has either done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. Additionally, each Participant acknowledges any Option or SAR granted under the Plan is exempt from Section 409A only if the exercise or strike price is at least equal to the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Internal Revenue Service and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the Award. Additionally, as a condition to accepting an Option or SAR granted under the Plan, each Participant agrees not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that such exercise price or strike price is less than the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

(d)    Withholding Indemnification. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, in the event that the amount of the Company’s and/or its Affiliate’s withholding obligation in connection with such Award was greater than the amount actually withheld by the Company and/or its Affiliates, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company and/or its Affiliates harmless from any failure by the Company and/or its Affiliates to withhold the proper amount.

 

9.

MISCELLANEOUS.

(a)    Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

(b)    Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(c)    Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action approving the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(d)    Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Award pursuant to its terms, if applicable, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award is reflected in the records of the Company.

(e)    No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that a Participant may have with respect to any Award (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state or foreign jurisdiction in which the Company or the

 

13.


Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be. Further, nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award will constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or service or confer any right or benefit under the Award or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of the Award Agreement and/or Plan.

(f)    Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board may determine, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, to (i) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (ii) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

(g)    Execution of Additional Documents. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, the Participant agrees to execute any additional documents or instruments necessary or desirable, as determined in the Plan Administrator’s sole discretion, to carry out the purposes or intent of the Award, or facilitate compliance with securities and/or other regulatory requirements, in each case at the Plan Administrator’s request.

(h)    Electronic Delivery and Participation. Any reference herein or in an Award Agreement to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access). By accepting any Award the Participant consents to receive documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through any on-line electronic system established and maintained by the Plan Administrator or another third party selected by the Plan Administrator. The form of delivery of any Common Stock (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.

(i)    Clawback/Recovery. All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other Applicable Law and any clawback policy that the Company otherwise adopts, to the extent applicable and permissible under Applicable Law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a Participant’s right to voluntary terminate employment upon a “resignation for good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

(j)    Securities Law Compliance. A Participant will not be issued any shares in respect of an Award unless either (i) the shares are registered under the Securities Act; or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Each Award also must comply with other Applicable Law governing the Award, and a Participant will not receive such shares if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with Applicable Law.

 

14.


(k)    Transfer or Assignment of Awards; Issued Shares. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the form of Award Agreement, Awards granted under the Plan may not be transferred or assigned by the Participant. After the vested shares subject to an Award have been issued, or in the case of Restricted Stock and similar awards, after the issued shares have vested, the holder of such shares is free to assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in such shares provided that any such actions are in compliance with the provisions herein, the terms of the Trading Policy and Applicable Law.

(l)    Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans. The value of any Award granted under the Plan, as determined upon grant, vesting or settlement, shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating any Participant’s benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

(m)    Deferrals. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may also establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A.

(n)    Section 409A. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months and one day following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(o)    CHOICE OF LAW. This Plan and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in any application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

 

10.

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(a)    Compliance with Law. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency, as may be deemed to be necessary, having jurisdiction over the Plan such

 

15.


authority as may be required to grant Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise or vesting of the Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary or advisable for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise or vesting of such Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant is not eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any Applicable Law.

 

11.

ADDITIONAL RULES FOR AWARDS SUBJECT TO SECTION 409A.

(a)    Application. Unless the provisions of this Section of the Plan are expressly superseded by the provisions in the form of Award Agreement, the provisions of this Section shall apply and shall supersede anything to the contrary set forth in the Award Agreement for a Non-Exempt Award.

(b)    Non-Exempt Awards Subject to Non-Exempt Severance Arrangements. To the extent a Non-Exempt Award is subject to Section 409A due to application of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement, the following provisions of this subsection (b) apply.

(i)    If the Non-Exempt Award vests in the ordinary course during the Participant’s Continuous Service in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Award Agreement, and does not accelerate vesting under the terms of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement, in no event will the shares be issued in respect of such Non-Exempt Award any later than the later of: (i) December 31st of the calendar year that includes the applicable vesting date, or (ii) the 60th day that follows the applicable vesting date.

(ii)    If vesting of the Non-Exempt Award accelerates under the terms of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement in connection with the Participant’s Separation from Service, and such vesting acceleration provisions were in effect as of the date of grant of the Non-Exempt Award and, therefore, are part of the terms of such Non-Exempt Award as of the date of grant, then the shares will be earlier issued in settlement of such Non-Exempt Award upon the Participant’s Separation from Service in accordance with the terms of the Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement, but in no event later than the 60th day that follows the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service. However, if at the time the shares would otherwise be issued the Participant is subject to the distribution limitations contained in Section 409A applicable to “specified employees,” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such shares shall not be issued before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s Separation from Service, or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death that occurs within such six month period.

(iii)    If vesting of a Non-Exempt Award accelerates under the terms of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement in connection with a Participant’s Separation from Service, and such vesting acceleration provisions were not in effect as of the date of grant of the Non-Exempt Award and, therefore, are not a part of the terms of such Non-Exempt Award on the date of grant, then such acceleration of vesting of the Non-Exempt Award shall not accelerate the issuance date of the shares, but the shares shall instead be issued on the same schedule as set forth in the Grant Notice as if they had vested in the ordinary course during the Participant’s Continuous Service, notwithstanding the vesting acceleration of the Non-Exempt Award. Such issuance schedule is intended to satisfy the requirements of payment on a specified date or pursuant to a fixed schedule, as provided under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(a)(4).

 

16.


(c)    Treatment of Non-Exempt Awards Upon a Corporate Transaction for Employees and Consultants. The provisions of this subsection (c) shall apply and shall supersede anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan with respect to the permitted treatment of any Non-Exempt Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction if the Participant was either an Employee or Consultant upon the applicable date of grant of the Non-Exempt Award.

(i)    Vested Non-Exempt Awards. The following provisions shall apply to any Vested Non-Exempt Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction:

(1)    If the Corporate Transaction is also a Section 409A Change in Control then the Acquiring Entity may not assume, continue or substitute the Vested Non-Exempt Award. Upon the Section 409A Change in Control the settlement of the Vested Non-Exempt Award will automatically be accelerated and the shares will be immediately issued in respect of the Vested Non-Exempt Award. Alternatively, the Company may instead provide that the Participant will receive a cash settlement equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant upon the Section 409A Change in Control.

(2)    If the Corporate Transaction is not also a Section 409A Change in Control, then the Acquiring Entity must either assume, continue or substitute each Vested Non-Exempt Award. The shares to be issued in respect of the Vested Non-Exempt Award shall be issued to the Participant by the Acquiring Entity on the same schedule that the shares would have been issued to the Participant if the Corporate Transaction had not occurred. In the Acquiring Entity’s discretion, in lieu of an issuance of shares, the Acquiring Entity may instead substitute a cash payment on each applicable issuance date, equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant on such issuance dates, with the determination of the Fair Market Value of the shares made on the date of the Corporate Transaction.

(ii)    Unvested Non-Exempt Awards. The following provisions shall apply to any Unvested Non-Exempt Award unless otherwise determined by the Board pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section.

(1)    In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Acquiring Entity shall assume, continue or substitute any Unvested Non-Exempt Award. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, any Unvested Non-Exempt Award will remain subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions that were applicable to the Award prior to the Corporate Transaction. The shares to be issued in respect of any Unvested Non-Exempt Award shall be issued to the Participant by the Acquiring Entity on the same schedule that the shares would have been issued to the Participant if the Corporate Transaction had not occurred. In the Acquiring Entity’s discretion, in lieu of an issuance of shares, the Acquiring Entity may instead substitute a cash payment on each applicable issuance date, equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant on such issuance dates, with the determination of Fair Market Value of the shares made on the date of the Corporate Transaction.

(2)    If the Acquiring Entity will not assume, substitute or continue any Unvested Non-Exempt Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction, then such Award shall automatically terminate and be forfeited upon the Corporate Transaction with no consideration payable to any Participant in respect of such forfeited Unvested Non-Exempt Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted and in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, the Board may in its discretion determine to elect to accelerate the vesting and settlement of the Unvested Non-Exempt Award upon the Corporate Transaction, or instead substitute a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant, as further provided in subsection (e)(ii) below. In the absence of such discretionary election by the Board, any Unvested Non-

 

17.


Exempt Award shall be forfeited without payment of any consideration to the affected Participants if the Acquiring Entity will not assume, substitute or continue the Unvested Non-Exempt Awards in connection with the Corporate Transaction.

(3)    The foregoing treatment shall apply with respect to all Unvested Non-Exempt Awards upon any Corporate Transaction, and regardless of whether or not such Corporate Transaction is also a Section 409A Change in Control.

(d)    Treatment of Non-Exempt Awards Upon a Corporate Transaction for Non-Employee Directors. The following provisions of this subsection (d) shall apply and shall supersede anything to the contrary that may be set forth in the Plan with respect to the permitted treatment of a Non-Exempt Director Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction.

(i)    If the Corporate Transaction is also a Section 409A Change in Control then the Acquiring Entity may not assume, continue or substitute the Non-Exempt Director Award. Upon the Section 409A Change in Control the vesting and settlement of any Non-Exempt Director Award will automatically be accelerated and the shares will be immediately issued to the Participant in respect of the Non-Exempt Director Award. Alternatively, the Company may provide that the Participant will instead receive a cash settlement equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant upon the Section 409A Change in Control pursuant to the preceding provision.

(ii)    If the Corporate Transaction is not also a Section 409A Change in Control, then the Acquiring Entity must either assume, continue or substitute the Non-Exempt Director Award. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Non-Exempt Director Award will remain subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions that were applicable to the Award prior to the Corporate Transaction. The shares to be issued in respect of the Non-Exempt Director Award shall be issued to the Participant by the Acquiring Entity on the same schedule that the shares would have been issued to the Participant if the Corporate Transaction had not occurred. In the Acquiring Entity’s discretion, in lieu of an issuance of shares, the Acquiring Entity may instead substitute a cash payment on each applicable issuance date, equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant on such issuance dates, with the determination of Fair Market Value made on the date of the Corporate Transaction.

(e)    If the RSU Award is a Non-Exempt Award, then the provisions in this Section 11(e) shall apply and supersede anything to the contrary that may be set forth in the Plan or the Award Agreement with respect to the permitted treatment of such Non-Exempt Award:

(i)    Any exercise by the Board of discretion to accelerate the vesting of a Non-Exempt Award shall not result in any acceleration of the scheduled issuance dates for the shares in respect of the Non-Exempt Award unless earlier issuance of the shares upon the applicable vesting dates would be in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A.

(ii)    The Company explicitly reserves the right to earlier settle any Non-Exempt Award to the extent permitted and in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, including pursuant to any of the exemptions available in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix).

(iii)    To the extent the terms of any Non-Exempt Award provide that it will be settled upon a Change in Control or Corporate Transaction, to the extent it is required for compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, the Change in Control or Corporate Transaction event triggering settlement must also constitute a Section 409A Change in Control. To the extent the terms of a Non-Exempt Award provides that it will be settled upon a termination of employment or termination of

 

18.


Continuous Service, to the extent it is required for compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, the termination event triggering settlement must also constitute a Separation From Service. However, if at the time the shares would otherwise be issued to a Participant in connection with a “separation from service” such Participant is subject to the distribution limitations contained in Section 409A applicable to “specified employees,” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such shares shall not be issued before the date that is six months following the date of the Participant’s Separation From Service, or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death that occurs within such six month period.

(iv)    The provisions in this subsection (e) for delivery of the shares in respect of the settlement of a RSU Award that is a Non-Exempt Award are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that the delivery of the shares to the Participant in respect of such Non-Exempt Award will not trigger the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be so interpreted.

 

12.

SEVERABILITY.

If all or any part of the Plan or any Award Agreement is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of the Plan or such Award Agreement not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of the Plan or any Award Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

13.

TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.

No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of: (i) the Adoption Date, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders.

No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

14.

DEFINITIONS.

As used in the Plan, the following definitions apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a)    “Acquiring Entity” means the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) in connection with a Corporate Transaction.

(b)    “Adoption Date” means the date the Plan is first approved by the Board or Compensation Committee.

(c)    “Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act. The Board may determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(d)    “Applicable Law” means shall mean any applicable securities, federal, state, foreign, material local or municipal or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, listing rule, regulation, judicial decision, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body (including under the authority of any applicable self-regulating organization such as the Nasdaq Stock Market, New York Stock Exchange, or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

 

19.


(e)    “Award” means any right to receive Common Stock, cash or other property granted under the Plan (including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a RSU Award, a SAR, a Performance Award or any Other Award).

(f)    “Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award. The Award Agreement generally consists of the Grant Notice and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Award and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice.

(g)    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company (or its designee). Any decision or determination made by the Board shall be a decision or determination that is made in the sole discretion of the Board (or its designee), and such decision or determination shall be final and binding on all Participants.

(h)    Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(i)    “Cause has the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Board with respect to Participants who are executive officers of the Company and by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer with respect to Participants who are not executive officers of the Company. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(j)    “Change in Control” or “Change of Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events; provided, however, to the extent necessary to avoid adverse personal income tax consequences to the Participant in connection with an Award, also constitutes a Section 409A Change in Control:

(i)    any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.

 

20.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii)    there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii)    there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(iv)    individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

(k)    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

 

21.


(l)     “Committee” means the Compensation Committee and any other committee of Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board or Compensation Committee in accordance with the Plan.

(m)     “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(n)    “Company” means 1Life Healthcare Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(o)    “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

(p)    “Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(q)    “Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law. In addition, to the extent required for exemption from or compliance with Section 409A, the determination of whether there has been a termination of Continuous Service will be made, and such term will be construed, in a manner that is consistent with the definition of “separation from service” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(r)    “Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)    a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii)    a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

 

22.


(iii)    a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv)    a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(s)    “Director” means a member of the Board.

(t)    “determine or determined means as determined by the Board or the Committee (or its designee) in its sole discretion.

(u)    “Disability” means, with respect to a Participant, such Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(v)     “Effective Date” means the IPO Date, provided this Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders prior to the IPO Date.

(w)    “Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(x)    “Employer” means the Company or the Affiliate of the Company that employs the Participant.

(y)    “Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(z)    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(aa)    “Exchange Act Person means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

 

23.


(bb)     “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the value of the Common Stock (as determined on a per share or aggregate basis, as applicable) determined as follows:

(i)    If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii)    If there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii)    In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, or if otherwise determined by the Board, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(cc)    “Governmental Body” means any: (a) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; (c) governmental or regulatory body, or quasi-governmental body of any nature (including any governmental division, department, administrative agency or bureau, commission, authority, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or Entity and any court or other tribunal, and for the avoidance of doubt, any Tax authority) or other body exercising similar powers or authority; or (d) self-regulatory organization (including the Nasdaq Stock Market, New York Stock Exchange, and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(dd)     “Grant Notice” means the notice provided to a Participant that he or she has been granted an Award under the Plan and which includes the name of the Participant, the type of Award, the date of grant of the Award, number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Award or potential cash payment right, (if any), the vesting schedule for the Award (if any) and other key terms applicable to the Award.

(ee)    “Incentive Stock Option” means an option granted pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(ff)     “IPO Date” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(gg)    “Materially Impair means any amendment to the terms of the Award that materially adversely affects the Participant’s rights under the Award. A Participant’s rights under an Award will not be deemed to have been Materially Impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights. For example, the following types of amendments to the terms of an Award do not Materially Impair the Participant’s rights under the Award: (i) imposition of reasonable restrictions on the minimum number of shares subject to an Option that may be exercised, (ii) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (iii) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option in a manner that disqualifies, impairs or otherwise affects the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (iv) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with or qualify it for an exemption from, Section 409A; or (v) to comply with other Applicable Laws.

 

24.


(hh)    “Non-Employee Director means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“Regulation S-K”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(ii)    “Non-Exempt Award means any Award that is subject to, and not exempt from, Section 409A, including as the result of (i) a deferral of the issuance of the shares subject to the Award which is elected by the Participant or imposed by the Company, (ii) the terms of any Non-Exempt Severance Agreement.

(jj)    “Non-Exempt Director Award” means a Non-Exempt Award granted to a Participant who was a Director but not an Employee on the applicable grant date.

(kk)    “Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement” means a severance arrangement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company that provides for acceleration of vesting of an Award and issuance of the shares in respect of such Award upon the Participant’s termination of employment or separation from service (as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code (and without regard to any alternative definition thereunder) (“Separation from Service”) and such severance benefit does not satisfy the requirements for an exemption from application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(9) or otherwise.

(ll)    “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means any option granted pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(mm)    “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(nn)    “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(oo)    “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and the Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of the Option grant. The Option Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the Option and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Option and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(pp)    “Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(qq)    “Other Award” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(c).

(rr)    “Other Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Award grant. Each Other Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

25.


(ss)    “Own, Owned, Owner, Ownership means that a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(tt)    “Participant” means an Employee, Director or Consultant to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Award.

(uu)    “Performance Award” means an Award that may vest or may be exercised or a cash award that may vest or become earned and paid contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals and which is granted under the terms and conditions of Section 5(b) pursuant to such terms as are approved by the Board. In addition, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash or other property may be used in payment of Performance Awards. Performance Awards that are settled in cash or other property are not required to be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the Common Stock.

(vv)     “Performance Criteria” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any measure of performance selected by the Board.

(ww)     “Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; and (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

 

26.


(xx)    “Performance Period” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to vesting or exercise of an Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(yy)    “Plan” means this 1Life Healthcare, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan.

(zz)    “Plan Administrator” means the person, persons, and/or third-party administrator designated by the Company to administer the day to day operations of the Plan and the Company’s other equity incentive programs.

(aaa)    “Post-Termination Exercise Period” means the period following termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service within which an Option or SAR is exercisable, as specified in Section 4(h).

(bbb)    “Prior Plan’s Available Reserve” means the number of shares available for the grant of new awards under the Prior Plan as of immediately prior to the Effective Date.

(ccc)    “Prior Plan” means the 1Life Healthcare, Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and the 1Life Healthcare, Inc. Amended 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ddd)    “Prospectus” means the document containing the Plan information specified in Section 10(a) of the Securities Act.

(eee)    “Restricted Stock Award” or “RSA” means an Award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(a).

(fff)    “Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. The Restricted Stock Award Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the Restricted Stock Award and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Restricted Stock Award and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ggg)    “Returning Shares” means shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan and that following the Effective Date: (A) are not issued because such stock award or any portion thereof expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such stock award having been issued; (B) are not issued because such stock award or any portion thereof is settled in cash; (C) are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares; (D) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price; or (E) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy a tax withholding obligation.

(hhh)    “RSU Award” or “RSU means an Award of restricted stock units representing the right to receive an issuance of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(a).

(iii)    “RSU Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a RSU Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a RSU Award grant. The RSU Award Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the RSU Award and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the RSU Award and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each RSU Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

27.


(jjj)    “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(kkk)    “Rule 405” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(lll)    “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder.

(mmm)    “Section 409A Change in Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets, as provided in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(nnn)    “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ooo)    “Share Reserve” means the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan as set forth in Section 2(a).

(ppp)    “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 4.

(qqq)    “SAR Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a SAR evidencing the terms and conditions of a SAR grant. The SAR Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the SAR and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the SAR and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each SAR Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(rrr)    “Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(sss)    “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(ttt)    “Trading Policy” means the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell Company shares only during certain “window” periods and/or otherwise restricts the ability of certain individuals to transfer or encumber Company shares, as in effect from time to time.

(uuu)    “Unvested Non-Exempt Award” means the portion of any Non-Exempt Award that had not vested in accordance with its terms upon or prior to the date of any Corporate Transaction.

 

28.


(vvv)    “Vested Non-Exempt Award” means the portion of any Non-Exempt Award that had vested in accordance with its terms upon or prior to the date of a Corporate Transaction.

 

29.

Exhibit 10.7

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

As reflected by your Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”) 1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you an option under its 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice (the “Option”). Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement but defined in the Grant Notice or the Plan shall have the meanings set forth in the Grant Notice or Plan, as applicable. The terms of your Option as specified in the Grant Notice and this Stock Option Agreement constitute your Option Agreement.

The general terms and conditions applicable to your Option are as follows:

1. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your Option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, including but not limited to the provisions in:

(a) Section 6 regarding the impact of a Capitalization Adjustment, dissolution, liquidation, or Corporate Transaction on your Option;

(b) Section 9(e) regarding the Company’s retained rights to terminate your Continuous Service notwithstanding the grant of the Option; and

(c) Section 8(c) regarding the tax consequences of your Option.

Your Option is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the Option Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

2. EXERCISE.

(a) You may generally exercise the vested portion of your Option for whole shares of Common Stock at any time during its term by delivery of payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes and other required documentation to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the exercise procedures established by the Plan Administrator, which may include an electronic submission. Please review Sections 4(i), 4(j) and 7(b)(v) of the Plan, which may restrict or prohibit your ability to exercise your Option during certain periods.

(b) To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, you may pay your Option exercise price as follows:

(i) cash, check, bank draft or money order;

(ii) subject to Company and/or Committee consent at the time of exercise, pursuant to a “cashless exercise” program as further described in Section 4(c)(ii) of the Plan if at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded;

 

1


(iii) subject to Company and/or Committee consent at the time of exercise, by delivery of previously owned shares of Common Stock as further described in Section 4(c)(iii) of the Plan; or

(iv) subject to Company and/or Committee consent at the time of exercise, if the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement as further described in Section 4(c)(iv) of the Plan.

3. TERM. You may not exercise your Option before the commencement of its term or after its term expires. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, Disability or death;

(c) 12 months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(d) 18 months after your death if you die during your Continuous Service;

(e) immediately upon a Corporate Transaction if the Board has determined that the Option will terminate in connection with a Corporate Transaction,

(f) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(g) the day before the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you die during the period provided in Section 3(b) or 3(c) above, the term of your Option shall not expire until the earlier of (i) eighteen months after your death, (ii) upon any termination of the Option in connection with a Corporate Transaction, (iii) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice, or (iv) the day before the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant. Additionally, the Post-Termination Exercise Period of your Option may be extended as provided in Section 4(i) of the Plan.

To obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your Option and ending on the day three months before the date of your Option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. If the Company provides for the extended exercisability of your Option under certain circumstances for your benefit, your Option will not necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you exercise your Option more than three months after the date your employment terminates.

4. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS. As further provided in Section 8 of the Plan: (a) you may not exercise your Option unless the applicable tax withholding obligations are satisfied, and (b) at the time you exercise your Option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax

 

2.


withholding obligations, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your Option in accordance with the withholding procedures established by the Company. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your Option even though the Option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue shares of Common Stock subject to your Option, unless and until such obligations are satisfied. In the event that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation in connection with your Option was greater than the amount actually withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

5. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION DISPOSITION REQUIREMENT. If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, you must notify the Company in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two years after the date of your option grant or within one year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

6. TRANSFERABILITY. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4(e) of the Plan, your Option is not transferable, except by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

7. CORPORATE TRANSACTION. Your Option is subject to the terms of any agreement governing a Corporate Transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a stockholder representative that is authorized to act on your behalf with respect to any escrow, indemnities and any contingent consideration.

8. NO LIABILITY FOR TAXES. As a condition to accepting the Option, you hereby (a) agree to not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from the Option or other Company compensation and (b) acknowledge that you were advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and other legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Option and have either done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. Additionally, you acknowledge that the Option is exempt from Section 409A only if the exercise price is at least equal to the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Internal Revenue Service and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the Option. Additionally, as a condition to accepting the Option, you agree not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that such exercise is less than the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

9. SEVERABILITY. If any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid will, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid

10. OTHER DOCUMENTS. You hereby acknowledge receipt of or the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s Trading Policy.

11. QUESTIONS. If you have questions regarding these or any other terms and conditions applicable to your Option, including a summary of the applicable federal income tax consequences please see the Prospectus.

 

3.


1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), has granted you an option to purchase the number of shares of the Common Stock on the terms set forth below (the “Option”). The Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Plan, and the Stock Option Agreement and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are available by logging into your [                    ] brokerage account and which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Stock Option Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Stock Option Agreement, as applicable.

The following specific terms of your Option can be obtained by logging into your [                    ] brokerage account: Optionholder, Date of Grant, Vesting Commencement Date, Number of Shares of Common Stock Subject to Option, Exercise Price (Per Share), Total Exercise Price, Expiration Date, Type of Grant, Exercise and Vesting Schedule.

 

Exercise and

Vesting Schedule:

  Subject to the Optionholder’s Continuous Service through each applicable vesting date, the Option will vest as follows:
  [1/4th of the shares vest and become exercisable one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest and become exercisable in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date on the same date of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date.]

Optionholder Acknowledgements: By your electronic acceptance of the Option via your [                    ] brokerage account, you understand and agree that:

 

   

The Option is governed by this Stock Option Grant Notice, and the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are made a part of this document. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Stock Option Agreement (together, the “Option Agreement”) may not be modified, amended or revised except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

 

   

If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options granted to you) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

   

Copies of the Plan, Option Agreement and Prospectus for the Plan are available via your [                    ] brokerage account and may be viewed and printed by you. You consent to receive this Grant Notice, the Plan, Option Agreement and the Prospectus and any other Plan-related documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

   

You have read and are familiar with the provisions of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement, the Notice of Exercise and the Prospectus. In the event of any conflict between the provisions in this Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Notice of Exercise, or the Prospectus and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

1


   

The Option Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding the acquisition of Common Stock and supersedes all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of other equity awards previously granted to you and any written employment agreement, offer letter, severance agreement, written severance plan or policy, or other written agreement between the Company and you in each case that specifies the terms that should govern this Option.

Instruction: To accept your grant, you must read all the associated documents available through the link below and select the checkbox to indicate that you have read and agree to all terms of all the associated documents before you can proceed. Your acceptance of your grant will be final once you click on “I accept”. To cancel this transaction, click the “Cancel” link.

 

 

I have read and agree to all terms of all of the associated documents

 

 

Form of notice of grant, option agreement and plan document are each provided via the link to the associated documents

 

 

Grantee must reenter password to click on “I accept the grant”

 

2.


1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

[COMPANY NAME]   
[ADDRESS]   
[CITY AND STATE]    Date of Exercise:                    

This constitutes notice to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”) that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Shares”) by exercising my Option for the price set forth below. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Notice of Exercise but defined in the Grant Notice, Option Agreement or 1Life Healthcare, Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the meanings set forth in the Grant Notice, Option Agreement or Plan, as applicable. Use of certain payment methods is subject to Company and/or Committee consent and certain additional requirements set forth in the Option Agreement and the Plan.

 

Type of option (check one):

   Incentive  ☐   Nonstatutory  ☐

Date of Grant:

                           

Number of Shares as to which Option is exercised:

                           

Certificates to be issued in name of:

                           

Total exercise price:

   $                      

Cash, check, bank draft or money order delivered herewith:

   $                      

Value of                      Shares delivered herewith:

   $                      

Regulation T Program (cashless exercise)

   $                      

Value of                      Shares pursuant to net exercise:

   $                      

 

1


By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Plan, (ii) to satisfy the tax withholding obligations, if any, relating to the exercise of this Option as set forth in the Option Agreement, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this Option that occurs within two years after the Date of Grant or within one year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this Option.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

2.

Exhibit 10.8

[Employee—Mandatory Sell to Cover]

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

RSU AWARD GRANT NOTICE

(2020 Equity Incentive Plan)

1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”) has awarded to you (the “Participant”) the number of restricted stock units specified and on the terms set forth below in consideration of your services (the “RSU Award”). Your RSU Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Company’s 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Award Agreement (the “Agreement”), which are incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Agreement.

 

Participant:  

 

 
Date of Grant:  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date:  

 

 
Number of Restricted Stock Units:  

 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:    [                                                                                                                                                                                      ].
   Notwithstanding the foregoing, vesting shall terminate upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.
Issuance Schedule:    One share of Common Stock will be issued for each restricted stock unit which vests at the time set forth in Section 4 of the Agreement.

Participant Acknowledgements: By your signature below or by electronic acceptance or authentication in a form authorized by the Company, you understand and agree that:

 

   

The RSU Award is governed by this RSU Award Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”), and the provisions of the Plan and the Agreement, all of which are made a part of this document. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement (together, the “RSU Award Agreement”) may not be modified, amended or revised except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

 

   

You have read and are familiar with the provisions of the Plan, the RSU Award Agreement and the Prospectus. In the event of any conflict between the provisions in the RSU Award Agreement, or the Prospectus and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

   

To the fullest extent permitted under the Plan and applicable law, withholding taxes applicable to the RSU Award will be satisfied through the sale of a number of the shares issuable in settlement of the RSU Award as determined in accordance with Section 3 of the Agreement and the remittance of the cash proceeds to the Company. Under the Agreement, the Company or, if different, your employer shall make payment from the cash proceeds of this sale directly to the appropriate tax or social security authorities in an amount equal to the taxes required to be remitted. The mandatory sale of shares to cover withholding taxes is imposed by the Company on you in connection with your receipt of this RSU Award.

 

   

The RSU Award Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding the acquisition of Common Stock and supersedes all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of: (i) other equity awards previously granted to you, (ii) any written employment agreement, offer letter, severance agreement, written severance plan or policy, or other written agreement between the Company


[Employee—Mandatory Sell to Cover]

 

  and you in each case that specifies the terms that should govern this RSU Award, and (iii) any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other Applicable Law and any clawback policy that the Company otherwise adopts, to the extent applicable and permissible under Applicable Law.

 

   

If you have not actively accepted the RSU Award within 90 days after the Date of Grant set forth in this Grant Notice, you will be deemed to have accepted the RSU Award, subject to all of the terms and conditions of the RSU Award Agreement.

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.     PARTICIPANT:
By:  

 

   

 

  Signature       Signature
Title:  

 

    Date:  

 

Date:  

 

     

 


1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

AWARD AGREEMENT (RSU AWARD)

As reflected by your Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”) 1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you a RSU Award under its 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for the number of restricted stock units as indicated in your Grant Notice (the “RSU Award”). The terms of your RSU Award as specified in this Award Agreement for your RSU Award (the “Agreement”) and the Grant Notice constitute your “RSU Award Agreement”. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement but defined in the Grant Notice or the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Grant Notice or Plan, as applicable.

The general terms applicable to your RSU Award are as follows:

1. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your RSU Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, including but not limited to the provisions in:

(a) Section 6 of the Plan regarding the impact of a Capitalization Adjustment, dissolution, liquidation, or Corporate Transaction on your RSU Award;

(b) Section 9(e) of the Plan regarding the Company’s retained rights to terminate your Continuous Service notwithstanding the grant of the RSU Award; and

(c) Section 8(c) of the Plan regarding the tax consequences of your RSU Award.

Your RSU Award is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the RSU Award Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

2. GRANT OF THE RSU AWARD. This RSU Award represents your right to be issued on a future date the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that is equal to the number of restricted stock units indicated in the Grant Notice subject to your satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth therein (the “Restricted Stock Units”). Any additional Restricted Stock Units that become subject to the RSU Award pursuant to Capitalization Adjustments as set forth in the Plan, if any, shall be subject, in a manner determined by the Board, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other Restricted Stock Units covered by your RSU Award.

3. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

(a) You acknowledge that, regardless of any action taken by the Company, or if different, the Affiliate employing or engaging you (the “Employer”), the ultimate liability for all income tax (including U.S. federal, state, and local taxes and/or non-U.S. taxes), social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to your participation in the Plan and legally applicable to you (the “Tax-Related Items”) is and remains your responsibility and may exceed the amount, if any, actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. You further acknowledge that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the RSU Award, including, but not limited to, the grant of the RSU Award, the vesting of the RSU Award, the issuance of shares in

 

1.


settlement of vesting of the RSU Award, the subsequent sale of any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the RSU Award and the receipt of any dividends or Dividend Units; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to reduce or eliminate your liability for Tax-Related Items. Further, if you become subject to taxation in more than one country, you acknowledge that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one country.

(b) On each vesting date, and on or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares underlying your Restricted Stock Units, and at any other time as reasonably requested by the Company in accordance with Applicable Law, you agree to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy the withholding obligations of the Company, the Employer or any Affiliate in connection with any Tax-Related Items that arise in connection with your RSU Award (the “Withholding Taxes”). The Company shall arrange a mandatory sale (on your behalf pursuant to your authorization under this section and without further consent) of the shares of Common Stock issued in settlement upon the vesting of your Restricted Stock Units in an amount necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes and shall satisfy the Withholding Taxes by withholding from the proceeds of such sale (the “Mandatory Sell to Cover”). You hereby acknowledge and agree that the Company shall have the authority to administer the Mandatory Sell to Cover arrangement in its sole discretion with a registered broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “FINRA Dealer”) as the Company may select as the agent (the “Agent”) who will sell on the open market at the then prevailing market price(s), as soon as practicable on or after each date on which your Restricted Stock Units vest, the number (rounded up to the next whole number) of the shares of Common Stock to be delivered to you in connection with the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units sufficient to generate proceeds to cover (A) the Withholding Taxes that you are required to pay pursuant to the Plan and this Agreement as a result of the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units (or shares being issued thereunder, as applicable) and (B) all applicable fees and commissions due to, or required to be collected by, the Agent with respect thereto any remaining funds shall be remitted to you.

(c) If, for any reason, such Mandatory Sell to Cover does not result in sufficient proceeds to satisfy the Withholding Taxes, the Company or an Affiliate may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes relating to your RSU Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company or the Employer; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment (which may be in the form of a check, electronic wire transfer or other method permitted by the Company); or (iii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with your Restricted Stock Units with a fair market value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to you) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, however, that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld will not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s required tax withholding obligations using the maximum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income; and to the extent necessary to qualify for an exemption from application of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, if applicable, such share withholding procedure will be subject to the express prior approval of the Company’s Board or Compensation Committee.

(d) Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate with respect to the Tax-Related Items are satisfied, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock.

(e) In the event the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock to you that the amount of the Tax-Related Items withholding obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company or your Employer, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company and your Employer harmless from any failure by the Company or your Employer to withhold the proper amount.

 

2.


(f) You acknowledge that the Mandatory Sell to Cover is imposed by the Company on you pursuant to the terms of the RSU Award.

(g) The Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts, or other applicable withholding rates, including maximum applicable rates in your jurisdiction(s). If the maximum rate is used, any over-withheld amount may be refunded to you in cash by the Company or Employer (with no entitlement to the equivalent in shares of Common Stock), or if not refunded, you may seek a refund from the local tax authorities. You must pay to the Company and/or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company and/or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of your participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described.

4. DATE OF ISSUANCE.

(a) Subject to the satisfaction of the withholding obligations set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement, the Company will deliver to you a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock equal to the number of vested Restricted Stock Units subject to your RSU Award, including any additional Restricted Stock Units received pursuant to a Capitalization Adjustment that relate to those vested Restricted Stock Units on the applicable vesting date; provided, however, if such vesting date falls on a date that is not a business day, such delivery date shall instead fall on the next following business day (the “Original Distribution Date”).

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) selling shares of the Company’s Common Stock in the public market on the Original Distribution Date to satisfy your tax withholding obligation in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement is prohibited for any reason, and (ii) the Company elects not to instead satisfy its tax withholding obligations by withholding shares from your distribution, then such shares shall not be delivered on such Original Distribution Date and shall instead be delivered to you on the earliest of: (1) the first date that you are not prohibited from selling shares of the Company’s Common Stock in the open market, or (2) such earlier date that the Company elects to satisfy its tax withholding obligation by withholding shares from your distribution; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the shares be delivered to you any later than: (A) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Original Distribution Date occurs (that is, the last day of the taxable year in which the Original Distribution Date occurs), or (B) if and only if permitted in a manner that complies with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), no later than the date that is the 15th day of the third calendar month of the applicable year following the year in which the shares of Common Stock are no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(d). Delivery of the shares is intended to comply with the requirements for the short-term deferral exemption available under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and shall be construed and administered in such manner.

(c) To the extent the RSU Award is a Non-Exempt RSU Award, the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan shall apply.

5. TRANSFERABILITY. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, your RSU Award is not transferable, except by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution

6. CORPORATE TRANSACTION. Your RSU Award is subject to the terms of any agreement governing a Corporate Transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a stockholder representative that is authorized to act on your behalf with respect to any escrow, indemnities and any contingent consideration.

 

3.


7. NO LIABILITY FOR TAXES. As a condition to accepting the RSU Award, you hereby (a) agree to not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from the RSU Award or other Company compensation and (b) acknowledge that you were advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and other legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of the RSU Award and have either done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so.

8. SEVERABILITY. If any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid will, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

9. OTHER DOCUMENTS. You hereby acknowledge receipt of or the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s Trading Policy.

10. QUESTIONS. If you have questions regarding these or any other terms and conditions applicable to your RSU Award, including a summary of the applicable federal income tax consequences please see the Prospectus.

 

4.

Exhibit 10.9

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

2020 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: SEPTEMBER 19, 2019

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: JANUARY 15, 2020

 

1.

GENERAL; PURPOSE.

(a)    The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain designated Related Corporations may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In addition, the Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees that do not meet the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(b)    The Plan includes two components: a 423 Component and a Non-423 Component. The Company intends (but makes no undertaking or representation to maintain) the 423 Component to qualify as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or determined by the Board, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

(c)    The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of such Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

 

2.

ADMINISTRATION.

(a)    The Board or the Committee will administer the Plan. References herein to the Board shall be deemed to refer to the Committee except where context dictates otherwise.

(b)    The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i)    To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical).

(ii)    To designate from time to time (A) which Related Corporations of the Company will be eligible to participate in the Plan, (B) whether such Related Corporations will participate in the 423 Component or the Non-423 Component, and (C) to the extent that the Company makes separate Offerings under the 423 Component, in which Offering the Related Corporations in the 423 Component will participate.

(iii)    To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iv)    To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

 

1.


(v)    To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vi)    To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vii)    Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Related Corporations and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan with respect to the 423 Component.

(viii)    To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States. Without limiting the generality of, and consistent with, the foregoing, the Board specifically is authorized to adopt rules, procedures, and sub-plans regarding, without limitation, eligibility to participate in the Plan, the definition of eligible “earnings,” handling and making of Contributions, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of share issuances, any of which may vary according to applicable requirements, and which, if applicable to a Related Corporation designated for participation in the Non-423 Component, do not have to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

(c)    If administration is conducted by the Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers of the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references to the Board in this Plan and in any applicable Offering Document will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee, as applicable, except where context dictates otherwise), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time. The Board retains the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee. The Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

(d)    All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a)    Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed 2,800,000 shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock that are automatically added on January 1st of each fiscal year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on January 1, 2021 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2030, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1.5% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding fiscal year, and (ii) 2,800,000 shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any fiscal year to provide that there will be no January 1st increase in the share reserve for such fiscal year or that the increase in the share reserve for such fiscal year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock reserved under this Section 3(a) may be used to satisfy purchases of Common Stock under the 423 Component and any remaining portion of such maximum number of shares may be used to satisfy purchases of Common Stock under the Non-423 Component.

 

2.


(b)    If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c)    The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

 

4.

GRANT OF PURCHASE RIGHTS; OFFERING.

(a)    The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and, with respect to the 423 Component, will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b)    If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company: (i) each form will apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

(c)    The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Purchase Period.

 

5.

ELIGIBILITY.

(a)    Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation. Except as provided in Section 5(b) or as required by Applicable Law, an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company or the Related Corporation, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company or the Related Corporation is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component.

(b)    The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the

 

3.


day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(i)    the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

(ii)    the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(iii)    the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c)    No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

(d)    As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which, when aggregated, exceeds U.S. $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(e)    Officers of the Company and any designated Related Corporation, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate.

(f)    Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 to the contrary, in the case of an Offering under the Non-423 Component, an Eligible Employee (or group of Eligible Employees) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Board has determined, in its sole discretion, that participation of such Eligible Employee(s) is not advisable or practical for any reason.

 

6.

PURCHASE RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE.

(a)    On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board, but in either case not exceeding 15% of such Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

 

4.


(b)    The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

(c)    In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

(d)    The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be not less than the lesser of:

(i)    an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

(ii)    an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

 

7.

PARTICIPATION; WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION.

(a)    An Eligible Employee may elect to participate in an Offering and authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form provided by the Company. The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where Applicable Law requires that Contributions be deposited with a third party. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first practicable payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. If specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to or instead of making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through the payment by cash or check prior to a Purchase Date.

(b)    During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering shall thereupon terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent Offerings.

 

5.


(c)    Unless otherwise required by Applicable Law, Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason (subject to any post-employment participation period required by law) or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company will distribute to such individual as soon as practicable all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions.

(d)    Unless otherwise determined by the Board, a Participant whose employment transfers or whose employment terminates with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by or between the Company and a Related Corporation that has been designated for participation in the Plan will not be treated as having terminated employment for purposes of participating in the Plan or an Offering; however, if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to an Offering under the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent such exercise complies with Section 423 of the Code. If a Participant transfers from an Offering under the Non-423 Component to an Offering under the 423 Component, the exercise of the Purchase Right will remain non-qualified under the Non-423 Component. The Board may establish different and additional rules governing transfers between separate Offerings within the 423 Component and between Offerings under the 423 Component and Offerings under the Non-423 Component.

(e)    During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.

(f)    Unless otherwise specified in the Offering or required by Applicable Law, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

 

8.

EXERCISE OF PURCHASE RIGHTS.

(a)    On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b)    Unless otherwise provided in the Offering, if any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock and such remaining amount is less than the amount required to purchase one share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will be held in such Participant’s account for the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the next Offering under the Plan, unless such Participant withdraws from or is not eligible to participate in such next Offering, in which case such amount will be distributed to such Participant after the final Purchase Date without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law). If the amount of Contributions remaining in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock is at least equal to the amount required to purchase one (1) whole share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will be distributed in full to such Participant after the final Purchase Date of such Offering without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law).

(c)    No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable U.S. federal and state, foreign and other securities, exchange control and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase

 

6.


Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 6 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all Applicable Laws, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed as soon as practicable to the Participants without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law).

 

9.

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

The Company will seek to obtain from each U.S. federal or state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder unless the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that doing so would cause the Company to incur costs that are unreasonable. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

 

10.

DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

(a)    The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company.

(b)    If a Participant dies, and in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law), to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

11.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.

(a)    In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b)    In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same

 

7.


consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock within ten business days prior to the Corporate Transaction under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

 

12.

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a)    The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by Applicable Law.

(b)    The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(c)    Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the Plan complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component or with respect to other Applicable Laws.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Offering Document to the contrary, the Board will be entitled to: (i) establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars; (ii) permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections; (iii) establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Contributions; (iv) amend any outstanding Purchase Rights or clarify any ambiguities regarding the terms of any Offering to enable the Purchase Rights to qualify under and/or comply with Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component; and (v) establish other limitations or procedures as the Board determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan. The actions of the Board pursuant to this paragraph will not be considered to alter or impair any Purchase Rights granted under an Offering as they are part of the initial terms of each Offering and the Purchase Rights granted under each Offering.

 

13.

TAX QUALIFICATION; TAX WITHHOLDING.

(a)    Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify a Purchase Right for special tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment, the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain special or to avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan. The Company will be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants.

 

8.


(b)    Each Participant will make arrangements, satisfactory to the Company and any applicable Related Corporation, to enable the Company or the Related Corporation to fulfill any withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items. Without limitation to the foregoing, the amount necessary to satisfy such withholding obligation may be withheld (i) from the Participant’s salary or any other cash payment due to the Participant from the Company or a Related Corporation or (ii) from the proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan.

 

14.

EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

The Plan will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the Board.

 

15.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a)    Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b)    A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

(c)    The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation, or on the part of the Company or a Related Corporation to continue the employment of a Participant.

(d)    The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

16.

DEFINITIONS.

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a)    “423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the Non-423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(b)    “Applicable Law” means shall mean any applicable securities, federal, state, foreign, material local or municipal or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, listing rule, regulation, judicial decision, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body (or under the authority of the NASDAQ Stock Market, New York Stock Exchange or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

 

9.


(c)    “Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d)    “Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(e)    “Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(f)    “Committee means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(g)    “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(h)    “Company” means 1Life Healthcare, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(i)    “Contributions” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions.

(j)    “Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i)    a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries;

(ii)    a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii)    a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv)    a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(k)    “Director means a member of the Board.

(l)    “Eligible Employee means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

 

10.


(m)    “Employee means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is “employed” for purposes of Section 423(b)(4) of the Code by the Company or a Related Corporation. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(n)    “Employee Stock Purchase Plan means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(o)    “Exchange Act means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(p)    “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i)    If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii)    In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with Applicable Laws and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A of the Code.

(iii)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(q)    “Governmental Body” means any: (a) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; (c) governmental or regulatory body, or quasi-governmental body of any nature (including any governmental division, department, administrative agency or bureau, commission, authority, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or Entity and any court or other tribunal, and for the avoidance of doubt, any Tax authority) or other body exercising similar powers or authority; or (d) self-regulatory organization (including the NASDAQ Stock Market, New York Stock Exchange and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(r)    “IPO Date means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(s)    “Non-423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the 423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that are not intended to satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(t)    “Offering means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “Offering Document” approved by the Board for that Offering.

 

11.


(u)    “Offering Date” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(v)    “Officer means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(w)    “Participant means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

(x)    “Plan means this 1Life Healthcare, Inc. 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended from time to time, including both the 423 Component and the Non-423 Component.

(y)    “Purchase Date means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(z)    “Purchase Period” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

(aa)    “Purchase Right means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(bb)    “Related Corporation means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(cc)    “Securities Act means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(dd)    “Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%). For purposes of the foregoing clause (i), the Company will be deemed to “Own” or have “Owned” such securities if the Company, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(ee)    “Tax-Related Items” means ny income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising out of or in relation to a Participant’s participation in the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise of a Purchase Right and the receipt of shares of Common Stock or the sale or other disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan.

(ff)    “Trading Day means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.

 

12.

Exhibit 10.11

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of [            ], 2020, is made by and between 1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” or “One Medical”), and                      (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

A.    The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals as directors, officers, employees and agents.

B.    The Company’s amended and restated bylaws (the “Bylaws”) require that the Company indemnify its directors and officers, and empowers the Company to indemnify its employees and agents, as authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “Code”), under which the Company is organized and such Bylaws expressly provide that the indemnification provided therein is not exclusive and contemplates that the Company may enter into separate agreements with its directors, officers and other persons to set forth specific indemnification provisions.

C.    Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Bylaws, the Company’s other governing documents, and available insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and the Company has determined that Indemnitee and other directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company may not be willing to serve or continue to serve in such capacities without additional protection.

D.    The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, as the case may be, and has proffered this Agreement to Indemnitee as an additional inducement to serve in such capacity.

E.    Indemnitee is willing to serve, or to continue to serve, as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, as the case may be, if Indemnitee is furnished the indemnity provided for herein by the Company.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1.    Definitions.

(a)    Agent. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Agent” of the Company means any person who: (i) is or was a director, officer, employee, agent, or other fiduciary of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or (ii) is or was serving at the request or for the convenience of, or representing the interests of, the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, as a director, officer, employee, agent, or other fiduciary of a foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

1.


(b)    Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, (ii) individuals who on the date of this Agreement are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board (provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board), or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(c)    Expenses. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’, witness, or other professional fees and related disbursements, and other out-of-pocket costs of whatever nature) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, the Code or otherwise.

(d)    Enterprise. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Enterprise” means any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other entity for which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, or Agent

(e)    Independent Counsel. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner (or, if applicable, member) of such a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

2.


(f)    Liabilities. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Liabilities” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, judgments, damages, deficiencies, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines, assessments and amounts paid in settlement, including any interest and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payment under this Agreement.

(g)    Proceedings. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing, or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, and whether formal or informal in any case, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness, or otherwise by reason of: (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company; (ii) the fact that any action taken by Indemnitee (or a failure to take action by Indemnitee) or of any action (or failure to act) on Indemnitee’s part while acting as an Agent; or (iii) the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, and in any such case described above, whether or not serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses may be provided under this Agreement. If the Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a proceeding, this shall be considered a proceeding under this paragraph.

(h)    Subsidiary. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “subsidiary” means any corporation, limited liability company, or other entity, of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities or equity interests are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and one or more of its subsidiaries, and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as an Agent.

(i)    Voting Securities. For purposes of this Agreement, “Voting Securities” shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

2.    Agreement to Serve. Indemnitee will serve, or continue to serve, as the case may be, as an Agent, faithfully and to the best of his or her ability, at the will of such entity designated by the Company and at the request of the Company (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in the capacity Indemnitee currently serves such entity, so long as Indemnitee is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the governance documents of such entity, or until such time as Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation in writing; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement is intended as an employment agreement between Indemnitee and the Company or any of its subsidiaries or to create any right to continued employment of Indemnitee with the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any capacity.

 

3.


The Company acknowledges that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby, in addition to and separate from its obligations to Indemnitee under the Bylaws, to induce Indemnitee to serve, or continue to serve, as an Agent, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an Agent.

3.    Indemnification.

(a)    Indemnification in Third Party Proceedings. Subject to Section 10 below, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time (but, to the fullest extent of the law, only to the extent that such amendment permits Indemnitee to broader indemnification rights than the Code permitted prior to adoption of such amendment), if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or otherwise involved in any proceeding, other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, for any and all Expenses and Liabilities (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses and Liabilities) incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such proceeding, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, the Bylaws, vote of its stockholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law.

(b)    Indemnification in Derivative Actions and Direct Actions by the Company. Subject to Section 10 below, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the Code, as the same may be amended from time to time (but, fullest extent permitted by applicable law, only to the extent that such amendment permits Indemnitee to broader indemnification rights than the Code permitted prior to adoption of such amendment), if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or otherwise involved in any proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, against any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement, or appeal of such proceedings, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3(b) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware or any court in which the proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

4.    Indemnification of Expenses of Successful Party. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses in connection with a proceeding to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or part, including the dismissal of any action without prejudice. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in

 

4.


such proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law.

5.    Partial Indemnification; Witness Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses and Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding, but is precluded by applicable law or the specific terms of this Agreement to indemnification for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s acting as an Agent, a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6.    Advancement of Expenses. To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any proceeding, and such advancement shall be made within twenty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured, interest free and without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses. Advances shall include any and all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee pursuing an action to enforce Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise and this right of advancement, including expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee acknowledges that the execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee shall, to the fullest extent required by law, repay the advance (without interest) if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The right to advances under this Section shall continue until final disposition of any proceeding, including any appeal therein. This Section 6 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 10(b).

7.    Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures.

(a)    Notification of Proceeding. Indemnitee will notify the Company in writing promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the proceeding and the facts underlying the proceeding. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement. The Company will be entitled to participate in the proceeding at its own expense.

 

5.


(b)    Request for Indemnification Payments. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under the terms of this Agreement, and shall request payment thereof by the Company.

(c)    Determination of Right to Indemnification Payments. Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the Section 7(b) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board of Directors: (1) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company; provided, however, that if there has been a Change in Control, then such determination shall be made by Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the board of directors of the Company who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee. Indemnification payments requested by Indemnitee under Section 3 hereof shall be made by the Company within sixty (60) days after the later or (1) receipt of the written request of Indemnitee and (2) the final disposition of the Proceeding for which Indemnification is sought. Claims for advancement of Expenses shall be made under the provisions of Section 6 herein.

(d)    Application for Enforcement. In the event the Company fails to make timely payments as set forth in Sections 6 or 7(c) above, Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware for the purpose of enforcing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Agreement. In such an enforcement hearing or proceeding, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to prove that indemnification or advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee is not required under this Agreement or permitted by applicable law. Any determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, a committee thereof, Independent Counsel) or stockholders, that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall not be a defense by the Company to the action nor create any presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder.

(e)    Indemnification of Certain Expenses. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred in connection with any hearing or proceeding under this Section 7 unless the Company prevails in such hearing or proceeding on the merits in all material respects.

 

6.


8.    Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a)    In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement, and the Company will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, will be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b)    If the determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification has not made pursuant to Section 7 within sixty (60) days after the later of (i) receipt by the Company of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7 and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding for which Indemnitee requested Indemnification (the “Determination Period”), the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee will be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law. The Determination Period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, the Determination Period may be extended an additional fifteen (15) days if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 7(c) of this Agreement.

(c)    The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, will not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(d)    For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee acted based on the records or books of account of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or an Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser,

 

7.


financial advisor or other expert selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise. Further, Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company,” as referred to in this Agreement if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan. The provisions of this Section 8(d) is not exclusive and does not limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e)    The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise may not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

9.    Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for Agents or for agents of any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such Agent or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect or otherwise potentially available, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

10.    Exceptions.

(a)    Certain Matters. Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee on account of any proceeding with respect to: (i) remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it is determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law (and, in this respect, both the Company and Indemnitee have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission believes that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication, as indicated in Section 10(d) below); (ii) a final judgment rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting, disgorgement or repayment of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company against Indemnitee pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other provisions of any federal, state or local statute or rules and regulations thereunder; or (iii) a final judgment or other final adjudication that Indemnitee’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct (but only to the extent of such specific determination); or (iv) on account of conduct that is established by a final judgment as constituting a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which Indemnitee is not legally entitled. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, a final judgment or other adjudication may be reached in either the underlying proceeding or action in connection with which indemnification is sought or a separate proceeding or action to establish rights and liabilities under this Agreement.

 

8.


(b)    Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought by Indemnitee against the Company or its Agents and not by way of defense, except (i) with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under this Agreement or under any other agreement, provision in the Bylaws or Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or (ii) with respect to any other proceeding initiated by Indemnitee that is either approved by the Board of Directors or Indemnitee’s participation is required by applicable law. However, indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors determines it to be appropriate.

(c)    Unauthorized Settlements. Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold consent to any proposed settlement; provided, however, that the Company may in any event decline to consent to (or to otherwise admit or agree to any liability for indemnification hereunder in respect of) any proposed settlement if the Company is also a party in such proceeding and determines in good faith that such settlement is not in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

(d)    Securities Act Liabilities. Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee or otherwise act in violation of any undertaking appearing in and required by the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or in any registration statement filed with the SEC under the Act. Indemnitee acknowledges that paragraph (h) of Item 512 of Regulation S-K currently generally requires the Company to undertake in connection with any registration statement filed under the Act to submit the issue of the enforceability of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement in connection with any liability under the Act on public policy grounds to a court of appropriate jurisdiction and to be governed by any final adjudication of such issue. Indemnitee specifically agrees that any such undertaking shall supersede the provisions of this Agreement and to be bound by any such undertaking.

(e)    Prior Payments. The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee under this Agreement for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except to the extent made by [insert name] as provided in Section 13 and except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or indemnity policy.

11.    Nonexclusivity and Survival of Rights. The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under any provision of applicable law, the

 

9.


Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or other agreements, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and Indemnitee’s action as an Agent, in any court in which a proceeding is brought, and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased acting as an Agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators and assigns of Indemnitee. The obligations and duties of the Company to Indemnitee under this Agreement shall be binding on the Company and its successors and assigns until terminated in accordance with its terms. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her corporate status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the Code, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, by Indemnitee shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy by Indemnitee.

12.    Term. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as an Agent; or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any proceeding, including any appeal then pending, in respect to which Indemnitee was granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder.

13.    Other Rights to Indemnification or Advancement; Subrogation.

(a)    The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more other Persons, other than an Enterprise, with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, [insert name]). The relationship between the Company and such other Persons with respect to the Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses, and insurance is described by this subsection, subject to the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section 13 with respect to a proceeding concerning Indemnitee’s status with an Enterprise.

 

10.


i.    The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees:

1)    the Company is the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any request for indemnification or advancement of Expenses made pursuant to this Agreement concerning any proceeding;

2)     the Company is primarily liable for all indemnification and indemnification or advancement of Expenses obligations for any Proceeding, whether created by law, organizational or constituent documents, contract (including this Agreement) or otherwise;

3)    any obligation of any other Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, [insert name]) to indemnify Indemnitee and/or advance Expenses to Indemnitee in respect of any proceeding are secondary to the obligations of the Company’s obligations;

4)    the Company will indemnify Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee hereunder to the fullest extent provided herein without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, [insert name]) or insurer of any such Person; and

ii.    the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases (A) any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, [insert name]) from any claim of contribution, subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration or indemnification, or any other recovery of any kind in respect of amounts paid by the Company to Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement and (B) any right to participate in any claim or remedy of Indemnitee against any Person (including, without limitation, [insert name]), whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from any Person (including, without limitation, [insert name]), directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right.

iii.    In the event any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, [insert name]) or their insurers advances or extinguishes any liability or loss for Indemnitee, the payor has a right of subrogation against the Company or its insurers for all amounts so paid which would otherwise be payable by the Company or its insurers under this Agreement. In no event will payment by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, [insert name]) or their insurers affect the obligations of the Company hereunder or shift primary liability for the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance of Expenses to any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, [insert name]).

iv.    Any indemnification or advancement of Expenses provided by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, [insert name]) is specifically in excess over the Company’s obligation to indemnify and advance Expenses or any valid and collectible insurance (including but not limited to any malpractice insurance or professional errors and omissions insurance) provided by the Company.

(b)    The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee for any proceeding concerning Indemnitee’s status with an Enterprise will be

 

11.


reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise. The Company and Indemnitee intend that any such Enterprise (and its insurers) be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to indemnification and advancement of Expenses for any proceeding related to or arising from Indemnitee’s status with such Enterprise. The Company’s obligation to indemnify and advance Expenses to Indemnitee is secondary to the obligations the Enterprise or its insurers owe to Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to take all reasonably necessary and desirable action to obtain from an Enterprise indemnification and advancement of Expenses for any Proceeding related to or arising from Indemnitee’s corporate status with such Enterprise.

(c)    In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee from any insurance carrier or Enterprise. Indemnitee shall, at the request and expense of the Company, execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

14.    Interpretation of Agreement. It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification and advancement of Expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law.

15.    Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to Section 14 hereof.

16.    Amendment and Waiver. No supplement, modification, amendment, or cancellation of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

17.    Notice. Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice or demand which, by the provisions hereof, is required or which may be given to or served upon the parties hereto shall be in writing and, if by electronic transmission, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered when sent, if by overnight delivery, courier or personal delivery, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered upon actual delivery and, if mailed, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail, as registered or certified mail, with proper postage prepaid and addressed to the party or parties to be notified at the addresses set forth on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address(es) as a party may designate for itself by like notice). If to the Company, notices and demands shall be delivered to the attention of the Secretary of the Company.

 

12.


18.    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware.

19.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart need be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

20.    Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.

21.    Entire Agreement. Subject to Section 11 hereof, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, the Code and any other applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, and does not diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

22.    Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

23.    Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) agree to appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, an agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within

 

13.


the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

14.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

1Life Healthcare, INC.
By:  

                    

  BJORN THALER
  Chief Financial Officer
INDEMNITEE

                                                              

Signature of Indemnitee

                                          

Print or Type Name of Indemnitee

 

[Signature Page to Indemnity Agreement]

Exhibit 10.17

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

AGREEMENT

for

AMIR DAN RUBIN

This Agreement (this “Agreement”), is made and entered into as of June 27, 2017 by and between Amir Dan Rubin (“Executive”) and 1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”).    

1.         Employment by the Company.

1.1 Position. Executive shall serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, reporting to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). Executive’s anticipated start date will be August 7, 2017 (the “Start Date”).

1.2 Duties and Location. Executive shall perform such duties as are customarily associated with the positions of President and Chief Executive Officer and such other duties consistent with such positions as are assigned to Executive by the Board. Executive’s primary office location shall be the Company’s headquarters located in the San Francisco, California area. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to reasonably require Executive to perform Executive’s duties at places other than Executive’s primary office location from time to time including reasonable business travel.

1.3 Policies and Procedures. The employment relationship between the parties shall be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

2.         Base Compensation. For services to be rendered hereunder, Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate of $600,000 per year (the “Base Salary”), less required payroll deductions and withholdings and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule.

3.         Sign-On Bonus.

3.1 Executive will receive a signing and retention bonus in the amount of $250,000, less standard payroll deductions and withholdings, to be paid to Executive within thirty (30) days of the Start Date (the “Signing Bonus”). This Signing Bonus is an advance and is being paid to Executive prior to being earned by Executive.

3.2 Executive will earn the Signing Bonus on a pro rata basis over the one-year period following Executive’s Start Date.

3.3 If, at any time during Executive’s first year of employment, Executive resigns his employment without Good Reason, or the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, Executive agrees to repay a pro-rated portion of the Signing Bonus to the Company within thirty (30) days following Executive’s employment termination date. Such pro-rated portion will be equal to the Signing Bonus multiplied by a fraction, with the numerator equal to the number of calendar days remaining from the date of Executive’s termination to the one-year anniversary of the Start Date, and the denominator equal to 365. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Executive expressly authorizes the Company to deduct from his final paycheck any unearned amount of the Signing Bonus.

3.4 If at any time: (i) Executive resigns his employment for Good Reason; or (ii) Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause; then Executive shall not be required to repay the Signing Bonus or any portion thereof.

 

1.


4.         Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall, in accordance with Company policy and the terms and conditions of the applicable Company benefit plan documents, be eligible to participate in the benefit and fringe benefit programs provided by the Company to its executive officers and other employees from time to time. Any such benefits shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the governing benefit plans and policies and may be changed by the Company in its discretion.

5.         Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time. In addition, the Company agrees to reimburse the Executive for reasonable and documented legal fees incurred in the review, negotiation, drafting and execution of this Agreement, up to a cap of $10,000.

6.         Equity. Subject to approval by the Board, Executive will be provided with three (3) separate stock option awards to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock (collectively, the “Options”), pursuant to the Company’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Plan”). The Options will have a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of the date of grant as determined by the Board (except as otherwise stated in this agreement with respect to the Short-Term Option), and will be governed in full by the terms and conditions of the Equity Plan and its associated stock option agreements. The Company will submit the request for approval of the grant of the Options to the Board no later than the next scheduled Board meeting following the Start Date, which is currently scheduled for September 14, 2017, and will grant the Options as soon as administratively practicable after receiving the Board’s approval.

6.1 Time-Based Option. The first Option (the “Time-Based Option”) will consist of 7,948,990 shares (the “Time-Based Initial Number”) (which approximates 7.5% of the fully-diluted capitalization of the Company). Except as provided herein, and subject to Executive’s continuous service with the Company through each such vesting date, the Time-Based Option will be subject to a five-year vesting schedule, with 20% of the shares subject to such Option to vest on the twelve (12) month anniversary of Executive’s Start Date, and the remaining shares subject to such Option to vest in equal monthly installments over a forty-eight (48) month period thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, as of the date grant of the Time-Based Option, the fair market value of the stock underlying the Time-Based Option is greater than $4.01 per share, then the number of shares subject to the Time-Based Option shall be increased as of such date (such increase, the “Time-Based Additional Number”) as follows: first, the Company will multiply the Time-Based Initial Number by the excess of the per share fair market value over $4.01; second, the Company will divide such product by $4.01; and third, the Company will round up such quotient to the nearest whole share.

6.2 Performance Option. The second Option (the “Performance Option”) will consist of 1,589,798 shares (the “Performance Initial Number”) (which approximates 1.5% of the fully-diluted capitalization of the Company). Except as provided herein, and subject to Executive’s continuous service with the Company through such vesting date, the Performance Option will vest upon the earlier of (i) the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the common stock, pursuant to which the common stock is priced for the initial public offering; and (ii) the Company’s Change in Control (as such term is defined in the Company’s Equity Plan). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, as of the date of grant of the Performance Option, the fair market value of the stock underlying the Performance Option is greater than $4.01 per share, then the number of shares subject to the Performance Option shall be increased as of such date (such increase, the “Performance Additional Number”) as follows: first, the Company will multiply the Performance Initial Number by the excess of the per share fair market value over $4.01; second, the Company will divide such product by $4.01; and third, the Company will round up such quotient to the nearest whole share.

 

2.


6.3 Short-Term Option. The third Option (the “Short-Term Option”) will consist of an option to purchase 249,377 Company common shares (which represents approximately $1,000,000 worth of Company common shares at a fair market value of $4.01). The Short-Term Option will have an exercise price equal to the lower of $4.01 per share or the fair market value on the date of grant. The Short-Term Option will be fully vested on the date of grant, but will expire on December 15, 2017 if not exercised and purchased prior to such date.    

(i) Gross-Up on Discount. If the exercise price of the Short-Term Option is below the fair market value on the date of grant (such difference, the “Discount”), and the exercise of the Short-Term Option results in taxable ordinary income to Executive as a result of such Discount, then the Company shall pay, and Executive shall be entitled to receive, an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that after the payment of all taxes (including, without limitation, any income or employment taxes, any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes, and any additional excise tax) on the Discount and on the Gross-Up Payment, Executive shall retain an amount equal to the full Discount. For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, Executive shall be deemed to have: paid federal income taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income and employment taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, and paid applicable state and local income taxes at the highest rate of taxation for the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.

7.         Proprietary Information Obligations.

7.1 Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement. As a condition of employment, and in consideration for the benefits provided for in this Agreement (including but not limited to the Options), Executive shall sign and comply with the Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement (the “Proprietary Information Agreement”). In addition, Executive agrees to abide by the Company’s policies and procedures, as may be modified from time to time within the Company’s discretion.

7.2 Third-Party Agreements and Information. Executive represents and warrants that: (a) Executive’s employment by the Company does not conflict with any prior employment or consulting agreement or other agreement with any third party, (b) Executive will perform Executive’s duties to the Company without violating any such agreement, and (c) Executive has disclosed to the Company in writing any agreement Executive may have with any third party (e.g., a former employer) that may limit Executive’s ability to perform Executive’s duties to the Company, or which could present a conflict of interest with the Company, including but not limited to disclosure (and a copy) of any contractual restrictions on solicitations or competitive activities. Executive represents and warrants that Executive does not possess confidential information arising out of prior employment, consulting, or other third party relationships, that would be used in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company, except as expressly authorized by that third party. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will use in the performance of Executive’s duties only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s own, common knowledge in the industry, otherwise legally in the public domain, or obtained or developed by the Company or by Executive in the course of Executive’s work for the Company.

8.         Outside Activities and Non-Competition During Employment.

8.1 Outside Activities. Throughout Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or present a conflict of interest with the Company or its affiliates. Subject to the restrictions set forth herein, and only with prior written disclosure to and written consent of the Board, Executive may engage in other types of business or public activities. The Board may rescind such consent, if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that such activities compromise or threaten to compromise the Company’s or its affiliates’ business interests or conflict or compete with Executive’s duties to the Company or its affiliates.

 

3.


8.2 Non-Competition During Employment. Throughout Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will not, without the express written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly serve as an officer, director, stockholder, employee, partner, proprietor, investor, joint venturer, associate, representative or consultant of any person or entity engaged in, or planning or preparing to engage in, business activity competitive with any line of business engaged in (or planned to be engaged in) by the Company or its affiliates; provided, however, that Executive may purchase or otherwise acquire up to (but not more than) one percent (1%) of any class of securities of any enterprise (without participating in the activities of such enterprise) if such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange. In addition, Executive will be subject to certain restrictions (including restrictions continuing after Executive’s employment ends) under the terms of the Proprietary Information Agreement.

9.         Termination of Employment; Severance and Change in Control Benefits.

9.1 At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment relationship is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause (as defined below) or Good Reason (as defined below) or advance notice.

9.2 Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason Unrelated to Change in Control. In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause (and other than as a result of Executive’s death or disability) or Executive resigns for Good Reason, in either case, at any time except during the Change in Control Period (as defined below) then provided such termination or resignation constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “Separation from Service”), and provided that Executive satisfies the Release Requirement in Section 10 below and remains in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall provide Executive with the following “Severance Benefits”:

(i) Severance Payment. Severance pay in the form of a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of Executive’s final Base Salary for the year in which the termination date occurs, payable within sixty (60) days following the termination date and subject to required payroll deductions and tax withholdings (the “Severance Payment”); provided, however that, if the period for satisfaction of the Release Requirement (as defined below) begins in one taxable year and ends in another taxable year, payment shall not be made until the beginning of the second taxable year. For such purposes, Executive’s final Base Salary will be calculated prior to giving effect to any reduction in Base Salary that would give rise to Executive’s right to resign for Good Reason.

(ii) Health Care Continuation Coverage Payments.

(a) COBRA Premiums. If Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, the Company will pay Executive’s COBRA premiums to continue Executive’s coverage (including coverage for Executive’s eligible dependents, if applicable) (“COBRA Premiums”) through the period starting on the termination date and ending twelve (12) months after the termination date (the “COBRA Premium Period”); provided, however, that the Company’s provision of such COBRA Premium benefits will immediately cease if during the COBRA Premium Period Executive becomes eligible for group health insurance coverage through a new employer or Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination. In the event Executive becomes covered under another employer’s group health plan or otherwise ceases to be eligible for COBRA during the COBRA Premium Period, Executive must immediately notify the Company of such event.

(b) Special Cash Payments in Lieu of COBRA Premiums. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot pay the COBRA Premiums without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act) or that it is otherwise not administratively reasonable to do so, regardless of whether Executive or Executive’s dependents elect or are eligible for COBRA coverage, the Company instead shall pay to Executive, on the first day of each calendar month following the termination date, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the applicable COBRA premiums for that month (including the amount of COBRA premiums for Executive’s eligible dependents), less required payroll deductions and withholdings (such amount, the “Special Cash Payment”), for the remainder of the COBRA Premium Period. Executive may, but is not obligated to, use such Special Cash Payments toward the cost of COBRA premiums.

 

4.


(iii) Equity Acceleration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Equity Plan or award agreement, effective as of Executive’s employment termination date, the portion of the then-unvested Time-Based Option that would have vested and become exercisable within the 12 month period following such termination will become immediately vested and exercisable by Executive upon such termination and shall remain exercisable, if applicable, following Executive’s termination as set forth in the applicable equity award documents.

9.3 Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason During Change in Control Period. In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause (and other than as a result of Executive’s death or disability) at any time during the Change in Control Period or Executive resigns for Good Reason at any time during the Change in Control Period, in lieu of (and not additional to) the Severance Benefits described in Section 9.2, and provided that Executive satisfies the Release Requirement in Section 10 below and remains in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall instead provide Executive with the following “CIC Severance Benefits”. For the avoidance of doubt: (A) in no event will Executive be entitled to severance benefits under Section 9.2 and this Section 9.3, and (B) if the Company has commenced providing Severance Benefits to Executive under Section 9.2 prior to the date that Executive becomes eligible to receive CIC Severance Benefits under this Section 9.3, the Severance Benefits previously provided to Executive under Section 9.2 of this Agreement shall reduce the CIC Severance Benefits provided under this Section 9.3:

(i) CIC Severance Payment. Severance pay in the form of a lump sum payment equal to 24 months of Executive’s final Base Salary for the year in which the termination date occurs, payable within sixty (60) days following the termination date and subject to required payroll deductions and tax withholdings (the “CIC Severance Payment”); provided, however that, if the period for satisfaction of the Release Requirement (as defined below) begins in one taxable year and ends in another taxable year, payment shall not be made until the beginning of the second taxable year. For such purposes, Executive’s final Base Salary will be calculated prior to giving effect to any reduction in Base Salary that would give rise to Executive’s right to resign for Good Reason.

(ii) CIC Health Care Continuation Coverage Payments.

(a) COBRA Premiums. If Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, the Company will pay Executive’s COBRA premiums to continue Executive’s coverage (including coverage for Executive’s eligible dependents, if applicable) (“CIC COBRA Premiums”) through the period starting on the termination date and ending twenty-four (24) months after the termination date (the “CIC COBRA Premium Period”); provided, however, that the Company’s provision of such CIC COBRA Premium benefits will immediately cease if during the CIC COBRA Premium Period Executive becomes eligible for group health insurance coverage through a new employer or Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination. In the event Executive becomes covered under another employer’s group health plan or otherwise ceases to be eligible for COBRA during the CIC COBRA Premium Period, Executive must immediately notify the Company of such event.

(b) Special Cash Payments in Lieu of CIC COBRA Premiums. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot pay the CIC COBRA Premiums without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act) or that it is otherwise not administratively reasonable to do so, regardless of whether Executive or Executive’s dependents elect or are eligible for COBRA coverage, the Company instead shall pay to Executive, on the first day of each calendar month following the termination date, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the applicable COBRA premiums for that month (including the amount of COBRA premiums for Executive’s eligible dependents), subject to applicable tax withholdings (such amount, the “Special CIC Cash Payment”), for the remainder of the CIC COBRA Premium Period. Executive may, but is not obligated to, use such Special CIC Cash Payments toward the cost of COBRA premiums.

 

5.


(iii) Equity Acceleration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Equity Plan or award agreement, effective as of Executive’s employment termination date, the then-unvested portion of the Time-Based Option will become immediately vested and exercisable by Executive upon such termination and shall remain exercisable, if applicable, following Executive’s termination as set forth in the applicable equity award documents.

9.4 Termination for Cause; Resignation Without Good Reason; Death or Disability. Executive will not be eligible for, or entitled to any severance benefits, including (without limitation) the Severance Benefits and CIC Severance Benefits listed in Sections 9.2 and 9.3 above, if the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, Executive resigns Executive’s employment without Good Reason, or Executive’s employment terminates due to Executive’s death or disability.

9.5 Other. If Executive materially breaches any continuing obligations to the Company (including but not limited to any material breach of the Proprietary Information Agreement) during the period of time that Executive is receiving any Severance Benefits or CIC Severance Benefits, Executive will forfeit Executive’s entitlement to any then unpaid Severance Benefits (or CIC Severance Benefits, as applicable), and the Company’s obligation to continue to pay or provide such benefits will immediately terminate as of the date of Executive’s material breach.

10.         Conditions to Receipt of Severance Benefits. To be eligible for any of the Severance Benefits or CIC Severance Benefits pursuant to Sections 9.2 or 9.3 above, Executive must satisfy the following release requirement (the “Release Requirement”): return to the Company a signed and dated general release of all known and unknown claims in a termination agreement acceptable to the Company and the Executive (the “Release”) within the applicable deadline set forth therein, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days following Executive’s termination date, and permit the Release to become effective and irrevocable in accordance with its terms (such effective date of the Release, the “Release Effective Date”). No Severance Benefits will be provided hereunder prior to the Release Effective Date. Accordingly, if Executive breaches the preceding sentence and/or refuses to sign and deliver to the Company an executed Release or signs and delivers to the Company the Release but exercises Executive’s right, if any, under applicable law to revoke the Release (or any portion thereof), then Executive will not be entitled to any severance, payment or benefit under this Agreement.

11.         Section 409A. It is intended that all of the severance benefits and other payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Code Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions, and to the extent no so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A. For purposes of Code Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement (whether severance payments, reimbursements or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), and if any of the payments upon Separation from Service set forth herein and/or under any other agreement with the Company are deemed to be “deferred compensation”, then to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of such payments is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) and the related adverse taxation under Section 409A, such payments shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earliest of (i) the expiration of the six-month and one day period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company, (ii) the date of Executive’s death or (iii) such earlier date as permitted under Section 409A without the imposition of adverse taxation. Upon the first business day following the

 

6.


expiration of such applicable Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, all payments deferred pursuant to this Paragraph shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive, and any remaining payments due shall be paid as otherwise provided herein or in the applicable agreement. No interest shall be due on any amounts so deferred. If the Company determines that any severance benefits provided under this Agreement constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, for purposes of determining the schedule for payment of the severance benefits, the effective date of the Release will not be deemed to have occurred any earlier than the sixtieth (60th) date following the Separation From Service, regardless of when the Release actually becomes effective. In addition to the above, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A and the applicable regulations and guidance issued thereunder, if the applicable deadline for Executive to execute (and not revoke) the applicable Release spans two calendar years, payment of the applicable severance benefits shall not commence until the beginning of the second calendar year. To the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Code Section 409A, amounts reimbursable to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided to Executive) during any one year may not effect amounts reimbursable or provided in any subsequent year. The Company makes no representation that any or all of the payments described in this Agreement will be exempt from or comply with Code Section 409A and makes no undertaking to preclude Code Section 409A from applying to any such payment.

12.         Section 280G; Limitations on Payment.

12.1 If any payment or benefit Executive will or may receive from the Company or otherwise (a “280G Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then any such 280G Payment provided pursuant to this Agreement (a “Payment”) shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “Reduction Method”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for Executive. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the

Pro Rata Reduction Method”).

12.2 Notwithstanding any provision of Section 12.1 to the contrary, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for Executive as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without Cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

12.3 Unless Executive and the Company agree on an alternative accounting firm, the accounting firm engaged by the Company for general tax compliance purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control transaction shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control transaction, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required by this Section 12.

 

7.


The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting or law firm required to be made hereunder. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the accounting or law firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder to provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to Executive and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a 280G Payment becomes reasonably likely to occur (if requested at that time by Executive or the Company) or such other time as requested by Executive or the Company.

12.4 If Executive receives a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) of Section 12.1 and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, Executive agrees to promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) of Section 12.1) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) of Section 12.1, Executive shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

13.         Definitions.

13.1 Cause. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (i) Executive’s conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any felony or a crime of moral turpitude; (ii) Executive’s willful and continued failure or refusal to: a) follow lawful and reasonable policies and regulations of the Company or its affiliates; or b) to perform the assigned duties of his employment with the Company or its affiliates; (iii) unprofessional, unethical, immoral or fraudulent conduct by Executive that is materially detrimental to the reputation, character and standing of the Company or any affiliate; or (iv) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement, the Proprietary Information Agreement, or any written Company agreement or policies so long as, in any case, with respect to items (ii)-(iv) above, (x) the Company has provided notice to the Executive setting forth in reasonable detail the specific conduct of the Executive that constitutes Cause within thirty (30) days of the date the Company first becomes aware of its existence, (y) the Executive has failed to cure such conduct (if such conduct is capable of being cured) within thirty (30) days following the date of receipt of such notice, and (z) the Company has terminated the Executive’s employment within thirty (30) days following such failure to cure.

13.2 Change in Control. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall have the meaning described in the Company’s Equity Plan.

13.3 Change in Control Period. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control Period” means the time period commencing three (3) months before the effective date of a Change in Control and ending on the date that is twelve (12) months after the effective date of a Change in Control.

13.4 Good Reason. “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events without Employee’s prior written consent: (A) a material reduction in Base Salary, (B) any material diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities, (C) a relocation of the Executive’s principal place of employment to a location that increases Executive’s one-way commute from the Executive’s principal place of employment under Section 1.2 by more than 25 miles, or (D) any material breach by the Company of any material obligation under this Agreement or any written agreement between the Executive and the Company, so long as, in any case, (x) the Executive has provided notice to the Company setting forth in reasonable detail the specific conduct of the Company that constitutes Good Reason within thirty (30) days of the date the Executive first becomes aware of its existence, (y) the Company has failed to cure such conduct within thirty (30) days following the date of receipt of such notice, and (z) the Executive has terminated his employment within thirty (30) days following such failure to cure.

14.         Dispute Resolution. Executive shall agree to and execute the standard terms of the Mutual Agreement to Arbitrate Claims (MAAC) with Company, provided to Executive separately and executed concurrently herewith.

 

8.


15.         General Provisions.

15.1 Notices. Any notices provided must be in writing and will be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery (including personal delivery by fax) or the next day after sending by overnight carrier, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at the address as listed on the Company payroll.

15.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction to the extent possible in keeping with the intent of the parties.

15.3 Waiver. Any waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement must be in writing to be effective, and it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

15.4 Complete Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Proprietary Information Agreement and MAAC, constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to the subject matter hereof and is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the Company’s and Executive’s agreement with regard to this subject matter. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes and replaces any other agreements or promises made to Executive by anyone concerning Executive’s employment terms, compensation or benefits, whether oral or written (including but not limited any agreements or promises with or from the Company or any of its affiliates or predecessors). It cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, with the exception of those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this Agreement.

15.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but both of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

15.6 Headings. The headings of the sections hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

15.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, except that Executive may not assign any of Executive’s duties hereunder and Executive may not assign any of Executive’s rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company, which shall not be withheld unreasonably.

15.8 Tax Withholding. All payments and awards contemplated or made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholdings of applicable taxes in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations of all appropriate government authorities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has neither made any assurances nor any guarantees concerning the tax treatment of any payments or awards contemplated by or made pursuant to this Agreement. Executive has had the opportunity to retain a tax and financial advisor and fully understands the tax and economic consequences of all payments and awards made pursuant to this Agreement.

15.9 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

 

9.


15.10 Allowable Disclosures. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or elsewhere, nothing shall prohibit the Executive from reporting violations or possible violations of law or regulation to a governmental agency or other entity, including but not limited to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the U.S. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Congress, any agency Inspector General, the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the U.S. National Labor Relations Board (the “Government Agencies”), and the Executive shall not be required to provide notification to, or receive prior approval from, the Company regarding any such report. The Executive further understands that this Agreement does not limit his ability to communicate with any Government Agencies or otherwise participate in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by any Government Agency, including providing documents or other information, without notice to the Company. Furthermore, this Agreement does not limit the Executive’s right to receive an award for information provided to any Government Agencies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall constitute a waiver by the Company of the attorney-client privilege, the attorney work-product doctrine, or applicable company policy.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first written above.

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bruce Dunlevie

  Bruce Dunlevie
EXECUTIVE

/s/ Amir Dan Rubin

AMIR DAN RUBIN

 

10.


Amendment to 1Life Healthcare, Inc. Agreement for Amir Dan Rubin

This Amendment to the Agreement entered into between 1Life Healthcare (“Company”) and Amir Dan Rubin (“Executive”) dated June 27, 2017 (“Agreement”) is made and entered into by and among Company and Executive (“Amendment”) and will become effective upon execution of the Amendment by both parties. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. The Agreement is hereby modified as follow:

A. Section 9.3 (iii) is deleted and replaced with the following:

9.3 Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason During Change in Control

* * *

(iii) Equity Acceleration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Equity Plan or award agreement, effective as of Executive’s employment termination date, the then-unvested portion of the Time-Based Option and any other equity grant the Executive receives during his employment with 1Life, will become immediately vested and exercisable by Executive upon such termination and shall remain exercisable, if applicable, following Executive’s termination as set forth in the applicable equity award documents.

B. Section 9.3 (iv) is added as follows:

9.3 Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason During Change in Control

* * *

(iv) Target Incentive Payment. A payment equal to one hundred percent of the target incentive amount for the year in which severance is triggered in accordance with the terms of the cash incentive program applicable to Executive at the time (“Target Incentive Payment”). The incentive payment will be paid to Executive in a lump sum at the same time as the CIC Severance Payment in accordance with the terms described in section 9.3 (i).

C. Section 13.1 is deleted and replaced with the following:

13.1 Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (i) Executive’s conviction or plea of guilty or nolo contendre to any felony or a crime of moral turpitude; (ii) Executive’s willful and continued failure or refusal to a) follow any reasonable, lawful directives of the Board; b) to perform the assigned duties of his employment with the Company or its affiliates; (iii) Executive’s willful dishonesty, fraud, or material misconduct with respect to the business or affairs of the Company; (iv) Executive’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement with the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; or (v) Executive’s gross misconduct so long as with respect to items (ii)-(v), (x) the Company has provided notice to the Executive setting forth in reasonable detail the specific conduct of the Executive that constitutes Cause within thirty (30) days of the date the Company first becomes aware of its existence, (y) the Executive has failed to cure such conduct (if such conduct is capable of being cured) within thirty (30) days following the date of receipt of such notice, and (z) the Company has terminated the Executive’s employment within thirty (30) days following such failure to cure.

D. Section 13.4 is deleted and replaced with the following:

13.4 Good Reason.Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s prior written consent: (i) a material reduction in the amount of aggregate cash compensation which Executive has the opportunity to earn, or failure by the company to pay such compensation; (ii) Executive is required by the Company


to relocate his primary work location by more than 25 miles; (iii) a material adverse reduction in Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities, but excluding any change in title that does not represent a material adverse reduction in Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities as existed immediately prior to such change in title and (iv) a material breach by the Company under this agreement or any written agreement between the Executive and the Company.

For purposes of clause (iii) above, if the Company is operated as a separate subsidiary or business unit following a Change of Control, Executive will be deemed to have suffered a material adverse reduction in duties, authority or responsibilities if Executive fails to be named the CEO of the buyer or resulting parent entity. In order to effect a Resignation for Good Reason, Executive must notify the Board within 30 days after the first occurrence of the event described above, the Company must fail to cure such event within 30 days after receiving written notice, and Executive’s resignation date must be no later than 60 days after the expiration of the Company’s cure period (unless otherwise mutually agreed).

Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, all other terms of the Agreement remain in full force and effect. In the event of any conflict between this Amendment and the Agreement, this Amendment shall control with respect to any such conflict.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Addendum on the date and year written below.

 

1Life HealthCare, Inc.     
By  

/s/ Kalen Holmes

     Date: 1/17/2020
  Kalen Holmes     
  Director     
Executive     
By  

/s/ Amir Dan Rubin

     Date: 1/17/2020
  Amir Dan Rubin     
  Chair & CEO & President     

Exhibit 10.26

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE AND CHANGE IN CONTROL PLAN

ADOPTED: January 17, 2020

 

Executive

Group     

  

Executive Severance Benefits in connection with a Separation from Service Within  Twelve

Months Following a Change in Control

    
All Officers other than CEO   

•  12 months base salary

 

•  Full performance-based bonus at target

 

•  12 months COBRA benefits continuation

 

•  Double Trigger full vesting acceleration

 

•  Modified economic cutback for Section 280G

  

Executive

Group     

  

Executive Severance Benefits in connection with a Separation from Service Absent a Change in

Control

    
All Officers other than CEO   

•  12 months base salary

 

•  12 months COBRA benefits continuation

  

Definitions

“Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

“Cause” shall mean your termination for any one or more of the following reasons:

 

   

your indictment or conviction of any felony or any crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof;

 

   

your refusal to abide by or comply with any reasonable, lawful directives of the Chief Executive Officer or the Board;

 

   

your willful dishonesty, fraud, or material misconduct with respect to the business or affairs of the Company;

 

   

your intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement with the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; or

 

   

conduct by which you demonstrate gross unfitness to serve.

“Change of Control” shall mean (a) a consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any corporate reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, own less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization, or (b) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. A Change of Control shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof.

“Company” shall mean 1Life Healthcare, Inc., or any acquirer or successor in interest thereof.

“Double Trigger” shall be achieved if your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by you for Good Reason at any time during the period commencing upon the effective date of a Change of Control and ending 12 months following the Change of Control.

“Equity Awards” shall mean any equity awards, including but not limited to options, restricted stock and restricted stock units.

“Full Vesting Acceleration” shall mean the vesting of the Shares subject to any Equity Awards held by you on the date of your termination shall be accelerated such that 100% of the then unvested Equity Awards shall vest and become exercisable effective as of your termination date.

Good Reason” shall mean if one of the following events occurs without your written consent: (i) a material reduction in the amount of aggregate cash compensation which you have the opportunity to earn, or failure by the company to pay such compensation; (ii) you are required by the Company to relocate your primary work location by more than 25 miles; (iii) a material adverse reduction in your duties, authority or responsibilities, including your reporting responsibilities, but


excluding any change in title that does not represent a material adverse reduction in your duties, authority or responsibilities as existed immediately prior to such change in title and (iv) a material breach by the Company under this agreement or any written agreement between the executive and the company.

For purposes of clause (iii) above, for all other officers, if the Company is operated as a separate subsidiary or business unit following a Change of Control, such officers will be deemed to have suffered a material reduction in duties, authority or responsibilities if such duties, authority or responsibilities, including reporting responsibilities, with respect to such subsidiary or separate business unit are materially changed following such Change of Control. In order to effect a Resignation for Good Reason, you must notify the Board within 30 days after the first occurrence of the event described above, the Company must fail to cure such event within 30 days after receiving written notice, and your resignation date must be no later than 60 days after the expiration of the Company’s cure period.

“Participant” means each individual who (i) is employed by the Company or an affiliated professional corporation as an officer, excluding the Chief Executive Officer and (ii) has received and returned a signed Participation Notice attached hereto as EXHIBIT A.

“Separation from Service” shall mean any termination of employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or resignation for Good Reason, whether or not a Change of Control has occurred, and such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)).

“Severance Benefits” shall mean the acceleration of vesting, continuation of benefits, bonus payments and base salary payments described above and below.

General

You understand and agree that, in the event of termination of your employment with the Company, you shall not be entitled to any other severance pay, severance benefits, accelerated vesting or any other compensation or benefits other than as set forth herein, or as required by applicable law.

You understand and agree that this Plan supersedes any and all other arrangements currently described in any Offer Letter or other employment agreement with the Company.

As a condition of your receipt of any Severance Benefits or Vesting Acceleration as set forth in this Agreement, you will be required to execute and allow to become effective a general release of claims in favor of the Company, with such changes as may be required due to intervening changes in applicable law (a “General Release”) within 45 days following your employment termination. Unless the Release is timely signed by you, is delivered to the Company, and becomes effective within the required period (the date on which the Release becomes effective, the “Release Date”), you will not be entitled to any Severance Benefits pursuant to this Agreement, and any Vesting Acceleration as provided in this Agreement shall not apply and each Equity Awards may be exercised following the date of your termination only to the extent provided under its original terms.

The Salary Continuation will be paid in equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule and will be subject to applicable tax withholdings over the 12-month period outlined above following the date of your Separation from Service; provided, however, that no payments will be made prior to the first payroll date following the effective date of the General Release (the “Initial Payment Date”). On the Initial Payment Date, the Company will pay you in a lump sum the Salary Continuation that you would have received on or prior to such date under the original schedule but for the delay while waiting for Initial Payment Date in compliance with Section 409A and the effectiveness of the General Release, with the balance of the Salary Continuation being paid as originally scheduled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may pay the Salary Continuation in the form of a lump sum, which amount will be paid on the Initial Payment Date, but such lump sum payment shall be made only if the Company, in consultation with its advisors, determines that such payment will not result in adverse taxation under Section 409A (as defined below). The Pro Rata Bonus will be paid to you in a lump sum on the date on which the Salary Continuation commences.

Section 409A

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if you are deemed by the Company at the time of your Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) then to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the severance benefits to which you are entitled under this Agreement is required in order


to avoid adverse taxation under Section 409A, such portion of your benefits shall not be provided to you prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of your Separation from Service with the Company or (ii) the date of your death. Upon the first business day after such earlier date, all payments deferred pursuant to this paragraph shall be paid in a lump sum to you, and any remaining payments due under this Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein. For purposes Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), your right to receive installment payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, with respect to payments to be made upon execution of an effective release, if the release revocation period spans two calendar years, payments will be made in the second of the two calendar years to the extent necessary to avoid adverse taxation under Section 409A.

Section 280G

Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, if any of the payments to you (prior to any reduction described in this paragraph) provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments which you have the right to receive from the Company, any acquiror, their affiliates or otherwise (the “Payments”) would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) and if the Safe Harbor Amount, as defined below, is greater than the Taxed Amount, as defined below, then the total amount of such Payments shall be reduced to the Safe Harbor Amount. The “Safe Harbor Amount” is the largest portion of the Payments that would result in no portion of the Payments being subject to the excise tax set forth at Section 4999 of the Code (“Excise Tax”). The “Taxed Amount” is the total amount of the Payments (prior to any reduction as described in this paragraph) notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax. Solely for the purpose of comparing which of the Safe Harbor Amount and the Taxed Amount is greater, the determination of each such amount, shall be made on an after-tax basis, taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax. If a reduction of the Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount is necessary, then the reduction shall occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock awards; and reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of a stock award is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of your stock awards. In applying the foregoing principle with respect to reductions, the reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and if more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata. The accounting firm engaged by the Company for general audit purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change of Control transaction shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, or the Company otherwise determines such accounting firm should not be engaged for purposes of making the determinations required hereunder, the Company may appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder. The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and you within 15 calendar days after the date on which your right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by the Company or you) or such other time as requested by the Company or you upon written notice that a payment related to a Change of Control of the Company has been or is to be made.


EXHIBIT A

PARTICIPATION NOTICE

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.

EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE AND CHANGE IN CONTROL PLAN

To:

Date:

1Life Healthcare, Inc. (the “Company”) has adopted the 1Life Healthcare, Inc. Executive Severance and Change in Control Plan (the “Plan”). The Company is providing you this Participation Notice to inform you that you have been designated as a Participant in the Plan. A copy of the Plan document is attached to this Participation Notice. The terms and conditions of your participation in the Plan are as set forth in the Plan and this Participation Notice, which together constitute the Summary Plan Description for the Plan.

You understand that by accepting your status as a Participant in the Plan, you are waiving your rights to receive any severance benefits on any type of termination of employment under any other contract or agreement with the Company, including but not limited to, the severance benefit provisions set forth the offer letter or other document between the Company and you, which severance benefit provisions will terminate by the mutual agreement of you and the Company as of the date that you sign this Participation Notice; provided, however, that you will remain eligible to receive benefits under the terms of your outstanding stock option agreements.

By accepting participation, you represent that you have either consulted your personal tax or financial planning advisor about the tax consequences of your participation in the Plan, or you have knowingly declined to do so.

Please return a signed copy of this Participation Notice to the Company’s Chief People Officer and retain a copy of this Participation Notice, along with the Plan document, for your records.

 

1LIFE HEALTHCARE, INC.:
 

(Signature)

By:   Christine Morehead
  Chief People Officer
PARTICIPANT:
 

     

  (Signature)
By:  

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of 1Life Healthcare, Inc. of our report dated October 18, 2019 relating to the financial statements of 1Life Healthcare, Inc., which appears in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Francisco, California

January 21, 2020